1 /* MIPS-specific support for ELF
2 Copyright (C) 1993-2017 Free Software Foundation, Inc.
4 Most of the information added by Ian Lance Taylor, Cygnus Support,
6 N32/64 ABI support added by Mark Mitchell, CodeSourcery, LLC.
7 <mark@codesourcery.com>
8 Traditional MIPS targets support added by Koundinya.K, Dansk Data
9 Elektronik & Operations Research Group. <kk@ddeorg.soft.net>
11 This file is part of BFD, the Binary File Descriptor library.
13 This program is free software; you can redistribute it and/or modify
14 it under the terms of the GNU General Public License as published by
15 the Free Software Foundation; either version 3 of the License, or
16 (at your option) any later version.
18 This program is distributed in the hope that it will be useful,
19 but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of
20 MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the
21 GNU General Public License for more details.
23 You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License
24 along with this program; if not, write to the Free Software
25 Foundation, Inc., 51 Franklin Street - Fifth Floor, Boston,
26 MA 02110-1301, USA. */
29 /* This file handles functionality common to the different MIPS ABI's. */
34 #include "libiberty.h"
36 #include "elfxx-mips.h"
38 #include "elf-vxworks.h"
41 /* Get the ECOFF swapping routines. */
43 #include "coff/symconst.h"
44 #include "coff/ecoff.h"
45 #include "coff/mips.h"
49 /* Types of TLS GOT entry. */
50 enum mips_got_tls_type
{
57 /* This structure is used to hold information about one GOT entry.
58 There are four types of entry:
60 (1) an absolute address
61 requires: abfd == NULL
64 (2) a SYMBOL + OFFSET address, where SYMBOL is local to an input bfd
65 requires: abfd != NULL, symndx >= 0, tls_type != GOT_TLS_LDM
66 fields: abfd, symndx, d.addend, tls_type
68 (3) a SYMBOL address, where SYMBOL is not local to an input bfd
69 requires: abfd != NULL, symndx == -1
73 requires: abfd != NULL, symndx == 0, tls_type == GOT_TLS_LDM
74 fields: none; there's only one of these per GOT. */
77 /* One input bfd that needs the GOT entry. */
79 /* The index of the symbol, as stored in the relocation r_info, if
80 we have a local symbol; -1 otherwise. */
84 /* If abfd == NULL, an address that must be stored in the got. */
86 /* If abfd != NULL && symndx != -1, the addend of the relocation
87 that should be added to the symbol value. */
89 /* If abfd != NULL && symndx == -1, the hash table entry
90 corresponding to a symbol in the GOT. The symbol's entry
91 is in the local area if h->global_got_area is GGA_NONE,
92 otherwise it is in the global area. */
93 struct mips_elf_link_hash_entry
*h
;
96 /* The TLS type of this GOT entry. An LDM GOT entry will be a local
97 symbol entry with r_symndx == 0. */
98 unsigned char tls_type
;
100 /* True if we have filled in the GOT contents for a TLS entry,
101 and created the associated relocations. */
102 unsigned char tls_initialized
;
104 /* The offset from the beginning of the .got section to the entry
105 corresponding to this symbol+addend. If it's a global symbol
106 whose offset is yet to be decided, it's going to be -1. */
110 /* This structure represents a GOT page reference from an input bfd.
111 Each instance represents a symbol + ADDEND, where the representation
112 of the symbol depends on whether it is local to the input bfd.
113 If it is, then SYMNDX >= 0, and the symbol has index SYMNDX in U.ABFD.
114 Otherwise, SYMNDX < 0 and U.H points to the symbol's hash table entry.
116 Page references with SYMNDX >= 0 always become page references
117 in the output. Page references with SYMNDX < 0 only become page
118 references if the symbol binds locally; in other cases, the page
119 reference decays to a global GOT reference. */
120 struct mips_got_page_ref
125 struct mips_elf_link_hash_entry
*h
;
131 /* This structure describes a range of addends: [MIN_ADDEND, MAX_ADDEND].
132 The structures form a non-overlapping list that is sorted by increasing
134 struct mips_got_page_range
136 struct mips_got_page_range
*next
;
137 bfd_signed_vma min_addend
;
138 bfd_signed_vma max_addend
;
141 /* This structure describes the range of addends that are applied to page
142 relocations against a given section. */
143 struct mips_got_page_entry
145 /* The section that these entries are based on. */
147 /* The ranges for this page entry. */
148 struct mips_got_page_range
*ranges
;
149 /* The maximum number of page entries needed for RANGES. */
153 /* This structure is used to hold .got information when linking. */
157 /* The number of global .got entries. */
158 unsigned int global_gotno
;
159 /* The number of global .got entries that are in the GGA_RELOC_ONLY area. */
160 unsigned int reloc_only_gotno
;
161 /* The number of .got slots used for TLS. */
162 unsigned int tls_gotno
;
163 /* The first unused TLS .got entry. Used only during
164 mips_elf_initialize_tls_index. */
165 unsigned int tls_assigned_gotno
;
166 /* The number of local .got entries, eventually including page entries. */
167 unsigned int local_gotno
;
168 /* The maximum number of page entries needed. */
169 unsigned int page_gotno
;
170 /* The number of relocations needed for the GOT entries. */
172 /* The first unused local .got entry. */
173 unsigned int assigned_low_gotno
;
174 /* The last unused local .got entry. */
175 unsigned int assigned_high_gotno
;
176 /* A hash table holding members of the got. */
177 struct htab
*got_entries
;
178 /* A hash table holding mips_got_page_ref structures. */
179 struct htab
*got_page_refs
;
180 /* A hash table of mips_got_page_entry structures. */
181 struct htab
*got_page_entries
;
182 /* In multi-got links, a pointer to the next got (err, rather, most
183 of the time, it points to the previous got). */
184 struct mips_got_info
*next
;
187 /* Structure passed when merging bfds' gots. */
189 struct mips_elf_got_per_bfd_arg
191 /* The output bfd. */
193 /* The link information. */
194 struct bfd_link_info
*info
;
195 /* A pointer to the primary got, i.e., the one that's going to get
196 the implicit relocations from DT_MIPS_LOCAL_GOTNO and
198 struct mips_got_info
*primary
;
199 /* A non-primary got we're trying to merge with other input bfd's
201 struct mips_got_info
*current
;
202 /* The maximum number of got entries that can be addressed with a
204 unsigned int max_count
;
205 /* The maximum number of page entries needed by each got. */
206 unsigned int max_pages
;
207 /* The total number of global entries which will live in the
208 primary got and be automatically relocated. This includes
209 those not referenced by the primary GOT but included in
211 unsigned int global_count
;
214 /* A structure used to pass information to htab_traverse callbacks
215 when laying out the GOT. */
217 struct mips_elf_traverse_got_arg
219 struct bfd_link_info
*info
;
220 struct mips_got_info
*g
;
224 struct _mips_elf_section_data
226 struct bfd_elf_section_data elf
;
233 #define mips_elf_section_data(sec) \
234 ((struct _mips_elf_section_data *) elf_section_data (sec))
236 #define is_mips_elf(bfd) \
237 (bfd_get_flavour (bfd) == bfd_target_elf_flavour \
238 && elf_tdata (bfd) != NULL \
239 && elf_object_id (bfd) == MIPS_ELF_DATA)
241 /* The ABI says that every symbol used by dynamic relocations must have
242 a global GOT entry. Among other things, this provides the dynamic
243 linker with a free, directly-indexed cache. The GOT can therefore
244 contain symbols that are not referenced by GOT relocations themselves
245 (in other words, it may have symbols that are not referenced by things
246 like R_MIPS_GOT16 and R_MIPS_GOT_PAGE).
248 GOT relocations are less likely to overflow if we put the associated
249 GOT entries towards the beginning. We therefore divide the global
250 GOT entries into two areas: "normal" and "reloc-only". Entries in
251 the first area can be used for both dynamic relocations and GP-relative
252 accesses, while those in the "reloc-only" area are for dynamic
255 These GGA_* ("Global GOT Area") values are organised so that lower
256 values are more general than higher values. Also, non-GGA_NONE
257 values are ordered by the position of the area in the GOT. */
259 #define GGA_RELOC_ONLY 1
262 /* Information about a non-PIC interface to a PIC function. There are
263 two ways of creating these interfaces. The first is to add:
266 addiu $25,$25,%lo(func)
268 immediately before a PIC function "func". The second is to add:
272 addiu $25,$25,%lo(func)
274 to a separate trampoline section.
276 Stubs of the first kind go in a new section immediately before the
277 target function. Stubs of the second kind go in a single section
278 pointed to by the hash table's "strampoline" field. */
279 struct mips_elf_la25_stub
{
280 /* The generated section that contains this stub. */
281 asection
*stub_section
;
283 /* The offset of the stub from the start of STUB_SECTION. */
286 /* One symbol for the original function. Its location is available
287 in H->root.root.u.def. */
288 struct mips_elf_link_hash_entry
*h
;
291 /* Macros for populating a mips_elf_la25_stub. */
293 #define LA25_LUI(VAL) (0x3c190000 | (VAL)) /* lui t9,VAL */
294 #define LA25_J(VAL) (0x08000000 | (((VAL) >> 2) & 0x3ffffff)) /* j VAL */
295 #define LA25_ADDIU(VAL) (0x27390000 | (VAL)) /* addiu t9,t9,VAL */
296 #define LA25_LUI_MICROMIPS(VAL) \
297 (0x41b90000 | (VAL)) /* lui t9,VAL */
298 #define LA25_J_MICROMIPS(VAL) \
299 (0xd4000000 | (((VAL) >> 1) & 0x3ffffff)) /* j VAL */
300 #define LA25_ADDIU_MICROMIPS(VAL) \
301 (0x33390000 | (VAL)) /* addiu t9,t9,VAL */
303 /* This structure is passed to mips_elf_sort_hash_table_f when sorting
304 the dynamic symbols. */
306 struct mips_elf_hash_sort_data
308 /* The symbol in the global GOT with the lowest dynamic symbol table
310 struct elf_link_hash_entry
*low
;
311 /* The least dynamic symbol table index corresponding to a non-TLS
312 symbol with a GOT entry. */
313 bfd_size_type min_got_dynindx
;
314 /* The greatest dynamic symbol table index corresponding to a symbol
315 with a GOT entry that is not referenced (e.g., a dynamic symbol
316 with dynamic relocations pointing to it from non-primary GOTs). */
317 bfd_size_type max_unref_got_dynindx
;
318 /* The greatest dynamic symbol table index corresponding to a local
320 bfd_size_type max_local_dynindx
;
321 /* The greatest dynamic symbol table index corresponding to an external
322 symbol without a GOT entry. */
323 bfd_size_type max_non_got_dynindx
;
326 /* We make up to two PLT entries if needed, one for standard MIPS code
327 and one for compressed code, either a MIPS16 or microMIPS one. We
328 keep a separate record of traditional lazy-binding stubs, for easier
333 /* Traditional SVR4 stub offset, or -1 if none. */
336 /* Standard PLT entry offset, or -1 if none. */
339 /* Compressed PLT entry offset, or -1 if none. */
342 /* The corresponding .got.plt index, or -1 if none. */
343 bfd_vma gotplt_index
;
345 /* Whether we need a standard PLT entry. */
346 unsigned int need_mips
: 1;
348 /* Whether we need a compressed PLT entry. */
349 unsigned int need_comp
: 1;
352 /* The MIPS ELF linker needs additional information for each symbol in
353 the global hash table. */
355 struct mips_elf_link_hash_entry
357 struct elf_link_hash_entry root
;
359 /* External symbol information. */
362 /* The la25 stub we have created for ths symbol, if any. */
363 struct mips_elf_la25_stub
*la25_stub
;
365 /* Number of R_MIPS_32, R_MIPS_REL32, or R_MIPS_64 relocs against
367 unsigned int possibly_dynamic_relocs
;
369 /* If there is a stub that 32 bit functions should use to call this
370 16 bit function, this points to the section containing the stub. */
373 /* If there is a stub that 16 bit functions should use to call this
374 32 bit function, this points to the section containing the stub. */
377 /* This is like the call_stub field, but it is used if the function
378 being called returns a floating point value. */
379 asection
*call_fp_stub
;
381 /* The highest GGA_* value that satisfies all references to this symbol. */
382 unsigned int global_got_area
: 2;
384 /* True if all GOT relocations against this symbol are for calls. This is
385 a looser condition than no_fn_stub below, because there may be other
386 non-call non-GOT relocations against the symbol. */
387 unsigned int got_only_for_calls
: 1;
389 /* True if one of the relocations described by possibly_dynamic_relocs
390 is against a readonly section. */
391 unsigned int readonly_reloc
: 1;
393 /* True if there is a relocation against this symbol that must be
394 resolved by the static linker (in other words, if the relocation
395 cannot possibly be made dynamic). */
396 unsigned int has_static_relocs
: 1;
398 /* True if we must not create a .MIPS.stubs entry for this symbol.
399 This is set, for example, if there are relocations related to
400 taking the function's address, i.e. any but R_MIPS_CALL*16 ones.
401 See "MIPS ABI Supplement, 3rd Edition", p. 4-20. */
402 unsigned int no_fn_stub
: 1;
404 /* Whether we need the fn_stub; this is true if this symbol appears
405 in any relocs other than a 16 bit call. */
406 unsigned int need_fn_stub
: 1;
408 /* True if this symbol is referenced by branch relocations from
409 any non-PIC input file. This is used to determine whether an
410 la25 stub is required. */
411 unsigned int has_nonpic_branches
: 1;
413 /* Does this symbol need a traditional MIPS lazy-binding stub
414 (as opposed to a PLT entry)? */
415 unsigned int needs_lazy_stub
: 1;
417 /* Does this symbol resolve to a PLT entry? */
418 unsigned int use_plt_entry
: 1;
421 /* MIPS ELF linker hash table. */
423 struct mips_elf_link_hash_table
425 struct elf_link_hash_table root
;
427 /* The number of .rtproc entries. */
428 bfd_size_type procedure_count
;
430 /* The size of the .compact_rel section (if SGI_COMPAT). */
431 bfd_size_type compact_rel_size
;
433 /* This flag indicates that the value of DT_MIPS_RLD_MAP dynamic entry
434 is set to the address of __rld_obj_head as in IRIX5 and IRIX6. */
435 bfd_boolean use_rld_obj_head
;
437 /* The __rld_map or __rld_obj_head symbol. */
438 struct elf_link_hash_entry
*rld_symbol
;
440 /* This is set if we see any mips16 stub sections. */
441 bfd_boolean mips16_stubs_seen
;
443 /* True if we can generate copy relocs and PLTs. */
444 bfd_boolean use_plts_and_copy_relocs
;
446 /* True if we can only use 32-bit microMIPS instructions. */
449 /* True if we suppress checks for invalid branches between ISA modes. */
450 bfd_boolean ignore_branch_isa
;
452 /* True if we're generating code for VxWorks. */
453 bfd_boolean is_vxworks
;
455 /* True if we already reported the small-data section overflow. */
456 bfd_boolean small_data_overflow_reported
;
458 /* Shortcuts to some dynamic sections, or NULL if they are not
463 /* The master GOT information. */
464 struct mips_got_info
*got_info
;
466 /* The global symbol in the GOT with the lowest index in the dynamic
468 struct elf_link_hash_entry
*global_gotsym
;
470 /* The size of the PLT header in bytes. */
471 bfd_vma plt_header_size
;
473 /* The size of a standard PLT entry in bytes. */
474 bfd_vma plt_mips_entry_size
;
476 /* The size of a compressed PLT entry in bytes. */
477 bfd_vma plt_comp_entry_size
;
479 /* The offset of the next standard PLT entry to create. */
480 bfd_vma plt_mips_offset
;
482 /* The offset of the next compressed PLT entry to create. */
483 bfd_vma plt_comp_offset
;
485 /* The index of the next .got.plt entry to create. */
486 bfd_vma plt_got_index
;
488 /* The number of functions that need a lazy-binding stub. */
489 bfd_vma lazy_stub_count
;
491 /* The size of a function stub entry in bytes. */
492 bfd_vma function_stub_size
;
494 /* The number of reserved entries at the beginning of the GOT. */
495 unsigned int reserved_gotno
;
497 /* The section used for mips_elf_la25_stub trampolines.
498 See the comment above that structure for details. */
499 asection
*strampoline
;
501 /* A table of mips_elf_la25_stubs, indexed by (input_section, offset)
505 /* A function FN (NAME, IS, OS) that creates a new input section
506 called NAME and links it to output section OS. If IS is nonnull,
507 the new section should go immediately before it, otherwise it
508 should go at the (current) beginning of OS.
510 The function returns the new section on success, otherwise it
512 asection
*(*add_stub_section
) (const char *, asection
*, asection
*);
514 /* Small local sym cache. */
515 struct sym_cache sym_cache
;
517 /* Is the PLT header compressed? */
518 unsigned int plt_header_is_comp
: 1;
521 /* Get the MIPS ELF linker hash table from a link_info structure. */
523 #define mips_elf_hash_table(p) \
524 (elf_hash_table_id ((struct elf_link_hash_table *) ((p)->hash)) \
525 == MIPS_ELF_DATA ? ((struct mips_elf_link_hash_table *) ((p)->hash)) : NULL)
527 /* A structure used to communicate with htab_traverse callbacks. */
528 struct mips_htab_traverse_info
530 /* The usual link-wide information. */
531 struct bfd_link_info
*info
;
534 /* Starts off FALSE and is set to TRUE if the link should be aborted. */
538 /* MIPS ELF private object data. */
540 struct mips_elf_obj_tdata
542 /* Generic ELF private object data. */
543 struct elf_obj_tdata root
;
545 /* Input BFD providing Tag_GNU_MIPS_ABI_FP attribute for output. */
548 /* Input BFD providing Tag_GNU_MIPS_ABI_MSA attribute for output. */
551 /* The abiflags for this object. */
552 Elf_Internal_ABIFlags_v0 abiflags
;
553 bfd_boolean abiflags_valid
;
555 /* The GOT requirements of input bfds. */
556 struct mips_got_info
*got
;
558 /* Used by _bfd_mips_elf_find_nearest_line. The structure could be
559 included directly in this one, but there's no point to wasting
560 the memory just for the infrequently called find_nearest_line. */
561 struct mips_elf_find_line
*find_line_info
;
563 /* An array of stub sections indexed by symbol number. */
564 asection
**local_stubs
;
565 asection
**local_call_stubs
;
567 /* The Irix 5 support uses two virtual sections, which represent
568 text/data symbols defined in dynamic objects. */
569 asymbol
*elf_data_symbol
;
570 asymbol
*elf_text_symbol
;
571 asection
*elf_data_section
;
572 asection
*elf_text_section
;
575 /* Get MIPS ELF private object data from BFD's tdata. */
577 #define mips_elf_tdata(bfd) \
578 ((struct mips_elf_obj_tdata *) (bfd)->tdata.any)
580 #define TLS_RELOC_P(r_type) \
581 (r_type == R_MIPS_TLS_DTPMOD32 \
582 || r_type == R_MIPS_TLS_DTPMOD64 \
583 || r_type == R_MIPS_TLS_DTPREL32 \
584 || r_type == R_MIPS_TLS_DTPREL64 \
585 || r_type == R_MIPS_TLS_GD \
586 || r_type == R_MIPS_TLS_LDM \
587 || r_type == R_MIPS_TLS_DTPREL_HI16 \
588 || r_type == R_MIPS_TLS_DTPREL_LO16 \
589 || r_type == R_MIPS_TLS_GOTTPREL \
590 || r_type == R_MIPS_TLS_TPREL32 \
591 || r_type == R_MIPS_TLS_TPREL64 \
592 || r_type == R_MIPS_TLS_TPREL_HI16 \
593 || r_type == R_MIPS_TLS_TPREL_LO16 \
594 || r_type == R_MIPS16_TLS_GD \
595 || r_type == R_MIPS16_TLS_LDM \
596 || r_type == R_MIPS16_TLS_DTPREL_HI16 \
597 || r_type == R_MIPS16_TLS_DTPREL_LO16 \
598 || r_type == R_MIPS16_TLS_GOTTPREL \
599 || r_type == R_MIPS16_TLS_TPREL_HI16 \
600 || r_type == R_MIPS16_TLS_TPREL_LO16 \
601 || r_type == R_MICROMIPS_TLS_GD \
602 || r_type == R_MICROMIPS_TLS_LDM \
603 || r_type == R_MICROMIPS_TLS_DTPREL_HI16 \
604 || r_type == R_MICROMIPS_TLS_DTPREL_LO16 \
605 || r_type == R_MICROMIPS_TLS_GOTTPREL \
606 || r_type == R_MICROMIPS_TLS_TPREL_HI16 \
607 || r_type == R_MICROMIPS_TLS_TPREL_LO16)
609 /* Structure used to pass information to mips_elf_output_extsym. */
614 struct bfd_link_info
*info
;
615 struct ecoff_debug_info
*debug
;
616 const struct ecoff_debug_swap
*swap
;
620 /* The names of the runtime procedure table symbols used on IRIX5. */
622 static const char * const mips_elf_dynsym_rtproc_names
[] =
625 "_procedure_string_table",
626 "_procedure_table_size",
630 /* These structures are used to generate the .compact_rel section on
635 unsigned long id1
; /* Always one? */
636 unsigned long num
; /* Number of compact relocation entries. */
637 unsigned long id2
; /* Always two? */
638 unsigned long offset
; /* The file offset of the first relocation. */
639 unsigned long reserved0
; /* Zero? */
640 unsigned long reserved1
; /* Zero? */
649 bfd_byte reserved0
[4];
650 bfd_byte reserved1
[4];
651 } Elf32_External_compact_rel
;
655 unsigned int ctype
: 1; /* 1: long 0: short format. See below. */
656 unsigned int rtype
: 4; /* Relocation types. See below. */
657 unsigned int dist2to
: 8;
658 unsigned int relvaddr
: 19; /* (VADDR - vaddr of the previous entry)/ 4 */
659 unsigned long konst
; /* KONST field. See below. */
660 unsigned long vaddr
; /* VADDR to be relocated. */
665 unsigned int ctype
: 1; /* 1: long 0: short format. See below. */
666 unsigned int rtype
: 4; /* Relocation types. See below. */
667 unsigned int dist2to
: 8;
668 unsigned int relvaddr
: 19; /* (VADDR - vaddr of the previous entry)/ 4 */
669 unsigned long konst
; /* KONST field. See below. */
677 } Elf32_External_crinfo
;
683 } Elf32_External_crinfo2
;
685 /* These are the constants used to swap the bitfields in a crinfo. */
687 #define CRINFO_CTYPE (0x1)
688 #define CRINFO_CTYPE_SH (31)
689 #define CRINFO_RTYPE (0xf)
690 #define CRINFO_RTYPE_SH (27)
691 #define CRINFO_DIST2TO (0xff)
692 #define CRINFO_DIST2TO_SH (19)
693 #define CRINFO_RELVADDR (0x7ffff)
694 #define CRINFO_RELVADDR_SH (0)
696 /* A compact relocation info has long (3 words) or short (2 words)
697 formats. A short format doesn't have VADDR field and relvaddr
698 fields contains ((VADDR - vaddr of the previous entry) >> 2). */
699 #define CRF_MIPS_LONG 1
700 #define CRF_MIPS_SHORT 0
702 /* There are 4 types of compact relocation at least. The value KONST
703 has different meaning for each type:
706 CT_MIPS_REL32 Address in data
707 CT_MIPS_WORD Address in word (XXX)
708 CT_MIPS_GPHI_LO GP - vaddr
709 CT_MIPS_JMPAD Address to jump
712 #define CRT_MIPS_REL32 0xa
713 #define CRT_MIPS_WORD 0xb
714 #define CRT_MIPS_GPHI_LO 0xc
715 #define CRT_MIPS_JMPAD 0xd
717 #define mips_elf_set_cr_format(x,format) ((x).ctype = (format))
718 #define mips_elf_set_cr_type(x,type) ((x).rtype = (type))
719 #define mips_elf_set_cr_dist2to(x,v) ((x).dist2to = (v))
720 #define mips_elf_set_cr_relvaddr(x,d) ((x).relvaddr = (d)<<2)
722 /* The structure of the runtime procedure descriptor created by the
723 loader for use by the static exception system. */
725 typedef struct runtime_pdr
{
726 bfd_vma adr
; /* Memory address of start of procedure. */
727 long regmask
; /* Save register mask. */
728 long regoffset
; /* Save register offset. */
729 long fregmask
; /* Save floating point register mask. */
730 long fregoffset
; /* Save floating point register offset. */
731 long frameoffset
; /* Frame size. */
732 short framereg
; /* Frame pointer register. */
733 short pcreg
; /* Offset or reg of return pc. */
734 long irpss
; /* Index into the runtime string table. */
736 struct exception_info
*exception_info
;/* Pointer to exception array. */
738 #define cbRPDR sizeof (RPDR)
739 #define rpdNil ((pRPDR) 0)
741 static struct mips_got_entry
*mips_elf_create_local_got_entry
742 (bfd
*, struct bfd_link_info
*, bfd
*, bfd_vma
, unsigned long,
743 struct mips_elf_link_hash_entry
*, int);
744 static bfd_boolean mips_elf_sort_hash_table_f
745 (struct mips_elf_link_hash_entry
*, void *);
746 static bfd_vma mips_elf_high
748 static bfd_boolean mips_elf_create_dynamic_relocation
749 (bfd
*, struct bfd_link_info
*, const Elf_Internal_Rela
*,
750 struct mips_elf_link_hash_entry
*, asection
*, bfd_vma
,
751 bfd_vma
*, asection
*);
752 static bfd_vma mips_elf_adjust_gp
753 (bfd
*, struct mips_got_info
*, bfd
*);
755 /* This will be used when we sort the dynamic relocation records. */
756 static bfd
*reldyn_sorting_bfd
;
758 /* True if ABFD is for CPUs with load interlocking that include
759 non-MIPS1 CPUs and R3900. */
760 #define LOAD_INTERLOCKS_P(abfd) \
761 ( ((elf_elfheader (abfd)->e_flags & EF_MIPS_ARCH) != E_MIPS_ARCH_1) \
762 || ((elf_elfheader (abfd)->e_flags & EF_MIPS_MACH) == E_MIPS_MACH_3900))
764 /* True if ABFD is for CPUs that are faster if JAL is converted to BAL.
765 This should be safe for all architectures. We enable this predicate
766 for RM9000 for now. */
767 #define JAL_TO_BAL_P(abfd) \
768 ((elf_elfheader (abfd)->e_flags & EF_MIPS_MACH) == E_MIPS_MACH_9000)
770 /* True if ABFD is for CPUs that are faster if JALR is converted to BAL.
771 This should be safe for all architectures. We enable this predicate for
773 #define JALR_TO_BAL_P(abfd) 1
775 /* True if ABFD is for CPUs that are faster if JR is converted to B.
776 This should be safe for all architectures. We enable this predicate for
778 #define JR_TO_B_P(abfd) 1
780 /* True if ABFD is a PIC object. */
781 #define PIC_OBJECT_P(abfd) \
782 ((elf_elfheader (abfd)->e_flags & EF_MIPS_PIC) != 0)
784 /* Nonzero if ABFD is using the O32 ABI. */
785 #define ABI_O32_P(abfd) \
786 ((elf_elfheader (abfd)->e_flags & EF_MIPS_ABI) == E_MIPS_ABI_O32)
788 /* Nonzero if ABFD is using the N32 ABI. */
789 #define ABI_N32_P(abfd) \
790 ((elf_elfheader (abfd)->e_flags & EF_MIPS_ABI2) != 0)
792 /* Nonzero if ABFD is using the N64 ABI. */
793 #define ABI_64_P(abfd) \
794 (get_elf_backend_data (abfd)->s->elfclass == ELFCLASS64)
796 /* Nonzero if ABFD is using NewABI conventions. */
797 #define NEWABI_P(abfd) (ABI_N32_P (abfd) || ABI_64_P (abfd))
799 /* Nonzero if ABFD has microMIPS code. */
800 #define MICROMIPS_P(abfd) \
801 ((elf_elfheader (abfd)->e_flags & EF_MIPS_ARCH_ASE_MICROMIPS) != 0)
803 /* Nonzero if ABFD is MIPS R6. */
804 #define MIPSR6_P(abfd) \
805 ((elf_elfheader (abfd)->e_flags & EF_MIPS_ARCH) == E_MIPS_ARCH_32R6 \
806 || (elf_elfheader (abfd)->e_flags & EF_MIPS_ARCH) == E_MIPS_ARCH_64R6)
808 /* The IRIX compatibility level we are striving for. */
809 #define IRIX_COMPAT(abfd) \
810 (get_elf_backend_data (abfd)->elf_backend_mips_irix_compat (abfd))
812 /* Whether we are trying to be compatible with IRIX at all. */
813 #define SGI_COMPAT(abfd) \
814 (IRIX_COMPAT (abfd) != ict_none)
816 /* The name of the options section. */
817 #define MIPS_ELF_OPTIONS_SECTION_NAME(abfd) \
818 (NEWABI_P (abfd) ? ".MIPS.options" : ".options")
820 /* True if NAME is the recognized name of any SHT_MIPS_OPTIONS section.
821 Some IRIX system files do not use MIPS_ELF_OPTIONS_SECTION_NAME. */
822 #define MIPS_ELF_OPTIONS_SECTION_NAME_P(NAME) \
823 (strcmp (NAME, ".MIPS.options") == 0 || strcmp (NAME, ".options") == 0)
825 /* True if NAME is the recognized name of any SHT_MIPS_ABIFLAGS section. */
826 #define MIPS_ELF_ABIFLAGS_SECTION_NAME_P(NAME) \
827 (strcmp (NAME, ".MIPS.abiflags") == 0)
829 /* Whether the section is readonly. */
830 #define MIPS_ELF_READONLY_SECTION(sec) \
831 ((sec->flags & (SEC_ALLOC | SEC_LOAD | SEC_READONLY)) \
832 == (SEC_ALLOC | SEC_LOAD | SEC_READONLY))
834 /* The name of the stub section. */
835 #define MIPS_ELF_STUB_SECTION_NAME(abfd) ".MIPS.stubs"
837 /* The size of an external REL relocation. */
838 #define MIPS_ELF_REL_SIZE(abfd) \
839 (get_elf_backend_data (abfd)->s->sizeof_rel)
841 /* The size of an external RELA relocation. */
842 #define MIPS_ELF_RELA_SIZE(abfd) \
843 (get_elf_backend_data (abfd)->s->sizeof_rela)
845 /* The size of an external dynamic table entry. */
846 #define MIPS_ELF_DYN_SIZE(abfd) \
847 (get_elf_backend_data (abfd)->s->sizeof_dyn)
849 /* The size of a GOT entry. */
850 #define MIPS_ELF_GOT_SIZE(abfd) \
851 (get_elf_backend_data (abfd)->s->arch_size / 8)
853 /* The size of the .rld_map section. */
854 #define MIPS_ELF_RLD_MAP_SIZE(abfd) \
855 (get_elf_backend_data (abfd)->s->arch_size / 8)
857 /* The size of a symbol-table entry. */
858 #define MIPS_ELF_SYM_SIZE(abfd) \
859 (get_elf_backend_data (abfd)->s->sizeof_sym)
861 /* The default alignment for sections, as a power of two. */
862 #define MIPS_ELF_LOG_FILE_ALIGN(abfd) \
863 (get_elf_backend_data (abfd)->s->log_file_align)
865 /* Get word-sized data. */
866 #define MIPS_ELF_GET_WORD(abfd, ptr) \
867 (ABI_64_P (abfd) ? bfd_get_64 (abfd, ptr) : bfd_get_32 (abfd, ptr))
869 /* Put out word-sized data. */
870 #define MIPS_ELF_PUT_WORD(abfd, val, ptr) \
872 ? bfd_put_64 (abfd, val, ptr) \
873 : bfd_put_32 (abfd, val, ptr))
875 /* The opcode for word-sized loads (LW or LD). */
876 #define MIPS_ELF_LOAD_WORD(abfd) \
877 (ABI_64_P (abfd) ? 0xdc000000 : 0x8c000000)
879 /* Add a dynamic symbol table-entry. */
880 #define MIPS_ELF_ADD_DYNAMIC_ENTRY(info, tag, val) \
881 _bfd_elf_add_dynamic_entry (info, tag, val)
883 #define MIPS_ELF_RTYPE_TO_HOWTO(abfd, rtype, rela) \
884 (get_elf_backend_data (abfd)->elf_backend_mips_rtype_to_howto (rtype, rela))
886 /* The name of the dynamic relocation section. */
887 #define MIPS_ELF_REL_DYN_NAME(INFO) \
888 (mips_elf_hash_table (INFO)->is_vxworks ? ".rela.dyn" : ".rel.dyn")
890 /* In case we're on a 32-bit machine, construct a 64-bit "-1" value
891 from smaller values. Start with zero, widen, *then* decrement. */
892 #define MINUS_ONE (((bfd_vma)0) - 1)
893 #define MINUS_TWO (((bfd_vma)0) - 2)
895 /* The value to write into got[1] for SVR4 targets, to identify it is
896 a GNU object. The dynamic linker can then use got[1] to store the
898 #define MIPS_ELF_GNU_GOT1_MASK(abfd) \
899 ((bfd_vma) 1 << (ABI_64_P (abfd) ? 63 : 31))
901 /* The offset of $gp from the beginning of the .got section. */
902 #define ELF_MIPS_GP_OFFSET(INFO) \
903 (mips_elf_hash_table (INFO)->is_vxworks ? 0x0 : 0x7ff0)
905 /* The maximum size of the GOT for it to be addressable using 16-bit
907 #define MIPS_ELF_GOT_MAX_SIZE(INFO) (ELF_MIPS_GP_OFFSET (INFO) + 0x7fff)
909 /* Instructions which appear in a stub. */
910 #define STUB_LW(abfd) \
912 ? 0xdf998010 /* ld t9,0x8010(gp) */ \
913 : 0x8f998010)) /* lw t9,0x8010(gp) */
914 #define STUB_MOVE 0x03e07825 /* or t7,ra,zero */
915 #define STUB_LUI(VAL) (0x3c180000 + (VAL)) /* lui t8,VAL */
916 #define STUB_JALR 0x0320f809 /* jalr ra,t9 */
917 #define STUB_ORI(VAL) (0x37180000 + (VAL)) /* ori t8,t8,VAL */
918 #define STUB_LI16U(VAL) (0x34180000 + (VAL)) /* ori t8,zero,VAL unsigned */
919 #define STUB_LI16S(abfd, VAL) \
921 ? (0x64180000 + (VAL)) /* daddiu t8,zero,VAL sign extended */ \
922 : (0x24180000 + (VAL)))) /* addiu t8,zero,VAL sign extended */
924 /* Likewise for the microMIPS ASE. */
925 #define STUB_LW_MICROMIPS(abfd) \
927 ? 0xdf3c8010 /* ld t9,0x8010(gp) */ \
928 : 0xff3c8010) /* lw t9,0x8010(gp) */
929 #define STUB_MOVE_MICROMIPS 0x0dff /* move t7,ra */
930 #define STUB_MOVE32_MICROMIPS 0x001f7a90 /* or t7,ra,zero */
931 #define STUB_LUI_MICROMIPS(VAL) \
932 (0x41b80000 + (VAL)) /* lui t8,VAL */
933 #define STUB_JALR_MICROMIPS 0x45d9 /* jalr t9 */
934 #define STUB_JALR32_MICROMIPS 0x03f90f3c /* jalr ra,t9 */
935 #define STUB_ORI_MICROMIPS(VAL) \
936 (0x53180000 + (VAL)) /* ori t8,t8,VAL */
937 #define STUB_LI16U_MICROMIPS(VAL) \
938 (0x53000000 + (VAL)) /* ori t8,zero,VAL unsigned */
939 #define STUB_LI16S_MICROMIPS(abfd, VAL) \
941 ? 0x5f000000 + (VAL) /* daddiu t8,zero,VAL sign extended */ \
942 : 0x33000000 + (VAL)) /* addiu t8,zero,VAL sign extended */
944 #define MIPS_FUNCTION_STUB_NORMAL_SIZE 16
945 #define MIPS_FUNCTION_STUB_BIG_SIZE 20
946 #define MICROMIPS_FUNCTION_STUB_NORMAL_SIZE 12
947 #define MICROMIPS_FUNCTION_STUB_BIG_SIZE 16
948 #define MICROMIPS_INSN32_FUNCTION_STUB_NORMAL_SIZE 16
949 #define MICROMIPS_INSN32_FUNCTION_STUB_BIG_SIZE 20
951 /* The name of the dynamic interpreter. This is put in the .interp
954 #define ELF_DYNAMIC_INTERPRETER(abfd) \
955 (ABI_N32_P (abfd) ? "/usr/lib32/libc.so.1" \
956 : ABI_64_P (abfd) ? "/usr/lib64/libc.so.1" \
957 : "/usr/lib/libc.so.1")
960 #define MNAME(bfd,pre,pos) \
961 (ABI_64_P (bfd) ? CONCAT4 (pre,64,_,pos) : CONCAT4 (pre,32,_,pos))
962 #define ELF_R_SYM(bfd, i) \
963 (ABI_64_P (bfd) ? ELF64_R_SYM (i) : ELF32_R_SYM (i))
964 #define ELF_R_TYPE(bfd, i) \
965 (ABI_64_P (bfd) ? ELF64_MIPS_R_TYPE (i) : ELF32_R_TYPE (i))
966 #define ELF_R_INFO(bfd, s, t) \
967 (ABI_64_P (bfd) ? ELF64_R_INFO (s, t) : ELF32_R_INFO (s, t))
969 #define MNAME(bfd,pre,pos) CONCAT4 (pre,32,_,pos)
970 #define ELF_R_SYM(bfd, i) \
972 #define ELF_R_TYPE(bfd, i) \
974 #define ELF_R_INFO(bfd, s, t) \
975 (ELF32_R_INFO (s, t))
978 /* The mips16 compiler uses a couple of special sections to handle
979 floating point arguments.
981 Section names that look like .mips16.fn.FNNAME contain stubs that
982 copy floating point arguments from the fp regs to the gp regs and
983 then jump to FNNAME. If any 32 bit function calls FNNAME, the
984 call should be redirected to the stub instead. If no 32 bit
985 function calls FNNAME, the stub should be discarded. We need to
986 consider any reference to the function, not just a call, because
987 if the address of the function is taken we will need the stub,
988 since the address might be passed to a 32 bit function.
990 Section names that look like .mips16.call.FNNAME contain stubs
991 that copy floating point arguments from the gp regs to the fp
992 regs and then jump to FNNAME. If FNNAME is a 32 bit function,
993 then any 16 bit function that calls FNNAME should be redirected
994 to the stub instead. If FNNAME is not a 32 bit function, the
995 stub should be discarded.
997 .mips16.call.fp.FNNAME sections are similar, but contain stubs
998 which call FNNAME and then copy the return value from the fp regs
999 to the gp regs. These stubs store the return value in $18 while
1000 calling FNNAME; any function which might call one of these stubs
1001 must arrange to save $18 around the call. (This case is not
1002 needed for 32 bit functions that call 16 bit functions, because
1003 16 bit functions always return floating point values in both
1006 Note that in all cases FNNAME might be defined statically.
1007 Therefore, FNNAME is not used literally. Instead, the relocation
1008 information will indicate which symbol the section is for.
1010 We record any stubs that we find in the symbol table. */
1012 #define FN_STUB ".mips16.fn."
1013 #define CALL_STUB ".mips16.call."
1014 #define CALL_FP_STUB ".mips16.call.fp."
1016 #define FN_STUB_P(name) CONST_STRNEQ (name, FN_STUB)
1017 #define CALL_STUB_P(name) CONST_STRNEQ (name, CALL_STUB)
1018 #define CALL_FP_STUB_P(name) CONST_STRNEQ (name, CALL_FP_STUB)
1020 /* The format of the first PLT entry in an O32 executable. */
1021 static const bfd_vma mips_o32_exec_plt0_entry
[] =
1023 0x3c1c0000, /* lui $28, %hi(&GOTPLT[0]) */
1024 0x8f990000, /* lw $25, %lo(&GOTPLT[0])($28) */
1025 0x279c0000, /* addiu $28, $28, %lo(&GOTPLT[0]) */
1026 0x031cc023, /* subu $24, $24, $28 */
1027 0x03e07825, /* or t7, ra, zero */
1028 0x0018c082, /* srl $24, $24, 2 */
1029 0x0320f809, /* jalr $25 */
1030 0x2718fffe /* subu $24, $24, 2 */
1033 /* The format of the first PLT entry in an N32 executable. Different
1034 because gp ($28) is not available; we use t2 ($14) instead. */
1035 static const bfd_vma mips_n32_exec_plt0_entry
[] =
1037 0x3c0e0000, /* lui $14, %hi(&GOTPLT[0]) */
1038 0x8dd90000, /* lw $25, %lo(&GOTPLT[0])($14) */
1039 0x25ce0000, /* addiu $14, $14, %lo(&GOTPLT[0]) */
1040 0x030ec023, /* subu $24, $24, $14 */
1041 0x03e07825, /* or t7, ra, zero */
1042 0x0018c082, /* srl $24, $24, 2 */
1043 0x0320f809, /* jalr $25 */
1044 0x2718fffe /* subu $24, $24, 2 */
1047 /* The format of the first PLT entry in an N64 executable. Different
1048 from N32 because of the increased size of GOT entries. */
1049 static const bfd_vma mips_n64_exec_plt0_entry
[] =
1051 0x3c0e0000, /* lui $14, %hi(&GOTPLT[0]) */
1052 0xddd90000, /* ld $25, %lo(&GOTPLT[0])($14) */
1053 0x25ce0000, /* addiu $14, $14, %lo(&GOTPLT[0]) */
1054 0x030ec023, /* subu $24, $24, $14 */
1055 0x03e07825, /* or t7, ra, zero */
1056 0x0018c0c2, /* srl $24, $24, 3 */
1057 0x0320f809, /* jalr $25 */
1058 0x2718fffe /* subu $24, $24, 2 */
1061 /* The format of the microMIPS first PLT entry in an O32 executable.
1062 We rely on v0 ($2) rather than t8 ($24) to contain the address
1063 of the GOTPLT entry handled, so this stub may only be used when
1064 all the subsequent PLT entries are microMIPS code too.
1066 The trailing NOP is for alignment and correct disassembly only. */
1067 static const bfd_vma micromips_o32_exec_plt0_entry
[] =
1069 0x7980, 0x0000, /* addiupc $3, (&GOTPLT[0]) - . */
1070 0xff23, 0x0000, /* lw $25, 0($3) */
1071 0x0535, /* subu $2, $2, $3 */
1072 0x2525, /* srl $2, $2, 2 */
1073 0x3302, 0xfffe, /* subu $24, $2, 2 */
1074 0x0dff, /* move $15, $31 */
1075 0x45f9, /* jalrs $25 */
1076 0x0f83, /* move $28, $3 */
1080 /* The format of the microMIPS first PLT entry in an O32 executable
1081 in the insn32 mode. */
1082 static const bfd_vma micromips_insn32_o32_exec_plt0_entry
[] =
1084 0x41bc, 0x0000, /* lui $28, %hi(&GOTPLT[0]) */
1085 0xff3c, 0x0000, /* lw $25, %lo(&GOTPLT[0])($28) */
1086 0x339c, 0x0000, /* addiu $28, $28, %lo(&GOTPLT[0]) */
1087 0x0398, 0xc1d0, /* subu $24, $24, $28 */
1088 0x001f, 0x7a90, /* or $15, $31, zero */
1089 0x0318, 0x1040, /* srl $24, $24, 2 */
1090 0x03f9, 0x0f3c, /* jalr $25 */
1091 0x3318, 0xfffe /* subu $24, $24, 2 */
1094 /* The format of subsequent standard PLT entries. */
1095 static const bfd_vma mips_exec_plt_entry
[] =
1097 0x3c0f0000, /* lui $15, %hi(.got.plt entry) */
1098 0x01f90000, /* l[wd] $25, %lo(.got.plt entry)($15) */
1099 0x25f80000, /* addiu $24, $15, %lo(.got.plt entry) */
1100 0x03200008 /* jr $25 */
1103 /* In the following PLT entry the JR and ADDIU instructions will
1104 be swapped in _bfd_mips_elf_finish_dynamic_symbol because
1105 LOAD_INTERLOCKS_P will be true for MIPS R6. */
1106 static const bfd_vma mipsr6_exec_plt_entry
[] =
1108 0x3c0f0000, /* lui $15, %hi(.got.plt entry) */
1109 0x01f90000, /* l[wd] $25, %lo(.got.plt entry)($15) */
1110 0x25f80000, /* addiu $24, $15, %lo(.got.plt entry) */
1111 0x03200009 /* jr $25 */
1114 /* The format of subsequent MIPS16 o32 PLT entries. We use v0 ($2)
1115 and v1 ($3) as temporaries because t8 ($24) and t9 ($25) are not
1116 directly addressable. */
1117 static const bfd_vma mips16_o32_exec_plt_entry
[] =
1119 0xb203, /* lw $2, 12($pc) */
1120 0x9a60, /* lw $3, 0($2) */
1121 0x651a, /* move $24, $2 */
1123 0x653b, /* move $25, $3 */
1125 0x0000, 0x0000 /* .word (.got.plt entry) */
1128 /* The format of subsequent microMIPS o32 PLT entries. We use v0 ($2)
1129 as a temporary because t8 ($24) is not addressable with ADDIUPC. */
1130 static const bfd_vma micromips_o32_exec_plt_entry
[] =
1132 0x7900, 0x0000, /* addiupc $2, (.got.plt entry) - . */
1133 0xff22, 0x0000, /* lw $25, 0($2) */
1134 0x4599, /* jr $25 */
1135 0x0f02 /* move $24, $2 */
1138 /* The format of subsequent microMIPS o32 PLT entries in the insn32 mode. */
1139 static const bfd_vma micromips_insn32_o32_exec_plt_entry
[] =
1141 0x41af, 0x0000, /* lui $15, %hi(.got.plt entry) */
1142 0xff2f, 0x0000, /* lw $25, %lo(.got.plt entry)($15) */
1143 0x0019, 0x0f3c, /* jr $25 */
1144 0x330f, 0x0000 /* addiu $24, $15, %lo(.got.plt entry) */
1147 /* The format of the first PLT entry in a VxWorks executable. */
1148 static const bfd_vma mips_vxworks_exec_plt0_entry
[] =
1150 0x3c190000, /* lui t9, %hi(_GLOBAL_OFFSET_TABLE_) */
1151 0x27390000, /* addiu t9, t9, %lo(_GLOBAL_OFFSET_TABLE_) */
1152 0x8f390008, /* lw t9, 8(t9) */
1153 0x00000000, /* nop */
1154 0x03200008, /* jr t9 */
1155 0x00000000 /* nop */
1158 /* The format of subsequent PLT entries. */
1159 static const bfd_vma mips_vxworks_exec_plt_entry
[] =
1161 0x10000000, /* b .PLT_resolver */
1162 0x24180000, /* li t8, <pltindex> */
1163 0x3c190000, /* lui t9, %hi(<.got.plt slot>) */
1164 0x27390000, /* addiu t9, t9, %lo(<.got.plt slot>) */
1165 0x8f390000, /* lw t9, 0(t9) */
1166 0x00000000, /* nop */
1167 0x03200008, /* jr t9 */
1168 0x00000000 /* nop */
1171 /* The format of the first PLT entry in a VxWorks shared object. */
1172 static const bfd_vma mips_vxworks_shared_plt0_entry
[] =
1174 0x8f990008, /* lw t9, 8(gp) */
1175 0x00000000, /* nop */
1176 0x03200008, /* jr t9 */
1177 0x00000000, /* nop */
1178 0x00000000, /* nop */
1179 0x00000000 /* nop */
1182 /* The format of subsequent PLT entries. */
1183 static const bfd_vma mips_vxworks_shared_plt_entry
[] =
1185 0x10000000, /* b .PLT_resolver */
1186 0x24180000 /* li t8, <pltindex> */
1189 /* microMIPS 32-bit opcode helper installer. */
1192 bfd_put_micromips_32 (const bfd
*abfd
, bfd_vma opcode
, bfd_byte
*ptr
)
1194 bfd_put_16 (abfd
, (opcode
>> 16) & 0xffff, ptr
);
1195 bfd_put_16 (abfd
, opcode
& 0xffff, ptr
+ 2);
1198 /* microMIPS 32-bit opcode helper retriever. */
1201 bfd_get_micromips_32 (const bfd
*abfd
, const bfd_byte
*ptr
)
1203 return (bfd_get_16 (abfd
, ptr
) << 16) | bfd_get_16 (abfd
, ptr
+ 2);
1206 /* Look up an entry in a MIPS ELF linker hash table. */
1208 #define mips_elf_link_hash_lookup(table, string, create, copy, follow) \
1209 ((struct mips_elf_link_hash_entry *) \
1210 elf_link_hash_lookup (&(table)->root, (string), (create), \
1213 /* Traverse a MIPS ELF linker hash table. */
1215 #define mips_elf_link_hash_traverse(table, func, info) \
1216 (elf_link_hash_traverse \
1218 (bfd_boolean (*) (struct elf_link_hash_entry *, void *)) (func), \
1221 /* Find the base offsets for thread-local storage in this object,
1222 for GD/LD and IE/LE respectively. */
1224 #define TP_OFFSET 0x7000
1225 #define DTP_OFFSET 0x8000
1228 dtprel_base (struct bfd_link_info
*info
)
1230 /* If tls_sec is NULL, we should have signalled an error already. */
1231 if (elf_hash_table (info
)->tls_sec
== NULL
)
1233 return elf_hash_table (info
)->tls_sec
->vma
+ DTP_OFFSET
;
1237 tprel_base (struct bfd_link_info
*info
)
1239 /* If tls_sec is NULL, we should have signalled an error already. */
1240 if (elf_hash_table (info
)->tls_sec
== NULL
)
1242 return elf_hash_table (info
)->tls_sec
->vma
+ TP_OFFSET
;
1245 /* Create an entry in a MIPS ELF linker hash table. */
1247 static struct bfd_hash_entry
*
1248 mips_elf_link_hash_newfunc (struct bfd_hash_entry
*entry
,
1249 struct bfd_hash_table
*table
, const char *string
)
1251 struct mips_elf_link_hash_entry
*ret
=
1252 (struct mips_elf_link_hash_entry
*) entry
;
1254 /* Allocate the structure if it has not already been allocated by a
1257 ret
= bfd_hash_allocate (table
, sizeof (struct mips_elf_link_hash_entry
));
1259 return (struct bfd_hash_entry
*) ret
;
1261 /* Call the allocation method of the superclass. */
1262 ret
= ((struct mips_elf_link_hash_entry
*)
1263 _bfd_elf_link_hash_newfunc ((struct bfd_hash_entry
*) ret
,
1267 /* Set local fields. */
1268 memset (&ret
->esym
, 0, sizeof (EXTR
));
1269 /* We use -2 as a marker to indicate that the information has
1270 not been set. -1 means there is no associated ifd. */
1273 ret
->possibly_dynamic_relocs
= 0;
1274 ret
->fn_stub
= NULL
;
1275 ret
->call_stub
= NULL
;
1276 ret
->call_fp_stub
= NULL
;
1277 ret
->global_got_area
= GGA_NONE
;
1278 ret
->got_only_for_calls
= TRUE
;
1279 ret
->readonly_reloc
= FALSE
;
1280 ret
->has_static_relocs
= FALSE
;
1281 ret
->no_fn_stub
= FALSE
;
1282 ret
->need_fn_stub
= FALSE
;
1283 ret
->has_nonpic_branches
= FALSE
;
1284 ret
->needs_lazy_stub
= FALSE
;
1285 ret
->use_plt_entry
= FALSE
;
1288 return (struct bfd_hash_entry
*) ret
;
1291 /* Allocate MIPS ELF private object data. */
1294 _bfd_mips_elf_mkobject (bfd
*abfd
)
1296 return bfd_elf_allocate_object (abfd
, sizeof (struct mips_elf_obj_tdata
),
1301 _bfd_mips_elf_new_section_hook (bfd
*abfd
, asection
*sec
)
1303 if (!sec
->used_by_bfd
)
1305 struct _mips_elf_section_data
*sdata
;
1306 bfd_size_type amt
= sizeof (*sdata
);
1308 sdata
= bfd_zalloc (abfd
, amt
);
1311 sec
->used_by_bfd
= sdata
;
1314 return _bfd_elf_new_section_hook (abfd
, sec
);
1317 /* Read ECOFF debugging information from a .mdebug section into a
1318 ecoff_debug_info structure. */
1321 _bfd_mips_elf_read_ecoff_info (bfd
*abfd
, asection
*section
,
1322 struct ecoff_debug_info
*debug
)
1325 const struct ecoff_debug_swap
*swap
;
1328 swap
= get_elf_backend_data (abfd
)->elf_backend_ecoff_debug_swap
;
1329 memset (debug
, 0, sizeof (*debug
));
1331 ext_hdr
= bfd_malloc (swap
->external_hdr_size
);
1332 if (ext_hdr
== NULL
&& swap
->external_hdr_size
!= 0)
1335 if (! bfd_get_section_contents (abfd
, section
, ext_hdr
, 0,
1336 swap
->external_hdr_size
))
1339 symhdr
= &debug
->symbolic_header
;
1340 (*swap
->swap_hdr_in
) (abfd
, ext_hdr
, symhdr
);
1342 /* The symbolic header contains absolute file offsets and sizes to
1344 #define READ(ptr, offset, count, size, type) \
1345 if (symhdr->count == 0) \
1346 debug->ptr = NULL; \
1349 bfd_size_type amt = (bfd_size_type) size * symhdr->count; \
1350 debug->ptr = bfd_malloc (amt); \
1351 if (debug->ptr == NULL) \
1352 goto error_return; \
1353 if (bfd_seek (abfd, symhdr->offset, SEEK_SET) != 0 \
1354 || bfd_bread (debug->ptr, amt, abfd) != amt) \
1355 goto error_return; \
1358 READ (line
, cbLineOffset
, cbLine
, sizeof (unsigned char), unsigned char *);
1359 READ (external_dnr
, cbDnOffset
, idnMax
, swap
->external_dnr_size
, void *);
1360 READ (external_pdr
, cbPdOffset
, ipdMax
, swap
->external_pdr_size
, void *);
1361 READ (external_sym
, cbSymOffset
, isymMax
, swap
->external_sym_size
, void *);
1362 READ (external_opt
, cbOptOffset
, ioptMax
, swap
->external_opt_size
, void *);
1363 READ (external_aux
, cbAuxOffset
, iauxMax
, sizeof (union aux_ext
),
1365 READ (ss
, cbSsOffset
, issMax
, sizeof (char), char *);
1366 READ (ssext
, cbSsExtOffset
, issExtMax
, sizeof (char), char *);
1367 READ (external_fdr
, cbFdOffset
, ifdMax
, swap
->external_fdr_size
, void *);
1368 READ (external_rfd
, cbRfdOffset
, crfd
, swap
->external_rfd_size
, void *);
1369 READ (external_ext
, cbExtOffset
, iextMax
, swap
->external_ext_size
, void *);
1377 if (ext_hdr
!= NULL
)
1379 if (debug
->line
!= NULL
)
1381 if (debug
->external_dnr
!= NULL
)
1382 free (debug
->external_dnr
);
1383 if (debug
->external_pdr
!= NULL
)
1384 free (debug
->external_pdr
);
1385 if (debug
->external_sym
!= NULL
)
1386 free (debug
->external_sym
);
1387 if (debug
->external_opt
!= NULL
)
1388 free (debug
->external_opt
);
1389 if (debug
->external_aux
!= NULL
)
1390 free (debug
->external_aux
);
1391 if (debug
->ss
!= NULL
)
1393 if (debug
->ssext
!= NULL
)
1394 free (debug
->ssext
);
1395 if (debug
->external_fdr
!= NULL
)
1396 free (debug
->external_fdr
);
1397 if (debug
->external_rfd
!= NULL
)
1398 free (debug
->external_rfd
);
1399 if (debug
->external_ext
!= NULL
)
1400 free (debug
->external_ext
);
1404 /* Swap RPDR (runtime procedure table entry) for output. */
1407 ecoff_swap_rpdr_out (bfd
*abfd
, const RPDR
*in
, struct rpdr_ext
*ex
)
1409 H_PUT_S32 (abfd
, in
->adr
, ex
->p_adr
);
1410 H_PUT_32 (abfd
, in
->regmask
, ex
->p_regmask
);
1411 H_PUT_32 (abfd
, in
->regoffset
, ex
->p_regoffset
);
1412 H_PUT_32 (abfd
, in
->fregmask
, ex
->p_fregmask
);
1413 H_PUT_32 (abfd
, in
->fregoffset
, ex
->p_fregoffset
);
1414 H_PUT_32 (abfd
, in
->frameoffset
, ex
->p_frameoffset
);
1416 H_PUT_16 (abfd
, in
->framereg
, ex
->p_framereg
);
1417 H_PUT_16 (abfd
, in
->pcreg
, ex
->p_pcreg
);
1419 H_PUT_32 (abfd
, in
->irpss
, ex
->p_irpss
);
1422 /* Create a runtime procedure table from the .mdebug section. */
1425 mips_elf_create_procedure_table (void *handle
, bfd
*abfd
,
1426 struct bfd_link_info
*info
, asection
*s
,
1427 struct ecoff_debug_info
*debug
)
1429 const struct ecoff_debug_swap
*swap
;
1430 HDRR
*hdr
= &debug
->symbolic_header
;
1432 struct rpdr_ext
*erp
;
1434 struct pdr_ext
*epdr
;
1435 struct sym_ext
*esym
;
1439 bfd_size_type count
;
1440 unsigned long sindex
;
1444 const char *no_name_func
= _("static procedure (no name)");
1452 swap
= get_elf_backend_data (abfd
)->elf_backend_ecoff_debug_swap
;
1454 sindex
= strlen (no_name_func
) + 1;
1455 count
= hdr
->ipdMax
;
1458 size
= swap
->external_pdr_size
;
1460 epdr
= bfd_malloc (size
* count
);
1464 if (! _bfd_ecoff_get_accumulated_pdr (handle
, (bfd_byte
*) epdr
))
1467 size
= sizeof (RPDR
);
1468 rp
= rpdr
= bfd_malloc (size
* count
);
1472 size
= sizeof (char *);
1473 sv
= bfd_malloc (size
* count
);
1477 count
= hdr
->isymMax
;
1478 size
= swap
->external_sym_size
;
1479 esym
= bfd_malloc (size
* count
);
1483 if (! _bfd_ecoff_get_accumulated_sym (handle
, (bfd_byte
*) esym
))
1486 count
= hdr
->issMax
;
1487 ss
= bfd_malloc (count
);
1490 if (! _bfd_ecoff_get_accumulated_ss (handle
, (bfd_byte
*) ss
))
1493 count
= hdr
->ipdMax
;
1494 for (i
= 0; i
< (unsigned long) count
; i
++, rp
++)
1496 (*swap
->swap_pdr_in
) (abfd
, epdr
+ i
, &pdr
);
1497 (*swap
->swap_sym_in
) (abfd
, &esym
[pdr
.isym
], &sym
);
1498 rp
->adr
= sym
.value
;
1499 rp
->regmask
= pdr
.regmask
;
1500 rp
->regoffset
= pdr
.regoffset
;
1501 rp
->fregmask
= pdr
.fregmask
;
1502 rp
->fregoffset
= pdr
.fregoffset
;
1503 rp
->frameoffset
= pdr
.frameoffset
;
1504 rp
->framereg
= pdr
.framereg
;
1505 rp
->pcreg
= pdr
.pcreg
;
1507 sv
[i
] = ss
+ sym
.iss
;
1508 sindex
+= strlen (sv
[i
]) + 1;
1512 size
= sizeof (struct rpdr_ext
) * (count
+ 2) + sindex
;
1513 size
= BFD_ALIGN (size
, 16);
1514 rtproc
= bfd_alloc (abfd
, size
);
1517 mips_elf_hash_table (info
)->procedure_count
= 0;
1521 mips_elf_hash_table (info
)->procedure_count
= count
+ 2;
1524 memset (erp
, 0, sizeof (struct rpdr_ext
));
1526 str
= (char *) rtproc
+ sizeof (struct rpdr_ext
) * (count
+ 2);
1527 strcpy (str
, no_name_func
);
1528 str
+= strlen (no_name_func
) + 1;
1529 for (i
= 0; i
< count
; i
++)
1531 ecoff_swap_rpdr_out (abfd
, rpdr
+ i
, erp
+ i
);
1532 strcpy (str
, sv
[i
]);
1533 str
+= strlen (sv
[i
]) + 1;
1535 H_PUT_S32 (abfd
, -1, (erp
+ count
)->p_adr
);
1537 /* Set the size and contents of .rtproc section. */
1539 s
->contents
= rtproc
;
1541 /* Skip this section later on (I don't think this currently
1542 matters, but someday it might). */
1543 s
->map_head
.link_order
= NULL
;
1572 /* We're going to create a stub for H. Create a symbol for the stub's
1573 value and size, to help make the disassembly easier to read. */
1576 mips_elf_create_stub_symbol (struct bfd_link_info
*info
,
1577 struct mips_elf_link_hash_entry
*h
,
1578 const char *prefix
, asection
*s
, bfd_vma value
,
1581 bfd_boolean micromips_p
= ELF_ST_IS_MICROMIPS (h
->root
.other
);
1582 struct bfd_link_hash_entry
*bh
;
1583 struct elf_link_hash_entry
*elfh
;
1590 /* Create a new symbol. */
1591 name
= concat (prefix
, h
->root
.root
.root
.string
, NULL
);
1593 res
= _bfd_generic_link_add_one_symbol (info
, s
->owner
, name
,
1594 BSF_LOCAL
, s
, value
, NULL
,
1600 /* Make it a local function. */
1601 elfh
= (struct elf_link_hash_entry
*) bh
;
1602 elfh
->type
= ELF_ST_INFO (STB_LOCAL
, STT_FUNC
);
1604 elfh
->forced_local
= 1;
1606 elfh
->other
= ELF_ST_SET_MICROMIPS (elfh
->other
);
1610 /* We're about to redefine H. Create a symbol to represent H's
1611 current value and size, to help make the disassembly easier
1615 mips_elf_create_shadow_symbol (struct bfd_link_info
*info
,
1616 struct mips_elf_link_hash_entry
*h
,
1619 struct bfd_link_hash_entry
*bh
;
1620 struct elf_link_hash_entry
*elfh
;
1626 /* Read the symbol's value. */
1627 BFD_ASSERT (h
->root
.root
.type
== bfd_link_hash_defined
1628 || h
->root
.root
.type
== bfd_link_hash_defweak
);
1629 s
= h
->root
.root
.u
.def
.section
;
1630 value
= h
->root
.root
.u
.def
.value
;
1632 /* Create a new symbol. */
1633 name
= concat (prefix
, h
->root
.root
.root
.string
, NULL
);
1635 res
= _bfd_generic_link_add_one_symbol (info
, s
->owner
, name
,
1636 BSF_LOCAL
, s
, value
, NULL
,
1642 /* Make it local and copy the other attributes from H. */
1643 elfh
= (struct elf_link_hash_entry
*) bh
;
1644 elfh
->type
= ELF_ST_INFO (STB_LOCAL
, ELF_ST_TYPE (h
->root
.type
));
1645 elfh
->other
= h
->root
.other
;
1646 elfh
->size
= h
->root
.size
;
1647 elfh
->forced_local
= 1;
1651 /* Return TRUE if relocations in SECTION can refer directly to a MIPS16
1652 function rather than to a hard-float stub. */
1655 section_allows_mips16_refs_p (asection
*section
)
1659 name
= bfd_get_section_name (section
->owner
, section
);
1660 return (FN_STUB_P (name
)
1661 || CALL_STUB_P (name
)
1662 || CALL_FP_STUB_P (name
)
1663 || strcmp (name
, ".pdr") == 0);
1666 /* [RELOCS, RELEND) are the relocations against SEC, which is a MIPS16
1667 stub section of some kind. Return the R_SYMNDX of the target
1668 function, or 0 if we can't decide which function that is. */
1670 static unsigned long
1671 mips16_stub_symndx (const struct elf_backend_data
*bed
,
1672 asection
*sec ATTRIBUTE_UNUSED
,
1673 const Elf_Internal_Rela
*relocs
,
1674 const Elf_Internal_Rela
*relend
)
1676 int int_rels_per_ext_rel
= bed
->s
->int_rels_per_ext_rel
;
1677 const Elf_Internal_Rela
*rel
;
1679 /* Trust the first R_MIPS_NONE relocation, if any, but not a subsequent
1680 one in a compound relocation. */
1681 for (rel
= relocs
; rel
< relend
; rel
+= int_rels_per_ext_rel
)
1682 if (ELF_R_TYPE (sec
->owner
, rel
->r_info
) == R_MIPS_NONE
)
1683 return ELF_R_SYM (sec
->owner
, rel
->r_info
);
1685 /* Otherwise trust the first relocation, whatever its kind. This is
1686 the traditional behavior. */
1687 if (relocs
< relend
)
1688 return ELF_R_SYM (sec
->owner
, relocs
->r_info
);
1693 /* Check the mips16 stubs for a particular symbol, and see if we can
1697 mips_elf_check_mips16_stubs (struct bfd_link_info
*info
,
1698 struct mips_elf_link_hash_entry
*h
)
1700 /* Dynamic symbols must use the standard call interface, in case other
1701 objects try to call them. */
1702 if (h
->fn_stub
!= NULL
1703 && h
->root
.dynindx
!= -1)
1705 mips_elf_create_shadow_symbol (info
, h
, ".mips16.");
1706 h
->need_fn_stub
= TRUE
;
1709 if (h
->fn_stub
!= NULL
1710 && ! h
->need_fn_stub
)
1712 /* We don't need the fn_stub; the only references to this symbol
1713 are 16 bit calls. Clobber the size to 0 to prevent it from
1714 being included in the link. */
1715 h
->fn_stub
->size
= 0;
1716 h
->fn_stub
->flags
&= ~SEC_RELOC
;
1717 h
->fn_stub
->reloc_count
= 0;
1718 h
->fn_stub
->flags
|= SEC_EXCLUDE
;
1719 h
->fn_stub
->output_section
= bfd_abs_section_ptr
;
1722 if (h
->call_stub
!= NULL
1723 && ELF_ST_IS_MIPS16 (h
->root
.other
))
1725 /* We don't need the call_stub; this is a 16 bit function, so
1726 calls from other 16 bit functions are OK. Clobber the size
1727 to 0 to prevent it from being included in the link. */
1728 h
->call_stub
->size
= 0;
1729 h
->call_stub
->flags
&= ~SEC_RELOC
;
1730 h
->call_stub
->reloc_count
= 0;
1731 h
->call_stub
->flags
|= SEC_EXCLUDE
;
1732 h
->call_stub
->output_section
= bfd_abs_section_ptr
;
1735 if (h
->call_fp_stub
!= NULL
1736 && ELF_ST_IS_MIPS16 (h
->root
.other
))
1738 /* We don't need the call_stub; this is a 16 bit function, so
1739 calls from other 16 bit functions are OK. Clobber the size
1740 to 0 to prevent it from being included in the link. */
1741 h
->call_fp_stub
->size
= 0;
1742 h
->call_fp_stub
->flags
&= ~SEC_RELOC
;
1743 h
->call_fp_stub
->reloc_count
= 0;
1744 h
->call_fp_stub
->flags
|= SEC_EXCLUDE
;
1745 h
->call_fp_stub
->output_section
= bfd_abs_section_ptr
;
1749 /* Hashtable callbacks for mips_elf_la25_stubs. */
1752 mips_elf_la25_stub_hash (const void *entry_
)
1754 const struct mips_elf_la25_stub
*entry
;
1756 entry
= (struct mips_elf_la25_stub
*) entry_
;
1757 return entry
->h
->root
.root
.u
.def
.section
->id
1758 + entry
->h
->root
.root
.u
.def
.value
;
1762 mips_elf_la25_stub_eq (const void *entry1_
, const void *entry2_
)
1764 const struct mips_elf_la25_stub
*entry1
, *entry2
;
1766 entry1
= (struct mips_elf_la25_stub
*) entry1_
;
1767 entry2
= (struct mips_elf_la25_stub
*) entry2_
;
1768 return ((entry1
->h
->root
.root
.u
.def
.section
1769 == entry2
->h
->root
.root
.u
.def
.section
)
1770 && (entry1
->h
->root
.root
.u
.def
.value
1771 == entry2
->h
->root
.root
.u
.def
.value
));
1774 /* Called by the linker to set up the la25 stub-creation code. FN is
1775 the linker's implementation of add_stub_function. Return true on
1779 _bfd_mips_elf_init_stubs (struct bfd_link_info
*info
,
1780 asection
*(*fn
) (const char *, asection
*,
1783 struct mips_elf_link_hash_table
*htab
;
1785 htab
= mips_elf_hash_table (info
);
1789 htab
->add_stub_section
= fn
;
1790 htab
->la25_stubs
= htab_try_create (1, mips_elf_la25_stub_hash
,
1791 mips_elf_la25_stub_eq
, NULL
);
1792 if (htab
->la25_stubs
== NULL
)
1798 /* Return true if H is a locally-defined PIC function, in the sense
1799 that it or its fn_stub might need $25 to be valid on entry.
1800 Note that MIPS16 functions set up $gp using PC-relative instructions,
1801 so they themselves never need $25 to be valid. Only non-MIPS16
1802 entry points are of interest here. */
1805 mips_elf_local_pic_function_p (struct mips_elf_link_hash_entry
*h
)
1807 return ((h
->root
.root
.type
== bfd_link_hash_defined
1808 || h
->root
.root
.type
== bfd_link_hash_defweak
)
1809 && h
->root
.def_regular
1810 && !bfd_is_abs_section (h
->root
.root
.u
.def
.section
)
1811 && !bfd_is_und_section (h
->root
.root
.u
.def
.section
)
1812 && (!ELF_ST_IS_MIPS16 (h
->root
.other
)
1813 || (h
->fn_stub
&& h
->need_fn_stub
))
1814 && (PIC_OBJECT_P (h
->root
.root
.u
.def
.section
->owner
)
1815 || ELF_ST_IS_MIPS_PIC (h
->root
.other
)));
1818 /* Set *SEC to the input section that contains the target of STUB.
1819 Return the offset of the target from the start of that section. */
1822 mips_elf_get_la25_target (struct mips_elf_la25_stub
*stub
,
1825 if (ELF_ST_IS_MIPS16 (stub
->h
->root
.other
))
1827 BFD_ASSERT (stub
->h
->need_fn_stub
);
1828 *sec
= stub
->h
->fn_stub
;
1833 *sec
= stub
->h
->root
.root
.u
.def
.section
;
1834 return stub
->h
->root
.root
.u
.def
.value
;
1838 /* STUB describes an la25 stub that we have decided to implement
1839 by inserting an LUI/ADDIU pair before the target function.
1840 Create the section and redirect the function symbol to it. */
1843 mips_elf_add_la25_intro (struct mips_elf_la25_stub
*stub
,
1844 struct bfd_link_info
*info
)
1846 struct mips_elf_link_hash_table
*htab
;
1848 asection
*s
, *input_section
;
1851 htab
= mips_elf_hash_table (info
);
1855 /* Create a unique name for the new section. */
1856 name
= bfd_malloc (11 + sizeof (".text.stub."));
1859 sprintf (name
, ".text.stub.%d", (int) htab_elements (htab
->la25_stubs
));
1861 /* Create the section. */
1862 mips_elf_get_la25_target (stub
, &input_section
);
1863 s
= htab
->add_stub_section (name
, input_section
,
1864 input_section
->output_section
);
1868 /* Make sure that any padding goes before the stub. */
1869 align
= input_section
->alignment_power
;
1870 if (!bfd_set_section_alignment (s
->owner
, s
, align
))
1873 s
->size
= (1 << align
) - 8;
1875 /* Create a symbol for the stub. */
1876 mips_elf_create_stub_symbol (info
, stub
->h
, ".pic.", s
, s
->size
, 8);
1877 stub
->stub_section
= s
;
1878 stub
->offset
= s
->size
;
1880 /* Allocate room for it. */
1885 /* STUB describes an la25 stub that we have decided to implement
1886 with a separate trampoline. Allocate room for it and redirect
1887 the function symbol to it. */
1890 mips_elf_add_la25_trampoline (struct mips_elf_la25_stub
*stub
,
1891 struct bfd_link_info
*info
)
1893 struct mips_elf_link_hash_table
*htab
;
1896 htab
= mips_elf_hash_table (info
);
1900 /* Create a trampoline section, if we haven't already. */
1901 s
= htab
->strampoline
;
1904 asection
*input_section
= stub
->h
->root
.root
.u
.def
.section
;
1905 s
= htab
->add_stub_section (".text", NULL
,
1906 input_section
->output_section
);
1907 if (s
== NULL
|| !bfd_set_section_alignment (s
->owner
, s
, 4))
1909 htab
->strampoline
= s
;
1912 /* Create a symbol for the stub. */
1913 mips_elf_create_stub_symbol (info
, stub
->h
, ".pic.", s
, s
->size
, 16);
1914 stub
->stub_section
= s
;
1915 stub
->offset
= s
->size
;
1917 /* Allocate room for it. */
1922 /* H describes a symbol that needs an la25 stub. Make sure that an
1923 appropriate stub exists and point H at it. */
1926 mips_elf_add_la25_stub (struct bfd_link_info
*info
,
1927 struct mips_elf_link_hash_entry
*h
)
1929 struct mips_elf_link_hash_table
*htab
;
1930 struct mips_elf_la25_stub search
, *stub
;
1931 bfd_boolean use_trampoline_p
;
1936 /* Describe the stub we want. */
1937 search
.stub_section
= NULL
;
1941 /* See if we've already created an equivalent stub. */
1942 htab
= mips_elf_hash_table (info
);
1946 slot
= htab_find_slot (htab
->la25_stubs
, &search
, INSERT
);
1950 stub
= (struct mips_elf_la25_stub
*) *slot
;
1953 /* We can reuse the existing stub. */
1954 h
->la25_stub
= stub
;
1958 /* Create a permanent copy of ENTRY and add it to the hash table. */
1959 stub
= bfd_malloc (sizeof (search
));
1965 /* Prefer to use LUI/ADDIU stubs if the function is at the beginning
1966 of the section and if we would need no more than 2 nops. */
1967 value
= mips_elf_get_la25_target (stub
, &s
);
1968 if (ELF_ST_IS_MICROMIPS (stub
->h
->root
.other
))
1970 use_trampoline_p
= (value
!= 0 || s
->alignment_power
> 4);
1972 h
->la25_stub
= stub
;
1973 return (use_trampoline_p
1974 ? mips_elf_add_la25_trampoline (stub
, info
)
1975 : mips_elf_add_la25_intro (stub
, info
));
1978 /* A mips_elf_link_hash_traverse callback that is called before sizing
1979 sections. DATA points to a mips_htab_traverse_info structure. */
1982 mips_elf_check_symbols (struct mips_elf_link_hash_entry
*h
, void *data
)
1984 struct mips_htab_traverse_info
*hti
;
1986 hti
= (struct mips_htab_traverse_info
*) data
;
1987 if (!bfd_link_relocatable (hti
->info
))
1988 mips_elf_check_mips16_stubs (hti
->info
, h
);
1990 if (mips_elf_local_pic_function_p (h
))
1992 /* PR 12845: If H is in a section that has been garbage
1993 collected it will have its output section set to *ABS*. */
1994 if (bfd_is_abs_section (h
->root
.root
.u
.def
.section
->output_section
))
1997 /* H is a function that might need $25 to be valid on entry.
1998 If we're creating a non-PIC relocatable object, mark H as
1999 being PIC. If we're creating a non-relocatable object with
2000 non-PIC branches and jumps to H, make sure that H has an la25
2002 if (bfd_link_relocatable (hti
->info
))
2004 if (!PIC_OBJECT_P (hti
->output_bfd
))
2005 h
->root
.other
= ELF_ST_SET_MIPS_PIC (h
->root
.other
);
2007 else if (h
->has_nonpic_branches
&& !mips_elf_add_la25_stub (hti
->info
, h
))
2016 /* R_MIPS16_26 is used for the mips16 jal and jalx instructions.
2017 Most mips16 instructions are 16 bits, but these instructions
2020 The format of these instructions is:
2022 +--------------+--------------------------------+
2023 | JALX | X| Imm 20:16 | Imm 25:21 |
2024 +--------------+--------------------------------+
2026 +-----------------------------------------------+
2028 JALX is the 5-bit value 00011. X is 0 for jal, 1 for jalx.
2029 Note that the immediate value in the first word is swapped.
2031 When producing a relocatable object file, R_MIPS16_26 is
2032 handled mostly like R_MIPS_26. In particular, the addend is
2033 stored as a straight 26-bit value in a 32-bit instruction.
2034 (gas makes life simpler for itself by never adjusting a
2035 R_MIPS16_26 reloc to be against a section, so the addend is
2036 always zero). However, the 32 bit instruction is stored as 2
2037 16-bit values, rather than a single 32-bit value. In a
2038 big-endian file, the result is the same; in a little-endian
2039 file, the two 16-bit halves of the 32 bit value are swapped.
2040 This is so that a disassembler can recognize the jal
2043 When doing a final link, R_MIPS16_26 is treated as a 32 bit
2044 instruction stored as two 16-bit values. The addend A is the
2045 contents of the targ26 field. The calculation is the same as
2046 R_MIPS_26. When storing the calculated value, reorder the
2047 immediate value as shown above, and don't forget to store the
2048 value as two 16-bit values.
2050 To put it in MIPS ABI terms, the relocation field is T-targ26-16,
2054 +--------+----------------------+
2058 +--------+----------------------+
2061 +----------+------+-------------+
2065 +----------+--------------------+
2066 where targ26-16 is sub1 followed by sub2 (i.e., the addend field A is
2067 ((sub1 << 16) | sub2)).
2069 When producing a relocatable object file, the calculation is
2070 (((A < 2) | ((P + 4) & 0xf0000000) + S) >> 2)
2071 When producing a fully linked file, the calculation is
2072 let R = (((A < 2) | ((P + 4) & 0xf0000000) + S) >> 2)
2073 ((R & 0x1f0000) << 5) | ((R & 0x3e00000) >> 5) | (R & 0xffff)
2075 The table below lists the other MIPS16 instruction relocations.
2076 Each one is calculated in the same way as the non-MIPS16 relocation
2077 given on the right, but using the extended MIPS16 layout of 16-bit
2080 R_MIPS16_GPREL R_MIPS_GPREL16
2081 R_MIPS16_GOT16 R_MIPS_GOT16
2082 R_MIPS16_CALL16 R_MIPS_CALL16
2083 R_MIPS16_HI16 R_MIPS_HI16
2084 R_MIPS16_LO16 R_MIPS_LO16
2086 A typical instruction will have a format like this:
2088 +--------------+--------------------------------+
2089 | EXTEND | Imm 10:5 | Imm 15:11 |
2090 +--------------+--------------------------------+
2091 | Major | rx | ry | Imm 4:0 |
2092 +--------------+--------------------------------+
2094 EXTEND is the five bit value 11110. Major is the instruction
2097 All we need to do here is shuffle the bits appropriately.
2098 As above, the two 16-bit halves must be swapped on a
2099 little-endian system.
2101 Finally R_MIPS16_PC16_S1 corresponds to R_MIPS_PC16, however the
2102 relocatable field is shifted by 1 rather than 2 and the same bit
2103 shuffling is done as with the relocations above. */
2105 static inline bfd_boolean
2106 mips16_reloc_p (int r_type
)
2111 case R_MIPS16_GPREL
:
2112 case R_MIPS16_GOT16
:
2113 case R_MIPS16_CALL16
:
2116 case R_MIPS16_TLS_GD
:
2117 case R_MIPS16_TLS_LDM
:
2118 case R_MIPS16_TLS_DTPREL_HI16
:
2119 case R_MIPS16_TLS_DTPREL_LO16
:
2120 case R_MIPS16_TLS_GOTTPREL
:
2121 case R_MIPS16_TLS_TPREL_HI16
:
2122 case R_MIPS16_TLS_TPREL_LO16
:
2123 case R_MIPS16_PC16_S1
:
2131 /* Check if a microMIPS reloc. */
2133 static inline bfd_boolean
2134 micromips_reloc_p (unsigned int r_type
)
2136 return r_type
>= R_MICROMIPS_min
&& r_type
< R_MICROMIPS_max
;
2139 /* Similar to MIPS16, the two 16-bit halves in microMIPS must be swapped
2140 on a little-endian system. This does not apply to R_MICROMIPS_PC7_S1
2141 and R_MICROMIPS_PC10_S1 relocs that apply to 16-bit instructions. */
2143 static inline bfd_boolean
2144 micromips_reloc_shuffle_p (unsigned int r_type
)
2146 return (micromips_reloc_p (r_type
)
2147 && r_type
!= R_MICROMIPS_PC7_S1
2148 && r_type
!= R_MICROMIPS_PC10_S1
);
2151 static inline bfd_boolean
2152 got16_reloc_p (int r_type
)
2154 return (r_type
== R_MIPS_GOT16
2155 || r_type
== R_MIPS16_GOT16
2156 || r_type
== R_MICROMIPS_GOT16
);
2159 static inline bfd_boolean
2160 call16_reloc_p (int r_type
)
2162 return (r_type
== R_MIPS_CALL16
2163 || r_type
== R_MIPS16_CALL16
2164 || r_type
== R_MICROMIPS_CALL16
);
2167 static inline bfd_boolean
2168 got_disp_reloc_p (unsigned int r_type
)
2170 return r_type
== R_MIPS_GOT_DISP
|| r_type
== R_MICROMIPS_GOT_DISP
;
2173 static inline bfd_boolean
2174 got_page_reloc_p (unsigned int r_type
)
2176 return r_type
== R_MIPS_GOT_PAGE
|| r_type
== R_MICROMIPS_GOT_PAGE
;
2179 static inline bfd_boolean
2180 got_lo16_reloc_p (unsigned int r_type
)
2182 return r_type
== R_MIPS_GOT_LO16
|| r_type
== R_MICROMIPS_GOT_LO16
;
2185 static inline bfd_boolean
2186 call_hi16_reloc_p (unsigned int r_type
)
2188 return r_type
== R_MIPS_CALL_HI16
|| r_type
== R_MICROMIPS_CALL_HI16
;
2191 static inline bfd_boolean
2192 call_lo16_reloc_p (unsigned int r_type
)
2194 return r_type
== R_MIPS_CALL_LO16
|| r_type
== R_MICROMIPS_CALL_LO16
;
2197 static inline bfd_boolean
2198 hi16_reloc_p (int r_type
)
2200 return (r_type
== R_MIPS_HI16
2201 || r_type
== R_MIPS16_HI16
2202 || r_type
== R_MICROMIPS_HI16
2203 || r_type
== R_MIPS_PCHI16
);
2206 static inline bfd_boolean
2207 lo16_reloc_p (int r_type
)
2209 return (r_type
== R_MIPS_LO16
2210 || r_type
== R_MIPS16_LO16
2211 || r_type
== R_MICROMIPS_LO16
2212 || r_type
== R_MIPS_PCLO16
);
2215 static inline bfd_boolean
2216 mips16_call_reloc_p (int r_type
)
2218 return r_type
== R_MIPS16_26
|| r_type
== R_MIPS16_CALL16
;
2221 static inline bfd_boolean
2222 jal_reloc_p (int r_type
)
2224 return (r_type
== R_MIPS_26
2225 || r_type
== R_MIPS16_26
2226 || r_type
== R_MICROMIPS_26_S1
);
2229 static inline bfd_boolean
2230 b_reloc_p (int r_type
)
2232 return (r_type
== R_MIPS_PC26_S2
2233 || r_type
== R_MIPS_PC21_S2
2234 || r_type
== R_MIPS_PC16
2235 || r_type
== R_MIPS_GNU_REL16_S2
2236 || r_type
== R_MIPS16_PC16_S1
2237 || r_type
== R_MICROMIPS_PC16_S1
2238 || r_type
== R_MICROMIPS_PC10_S1
2239 || r_type
== R_MICROMIPS_PC7_S1
);
2242 static inline bfd_boolean
2243 aligned_pcrel_reloc_p (int r_type
)
2245 return (r_type
== R_MIPS_PC18_S3
2246 || r_type
== R_MIPS_PC19_S2
);
2249 static inline bfd_boolean
2250 branch_reloc_p (int r_type
)
2252 return (r_type
== R_MIPS_26
2253 || r_type
== R_MIPS_PC26_S2
2254 || r_type
== R_MIPS_PC21_S2
2255 || r_type
== R_MIPS_PC16
2256 || r_type
== R_MIPS_GNU_REL16_S2
);
2259 static inline bfd_boolean
2260 mips16_branch_reloc_p (int r_type
)
2262 return (r_type
== R_MIPS16_26
2263 || r_type
== R_MIPS16_PC16_S1
);
2266 static inline bfd_boolean
2267 micromips_branch_reloc_p (int r_type
)
2269 return (r_type
== R_MICROMIPS_26_S1
2270 || r_type
== R_MICROMIPS_PC16_S1
2271 || r_type
== R_MICROMIPS_PC10_S1
2272 || r_type
== R_MICROMIPS_PC7_S1
);
2275 static inline bfd_boolean
2276 tls_gd_reloc_p (unsigned int r_type
)
2278 return (r_type
== R_MIPS_TLS_GD
2279 || r_type
== R_MIPS16_TLS_GD
2280 || r_type
== R_MICROMIPS_TLS_GD
);
2283 static inline bfd_boolean
2284 tls_ldm_reloc_p (unsigned int r_type
)
2286 return (r_type
== R_MIPS_TLS_LDM
2287 || r_type
== R_MIPS16_TLS_LDM
2288 || r_type
== R_MICROMIPS_TLS_LDM
);
2291 static inline bfd_boolean
2292 tls_gottprel_reloc_p (unsigned int r_type
)
2294 return (r_type
== R_MIPS_TLS_GOTTPREL
2295 || r_type
== R_MIPS16_TLS_GOTTPREL
2296 || r_type
== R_MICROMIPS_TLS_GOTTPREL
);
2300 _bfd_mips_elf_reloc_unshuffle (bfd
*abfd
, int r_type
,
2301 bfd_boolean jal_shuffle
, bfd_byte
*data
)
2303 bfd_vma first
, second
, val
;
2305 if (!mips16_reloc_p (r_type
) && !micromips_reloc_shuffle_p (r_type
))
2308 /* Pick up the first and second halfwords of the instruction. */
2309 first
= bfd_get_16 (abfd
, data
);
2310 second
= bfd_get_16 (abfd
, data
+ 2);
2311 if (micromips_reloc_p (r_type
) || (r_type
== R_MIPS16_26
&& !jal_shuffle
))
2312 val
= first
<< 16 | second
;
2313 else if (r_type
!= R_MIPS16_26
)
2314 val
= (((first
& 0xf800) << 16) | ((second
& 0xffe0) << 11)
2315 | ((first
& 0x1f) << 11) | (first
& 0x7e0) | (second
& 0x1f));
2317 val
= (((first
& 0xfc00) << 16) | ((first
& 0x3e0) << 11)
2318 | ((first
& 0x1f) << 21) | second
);
2319 bfd_put_32 (abfd
, val
, data
);
2323 _bfd_mips_elf_reloc_shuffle (bfd
*abfd
, int r_type
,
2324 bfd_boolean jal_shuffle
, bfd_byte
*data
)
2326 bfd_vma first
, second
, val
;
2328 if (!mips16_reloc_p (r_type
) && !micromips_reloc_shuffle_p (r_type
))
2331 val
= bfd_get_32 (abfd
, data
);
2332 if (micromips_reloc_p (r_type
) || (r_type
== R_MIPS16_26
&& !jal_shuffle
))
2334 second
= val
& 0xffff;
2337 else if (r_type
!= R_MIPS16_26
)
2339 second
= ((val
>> 11) & 0xffe0) | (val
& 0x1f);
2340 first
= ((val
>> 16) & 0xf800) | ((val
>> 11) & 0x1f) | (val
& 0x7e0);
2344 second
= val
& 0xffff;
2345 first
= ((val
>> 16) & 0xfc00) | ((val
>> 11) & 0x3e0)
2346 | ((val
>> 21) & 0x1f);
2348 bfd_put_16 (abfd
, second
, data
+ 2);
2349 bfd_put_16 (abfd
, first
, data
);
2352 bfd_reloc_status_type
2353 _bfd_mips_elf_gprel16_with_gp (bfd
*abfd
, asymbol
*symbol
,
2354 arelent
*reloc_entry
, asection
*input_section
,
2355 bfd_boolean relocatable
, void *data
, bfd_vma gp
)
2359 bfd_reloc_status_type status
;
2361 if (bfd_is_com_section (symbol
->section
))
2364 relocation
= symbol
->value
;
2366 relocation
+= symbol
->section
->output_section
->vma
;
2367 relocation
+= symbol
->section
->output_offset
;
2369 if (reloc_entry
->address
> bfd_get_section_limit (abfd
, input_section
))
2370 return bfd_reloc_outofrange
;
2372 /* Set val to the offset into the section or symbol. */
2373 val
= reloc_entry
->addend
;
2375 _bfd_mips_elf_sign_extend (val
, 16);
2377 /* Adjust val for the final section location and GP value. If we
2378 are producing relocatable output, we don't want to do this for
2379 an external symbol. */
2381 || (symbol
->flags
& BSF_SECTION_SYM
) != 0)
2382 val
+= relocation
- gp
;
2384 if (reloc_entry
->howto
->partial_inplace
)
2386 status
= _bfd_relocate_contents (reloc_entry
->howto
, abfd
, val
,
2388 + reloc_entry
->address
);
2389 if (status
!= bfd_reloc_ok
)
2393 reloc_entry
->addend
= val
;
2396 reloc_entry
->address
+= input_section
->output_offset
;
2398 return bfd_reloc_ok
;
2401 /* Used to store a REL high-part relocation such as R_MIPS_HI16 or
2402 R_MIPS_GOT16. REL is the relocation, INPUT_SECTION is the section
2403 that contains the relocation field and DATA points to the start of
2408 struct mips_hi16
*next
;
2410 asection
*input_section
;
2414 /* FIXME: This should not be a static variable. */
2416 static struct mips_hi16
*mips_hi16_list
;
2418 /* A howto special_function for REL *HI16 relocations. We can only
2419 calculate the correct value once we've seen the partnering
2420 *LO16 relocation, so just save the information for later.
2422 The ABI requires that the *LO16 immediately follow the *HI16.
2423 However, as a GNU extension, we permit an arbitrary number of
2424 *HI16s to be associated with a single *LO16. This significantly
2425 simplies the relocation handling in gcc. */
2427 bfd_reloc_status_type
2428 _bfd_mips_elf_hi16_reloc (bfd
*abfd ATTRIBUTE_UNUSED
, arelent
*reloc_entry
,
2429 asymbol
*symbol ATTRIBUTE_UNUSED
, void *data
,
2430 asection
*input_section
, bfd
*output_bfd
,
2431 char **error_message ATTRIBUTE_UNUSED
)
2433 struct mips_hi16
*n
;
2435 if (reloc_entry
->address
> bfd_get_section_limit (abfd
, input_section
))
2436 return bfd_reloc_outofrange
;
2438 n
= bfd_malloc (sizeof *n
);
2440 return bfd_reloc_outofrange
;
2442 n
->next
= mips_hi16_list
;
2444 n
->input_section
= input_section
;
2445 n
->rel
= *reloc_entry
;
2448 if (output_bfd
!= NULL
)
2449 reloc_entry
->address
+= input_section
->output_offset
;
2451 return bfd_reloc_ok
;
2454 /* A howto special_function for REL R_MIPS*_GOT16 relocations. This is just
2455 like any other 16-bit relocation when applied to global symbols, but is
2456 treated in the same as R_MIPS_HI16 when applied to local symbols. */
2458 bfd_reloc_status_type
2459 _bfd_mips_elf_got16_reloc (bfd
*abfd
, arelent
*reloc_entry
, asymbol
*symbol
,
2460 void *data
, asection
*input_section
,
2461 bfd
*output_bfd
, char **error_message
)
2463 if ((symbol
->flags
& (BSF_GLOBAL
| BSF_WEAK
)) != 0
2464 || bfd_is_und_section (bfd_get_section (symbol
))
2465 || bfd_is_com_section (bfd_get_section (symbol
)))
2466 /* The relocation is against a global symbol. */
2467 return _bfd_mips_elf_generic_reloc (abfd
, reloc_entry
, symbol
, data
,
2468 input_section
, output_bfd
,
2471 return _bfd_mips_elf_hi16_reloc (abfd
, reloc_entry
, symbol
, data
,
2472 input_section
, output_bfd
, error_message
);
2475 /* A howto special_function for REL *LO16 relocations. The *LO16 itself
2476 is a straightforward 16 bit inplace relocation, but we must deal with
2477 any partnering high-part relocations as well. */
2479 bfd_reloc_status_type
2480 _bfd_mips_elf_lo16_reloc (bfd
*abfd
, arelent
*reloc_entry
, asymbol
*symbol
,
2481 void *data
, asection
*input_section
,
2482 bfd
*output_bfd
, char **error_message
)
2485 bfd_byte
*location
= (bfd_byte
*) data
+ reloc_entry
->address
;
2487 if (reloc_entry
->address
> bfd_get_section_limit (abfd
, input_section
))
2488 return bfd_reloc_outofrange
;
2490 _bfd_mips_elf_reloc_unshuffle (abfd
, reloc_entry
->howto
->type
, FALSE
,
2492 vallo
= bfd_get_32 (abfd
, location
);
2493 _bfd_mips_elf_reloc_shuffle (abfd
, reloc_entry
->howto
->type
, FALSE
,
2496 while (mips_hi16_list
!= NULL
)
2498 bfd_reloc_status_type ret
;
2499 struct mips_hi16
*hi
;
2501 hi
= mips_hi16_list
;
2503 /* R_MIPS*_GOT16 relocations are something of a special case. We
2504 want to install the addend in the same way as for a R_MIPS*_HI16
2505 relocation (with a rightshift of 16). However, since GOT16
2506 relocations can also be used with global symbols, their howto
2507 has a rightshift of 0. */
2508 if (hi
->rel
.howto
->type
== R_MIPS_GOT16
)
2509 hi
->rel
.howto
= MIPS_ELF_RTYPE_TO_HOWTO (abfd
, R_MIPS_HI16
, FALSE
);
2510 else if (hi
->rel
.howto
->type
== R_MIPS16_GOT16
)
2511 hi
->rel
.howto
= MIPS_ELF_RTYPE_TO_HOWTO (abfd
, R_MIPS16_HI16
, FALSE
);
2512 else if (hi
->rel
.howto
->type
== R_MICROMIPS_GOT16
)
2513 hi
->rel
.howto
= MIPS_ELF_RTYPE_TO_HOWTO (abfd
, R_MICROMIPS_HI16
, FALSE
);
2515 /* VALLO is a signed 16-bit number. Bias it by 0x8000 so that any
2516 carry or borrow will induce a change of +1 or -1 in the high part. */
2517 hi
->rel
.addend
+= (vallo
+ 0x8000) & 0xffff;
2519 ret
= _bfd_mips_elf_generic_reloc (abfd
, &hi
->rel
, symbol
, hi
->data
,
2520 hi
->input_section
, output_bfd
,
2522 if (ret
!= bfd_reloc_ok
)
2525 mips_hi16_list
= hi
->next
;
2529 return _bfd_mips_elf_generic_reloc (abfd
, reloc_entry
, symbol
, data
,
2530 input_section
, output_bfd
,
2534 /* A generic howto special_function. This calculates and installs the
2535 relocation itself, thus avoiding the oft-discussed problems in
2536 bfd_perform_relocation and bfd_install_relocation. */
2538 bfd_reloc_status_type
2539 _bfd_mips_elf_generic_reloc (bfd
*abfd ATTRIBUTE_UNUSED
, arelent
*reloc_entry
,
2540 asymbol
*symbol
, void *data ATTRIBUTE_UNUSED
,
2541 asection
*input_section
, bfd
*output_bfd
,
2542 char **error_message ATTRIBUTE_UNUSED
)
2545 bfd_reloc_status_type status
;
2546 bfd_boolean relocatable
;
2548 relocatable
= (output_bfd
!= NULL
);
2550 if (reloc_entry
->address
> bfd_get_section_limit (abfd
, input_section
))
2551 return bfd_reloc_outofrange
;
2553 /* Build up the field adjustment in VAL. */
2555 if (!relocatable
|| (symbol
->flags
& BSF_SECTION_SYM
) != 0)
2557 /* Either we're calculating the final field value or we have a
2558 relocation against a section symbol. Add in the section's
2559 offset or address. */
2560 val
+= symbol
->section
->output_section
->vma
;
2561 val
+= symbol
->section
->output_offset
;
2566 /* We're calculating the final field value. Add in the symbol's value
2567 and, if pc-relative, subtract the address of the field itself. */
2568 val
+= symbol
->value
;
2569 if (reloc_entry
->howto
->pc_relative
)
2571 val
-= input_section
->output_section
->vma
;
2572 val
-= input_section
->output_offset
;
2573 val
-= reloc_entry
->address
;
2577 /* VAL is now the final adjustment. If we're keeping this relocation
2578 in the output file, and if the relocation uses a separate addend,
2579 we just need to add VAL to that addend. Otherwise we need to add
2580 VAL to the relocation field itself. */
2581 if (relocatable
&& !reloc_entry
->howto
->partial_inplace
)
2582 reloc_entry
->addend
+= val
;
2585 bfd_byte
*location
= (bfd_byte
*) data
+ reloc_entry
->address
;
2587 /* Add in the separate addend, if any. */
2588 val
+= reloc_entry
->addend
;
2590 /* Add VAL to the relocation field. */
2591 _bfd_mips_elf_reloc_unshuffle (abfd
, reloc_entry
->howto
->type
, FALSE
,
2593 status
= _bfd_relocate_contents (reloc_entry
->howto
, abfd
, val
,
2595 _bfd_mips_elf_reloc_shuffle (abfd
, reloc_entry
->howto
->type
, FALSE
,
2598 if (status
!= bfd_reloc_ok
)
2603 reloc_entry
->address
+= input_section
->output_offset
;
2605 return bfd_reloc_ok
;
2608 /* Swap an entry in a .gptab section. Note that these routines rely
2609 on the equivalence of the two elements of the union. */
2612 bfd_mips_elf32_swap_gptab_in (bfd
*abfd
, const Elf32_External_gptab
*ex
,
2615 in
->gt_entry
.gt_g_value
= H_GET_32 (abfd
, ex
->gt_entry
.gt_g_value
);
2616 in
->gt_entry
.gt_bytes
= H_GET_32 (abfd
, ex
->gt_entry
.gt_bytes
);
2620 bfd_mips_elf32_swap_gptab_out (bfd
*abfd
, const Elf32_gptab
*in
,
2621 Elf32_External_gptab
*ex
)
2623 H_PUT_32 (abfd
, in
->gt_entry
.gt_g_value
, ex
->gt_entry
.gt_g_value
);
2624 H_PUT_32 (abfd
, in
->gt_entry
.gt_bytes
, ex
->gt_entry
.gt_bytes
);
2628 bfd_elf32_swap_compact_rel_out (bfd
*abfd
, const Elf32_compact_rel
*in
,
2629 Elf32_External_compact_rel
*ex
)
2631 H_PUT_32 (abfd
, in
->id1
, ex
->id1
);
2632 H_PUT_32 (abfd
, in
->num
, ex
->num
);
2633 H_PUT_32 (abfd
, in
->id2
, ex
->id2
);
2634 H_PUT_32 (abfd
, in
->offset
, ex
->offset
);
2635 H_PUT_32 (abfd
, in
->reserved0
, ex
->reserved0
);
2636 H_PUT_32 (abfd
, in
->reserved1
, ex
->reserved1
);
2640 bfd_elf32_swap_crinfo_out (bfd
*abfd
, const Elf32_crinfo
*in
,
2641 Elf32_External_crinfo
*ex
)
2645 l
= (((in
->ctype
& CRINFO_CTYPE
) << CRINFO_CTYPE_SH
)
2646 | ((in
->rtype
& CRINFO_RTYPE
) << CRINFO_RTYPE_SH
)
2647 | ((in
->dist2to
& CRINFO_DIST2TO
) << CRINFO_DIST2TO_SH
)
2648 | ((in
->relvaddr
& CRINFO_RELVADDR
) << CRINFO_RELVADDR_SH
));
2649 H_PUT_32 (abfd
, l
, ex
->info
);
2650 H_PUT_32 (abfd
, in
->konst
, ex
->konst
);
2651 H_PUT_32 (abfd
, in
->vaddr
, ex
->vaddr
);
2654 /* A .reginfo section holds a single Elf32_RegInfo structure. These
2655 routines swap this structure in and out. They are used outside of
2656 BFD, so they are globally visible. */
2659 bfd_mips_elf32_swap_reginfo_in (bfd
*abfd
, const Elf32_External_RegInfo
*ex
,
2662 in
->ri_gprmask
= H_GET_32 (abfd
, ex
->ri_gprmask
);
2663 in
->ri_cprmask
[0] = H_GET_32 (abfd
, ex
->ri_cprmask
[0]);
2664 in
->ri_cprmask
[1] = H_GET_32 (abfd
, ex
->ri_cprmask
[1]);
2665 in
->ri_cprmask
[2] = H_GET_32 (abfd
, ex
->ri_cprmask
[2]);
2666 in
->ri_cprmask
[3] = H_GET_32 (abfd
, ex
->ri_cprmask
[3]);
2667 in
->ri_gp_value
= H_GET_32 (abfd
, ex
->ri_gp_value
);
2671 bfd_mips_elf32_swap_reginfo_out (bfd
*abfd
, const Elf32_RegInfo
*in
,
2672 Elf32_External_RegInfo
*ex
)
2674 H_PUT_32 (abfd
, in
->ri_gprmask
, ex
->ri_gprmask
);
2675 H_PUT_32 (abfd
, in
->ri_cprmask
[0], ex
->ri_cprmask
[0]);
2676 H_PUT_32 (abfd
, in
->ri_cprmask
[1], ex
->ri_cprmask
[1]);
2677 H_PUT_32 (abfd
, in
->ri_cprmask
[2], ex
->ri_cprmask
[2]);
2678 H_PUT_32 (abfd
, in
->ri_cprmask
[3], ex
->ri_cprmask
[3]);
2679 H_PUT_32 (abfd
, in
->ri_gp_value
, ex
->ri_gp_value
);
2682 /* In the 64 bit ABI, the .MIPS.options section holds register
2683 information in an Elf64_Reginfo structure. These routines swap
2684 them in and out. They are globally visible because they are used
2685 outside of BFD. These routines are here so that gas can call them
2686 without worrying about whether the 64 bit ABI has been included. */
2689 bfd_mips_elf64_swap_reginfo_in (bfd
*abfd
, const Elf64_External_RegInfo
*ex
,
2690 Elf64_Internal_RegInfo
*in
)
2692 in
->ri_gprmask
= H_GET_32 (abfd
, ex
->ri_gprmask
);
2693 in
->ri_pad
= H_GET_32 (abfd
, ex
->ri_pad
);
2694 in
->ri_cprmask
[0] = H_GET_32 (abfd
, ex
->ri_cprmask
[0]);
2695 in
->ri_cprmask
[1] = H_GET_32 (abfd
, ex
->ri_cprmask
[1]);
2696 in
->ri_cprmask
[2] = H_GET_32 (abfd
, ex
->ri_cprmask
[2]);
2697 in
->ri_cprmask
[3] = H_GET_32 (abfd
, ex
->ri_cprmask
[3]);
2698 in
->ri_gp_value
= H_GET_64 (abfd
, ex
->ri_gp_value
);
2702 bfd_mips_elf64_swap_reginfo_out (bfd
*abfd
, const Elf64_Internal_RegInfo
*in
,
2703 Elf64_External_RegInfo
*ex
)
2705 H_PUT_32 (abfd
, in
->ri_gprmask
, ex
->ri_gprmask
);
2706 H_PUT_32 (abfd
, in
->ri_pad
, ex
->ri_pad
);
2707 H_PUT_32 (abfd
, in
->ri_cprmask
[0], ex
->ri_cprmask
[0]);
2708 H_PUT_32 (abfd
, in
->ri_cprmask
[1], ex
->ri_cprmask
[1]);
2709 H_PUT_32 (abfd
, in
->ri_cprmask
[2], ex
->ri_cprmask
[2]);
2710 H_PUT_32 (abfd
, in
->ri_cprmask
[3], ex
->ri_cprmask
[3]);
2711 H_PUT_64 (abfd
, in
->ri_gp_value
, ex
->ri_gp_value
);
2714 /* Swap in an options header. */
2717 bfd_mips_elf_swap_options_in (bfd
*abfd
, const Elf_External_Options
*ex
,
2718 Elf_Internal_Options
*in
)
2720 in
->kind
= H_GET_8 (abfd
, ex
->kind
);
2721 in
->size
= H_GET_8 (abfd
, ex
->size
);
2722 in
->section
= H_GET_16 (abfd
, ex
->section
);
2723 in
->info
= H_GET_32 (abfd
, ex
->info
);
2726 /* Swap out an options header. */
2729 bfd_mips_elf_swap_options_out (bfd
*abfd
, const Elf_Internal_Options
*in
,
2730 Elf_External_Options
*ex
)
2732 H_PUT_8 (abfd
, in
->kind
, ex
->kind
);
2733 H_PUT_8 (abfd
, in
->size
, ex
->size
);
2734 H_PUT_16 (abfd
, in
->section
, ex
->section
);
2735 H_PUT_32 (abfd
, in
->info
, ex
->info
);
2738 /* Swap in an abiflags structure. */
2741 bfd_mips_elf_swap_abiflags_v0_in (bfd
*abfd
,
2742 const Elf_External_ABIFlags_v0
*ex
,
2743 Elf_Internal_ABIFlags_v0
*in
)
2745 in
->version
= H_GET_16 (abfd
, ex
->version
);
2746 in
->isa_level
= H_GET_8 (abfd
, ex
->isa_level
);
2747 in
->isa_rev
= H_GET_8 (abfd
, ex
->isa_rev
);
2748 in
->gpr_size
= H_GET_8 (abfd
, ex
->gpr_size
);
2749 in
->cpr1_size
= H_GET_8 (abfd
, ex
->cpr1_size
);
2750 in
->cpr2_size
= H_GET_8 (abfd
, ex
->cpr2_size
);
2751 in
->fp_abi
= H_GET_8 (abfd
, ex
->fp_abi
);
2752 in
->isa_ext
= H_GET_32 (abfd
, ex
->isa_ext
);
2753 in
->ases
= H_GET_32 (abfd
, ex
->ases
);
2754 in
->flags1
= H_GET_32 (abfd
, ex
->flags1
);
2755 in
->flags2
= H_GET_32 (abfd
, ex
->flags2
);
2758 /* Swap out an abiflags structure. */
2761 bfd_mips_elf_swap_abiflags_v0_out (bfd
*abfd
,
2762 const Elf_Internal_ABIFlags_v0
*in
,
2763 Elf_External_ABIFlags_v0
*ex
)
2765 H_PUT_16 (abfd
, in
->version
, ex
->version
);
2766 H_PUT_8 (abfd
, in
->isa_level
, ex
->isa_level
);
2767 H_PUT_8 (abfd
, in
->isa_rev
, ex
->isa_rev
);
2768 H_PUT_8 (abfd
, in
->gpr_size
, ex
->gpr_size
);
2769 H_PUT_8 (abfd
, in
->cpr1_size
, ex
->cpr1_size
);
2770 H_PUT_8 (abfd
, in
->cpr2_size
, ex
->cpr2_size
);
2771 H_PUT_8 (abfd
, in
->fp_abi
, ex
->fp_abi
);
2772 H_PUT_32 (abfd
, in
->isa_ext
, ex
->isa_ext
);
2773 H_PUT_32 (abfd
, in
->ases
, ex
->ases
);
2774 H_PUT_32 (abfd
, in
->flags1
, ex
->flags1
);
2775 H_PUT_32 (abfd
, in
->flags2
, ex
->flags2
);
2778 /* This function is called via qsort() to sort the dynamic relocation
2779 entries by increasing r_symndx value. */
2782 sort_dynamic_relocs (const void *arg1
, const void *arg2
)
2784 Elf_Internal_Rela int_reloc1
;
2785 Elf_Internal_Rela int_reloc2
;
2788 bfd_elf32_swap_reloc_in (reldyn_sorting_bfd
, arg1
, &int_reloc1
);
2789 bfd_elf32_swap_reloc_in (reldyn_sorting_bfd
, arg2
, &int_reloc2
);
2791 diff
= ELF32_R_SYM (int_reloc1
.r_info
) - ELF32_R_SYM (int_reloc2
.r_info
);
2795 if (int_reloc1
.r_offset
< int_reloc2
.r_offset
)
2797 if (int_reloc1
.r_offset
> int_reloc2
.r_offset
)
2802 /* Like sort_dynamic_relocs, but used for elf64 relocations. */
2805 sort_dynamic_relocs_64 (const void *arg1 ATTRIBUTE_UNUSED
,
2806 const void *arg2 ATTRIBUTE_UNUSED
)
2809 Elf_Internal_Rela int_reloc1
[3];
2810 Elf_Internal_Rela int_reloc2
[3];
2812 (*get_elf_backend_data (reldyn_sorting_bfd
)->s
->swap_reloc_in
)
2813 (reldyn_sorting_bfd
, arg1
, int_reloc1
);
2814 (*get_elf_backend_data (reldyn_sorting_bfd
)->s
->swap_reloc_in
)
2815 (reldyn_sorting_bfd
, arg2
, int_reloc2
);
2817 if (ELF64_R_SYM (int_reloc1
[0].r_info
) < ELF64_R_SYM (int_reloc2
[0].r_info
))
2819 if (ELF64_R_SYM (int_reloc1
[0].r_info
) > ELF64_R_SYM (int_reloc2
[0].r_info
))
2822 if (int_reloc1
[0].r_offset
< int_reloc2
[0].r_offset
)
2824 if (int_reloc1
[0].r_offset
> int_reloc2
[0].r_offset
)
2833 /* This routine is used to write out ECOFF debugging external symbol
2834 information. It is called via mips_elf_link_hash_traverse. The
2835 ECOFF external symbol information must match the ELF external
2836 symbol information. Unfortunately, at this point we don't know
2837 whether a symbol is required by reloc information, so the two
2838 tables may wind up being different. We must sort out the external
2839 symbol information before we can set the final size of the .mdebug
2840 section, and we must set the size of the .mdebug section before we
2841 can relocate any sections, and we can't know which symbols are
2842 required by relocation until we relocate the sections.
2843 Fortunately, it is relatively unlikely that any symbol will be
2844 stripped but required by a reloc. In particular, it can not happen
2845 when generating a final executable. */
2848 mips_elf_output_extsym (struct mips_elf_link_hash_entry
*h
, void *data
)
2850 struct extsym_info
*einfo
= data
;
2852 asection
*sec
, *output_section
;
2854 if (h
->root
.indx
== -2)
2856 else if ((h
->root
.def_dynamic
2857 || h
->root
.ref_dynamic
2858 || h
->root
.type
== bfd_link_hash_new
)
2859 && !h
->root
.def_regular
2860 && !h
->root
.ref_regular
)
2862 else if (einfo
->info
->strip
== strip_all
2863 || (einfo
->info
->strip
== strip_some
2864 && bfd_hash_lookup (einfo
->info
->keep_hash
,
2865 h
->root
.root
.root
.string
,
2866 FALSE
, FALSE
) == NULL
))
2874 if (h
->esym
.ifd
== -2)
2877 h
->esym
.cobol_main
= 0;
2878 h
->esym
.weakext
= 0;
2879 h
->esym
.reserved
= 0;
2880 h
->esym
.ifd
= ifdNil
;
2881 h
->esym
.asym
.value
= 0;
2882 h
->esym
.asym
.st
= stGlobal
;
2884 if (h
->root
.root
.type
== bfd_link_hash_undefined
2885 || h
->root
.root
.type
== bfd_link_hash_undefweak
)
2889 /* Use undefined class. Also, set class and type for some
2891 name
= h
->root
.root
.root
.string
;
2892 if (strcmp (name
, mips_elf_dynsym_rtproc_names
[0]) == 0
2893 || strcmp (name
, mips_elf_dynsym_rtproc_names
[1]) == 0)
2895 h
->esym
.asym
.sc
= scData
;
2896 h
->esym
.asym
.st
= stLabel
;
2897 h
->esym
.asym
.value
= 0;
2899 else if (strcmp (name
, mips_elf_dynsym_rtproc_names
[2]) == 0)
2901 h
->esym
.asym
.sc
= scAbs
;
2902 h
->esym
.asym
.st
= stLabel
;
2903 h
->esym
.asym
.value
=
2904 mips_elf_hash_table (einfo
->info
)->procedure_count
;
2906 else if (strcmp (name
, "_gp_disp") == 0 && ! NEWABI_P (einfo
->abfd
))
2908 h
->esym
.asym
.sc
= scAbs
;
2909 h
->esym
.asym
.st
= stLabel
;
2910 h
->esym
.asym
.value
= elf_gp (einfo
->abfd
);
2913 h
->esym
.asym
.sc
= scUndefined
;
2915 else if (h
->root
.root
.type
!= bfd_link_hash_defined
2916 && h
->root
.root
.type
!= bfd_link_hash_defweak
)
2917 h
->esym
.asym
.sc
= scAbs
;
2922 sec
= h
->root
.root
.u
.def
.section
;
2923 output_section
= sec
->output_section
;
2925 /* When making a shared library and symbol h is the one from
2926 the another shared library, OUTPUT_SECTION may be null. */
2927 if (output_section
== NULL
)
2928 h
->esym
.asym
.sc
= scUndefined
;
2931 name
= bfd_section_name (output_section
->owner
, output_section
);
2933 if (strcmp (name
, ".text") == 0)
2934 h
->esym
.asym
.sc
= scText
;
2935 else if (strcmp (name
, ".data") == 0)
2936 h
->esym
.asym
.sc
= scData
;
2937 else if (strcmp (name
, ".sdata") == 0)
2938 h
->esym
.asym
.sc
= scSData
;
2939 else if (strcmp (name
, ".rodata") == 0
2940 || strcmp (name
, ".rdata") == 0)
2941 h
->esym
.asym
.sc
= scRData
;
2942 else if (strcmp (name
, ".bss") == 0)
2943 h
->esym
.asym
.sc
= scBss
;
2944 else if (strcmp (name
, ".sbss") == 0)
2945 h
->esym
.asym
.sc
= scSBss
;
2946 else if (strcmp (name
, ".init") == 0)
2947 h
->esym
.asym
.sc
= scInit
;
2948 else if (strcmp (name
, ".fini") == 0)
2949 h
->esym
.asym
.sc
= scFini
;
2951 h
->esym
.asym
.sc
= scAbs
;
2955 h
->esym
.asym
.reserved
= 0;
2956 h
->esym
.asym
.index
= indexNil
;
2959 if (h
->root
.root
.type
== bfd_link_hash_common
)
2960 h
->esym
.asym
.value
= h
->root
.root
.u
.c
.size
;
2961 else if (h
->root
.root
.type
== bfd_link_hash_defined
2962 || h
->root
.root
.type
== bfd_link_hash_defweak
)
2964 if (h
->esym
.asym
.sc
== scCommon
)
2965 h
->esym
.asym
.sc
= scBss
;
2966 else if (h
->esym
.asym
.sc
== scSCommon
)
2967 h
->esym
.asym
.sc
= scSBss
;
2969 sec
= h
->root
.root
.u
.def
.section
;
2970 output_section
= sec
->output_section
;
2971 if (output_section
!= NULL
)
2972 h
->esym
.asym
.value
= (h
->root
.root
.u
.def
.value
2973 + sec
->output_offset
2974 + output_section
->vma
);
2976 h
->esym
.asym
.value
= 0;
2980 struct mips_elf_link_hash_entry
*hd
= h
;
2982 while (hd
->root
.root
.type
== bfd_link_hash_indirect
)
2983 hd
= (struct mips_elf_link_hash_entry
*)h
->root
.root
.u
.i
.link
;
2985 if (hd
->needs_lazy_stub
)
2987 BFD_ASSERT (hd
->root
.plt
.plist
!= NULL
);
2988 BFD_ASSERT (hd
->root
.plt
.plist
->stub_offset
!= MINUS_ONE
);
2989 /* Set type and value for a symbol with a function stub. */
2990 h
->esym
.asym
.st
= stProc
;
2991 sec
= hd
->root
.root
.u
.def
.section
;
2993 h
->esym
.asym
.value
= 0;
2996 output_section
= sec
->output_section
;
2997 if (output_section
!= NULL
)
2998 h
->esym
.asym
.value
= (hd
->root
.plt
.plist
->stub_offset
2999 + sec
->output_offset
3000 + output_section
->vma
);
3002 h
->esym
.asym
.value
= 0;
3007 if (! bfd_ecoff_debug_one_external (einfo
->abfd
, einfo
->debug
, einfo
->swap
,
3008 h
->root
.root
.root
.string
,
3011 einfo
->failed
= TRUE
;
3018 /* A comparison routine used to sort .gptab entries. */
3021 gptab_compare (const void *p1
, const void *p2
)
3023 const Elf32_gptab
*a1
= p1
;
3024 const Elf32_gptab
*a2
= p2
;
3026 return a1
->gt_entry
.gt_g_value
- a2
->gt_entry
.gt_g_value
;
3029 /* Functions to manage the got entry hash table. */
3031 /* Use all 64 bits of a bfd_vma for the computation of a 32-bit
3034 static INLINE hashval_t
3035 mips_elf_hash_bfd_vma (bfd_vma addr
)
3038 return addr
+ (addr
>> 32);
3045 mips_elf_got_entry_hash (const void *entry_
)
3047 const struct mips_got_entry
*entry
= (struct mips_got_entry
*)entry_
;
3049 return (entry
->symndx
3050 + ((entry
->tls_type
== GOT_TLS_LDM
) << 18)
3051 + (entry
->tls_type
== GOT_TLS_LDM
? 0
3052 : !entry
->abfd
? mips_elf_hash_bfd_vma (entry
->d
.address
)
3053 : entry
->symndx
>= 0 ? (entry
->abfd
->id
3054 + mips_elf_hash_bfd_vma (entry
->d
.addend
))
3055 : entry
->d
.h
->root
.root
.root
.hash
));
3059 mips_elf_got_entry_eq (const void *entry1
, const void *entry2
)
3061 const struct mips_got_entry
*e1
= (struct mips_got_entry
*)entry1
;
3062 const struct mips_got_entry
*e2
= (struct mips_got_entry
*)entry2
;
3064 return (e1
->symndx
== e2
->symndx
3065 && e1
->tls_type
== e2
->tls_type
3066 && (e1
->tls_type
== GOT_TLS_LDM
? TRUE
3067 : !e1
->abfd
? !e2
->abfd
&& e1
->d
.address
== e2
->d
.address
3068 : e1
->symndx
>= 0 ? (e1
->abfd
== e2
->abfd
3069 && e1
->d
.addend
== e2
->d
.addend
)
3070 : e2
->abfd
&& e1
->d
.h
== e2
->d
.h
));
3074 mips_got_page_ref_hash (const void *ref_
)
3076 const struct mips_got_page_ref
*ref
;
3078 ref
= (const struct mips_got_page_ref
*) ref_
;
3079 return ((ref
->symndx
>= 0
3080 ? (hashval_t
) (ref
->u
.abfd
->id
+ ref
->symndx
)
3081 : ref
->u
.h
->root
.root
.root
.hash
)
3082 + mips_elf_hash_bfd_vma (ref
->addend
));
3086 mips_got_page_ref_eq (const void *ref1_
, const void *ref2_
)
3088 const struct mips_got_page_ref
*ref1
, *ref2
;
3090 ref1
= (const struct mips_got_page_ref
*) ref1_
;
3091 ref2
= (const struct mips_got_page_ref
*) ref2_
;
3092 return (ref1
->symndx
== ref2
->symndx
3093 && (ref1
->symndx
< 0
3094 ? ref1
->u
.h
== ref2
->u
.h
3095 : ref1
->u
.abfd
== ref2
->u
.abfd
)
3096 && ref1
->addend
== ref2
->addend
);
3100 mips_got_page_entry_hash (const void *entry_
)
3102 const struct mips_got_page_entry
*entry
;
3104 entry
= (const struct mips_got_page_entry
*) entry_
;
3105 return entry
->sec
->id
;
3109 mips_got_page_entry_eq (const void *entry1_
, const void *entry2_
)
3111 const struct mips_got_page_entry
*entry1
, *entry2
;
3113 entry1
= (const struct mips_got_page_entry
*) entry1_
;
3114 entry2
= (const struct mips_got_page_entry
*) entry2_
;
3115 return entry1
->sec
== entry2
->sec
;
3118 /* Create and return a new mips_got_info structure. */
3120 static struct mips_got_info
*
3121 mips_elf_create_got_info (bfd
*abfd
)
3123 struct mips_got_info
*g
;
3125 g
= bfd_zalloc (abfd
, sizeof (struct mips_got_info
));
3129 g
->got_entries
= htab_try_create (1, mips_elf_got_entry_hash
,
3130 mips_elf_got_entry_eq
, NULL
);
3131 if (g
->got_entries
== NULL
)
3134 g
->got_page_refs
= htab_try_create (1, mips_got_page_ref_hash
,
3135 mips_got_page_ref_eq
, NULL
);
3136 if (g
->got_page_refs
== NULL
)
3142 /* Return the GOT info for input bfd ABFD, trying to create a new one if
3143 CREATE_P and if ABFD doesn't already have a GOT. */
3145 static struct mips_got_info
*
3146 mips_elf_bfd_got (bfd
*abfd
, bfd_boolean create_p
)
3148 struct mips_elf_obj_tdata
*tdata
;
3150 if (!is_mips_elf (abfd
))
3153 tdata
= mips_elf_tdata (abfd
);
3154 if (!tdata
->got
&& create_p
)
3155 tdata
->got
= mips_elf_create_got_info (abfd
);
3159 /* Record that ABFD should use output GOT G. */
3162 mips_elf_replace_bfd_got (bfd
*abfd
, struct mips_got_info
*g
)
3164 struct mips_elf_obj_tdata
*tdata
;
3166 BFD_ASSERT (is_mips_elf (abfd
));
3167 tdata
= mips_elf_tdata (abfd
);
3170 /* The GOT structure itself and the hash table entries are
3171 allocated to a bfd, but the hash tables aren't. */
3172 htab_delete (tdata
->got
->got_entries
);
3173 htab_delete (tdata
->got
->got_page_refs
);
3174 if (tdata
->got
->got_page_entries
)
3175 htab_delete (tdata
->got
->got_page_entries
);
3180 /* Return the dynamic relocation section. If it doesn't exist, try to
3181 create a new it if CREATE_P, otherwise return NULL. Also return NULL
3182 if creation fails. */
3185 mips_elf_rel_dyn_section (struct bfd_link_info
*info
, bfd_boolean create_p
)
3191 dname
= MIPS_ELF_REL_DYN_NAME (info
);
3192 dynobj
= elf_hash_table (info
)->dynobj
;
3193 sreloc
= bfd_get_linker_section (dynobj
, dname
);
3194 if (sreloc
== NULL
&& create_p
)
3196 sreloc
= bfd_make_section_anyway_with_flags (dynobj
, dname
,
3201 | SEC_LINKER_CREATED
3204 || ! bfd_set_section_alignment (dynobj
, sreloc
,
3205 MIPS_ELF_LOG_FILE_ALIGN (dynobj
)))
3211 /* Return the GOT_TLS_* type required by relocation type R_TYPE. */
3214 mips_elf_reloc_tls_type (unsigned int r_type
)
3216 if (tls_gd_reloc_p (r_type
))
3219 if (tls_ldm_reloc_p (r_type
))
3222 if (tls_gottprel_reloc_p (r_type
))
3225 return GOT_TLS_NONE
;
3228 /* Return the number of GOT slots needed for GOT TLS type TYPE. */
3231 mips_tls_got_entries (unsigned int type
)
3248 /* Count the number of relocations needed for a TLS GOT entry, with
3249 access types from TLS_TYPE, and symbol H (or a local symbol if H
3253 mips_tls_got_relocs (struct bfd_link_info
*info
, unsigned char tls_type
,
3254 struct elf_link_hash_entry
*h
)
3257 bfd_boolean need_relocs
= FALSE
;
3258 bfd_boolean dyn
= elf_hash_table (info
)->dynamic_sections_created
;
3260 if (h
&& WILL_CALL_FINISH_DYNAMIC_SYMBOL (dyn
, bfd_link_pic (info
), h
)
3261 && (!bfd_link_pic (info
) || !SYMBOL_REFERENCES_LOCAL (info
, h
)))
3264 if ((bfd_link_pic (info
) || indx
!= 0)
3266 || ELF_ST_VISIBILITY (h
->other
) == STV_DEFAULT
3267 || h
->root
.type
!= bfd_link_hash_undefweak
))
3276 return indx
!= 0 ? 2 : 1;
3282 return bfd_link_pic (info
) ? 1 : 0;
3289 /* Add the number of GOT entries and TLS relocations required by ENTRY
3293 mips_elf_count_got_entry (struct bfd_link_info
*info
,
3294 struct mips_got_info
*g
,
3295 struct mips_got_entry
*entry
)
3297 if (entry
->tls_type
)
3299 g
->tls_gotno
+= mips_tls_got_entries (entry
->tls_type
);
3300 g
->relocs
+= mips_tls_got_relocs (info
, entry
->tls_type
,
3302 ? &entry
->d
.h
->root
: NULL
);
3304 else if (entry
->symndx
>= 0 || entry
->d
.h
->global_got_area
== GGA_NONE
)
3305 g
->local_gotno
+= 1;
3307 g
->global_gotno
+= 1;
3310 /* Output a simple dynamic relocation into SRELOC. */
3313 mips_elf_output_dynamic_relocation (bfd
*output_bfd
,
3315 unsigned long reloc_index
,
3320 Elf_Internal_Rela rel
[3];
3322 memset (rel
, 0, sizeof (rel
));
3324 rel
[0].r_info
= ELF_R_INFO (output_bfd
, indx
, r_type
);
3325 rel
[0].r_offset
= rel
[1].r_offset
= rel
[2].r_offset
= offset
;
3327 if (ABI_64_P (output_bfd
))
3329 (*get_elf_backend_data (output_bfd
)->s
->swap_reloc_out
)
3330 (output_bfd
, &rel
[0],
3332 + reloc_index
* sizeof (Elf64_Mips_External_Rel
)));
3335 bfd_elf32_swap_reloc_out
3336 (output_bfd
, &rel
[0],
3338 + reloc_index
* sizeof (Elf32_External_Rel
)));
3341 /* Initialize a set of TLS GOT entries for one symbol. */
3344 mips_elf_initialize_tls_slots (bfd
*abfd
, struct bfd_link_info
*info
,
3345 struct mips_got_entry
*entry
,
3346 struct mips_elf_link_hash_entry
*h
,
3349 struct mips_elf_link_hash_table
*htab
;
3351 asection
*sreloc
, *sgot
;
3352 bfd_vma got_offset
, got_offset2
;
3353 bfd_boolean need_relocs
= FALSE
;
3355 htab
= mips_elf_hash_table (info
);
3359 sgot
= htab
->root
.sgot
;
3364 bfd_boolean dyn
= elf_hash_table (info
)->dynamic_sections_created
;
3366 if (WILL_CALL_FINISH_DYNAMIC_SYMBOL (dyn
, bfd_link_pic (info
),
3368 && (!bfd_link_pic (info
)
3369 || !SYMBOL_REFERENCES_LOCAL (info
, &h
->root
)))
3370 indx
= h
->root
.dynindx
;
3373 if (entry
->tls_initialized
)
3376 if ((bfd_link_pic (info
) || indx
!= 0)
3378 || ELF_ST_VISIBILITY (h
->root
.other
) == STV_DEFAULT
3379 || h
->root
.type
!= bfd_link_hash_undefweak
))
3382 /* MINUS_ONE means the symbol is not defined in this object. It may not
3383 be defined at all; assume that the value doesn't matter in that
3384 case. Otherwise complain if we would use the value. */
3385 BFD_ASSERT (value
!= MINUS_ONE
|| (indx
!= 0 && need_relocs
)
3386 || h
->root
.root
.type
== bfd_link_hash_undefweak
);
3388 /* Emit necessary relocations. */
3389 sreloc
= mips_elf_rel_dyn_section (info
, FALSE
);
3390 got_offset
= entry
->gotidx
;
3392 switch (entry
->tls_type
)
3395 /* General Dynamic. */
3396 got_offset2
= got_offset
+ MIPS_ELF_GOT_SIZE (abfd
);
3400 mips_elf_output_dynamic_relocation
3401 (abfd
, sreloc
, sreloc
->reloc_count
++, indx
,
3402 ABI_64_P (abfd
) ? R_MIPS_TLS_DTPMOD64
: R_MIPS_TLS_DTPMOD32
,
3403 sgot
->output_offset
+ sgot
->output_section
->vma
+ got_offset
);
3406 mips_elf_output_dynamic_relocation
3407 (abfd
, sreloc
, sreloc
->reloc_count
++, indx
,
3408 ABI_64_P (abfd
) ? R_MIPS_TLS_DTPREL64
: R_MIPS_TLS_DTPREL32
,
3409 sgot
->output_offset
+ sgot
->output_section
->vma
+ got_offset2
);
3411 MIPS_ELF_PUT_WORD (abfd
, value
- dtprel_base (info
),
3412 sgot
->contents
+ got_offset2
);
3416 MIPS_ELF_PUT_WORD (abfd
, 1,
3417 sgot
->contents
+ got_offset
);
3418 MIPS_ELF_PUT_WORD (abfd
, value
- dtprel_base (info
),
3419 sgot
->contents
+ got_offset2
);
3424 /* Initial Exec model. */
3428 MIPS_ELF_PUT_WORD (abfd
, value
- elf_hash_table (info
)->tls_sec
->vma
,
3429 sgot
->contents
+ got_offset
);
3431 MIPS_ELF_PUT_WORD (abfd
, 0,
3432 sgot
->contents
+ got_offset
);
3434 mips_elf_output_dynamic_relocation
3435 (abfd
, sreloc
, sreloc
->reloc_count
++, indx
,
3436 ABI_64_P (abfd
) ? R_MIPS_TLS_TPREL64
: R_MIPS_TLS_TPREL32
,
3437 sgot
->output_offset
+ sgot
->output_section
->vma
+ got_offset
);
3440 MIPS_ELF_PUT_WORD (abfd
, value
- tprel_base (info
),
3441 sgot
->contents
+ got_offset
);
3445 /* The initial offset is zero, and the LD offsets will include the
3446 bias by DTP_OFFSET. */
3447 MIPS_ELF_PUT_WORD (abfd
, 0,
3448 sgot
->contents
+ got_offset
3449 + MIPS_ELF_GOT_SIZE (abfd
));
3451 if (!bfd_link_pic (info
))
3452 MIPS_ELF_PUT_WORD (abfd
, 1,
3453 sgot
->contents
+ got_offset
);
3455 mips_elf_output_dynamic_relocation
3456 (abfd
, sreloc
, sreloc
->reloc_count
++, indx
,
3457 ABI_64_P (abfd
) ? R_MIPS_TLS_DTPMOD64
: R_MIPS_TLS_DTPMOD32
,
3458 sgot
->output_offset
+ sgot
->output_section
->vma
+ got_offset
);
3465 entry
->tls_initialized
= TRUE
;
3468 /* Return the offset from _GLOBAL_OFFSET_TABLE_ of the .got.plt entry
3469 for global symbol H. .got.plt comes before the GOT, so the offset
3470 will be negative. */
3473 mips_elf_gotplt_index (struct bfd_link_info
*info
,
3474 struct elf_link_hash_entry
*h
)
3476 bfd_vma got_address
, got_value
;
3477 struct mips_elf_link_hash_table
*htab
;
3479 htab
= mips_elf_hash_table (info
);
3480 BFD_ASSERT (htab
!= NULL
);
3482 BFD_ASSERT (h
->plt
.plist
!= NULL
);
3483 BFD_ASSERT (h
->plt
.plist
->gotplt_index
!= MINUS_ONE
);
3485 /* Calculate the address of the associated .got.plt entry. */
3486 got_address
= (htab
->root
.sgotplt
->output_section
->vma
3487 + htab
->root
.sgotplt
->output_offset
3488 + (h
->plt
.plist
->gotplt_index
3489 * MIPS_ELF_GOT_SIZE (info
->output_bfd
)));
3491 /* Calculate the value of _GLOBAL_OFFSET_TABLE_. */
3492 got_value
= (htab
->root
.hgot
->root
.u
.def
.section
->output_section
->vma
3493 + htab
->root
.hgot
->root
.u
.def
.section
->output_offset
3494 + htab
->root
.hgot
->root
.u
.def
.value
);
3496 return got_address
- got_value
;
3499 /* Return the GOT offset for address VALUE. If there is not yet a GOT
3500 entry for this value, create one. If R_SYMNDX refers to a TLS symbol,
3501 create a TLS GOT entry instead. Return -1 if no satisfactory GOT
3502 offset can be found. */
3505 mips_elf_local_got_index (bfd
*abfd
, bfd
*ibfd
, struct bfd_link_info
*info
,
3506 bfd_vma value
, unsigned long r_symndx
,
3507 struct mips_elf_link_hash_entry
*h
, int r_type
)
3509 struct mips_elf_link_hash_table
*htab
;
3510 struct mips_got_entry
*entry
;
3512 htab
= mips_elf_hash_table (info
);
3513 BFD_ASSERT (htab
!= NULL
);
3515 entry
= mips_elf_create_local_got_entry (abfd
, info
, ibfd
, value
,
3516 r_symndx
, h
, r_type
);
3520 if (entry
->tls_type
)
3521 mips_elf_initialize_tls_slots (abfd
, info
, entry
, h
, value
);
3522 return entry
->gotidx
;
3525 /* Return the GOT index of global symbol H in the primary GOT. */
3528 mips_elf_primary_global_got_index (bfd
*obfd
, struct bfd_link_info
*info
,
3529 struct elf_link_hash_entry
*h
)
3531 struct mips_elf_link_hash_table
*htab
;
3532 long global_got_dynindx
;
3533 struct mips_got_info
*g
;
3536 htab
= mips_elf_hash_table (info
);
3537 BFD_ASSERT (htab
!= NULL
);
3539 global_got_dynindx
= 0;
3540 if (htab
->global_gotsym
!= NULL
)
3541 global_got_dynindx
= htab
->global_gotsym
->dynindx
;
3543 /* Once we determine the global GOT entry with the lowest dynamic
3544 symbol table index, we must put all dynamic symbols with greater
3545 indices into the primary GOT. That makes it easy to calculate the
3547 BFD_ASSERT (h
->dynindx
>= global_got_dynindx
);
3548 g
= mips_elf_bfd_got (obfd
, FALSE
);
3549 got_index
= ((h
->dynindx
- global_got_dynindx
+ g
->local_gotno
)
3550 * MIPS_ELF_GOT_SIZE (obfd
));
3551 BFD_ASSERT (got_index
< htab
->root
.sgot
->size
);
3556 /* Return the GOT index for the global symbol indicated by H, which is
3557 referenced by a relocation of type R_TYPE in IBFD. */
3560 mips_elf_global_got_index (bfd
*obfd
, struct bfd_link_info
*info
, bfd
*ibfd
,
3561 struct elf_link_hash_entry
*h
, int r_type
)
3563 struct mips_elf_link_hash_table
*htab
;
3564 struct mips_got_info
*g
;
3565 struct mips_got_entry lookup
, *entry
;
3568 htab
= mips_elf_hash_table (info
);
3569 BFD_ASSERT (htab
!= NULL
);
3571 g
= mips_elf_bfd_got (ibfd
, FALSE
);
3574 lookup
.tls_type
= mips_elf_reloc_tls_type (r_type
);
3575 if (!lookup
.tls_type
&& g
== mips_elf_bfd_got (obfd
, FALSE
))
3576 return mips_elf_primary_global_got_index (obfd
, info
, h
);
3580 lookup
.d
.h
= (struct mips_elf_link_hash_entry
*) h
;
3581 entry
= htab_find (g
->got_entries
, &lookup
);
3584 gotidx
= entry
->gotidx
;
3585 BFD_ASSERT (gotidx
> 0 && gotidx
< htab
->root
.sgot
->size
);
3587 if (lookup
.tls_type
)
3589 bfd_vma value
= MINUS_ONE
;
3591 if ((h
->root
.type
== bfd_link_hash_defined
3592 || h
->root
.type
== bfd_link_hash_defweak
)
3593 && h
->root
.u
.def
.section
->output_section
)
3594 value
= (h
->root
.u
.def
.value
3595 + h
->root
.u
.def
.section
->output_offset
3596 + h
->root
.u
.def
.section
->output_section
->vma
);
3598 mips_elf_initialize_tls_slots (obfd
, info
, entry
, lookup
.d
.h
, value
);
3603 /* Find a GOT page entry that points to within 32KB of VALUE. These
3604 entries are supposed to be placed at small offsets in the GOT, i.e.,
3605 within 32KB of GP. Return the index of the GOT entry, or -1 if no
3606 entry could be created. If OFFSETP is nonnull, use it to return the
3607 offset of the GOT entry from VALUE. */
3610 mips_elf_got_page (bfd
*abfd
, bfd
*ibfd
, struct bfd_link_info
*info
,
3611 bfd_vma value
, bfd_vma
*offsetp
)
3613 bfd_vma page
, got_index
;
3614 struct mips_got_entry
*entry
;
3616 page
= (value
+ 0x8000) & ~(bfd_vma
) 0xffff;
3617 entry
= mips_elf_create_local_got_entry (abfd
, info
, ibfd
, page
, 0,
3618 NULL
, R_MIPS_GOT_PAGE
);
3623 got_index
= entry
->gotidx
;
3626 *offsetp
= value
- entry
->d
.address
;
3631 /* Find a local GOT entry for an R_MIPS*_GOT16 relocation against VALUE.
3632 EXTERNAL is true if the relocation was originally against a global
3633 symbol that binds locally. */
3636 mips_elf_got16_entry (bfd
*abfd
, bfd
*ibfd
, struct bfd_link_info
*info
,
3637 bfd_vma value
, bfd_boolean external
)
3639 struct mips_got_entry
*entry
;
3641 /* GOT16 relocations against local symbols are followed by a LO16
3642 relocation; those against global symbols are not. Thus if the
3643 symbol was originally local, the GOT16 relocation should load the
3644 equivalent of %hi(VALUE), otherwise it should load VALUE itself. */
3646 value
= mips_elf_high (value
) << 16;
3648 /* It doesn't matter whether the original relocation was R_MIPS_GOT16,
3649 R_MIPS16_GOT16, R_MIPS_CALL16, etc. The format of the entry is the
3650 same in all cases. */
3651 entry
= mips_elf_create_local_got_entry (abfd
, info
, ibfd
, value
, 0,
3652 NULL
, R_MIPS_GOT16
);
3654 return entry
->gotidx
;
3659 /* Returns the offset for the entry at the INDEXth position
3663 mips_elf_got_offset_from_index (struct bfd_link_info
*info
, bfd
*output_bfd
,
3664 bfd
*input_bfd
, bfd_vma got_index
)
3666 struct mips_elf_link_hash_table
*htab
;
3670 htab
= mips_elf_hash_table (info
);
3671 BFD_ASSERT (htab
!= NULL
);
3673 sgot
= htab
->root
.sgot
;
3674 gp
= _bfd_get_gp_value (output_bfd
)
3675 + mips_elf_adjust_gp (output_bfd
, htab
->got_info
, input_bfd
);
3677 return sgot
->output_section
->vma
+ sgot
->output_offset
+ got_index
- gp
;
3680 /* Create and return a local GOT entry for VALUE, which was calculated
3681 from a symbol belonging to INPUT_SECTON. Return NULL if it could not
3682 be created. If R_SYMNDX refers to a TLS symbol, create a TLS entry
3685 static struct mips_got_entry
*
3686 mips_elf_create_local_got_entry (bfd
*abfd
, struct bfd_link_info
*info
,
3687 bfd
*ibfd
, bfd_vma value
,
3688 unsigned long r_symndx
,
3689 struct mips_elf_link_hash_entry
*h
,
3692 struct mips_got_entry lookup
, *entry
;
3694 struct mips_got_info
*g
;
3695 struct mips_elf_link_hash_table
*htab
;
3698 htab
= mips_elf_hash_table (info
);
3699 BFD_ASSERT (htab
!= NULL
);
3701 g
= mips_elf_bfd_got (ibfd
, FALSE
);
3704 g
= mips_elf_bfd_got (abfd
, FALSE
);
3705 BFD_ASSERT (g
!= NULL
);
3708 /* This function shouldn't be called for symbols that live in the global
3710 BFD_ASSERT (h
== NULL
|| h
->global_got_area
== GGA_NONE
);
3712 lookup
.tls_type
= mips_elf_reloc_tls_type (r_type
);
3713 if (lookup
.tls_type
)
3716 if (tls_ldm_reloc_p (r_type
))
3719 lookup
.d
.addend
= 0;
3723 lookup
.symndx
= r_symndx
;
3724 lookup
.d
.addend
= 0;
3732 entry
= (struct mips_got_entry
*) htab_find (g
->got_entries
, &lookup
);
3735 gotidx
= entry
->gotidx
;
3736 BFD_ASSERT (gotidx
> 0 && gotidx
< htab
->root
.sgot
->size
);
3743 lookup
.d
.address
= value
;
3744 loc
= htab_find_slot (g
->got_entries
, &lookup
, INSERT
);
3748 entry
= (struct mips_got_entry
*) *loc
;
3752 if (g
->assigned_low_gotno
> g
->assigned_high_gotno
)
3754 /* We didn't allocate enough space in the GOT. */
3756 (_("not enough GOT space for local GOT entries"));
3757 bfd_set_error (bfd_error_bad_value
);
3761 entry
= (struct mips_got_entry
*) bfd_alloc (abfd
, sizeof (*entry
));
3765 if (got16_reloc_p (r_type
)
3766 || call16_reloc_p (r_type
)
3767 || got_page_reloc_p (r_type
)
3768 || got_disp_reloc_p (r_type
))
3769 lookup
.gotidx
= MIPS_ELF_GOT_SIZE (abfd
) * g
->assigned_low_gotno
++;
3771 lookup
.gotidx
= MIPS_ELF_GOT_SIZE (abfd
) * g
->assigned_high_gotno
--;
3776 MIPS_ELF_PUT_WORD (abfd
, value
, htab
->root
.sgot
->contents
+ entry
->gotidx
);
3778 /* These GOT entries need a dynamic relocation on VxWorks. */
3779 if (htab
->is_vxworks
)
3781 Elf_Internal_Rela outrel
;
3784 bfd_vma got_address
;
3786 s
= mips_elf_rel_dyn_section (info
, FALSE
);
3787 got_address
= (htab
->root
.sgot
->output_section
->vma
3788 + htab
->root
.sgot
->output_offset
3791 rloc
= s
->contents
+ (s
->reloc_count
++ * sizeof (Elf32_External_Rela
));
3792 outrel
.r_offset
= got_address
;
3793 outrel
.r_info
= ELF32_R_INFO (STN_UNDEF
, R_MIPS_32
);
3794 outrel
.r_addend
= value
;
3795 bfd_elf32_swap_reloca_out (abfd
, &outrel
, rloc
);
3801 /* Return the number of dynamic section symbols required by OUTPUT_BFD.
3802 The number might be exact or a worst-case estimate, depending on how
3803 much information is available to elf_backend_omit_section_dynsym at
3804 the current linking stage. */
3806 static bfd_size_type
3807 count_section_dynsyms (bfd
*output_bfd
, struct bfd_link_info
*info
)
3809 bfd_size_type count
;
3812 if (bfd_link_pic (info
)
3813 || elf_hash_table (info
)->is_relocatable_executable
)
3816 const struct elf_backend_data
*bed
;
3818 bed
= get_elf_backend_data (output_bfd
);
3819 for (p
= output_bfd
->sections
; p
; p
= p
->next
)
3820 if ((p
->flags
& SEC_EXCLUDE
) == 0
3821 && (p
->flags
& SEC_ALLOC
) != 0
3822 && !(*bed
->elf_backend_omit_section_dynsym
) (output_bfd
, info
, p
))
3828 /* Sort the dynamic symbol table so that symbols that need GOT entries
3829 appear towards the end. */
3832 mips_elf_sort_hash_table (bfd
*abfd
, struct bfd_link_info
*info
)
3834 struct mips_elf_link_hash_table
*htab
;
3835 struct mips_elf_hash_sort_data hsd
;
3836 struct mips_got_info
*g
;
3838 htab
= mips_elf_hash_table (info
);
3839 BFD_ASSERT (htab
!= NULL
);
3841 if (htab
->root
.dynsymcount
== 0)
3849 hsd
.max_unref_got_dynindx
3850 = hsd
.min_got_dynindx
3851 = (htab
->root
.dynsymcount
- g
->reloc_only_gotno
);
3852 /* Add 1 to local symbol indices to account for the mandatory NULL entry
3853 at the head of the table; see `_bfd_elf_link_renumber_dynsyms'. */
3854 hsd
.max_local_dynindx
= count_section_dynsyms (abfd
, info
) + 1;
3855 hsd
.max_non_got_dynindx
= htab
->root
.local_dynsymcount
+ 1;
3856 mips_elf_link_hash_traverse (htab
, mips_elf_sort_hash_table_f
, &hsd
);
3858 /* There should have been enough room in the symbol table to
3859 accommodate both the GOT and non-GOT symbols. */
3860 BFD_ASSERT (hsd
.max_local_dynindx
<= htab
->root
.local_dynsymcount
+ 1);
3861 BFD_ASSERT (hsd
.max_non_got_dynindx
<= hsd
.min_got_dynindx
);
3862 BFD_ASSERT (hsd
.max_unref_got_dynindx
== htab
->root
.dynsymcount
);
3863 BFD_ASSERT (htab
->root
.dynsymcount
- hsd
.min_got_dynindx
== g
->global_gotno
);
3865 /* Now we know which dynamic symbol has the lowest dynamic symbol
3866 table index in the GOT. */
3867 htab
->global_gotsym
= hsd
.low
;
3872 /* If H needs a GOT entry, assign it the highest available dynamic
3873 index. Otherwise, assign it the lowest available dynamic
3877 mips_elf_sort_hash_table_f (struct mips_elf_link_hash_entry
*h
, void *data
)
3879 struct mips_elf_hash_sort_data
*hsd
= data
;
3881 /* Symbols without dynamic symbol table entries aren't interesting
3883 if (h
->root
.dynindx
== -1)
3886 switch (h
->global_got_area
)
3889 if (h
->root
.forced_local
)
3890 h
->root
.dynindx
= hsd
->max_local_dynindx
++;
3892 h
->root
.dynindx
= hsd
->max_non_got_dynindx
++;
3896 h
->root
.dynindx
= --hsd
->min_got_dynindx
;
3897 hsd
->low
= (struct elf_link_hash_entry
*) h
;
3900 case GGA_RELOC_ONLY
:
3901 if (hsd
->max_unref_got_dynindx
== hsd
->min_got_dynindx
)
3902 hsd
->low
= (struct elf_link_hash_entry
*) h
;
3903 h
->root
.dynindx
= hsd
->max_unref_got_dynindx
++;
3910 /* Record that input bfd ABFD requires a GOT entry like *LOOKUP
3911 (which is owned by the caller and shouldn't be added to the
3912 hash table directly). */
3915 mips_elf_record_got_entry (struct bfd_link_info
*info
, bfd
*abfd
,
3916 struct mips_got_entry
*lookup
)
3918 struct mips_elf_link_hash_table
*htab
;
3919 struct mips_got_entry
*entry
;
3920 struct mips_got_info
*g
;
3921 void **loc
, **bfd_loc
;
3923 /* Make sure there's a slot for this entry in the master GOT. */
3924 htab
= mips_elf_hash_table (info
);
3926 loc
= htab_find_slot (g
->got_entries
, lookup
, INSERT
);
3930 /* Populate the entry if it isn't already. */
3931 entry
= (struct mips_got_entry
*) *loc
;
3934 entry
= (struct mips_got_entry
*) bfd_alloc (abfd
, sizeof (*entry
));
3938 lookup
->tls_initialized
= FALSE
;
3939 lookup
->gotidx
= -1;
3944 /* Reuse the same GOT entry for the BFD's GOT. */
3945 g
= mips_elf_bfd_got (abfd
, TRUE
);
3949 bfd_loc
= htab_find_slot (g
->got_entries
, lookup
, INSERT
);
3958 /* ABFD has a GOT relocation of type R_TYPE against H. Reserve a GOT
3959 entry for it. FOR_CALL is true if the caller is only interested in
3960 using the GOT entry for calls. */
3963 mips_elf_record_global_got_symbol (struct elf_link_hash_entry
*h
,
3964 bfd
*abfd
, struct bfd_link_info
*info
,
3965 bfd_boolean for_call
, int r_type
)
3967 struct mips_elf_link_hash_table
*htab
;
3968 struct mips_elf_link_hash_entry
*hmips
;
3969 struct mips_got_entry entry
;
3970 unsigned char tls_type
;
3972 htab
= mips_elf_hash_table (info
);
3973 BFD_ASSERT (htab
!= NULL
);
3975 hmips
= (struct mips_elf_link_hash_entry
*) h
;
3977 hmips
->got_only_for_calls
= FALSE
;
3979 /* A global symbol in the GOT must also be in the dynamic symbol
3981 if (h
->dynindx
== -1)
3983 switch (ELF_ST_VISIBILITY (h
->other
))
3987 _bfd_elf_link_hash_hide_symbol (info
, h
, TRUE
);
3990 if (!bfd_elf_link_record_dynamic_symbol (info
, h
))
3994 tls_type
= mips_elf_reloc_tls_type (r_type
);
3995 if (tls_type
== GOT_TLS_NONE
&& hmips
->global_got_area
> GGA_NORMAL
)
3996 hmips
->global_got_area
= GGA_NORMAL
;
4000 entry
.d
.h
= (struct mips_elf_link_hash_entry
*) h
;
4001 entry
.tls_type
= tls_type
;
4002 return mips_elf_record_got_entry (info
, abfd
, &entry
);
4005 /* ABFD has a GOT relocation of type R_TYPE against symbol SYMNDX + ADDEND,
4006 where SYMNDX is a local symbol. Reserve a GOT entry for it. */
4009 mips_elf_record_local_got_symbol (bfd
*abfd
, long symndx
, bfd_vma addend
,
4010 struct bfd_link_info
*info
, int r_type
)
4012 struct mips_elf_link_hash_table
*htab
;
4013 struct mips_got_info
*g
;
4014 struct mips_got_entry entry
;
4016 htab
= mips_elf_hash_table (info
);
4017 BFD_ASSERT (htab
!= NULL
);
4020 BFD_ASSERT (g
!= NULL
);
4023 entry
.symndx
= symndx
;
4024 entry
.d
.addend
= addend
;
4025 entry
.tls_type
= mips_elf_reloc_tls_type (r_type
);
4026 return mips_elf_record_got_entry (info
, abfd
, &entry
);
4029 /* Record that ABFD has a page relocation against SYMNDX + ADDEND.
4030 H is the symbol's hash table entry, or null if SYMNDX is local
4034 mips_elf_record_got_page_ref (struct bfd_link_info
*info
, bfd
*abfd
,
4035 long symndx
, struct elf_link_hash_entry
*h
,
4036 bfd_signed_vma addend
)
4038 struct mips_elf_link_hash_table
*htab
;
4039 struct mips_got_info
*g1
, *g2
;
4040 struct mips_got_page_ref lookup
, *entry
;
4041 void **loc
, **bfd_loc
;
4043 htab
= mips_elf_hash_table (info
);
4044 BFD_ASSERT (htab
!= NULL
);
4046 g1
= htab
->got_info
;
4047 BFD_ASSERT (g1
!= NULL
);
4052 lookup
.u
.h
= (struct mips_elf_link_hash_entry
*) h
;
4056 lookup
.symndx
= symndx
;
4057 lookup
.u
.abfd
= abfd
;
4059 lookup
.addend
= addend
;
4060 loc
= htab_find_slot (g1
->got_page_refs
, &lookup
, INSERT
);
4064 entry
= (struct mips_got_page_ref
*) *loc
;
4067 entry
= bfd_alloc (abfd
, sizeof (*entry
));
4075 /* Add the same entry to the BFD's GOT. */
4076 g2
= mips_elf_bfd_got (abfd
, TRUE
);
4080 bfd_loc
= htab_find_slot (g2
->got_page_refs
, &lookup
, INSERT
);
4090 /* Add room for N relocations to the .rel(a).dyn section in ABFD. */
4093 mips_elf_allocate_dynamic_relocations (bfd
*abfd
, struct bfd_link_info
*info
,
4097 struct mips_elf_link_hash_table
*htab
;
4099 htab
= mips_elf_hash_table (info
);
4100 BFD_ASSERT (htab
!= NULL
);
4102 s
= mips_elf_rel_dyn_section (info
, FALSE
);
4103 BFD_ASSERT (s
!= NULL
);
4105 if (htab
->is_vxworks
)
4106 s
->size
+= n
* MIPS_ELF_RELA_SIZE (abfd
);
4111 /* Make room for a null element. */
4112 s
->size
+= MIPS_ELF_REL_SIZE (abfd
);
4115 s
->size
+= n
* MIPS_ELF_REL_SIZE (abfd
);
4119 /* A htab_traverse callback for GOT entries, with DATA pointing to a
4120 mips_elf_traverse_got_arg structure. Count the number of GOT
4121 entries and TLS relocs. Set DATA->value to true if we need
4122 to resolve indirect or warning symbols and then recreate the GOT. */
4125 mips_elf_check_recreate_got (void **entryp
, void *data
)
4127 struct mips_got_entry
*entry
;
4128 struct mips_elf_traverse_got_arg
*arg
;
4130 entry
= (struct mips_got_entry
*) *entryp
;
4131 arg
= (struct mips_elf_traverse_got_arg
*) data
;
4132 if (entry
->abfd
!= NULL
&& entry
->symndx
== -1)
4134 struct mips_elf_link_hash_entry
*h
;
4137 if (h
->root
.root
.type
== bfd_link_hash_indirect
4138 || h
->root
.root
.type
== bfd_link_hash_warning
)
4144 mips_elf_count_got_entry (arg
->info
, arg
->g
, entry
);
4148 /* A htab_traverse callback for GOT entries, with DATA pointing to a
4149 mips_elf_traverse_got_arg structure. Add all entries to DATA->g,
4150 converting entries for indirect and warning symbols into entries
4151 for the target symbol. Set DATA->g to null on error. */
4154 mips_elf_recreate_got (void **entryp
, void *data
)
4156 struct mips_got_entry new_entry
, *entry
;
4157 struct mips_elf_traverse_got_arg
*arg
;
4160 entry
= (struct mips_got_entry
*) *entryp
;
4161 arg
= (struct mips_elf_traverse_got_arg
*) data
;
4162 if (entry
->abfd
!= NULL
4163 && entry
->symndx
== -1
4164 && (entry
->d
.h
->root
.root
.type
== bfd_link_hash_indirect
4165 || entry
->d
.h
->root
.root
.type
== bfd_link_hash_warning
))
4167 struct mips_elf_link_hash_entry
*h
;
4174 BFD_ASSERT (h
->global_got_area
== GGA_NONE
);
4175 h
= (struct mips_elf_link_hash_entry
*) h
->root
.root
.u
.i
.link
;
4177 while (h
->root
.root
.type
== bfd_link_hash_indirect
4178 || h
->root
.root
.type
== bfd_link_hash_warning
);
4181 slot
= htab_find_slot (arg
->g
->got_entries
, entry
, INSERT
);
4189 if (entry
== &new_entry
)
4191 entry
= bfd_alloc (entry
->abfd
, sizeof (*entry
));
4200 mips_elf_count_got_entry (arg
->info
, arg
->g
, entry
);
4205 /* Return the maximum number of GOT page entries required for RANGE. */
4208 mips_elf_pages_for_range (const struct mips_got_page_range
*range
)
4210 return (range
->max_addend
- range
->min_addend
+ 0x1ffff) >> 16;
4213 /* Record that G requires a page entry that can reach SEC + ADDEND. */
4216 mips_elf_record_got_page_entry (struct mips_elf_traverse_got_arg
*arg
,
4217 asection
*sec
, bfd_signed_vma addend
)
4219 struct mips_got_info
*g
= arg
->g
;
4220 struct mips_got_page_entry lookup
, *entry
;
4221 struct mips_got_page_range
**range_ptr
, *range
;
4222 bfd_vma old_pages
, new_pages
;
4225 /* Find the mips_got_page_entry hash table entry for this section. */
4227 loc
= htab_find_slot (g
->got_page_entries
, &lookup
, INSERT
);
4231 /* Create a mips_got_page_entry if this is the first time we've
4232 seen the section. */
4233 entry
= (struct mips_got_page_entry
*) *loc
;
4236 entry
= bfd_zalloc (arg
->info
->output_bfd
, sizeof (*entry
));
4244 /* Skip over ranges whose maximum extent cannot share a page entry
4246 range_ptr
= &entry
->ranges
;
4247 while (*range_ptr
&& addend
> (*range_ptr
)->max_addend
+ 0xffff)
4248 range_ptr
= &(*range_ptr
)->next
;
4250 /* If we scanned to the end of the list, or found a range whose
4251 minimum extent cannot share a page entry with ADDEND, create
4252 a new singleton range. */
4254 if (!range
|| addend
< range
->min_addend
- 0xffff)
4256 range
= bfd_zalloc (arg
->info
->output_bfd
, sizeof (*range
));
4260 range
->next
= *range_ptr
;
4261 range
->min_addend
= addend
;
4262 range
->max_addend
= addend
;
4270 /* Remember how many pages the old range contributed. */
4271 old_pages
= mips_elf_pages_for_range (range
);
4273 /* Update the ranges. */
4274 if (addend
< range
->min_addend
)
4275 range
->min_addend
= addend
;
4276 else if (addend
> range
->max_addend
)
4278 if (range
->next
&& addend
>= range
->next
->min_addend
- 0xffff)
4280 old_pages
+= mips_elf_pages_for_range (range
->next
);
4281 range
->max_addend
= range
->next
->max_addend
;
4282 range
->next
= range
->next
->next
;
4285 range
->max_addend
= addend
;
4288 /* Record any change in the total estimate. */
4289 new_pages
= mips_elf_pages_for_range (range
);
4290 if (old_pages
!= new_pages
)
4292 entry
->num_pages
+= new_pages
- old_pages
;
4293 g
->page_gotno
+= new_pages
- old_pages
;
4299 /* A htab_traverse callback for which *REFP points to a mips_got_page_ref
4300 and for which DATA points to a mips_elf_traverse_got_arg. Work out
4301 whether the page reference described by *REFP needs a GOT page entry,
4302 and record that entry in DATA->g if so. Set DATA->g to null on failure. */
4305 mips_elf_resolve_got_page_ref (void **refp
, void *data
)
4307 struct mips_got_page_ref
*ref
;
4308 struct mips_elf_traverse_got_arg
*arg
;
4309 struct mips_elf_link_hash_table
*htab
;
4313 ref
= (struct mips_got_page_ref
*) *refp
;
4314 arg
= (struct mips_elf_traverse_got_arg
*) data
;
4315 htab
= mips_elf_hash_table (arg
->info
);
4317 if (ref
->symndx
< 0)
4319 struct mips_elf_link_hash_entry
*h
;
4321 /* Global GOT_PAGEs decay to GOT_DISP and so don't need page entries. */
4323 if (!SYMBOL_REFERENCES_LOCAL (arg
->info
, &h
->root
))
4326 /* Ignore undefined symbols; we'll issue an error later if
4328 if (!((h
->root
.root
.type
== bfd_link_hash_defined
4329 || h
->root
.root
.type
== bfd_link_hash_defweak
)
4330 && h
->root
.root
.u
.def
.section
))
4333 sec
= h
->root
.root
.u
.def
.section
;
4334 addend
= h
->root
.root
.u
.def
.value
+ ref
->addend
;
4338 Elf_Internal_Sym
*isym
;
4340 /* Read in the symbol. */
4341 isym
= bfd_sym_from_r_symndx (&htab
->sym_cache
, ref
->u
.abfd
,
4349 /* Get the associated input section. */
4350 sec
= bfd_section_from_elf_index (ref
->u
.abfd
, isym
->st_shndx
);
4357 /* If this is a mergable section, work out the section and offset
4358 of the merged data. For section symbols, the addend specifies
4359 of the offset _of_ the first byte in the data, otherwise it
4360 specifies the offset _from_ the first byte. */
4361 if (sec
->flags
& SEC_MERGE
)
4365 secinfo
= elf_section_data (sec
)->sec_info
;
4366 if (ELF_ST_TYPE (isym
->st_info
) == STT_SECTION
)
4367 addend
= _bfd_merged_section_offset (ref
->u
.abfd
, &sec
, secinfo
,
4368 isym
->st_value
+ ref
->addend
);
4370 addend
= _bfd_merged_section_offset (ref
->u
.abfd
, &sec
, secinfo
,
4371 isym
->st_value
) + ref
->addend
;
4374 addend
= isym
->st_value
+ ref
->addend
;
4376 if (!mips_elf_record_got_page_entry (arg
, sec
, addend
))
4384 /* If any entries in G->got_entries are for indirect or warning symbols,
4385 replace them with entries for the target symbol. Convert g->got_page_refs
4386 into got_page_entry structures and estimate the number of page entries
4387 that they require. */
4390 mips_elf_resolve_final_got_entries (struct bfd_link_info
*info
,
4391 struct mips_got_info
*g
)
4393 struct mips_elf_traverse_got_arg tga
;
4394 struct mips_got_info oldg
;
4401 htab_traverse (g
->got_entries
, mips_elf_check_recreate_got
, &tga
);
4405 g
->got_entries
= htab_create (htab_size (oldg
.got_entries
),
4406 mips_elf_got_entry_hash
,
4407 mips_elf_got_entry_eq
, NULL
);
4408 if (!g
->got_entries
)
4411 htab_traverse (oldg
.got_entries
, mips_elf_recreate_got
, &tga
);
4415 htab_delete (oldg
.got_entries
);
4418 g
->got_page_entries
= htab_try_create (1, mips_got_page_entry_hash
,
4419 mips_got_page_entry_eq
, NULL
);
4420 if (g
->got_page_entries
== NULL
)
4425 htab_traverse (g
->got_page_refs
, mips_elf_resolve_got_page_ref
, &tga
);
4430 /* Return true if a GOT entry for H should live in the local rather than
4434 mips_use_local_got_p (struct bfd_link_info
*info
,
4435 struct mips_elf_link_hash_entry
*h
)
4437 /* Symbols that aren't in the dynamic symbol table must live in the
4438 local GOT. This includes symbols that are completely undefined
4439 and which therefore don't bind locally. We'll report undefined
4440 symbols later if appropriate. */
4441 if (h
->root
.dynindx
== -1)
4444 /* Symbols that bind locally can (and in the case of forced-local
4445 symbols, must) live in the local GOT. */
4446 if (h
->got_only_for_calls
4447 ? SYMBOL_CALLS_LOCAL (info
, &h
->root
)
4448 : SYMBOL_REFERENCES_LOCAL (info
, &h
->root
))
4451 /* If this is an executable that must provide a definition of the symbol,
4452 either though PLTs or copy relocations, then that address should go in
4453 the local rather than global GOT. */
4454 if (bfd_link_executable (info
) && h
->has_static_relocs
)
4460 /* A mips_elf_link_hash_traverse callback for which DATA points to the
4461 link_info structure. Decide whether the hash entry needs an entry in
4462 the global part of the primary GOT, setting global_got_area accordingly.
4463 Count the number of global symbols that are in the primary GOT only
4464 because they have relocations against them (reloc_only_gotno). */
4467 mips_elf_count_got_symbols (struct mips_elf_link_hash_entry
*h
, void *data
)
4469 struct bfd_link_info
*info
;
4470 struct mips_elf_link_hash_table
*htab
;
4471 struct mips_got_info
*g
;
4473 info
= (struct bfd_link_info
*) data
;
4474 htab
= mips_elf_hash_table (info
);
4476 if (h
->global_got_area
!= GGA_NONE
)
4478 /* Make a final decision about whether the symbol belongs in the
4479 local or global GOT. */
4480 if (mips_use_local_got_p (info
, h
))
4481 /* The symbol belongs in the local GOT. We no longer need this
4482 entry if it was only used for relocations; those relocations
4483 will be against the null or section symbol instead of H. */
4484 h
->global_got_area
= GGA_NONE
;
4485 else if (htab
->is_vxworks
4486 && h
->got_only_for_calls
4487 && h
->root
.plt
.plist
->mips_offset
!= MINUS_ONE
)
4488 /* On VxWorks, calls can refer directly to the .got.plt entry;
4489 they don't need entries in the regular GOT. .got.plt entries
4490 will be allocated by _bfd_mips_elf_adjust_dynamic_symbol. */
4491 h
->global_got_area
= GGA_NONE
;
4492 else if (h
->global_got_area
== GGA_RELOC_ONLY
)
4494 g
->reloc_only_gotno
++;
4501 /* A htab_traverse callback for GOT entries. Add each one to the GOT
4502 given in mips_elf_traverse_got_arg DATA. Clear DATA->G on error. */
4505 mips_elf_add_got_entry (void **entryp
, void *data
)
4507 struct mips_got_entry
*entry
;
4508 struct mips_elf_traverse_got_arg
*arg
;
4511 entry
= (struct mips_got_entry
*) *entryp
;
4512 arg
= (struct mips_elf_traverse_got_arg
*) data
;
4513 slot
= htab_find_slot (arg
->g
->got_entries
, entry
, INSERT
);
4522 mips_elf_count_got_entry (arg
->info
, arg
->g
, entry
);
4527 /* A htab_traverse callback for GOT page entries. Add each one to the GOT
4528 given in mips_elf_traverse_got_arg DATA. Clear DATA->G on error. */
4531 mips_elf_add_got_page_entry (void **entryp
, void *data
)
4533 struct mips_got_page_entry
*entry
;
4534 struct mips_elf_traverse_got_arg
*arg
;
4537 entry
= (struct mips_got_page_entry
*) *entryp
;
4538 arg
= (struct mips_elf_traverse_got_arg
*) data
;
4539 slot
= htab_find_slot (arg
->g
->got_page_entries
, entry
, INSERT
);
4548 arg
->g
->page_gotno
+= entry
->num_pages
;
4553 /* Consider merging FROM, which is ABFD's GOT, into TO. Return -1 if
4554 this would lead to overflow, 1 if they were merged successfully,
4555 and 0 if a merge failed due to lack of memory. (These values are chosen
4556 so that nonnegative return values can be returned by a htab_traverse
4560 mips_elf_merge_got_with (bfd
*abfd
, struct mips_got_info
*from
,
4561 struct mips_got_info
*to
,
4562 struct mips_elf_got_per_bfd_arg
*arg
)
4564 struct mips_elf_traverse_got_arg tga
;
4565 unsigned int estimate
;
4567 /* Work out how many page entries we would need for the combined GOT. */
4568 estimate
= arg
->max_pages
;
4569 if (estimate
>= from
->page_gotno
+ to
->page_gotno
)
4570 estimate
= from
->page_gotno
+ to
->page_gotno
;
4572 /* And conservatively estimate how many local and TLS entries
4574 estimate
+= from
->local_gotno
+ to
->local_gotno
;
4575 estimate
+= from
->tls_gotno
+ to
->tls_gotno
;
4577 /* If we're merging with the primary got, any TLS relocations will
4578 come after the full set of global entries. Otherwise estimate those
4579 conservatively as well. */
4580 if (to
== arg
->primary
&& from
->tls_gotno
+ to
->tls_gotno
)
4581 estimate
+= arg
->global_count
;
4583 estimate
+= from
->global_gotno
+ to
->global_gotno
;
4585 /* Bail out if the combined GOT might be too big. */
4586 if (estimate
> arg
->max_count
)
4589 /* Transfer the bfd's got information from FROM to TO. */
4590 tga
.info
= arg
->info
;
4592 htab_traverse (from
->got_entries
, mips_elf_add_got_entry
, &tga
);
4596 htab_traverse (from
->got_page_entries
, mips_elf_add_got_page_entry
, &tga
);
4600 mips_elf_replace_bfd_got (abfd
, to
);
4604 /* Attempt to merge GOT G, which belongs to ABFD. Try to use as much
4605 as possible of the primary got, since it doesn't require explicit
4606 dynamic relocations, but don't use bfds that would reference global
4607 symbols out of the addressable range. Failing the primary got,
4608 attempt to merge with the current got, or finish the current got
4609 and then make make the new got current. */
4612 mips_elf_merge_got (bfd
*abfd
, struct mips_got_info
*g
,
4613 struct mips_elf_got_per_bfd_arg
*arg
)
4615 unsigned int estimate
;
4618 if (!mips_elf_resolve_final_got_entries (arg
->info
, g
))
4621 /* Work out the number of page, local and TLS entries. */
4622 estimate
= arg
->max_pages
;
4623 if (estimate
> g
->page_gotno
)
4624 estimate
= g
->page_gotno
;
4625 estimate
+= g
->local_gotno
+ g
->tls_gotno
;
4627 /* We place TLS GOT entries after both locals and globals. The globals
4628 for the primary GOT may overflow the normal GOT size limit, so be
4629 sure not to merge a GOT which requires TLS with the primary GOT in that
4630 case. This doesn't affect non-primary GOTs. */
4631 estimate
+= (g
->tls_gotno
> 0 ? arg
->global_count
: g
->global_gotno
);
4633 if (estimate
<= arg
->max_count
)
4635 /* If we don't have a primary GOT, use it as
4636 a starting point for the primary GOT. */
4643 /* Try merging with the primary GOT. */
4644 result
= mips_elf_merge_got_with (abfd
, g
, arg
->primary
, arg
);
4649 /* If we can merge with the last-created got, do it. */
4652 result
= mips_elf_merge_got_with (abfd
, g
, arg
->current
, arg
);
4657 /* Well, we couldn't merge, so create a new GOT. Don't check if it
4658 fits; if it turns out that it doesn't, we'll get relocation
4659 overflows anyway. */
4660 g
->next
= arg
->current
;
4666 /* ENTRYP is a hash table entry for a mips_got_entry. Set its gotidx
4667 to GOTIDX, duplicating the entry if it has already been assigned
4668 an index in a different GOT. */
4671 mips_elf_set_gotidx (void **entryp
, long gotidx
)
4673 struct mips_got_entry
*entry
;
4675 entry
= (struct mips_got_entry
*) *entryp
;
4676 if (entry
->gotidx
> 0)
4678 struct mips_got_entry
*new_entry
;
4680 new_entry
= bfd_alloc (entry
->abfd
, sizeof (*entry
));
4684 *new_entry
= *entry
;
4685 *entryp
= new_entry
;
4688 entry
->gotidx
= gotidx
;
4692 /* Set the TLS GOT index for the GOT entry in ENTRYP. DATA points to a
4693 mips_elf_traverse_got_arg in which DATA->value is the size of one
4694 GOT entry. Set DATA->g to null on failure. */
4697 mips_elf_initialize_tls_index (void **entryp
, void *data
)
4699 struct mips_got_entry
*entry
;
4700 struct mips_elf_traverse_got_arg
*arg
;
4702 /* We're only interested in TLS symbols. */
4703 entry
= (struct mips_got_entry
*) *entryp
;
4704 if (entry
->tls_type
== GOT_TLS_NONE
)
4707 arg
= (struct mips_elf_traverse_got_arg
*) data
;
4708 if (!mips_elf_set_gotidx (entryp
, arg
->value
* arg
->g
->tls_assigned_gotno
))
4714 /* Account for the entries we've just allocated. */
4715 arg
->g
->tls_assigned_gotno
+= mips_tls_got_entries (entry
->tls_type
);
4719 /* A htab_traverse callback for GOT entries, where DATA points to a
4720 mips_elf_traverse_got_arg. Set the global_got_area of each global
4721 symbol to DATA->value. */
4724 mips_elf_set_global_got_area (void **entryp
, void *data
)
4726 struct mips_got_entry
*entry
;
4727 struct mips_elf_traverse_got_arg
*arg
;
4729 entry
= (struct mips_got_entry
*) *entryp
;
4730 arg
= (struct mips_elf_traverse_got_arg
*) data
;
4731 if (entry
->abfd
!= NULL
4732 && entry
->symndx
== -1
4733 && entry
->d
.h
->global_got_area
!= GGA_NONE
)
4734 entry
->d
.h
->global_got_area
= arg
->value
;
4738 /* A htab_traverse callback for secondary GOT entries, where DATA points
4739 to a mips_elf_traverse_got_arg. Assign GOT indices to global entries
4740 and record the number of relocations they require. DATA->value is
4741 the size of one GOT entry. Set DATA->g to null on failure. */
4744 mips_elf_set_global_gotidx (void **entryp
, void *data
)
4746 struct mips_got_entry
*entry
;
4747 struct mips_elf_traverse_got_arg
*arg
;
4749 entry
= (struct mips_got_entry
*) *entryp
;
4750 arg
= (struct mips_elf_traverse_got_arg
*) data
;
4751 if (entry
->abfd
!= NULL
4752 && entry
->symndx
== -1
4753 && entry
->d
.h
->global_got_area
!= GGA_NONE
)
4755 if (!mips_elf_set_gotidx (entryp
, arg
->value
* arg
->g
->assigned_low_gotno
))
4760 arg
->g
->assigned_low_gotno
+= 1;
4762 if (bfd_link_pic (arg
->info
)
4763 || (elf_hash_table (arg
->info
)->dynamic_sections_created
4764 && entry
->d
.h
->root
.def_dynamic
4765 && !entry
->d
.h
->root
.def_regular
))
4766 arg
->g
->relocs
+= 1;
4772 /* A htab_traverse callback for GOT entries for which DATA is the
4773 bfd_link_info. Forbid any global symbols from having traditional
4774 lazy-binding stubs. */
4777 mips_elf_forbid_lazy_stubs (void **entryp
, void *data
)
4779 struct bfd_link_info
*info
;
4780 struct mips_elf_link_hash_table
*htab
;
4781 struct mips_got_entry
*entry
;
4783 entry
= (struct mips_got_entry
*) *entryp
;
4784 info
= (struct bfd_link_info
*) data
;
4785 htab
= mips_elf_hash_table (info
);
4786 BFD_ASSERT (htab
!= NULL
);
4788 if (entry
->abfd
!= NULL
4789 && entry
->symndx
== -1
4790 && entry
->d
.h
->needs_lazy_stub
)
4792 entry
->d
.h
->needs_lazy_stub
= FALSE
;
4793 htab
->lazy_stub_count
--;
4799 /* Return the offset of an input bfd IBFD's GOT from the beginning of
4802 mips_elf_adjust_gp (bfd
*abfd
, struct mips_got_info
*g
, bfd
*ibfd
)
4807 g
= mips_elf_bfd_got (ibfd
, FALSE
);
4811 BFD_ASSERT (g
->next
);
4815 return (g
->local_gotno
+ g
->global_gotno
+ g
->tls_gotno
)
4816 * MIPS_ELF_GOT_SIZE (abfd
);
4819 /* Turn a single GOT that is too big for 16-bit addressing into
4820 a sequence of GOTs, each one 16-bit addressable. */
4823 mips_elf_multi_got (bfd
*abfd
, struct bfd_link_info
*info
,
4824 asection
*got
, bfd_size_type pages
)
4826 struct mips_elf_link_hash_table
*htab
;
4827 struct mips_elf_got_per_bfd_arg got_per_bfd_arg
;
4828 struct mips_elf_traverse_got_arg tga
;
4829 struct mips_got_info
*g
, *gg
;
4830 unsigned int assign
, needed_relocs
;
4833 dynobj
= elf_hash_table (info
)->dynobj
;
4834 htab
= mips_elf_hash_table (info
);
4835 BFD_ASSERT (htab
!= NULL
);
4839 got_per_bfd_arg
.obfd
= abfd
;
4840 got_per_bfd_arg
.info
= info
;
4841 got_per_bfd_arg
.current
= NULL
;
4842 got_per_bfd_arg
.primary
= NULL
;
4843 got_per_bfd_arg
.max_count
= ((MIPS_ELF_GOT_MAX_SIZE (info
)
4844 / MIPS_ELF_GOT_SIZE (abfd
))
4845 - htab
->reserved_gotno
);
4846 got_per_bfd_arg
.max_pages
= pages
;
4847 /* The number of globals that will be included in the primary GOT.
4848 See the calls to mips_elf_set_global_got_area below for more
4850 got_per_bfd_arg
.global_count
= g
->global_gotno
;
4852 /* Try to merge the GOTs of input bfds together, as long as they
4853 don't seem to exceed the maximum GOT size, choosing one of them
4854 to be the primary GOT. */
4855 for (ibfd
= info
->input_bfds
; ibfd
; ibfd
= ibfd
->link
.next
)
4857 gg
= mips_elf_bfd_got (ibfd
, FALSE
);
4858 if (gg
&& !mips_elf_merge_got (ibfd
, gg
, &got_per_bfd_arg
))
4862 /* If we do not find any suitable primary GOT, create an empty one. */
4863 if (got_per_bfd_arg
.primary
== NULL
)
4864 g
->next
= mips_elf_create_got_info (abfd
);
4866 g
->next
= got_per_bfd_arg
.primary
;
4867 g
->next
->next
= got_per_bfd_arg
.current
;
4869 /* GG is now the master GOT, and G is the primary GOT. */
4873 /* Map the output bfd to the primary got. That's what we're going
4874 to use for bfds that use GOT16 or GOT_PAGE relocations that we
4875 didn't mark in check_relocs, and we want a quick way to find it.
4876 We can't just use gg->next because we're going to reverse the
4878 mips_elf_replace_bfd_got (abfd
, g
);
4880 /* Every symbol that is referenced in a dynamic relocation must be
4881 present in the primary GOT, so arrange for them to appear after
4882 those that are actually referenced. */
4883 gg
->reloc_only_gotno
= gg
->global_gotno
- g
->global_gotno
;
4884 g
->global_gotno
= gg
->global_gotno
;
4887 tga
.value
= GGA_RELOC_ONLY
;
4888 htab_traverse (gg
->got_entries
, mips_elf_set_global_got_area
, &tga
);
4889 tga
.value
= GGA_NORMAL
;
4890 htab_traverse (g
->got_entries
, mips_elf_set_global_got_area
, &tga
);
4892 /* Now go through the GOTs assigning them offset ranges.
4893 [assigned_low_gotno, local_gotno[ will be set to the range of local
4894 entries in each GOT. We can then compute the end of a GOT by
4895 adding local_gotno to global_gotno. We reverse the list and make
4896 it circular since then we'll be able to quickly compute the
4897 beginning of a GOT, by computing the end of its predecessor. To
4898 avoid special cases for the primary GOT, while still preserving
4899 assertions that are valid for both single- and multi-got links,
4900 we arrange for the main got struct to have the right number of
4901 global entries, but set its local_gotno such that the initial
4902 offset of the primary GOT is zero. Remember that the primary GOT
4903 will become the last item in the circular linked list, so it
4904 points back to the master GOT. */
4905 gg
->local_gotno
= -g
->global_gotno
;
4906 gg
->global_gotno
= g
->global_gotno
;
4913 struct mips_got_info
*gn
;
4915 assign
+= htab
->reserved_gotno
;
4916 g
->assigned_low_gotno
= assign
;
4917 g
->local_gotno
+= assign
;
4918 g
->local_gotno
+= (pages
< g
->page_gotno
? pages
: g
->page_gotno
);
4919 g
->assigned_high_gotno
= g
->local_gotno
- 1;
4920 assign
= g
->local_gotno
+ g
->global_gotno
+ g
->tls_gotno
;
4922 /* Take g out of the direct list, and push it onto the reversed
4923 list that gg points to. g->next is guaranteed to be nonnull after
4924 this operation, as required by mips_elf_initialize_tls_index. */
4929 /* Set up any TLS entries. We always place the TLS entries after
4930 all non-TLS entries. */
4931 g
->tls_assigned_gotno
= g
->local_gotno
+ g
->global_gotno
;
4933 tga
.value
= MIPS_ELF_GOT_SIZE (abfd
);
4934 htab_traverse (g
->got_entries
, mips_elf_initialize_tls_index
, &tga
);
4937 BFD_ASSERT (g
->tls_assigned_gotno
== assign
);
4939 /* Move onto the next GOT. It will be a secondary GOT if nonull. */
4942 /* Forbid global symbols in every non-primary GOT from having
4943 lazy-binding stubs. */
4945 htab_traverse (g
->got_entries
, mips_elf_forbid_lazy_stubs
, info
);
4949 got
->size
= assign
* MIPS_ELF_GOT_SIZE (abfd
);
4952 for (g
= gg
->next
; g
&& g
->next
!= gg
; g
= g
->next
)
4954 unsigned int save_assign
;
4956 /* Assign offsets to global GOT entries and count how many
4957 relocations they need. */
4958 save_assign
= g
->assigned_low_gotno
;
4959 g
->assigned_low_gotno
= g
->local_gotno
;
4961 tga
.value
= MIPS_ELF_GOT_SIZE (abfd
);
4963 htab_traverse (g
->got_entries
, mips_elf_set_global_gotidx
, &tga
);
4966 BFD_ASSERT (g
->assigned_low_gotno
== g
->local_gotno
+ g
->global_gotno
);
4967 g
->assigned_low_gotno
= save_assign
;
4969 if (bfd_link_pic (info
))
4971 g
->relocs
+= g
->local_gotno
- g
->assigned_low_gotno
;
4972 BFD_ASSERT (g
->assigned_low_gotno
== g
->next
->local_gotno
4973 + g
->next
->global_gotno
4974 + g
->next
->tls_gotno
4975 + htab
->reserved_gotno
);
4977 needed_relocs
+= g
->relocs
;
4979 needed_relocs
+= g
->relocs
;
4982 mips_elf_allocate_dynamic_relocations (dynobj
, info
,
4989 /* Returns the first relocation of type r_type found, beginning with
4990 RELOCATION. RELEND is one-past-the-end of the relocation table. */
4992 static const Elf_Internal_Rela
*
4993 mips_elf_next_relocation (bfd
*abfd ATTRIBUTE_UNUSED
, unsigned int r_type
,
4994 const Elf_Internal_Rela
*relocation
,
4995 const Elf_Internal_Rela
*relend
)
4997 unsigned long r_symndx
= ELF_R_SYM (abfd
, relocation
->r_info
);
4999 while (relocation
< relend
)
5001 if (ELF_R_TYPE (abfd
, relocation
->r_info
) == r_type
5002 && ELF_R_SYM (abfd
, relocation
->r_info
) == r_symndx
)
5008 /* We didn't find it. */
5012 /* Return whether an input relocation is against a local symbol. */
5015 mips_elf_local_relocation_p (bfd
*input_bfd
,
5016 const Elf_Internal_Rela
*relocation
,
5017 asection
**local_sections
)
5019 unsigned long r_symndx
;
5020 Elf_Internal_Shdr
*symtab_hdr
;
5023 r_symndx
= ELF_R_SYM (input_bfd
, relocation
->r_info
);
5024 symtab_hdr
= &elf_tdata (input_bfd
)->symtab_hdr
;
5025 extsymoff
= (elf_bad_symtab (input_bfd
)) ? 0 : symtab_hdr
->sh_info
;
5027 if (r_symndx
< extsymoff
)
5029 if (elf_bad_symtab (input_bfd
) && local_sections
[r_symndx
] != NULL
)
5035 /* Sign-extend VALUE, which has the indicated number of BITS. */
5038 _bfd_mips_elf_sign_extend (bfd_vma value
, int bits
)
5040 if (value
& ((bfd_vma
) 1 << (bits
- 1)))
5041 /* VALUE is negative. */
5042 value
|= ((bfd_vma
) - 1) << bits
;
5047 /* Return non-zero if the indicated VALUE has overflowed the maximum
5048 range expressible by a signed number with the indicated number of
5052 mips_elf_overflow_p (bfd_vma value
, int bits
)
5054 bfd_signed_vma svalue
= (bfd_signed_vma
) value
;
5056 if (svalue
> (1 << (bits
- 1)) - 1)
5057 /* The value is too big. */
5059 else if (svalue
< -(1 << (bits
- 1)))
5060 /* The value is too small. */
5067 /* Calculate the %high function. */
5070 mips_elf_high (bfd_vma value
)
5072 return ((value
+ (bfd_vma
) 0x8000) >> 16) & 0xffff;
5075 /* Calculate the %higher function. */
5078 mips_elf_higher (bfd_vma value ATTRIBUTE_UNUSED
)
5081 return ((value
+ (bfd_vma
) 0x80008000) >> 32) & 0xffff;
5088 /* Calculate the %highest function. */
5091 mips_elf_highest (bfd_vma value ATTRIBUTE_UNUSED
)
5094 return ((value
+ (((bfd_vma
) 0x8000 << 32) | 0x80008000)) >> 48) & 0xffff;
5101 /* Create the .compact_rel section. */
5104 mips_elf_create_compact_rel_section
5105 (bfd
*abfd
, struct bfd_link_info
*info ATTRIBUTE_UNUSED
)
5108 register asection
*s
;
5110 if (bfd_get_linker_section (abfd
, ".compact_rel") == NULL
)
5112 flags
= (SEC_HAS_CONTENTS
| SEC_IN_MEMORY
| SEC_LINKER_CREATED
5115 s
= bfd_make_section_anyway_with_flags (abfd
, ".compact_rel", flags
);
5117 || ! bfd_set_section_alignment (abfd
, s
,
5118 MIPS_ELF_LOG_FILE_ALIGN (abfd
)))
5121 s
->size
= sizeof (Elf32_External_compact_rel
);
5127 /* Create the .got section to hold the global offset table. */
5130 mips_elf_create_got_section (bfd
*abfd
, struct bfd_link_info
*info
)
5133 register asection
*s
;
5134 struct elf_link_hash_entry
*h
;
5135 struct bfd_link_hash_entry
*bh
;
5136 struct mips_elf_link_hash_table
*htab
;
5138 htab
= mips_elf_hash_table (info
);
5139 BFD_ASSERT (htab
!= NULL
);
5141 /* This function may be called more than once. */
5142 if (htab
->root
.sgot
)
5145 flags
= (SEC_ALLOC
| SEC_LOAD
| SEC_HAS_CONTENTS
| SEC_IN_MEMORY
5146 | SEC_LINKER_CREATED
);
5148 /* We have to use an alignment of 2**4 here because this is hardcoded
5149 in the function stub generation and in the linker script. */
5150 s
= bfd_make_section_anyway_with_flags (abfd
, ".got", flags
);
5152 || ! bfd_set_section_alignment (abfd
, s
, 4))
5154 htab
->root
.sgot
= s
;
5156 /* Define the symbol _GLOBAL_OFFSET_TABLE_. We don't do this in the
5157 linker script because we don't want to define the symbol if we
5158 are not creating a global offset table. */
5160 if (! (_bfd_generic_link_add_one_symbol
5161 (info
, abfd
, "_GLOBAL_OFFSET_TABLE_", BSF_GLOBAL
, s
,
5162 0, NULL
, FALSE
, get_elf_backend_data (abfd
)->collect
, &bh
)))
5165 h
= (struct elf_link_hash_entry
*) bh
;
5168 h
->type
= STT_OBJECT
;
5169 h
->other
= (h
->other
& ~ELF_ST_VISIBILITY (-1)) | STV_HIDDEN
;
5170 elf_hash_table (info
)->hgot
= h
;
5172 if (bfd_link_pic (info
)
5173 && ! bfd_elf_link_record_dynamic_symbol (info
, h
))
5176 htab
->got_info
= mips_elf_create_got_info (abfd
);
5177 mips_elf_section_data (s
)->elf
.this_hdr
.sh_flags
5178 |= SHF_ALLOC
| SHF_WRITE
| SHF_MIPS_GPREL
;
5180 /* We also need a .got.plt section when generating PLTs. */
5181 s
= bfd_make_section_anyway_with_flags (abfd
, ".got.plt",
5182 SEC_ALLOC
| SEC_LOAD
5185 | SEC_LINKER_CREATED
);
5188 htab
->root
.sgotplt
= s
;
5193 /* Return true if H refers to the special VxWorks __GOTT_BASE__ or
5194 __GOTT_INDEX__ symbols. These symbols are only special for
5195 shared objects; they are not used in executables. */
5198 is_gott_symbol (struct bfd_link_info
*info
, struct elf_link_hash_entry
*h
)
5200 return (mips_elf_hash_table (info
)->is_vxworks
5201 && bfd_link_pic (info
)
5202 && (strcmp (h
->root
.root
.string
, "__GOTT_BASE__") == 0
5203 || strcmp (h
->root
.root
.string
, "__GOTT_INDEX__") == 0));
5206 /* Return TRUE if a relocation of type R_TYPE from INPUT_BFD might
5207 require an la25 stub. See also mips_elf_local_pic_function_p,
5208 which determines whether the destination function ever requires a
5212 mips_elf_relocation_needs_la25_stub (bfd
*input_bfd
, int r_type
,
5213 bfd_boolean target_is_16_bit_code_p
)
5215 /* We specifically ignore branches and jumps from EF_PIC objects,
5216 where the onus is on the compiler or programmer to perform any
5217 necessary initialization of $25. Sometimes such initialization
5218 is unnecessary; for example, -mno-shared functions do not use
5219 the incoming value of $25, and may therefore be called directly. */
5220 if (PIC_OBJECT_P (input_bfd
))
5227 case R_MIPS_PC21_S2
:
5228 case R_MIPS_PC26_S2
:
5229 case R_MICROMIPS_26_S1
:
5230 case R_MICROMIPS_PC7_S1
:
5231 case R_MICROMIPS_PC10_S1
:
5232 case R_MICROMIPS_PC16_S1
:
5233 case R_MICROMIPS_PC23_S2
:
5237 return !target_is_16_bit_code_p
;
5244 /* Calculate the value produced by the RELOCATION (which comes from
5245 the INPUT_BFD). The ADDEND is the addend to use for this
5246 RELOCATION; RELOCATION->R_ADDEND is ignored.
5248 The result of the relocation calculation is stored in VALUEP.
5249 On exit, set *CROSS_MODE_JUMP_P to true if the relocation field
5250 is a MIPS16 or microMIPS jump to standard MIPS code, or vice versa.
5252 This function returns bfd_reloc_continue if the caller need take no
5253 further action regarding this relocation, bfd_reloc_notsupported if
5254 something goes dramatically wrong, bfd_reloc_overflow if an
5255 overflow occurs, and bfd_reloc_ok to indicate success. */
5257 static bfd_reloc_status_type
5258 mips_elf_calculate_relocation (bfd
*abfd
, bfd
*input_bfd
,
5259 asection
*input_section
,
5260 struct bfd_link_info
*info
,
5261 const Elf_Internal_Rela
*relocation
,
5262 bfd_vma addend
, reloc_howto_type
*howto
,
5263 Elf_Internal_Sym
*local_syms
,
5264 asection
**local_sections
, bfd_vma
*valuep
,
5266 bfd_boolean
*cross_mode_jump_p
,
5267 bfd_boolean save_addend
)
5269 /* The eventual value we will return. */
5271 /* The address of the symbol against which the relocation is
5274 /* The final GP value to be used for the relocatable, executable, or
5275 shared object file being produced. */
5277 /* The place (section offset or address) of the storage unit being
5280 /* The value of GP used to create the relocatable object. */
5282 /* The offset into the global offset table at which the address of
5283 the relocation entry symbol, adjusted by the addend, resides
5284 during execution. */
5285 bfd_vma g
= MINUS_ONE
;
5286 /* The section in which the symbol referenced by the relocation is
5288 asection
*sec
= NULL
;
5289 struct mips_elf_link_hash_entry
*h
= NULL
;
5290 /* TRUE if the symbol referred to by this relocation is a local
5292 bfd_boolean local_p
, was_local_p
;
5293 /* TRUE if the symbol referred to by this relocation is a section
5295 bfd_boolean section_p
= FALSE
;
5296 /* TRUE if the symbol referred to by this relocation is "_gp_disp". */
5297 bfd_boolean gp_disp_p
= FALSE
;
5298 /* TRUE if the symbol referred to by this relocation is
5299 "__gnu_local_gp". */
5300 bfd_boolean gnu_local_gp_p
= FALSE
;
5301 Elf_Internal_Shdr
*symtab_hdr
;
5303 unsigned long r_symndx
;
5305 /* TRUE if overflow occurred during the calculation of the
5306 relocation value. */
5307 bfd_boolean overflowed_p
;
5308 /* TRUE if this relocation refers to a MIPS16 function. */
5309 bfd_boolean target_is_16_bit_code_p
= FALSE
;
5310 bfd_boolean target_is_micromips_code_p
= FALSE
;
5311 struct mips_elf_link_hash_table
*htab
;
5314 dynobj
= elf_hash_table (info
)->dynobj
;
5315 htab
= mips_elf_hash_table (info
);
5316 BFD_ASSERT (htab
!= NULL
);
5318 /* Parse the relocation. */
5319 r_symndx
= ELF_R_SYM (input_bfd
, relocation
->r_info
);
5320 r_type
= ELF_R_TYPE (input_bfd
, relocation
->r_info
);
5321 p
= (input_section
->output_section
->vma
5322 + input_section
->output_offset
5323 + relocation
->r_offset
);
5325 /* Assume that there will be no overflow. */
5326 overflowed_p
= FALSE
;
5328 /* Figure out whether or not the symbol is local, and get the offset
5329 used in the array of hash table entries. */
5330 symtab_hdr
= &elf_tdata (input_bfd
)->symtab_hdr
;
5331 local_p
= mips_elf_local_relocation_p (input_bfd
, relocation
,
5333 was_local_p
= local_p
;
5334 if (! elf_bad_symtab (input_bfd
))
5335 extsymoff
= symtab_hdr
->sh_info
;
5338 /* The symbol table does not follow the rule that local symbols
5339 must come before globals. */
5343 /* Figure out the value of the symbol. */
5346 bfd_boolean micromips_p
= MICROMIPS_P (abfd
);
5347 Elf_Internal_Sym
*sym
;
5349 sym
= local_syms
+ r_symndx
;
5350 sec
= local_sections
[r_symndx
];
5352 section_p
= ELF_ST_TYPE (sym
->st_info
) == STT_SECTION
;
5354 symbol
= sec
->output_section
->vma
+ sec
->output_offset
;
5355 if (!section_p
|| (sec
->flags
& SEC_MERGE
))
5356 symbol
+= sym
->st_value
;
5357 if ((sec
->flags
& SEC_MERGE
) && section_p
)
5359 addend
= _bfd_elf_rel_local_sym (abfd
, sym
, &sec
, addend
);
5361 addend
+= sec
->output_section
->vma
+ sec
->output_offset
;
5364 /* MIPS16/microMIPS text labels should be treated as odd. */
5365 if (ELF_ST_IS_COMPRESSED (sym
->st_other
))
5368 /* Record the name of this symbol, for our caller. */
5369 *namep
= bfd_elf_string_from_elf_section (input_bfd
,
5370 symtab_hdr
->sh_link
,
5372 if (*namep
== NULL
|| **namep
== '\0')
5373 *namep
= bfd_section_name (input_bfd
, sec
);
5375 /* For relocations against a section symbol and ones against no
5376 symbol (absolute relocations) infer the ISA mode from the addend. */
5377 if (section_p
|| r_symndx
== STN_UNDEF
)
5379 target_is_16_bit_code_p
= (addend
& 1) && !micromips_p
;
5380 target_is_micromips_code_p
= (addend
& 1) && micromips_p
;
5382 /* For relocations against an absolute symbol infer the ISA mode
5383 from the value of the symbol plus addend. */
5384 else if (bfd_is_abs_section (sec
))
5386 target_is_16_bit_code_p
= ((symbol
+ addend
) & 1) && !micromips_p
;
5387 target_is_micromips_code_p
= ((symbol
+ addend
) & 1) && micromips_p
;
5389 /* Otherwise just use the regular symbol annotation available. */
5392 target_is_16_bit_code_p
= ELF_ST_IS_MIPS16 (sym
->st_other
);
5393 target_is_micromips_code_p
= ELF_ST_IS_MICROMIPS (sym
->st_other
);
5398 /* ??? Could we use RELOC_FOR_GLOBAL_SYMBOL here ? */
5400 /* For global symbols we look up the symbol in the hash-table. */
5401 h
= ((struct mips_elf_link_hash_entry
*)
5402 elf_sym_hashes (input_bfd
) [r_symndx
- extsymoff
]);
5403 /* Find the real hash-table entry for this symbol. */
5404 while (h
->root
.root
.type
== bfd_link_hash_indirect
5405 || h
->root
.root
.type
== bfd_link_hash_warning
)
5406 h
= (struct mips_elf_link_hash_entry
*) h
->root
.root
.u
.i
.link
;
5408 /* Record the name of this symbol, for our caller. */
5409 *namep
= h
->root
.root
.root
.string
;
5411 /* See if this is the special _gp_disp symbol. Note that such a
5412 symbol must always be a global symbol. */
5413 if (strcmp (*namep
, "_gp_disp") == 0
5414 && ! NEWABI_P (input_bfd
))
5416 /* Relocations against _gp_disp are permitted only with
5417 R_MIPS_HI16 and R_MIPS_LO16 relocations. */
5418 if (!hi16_reloc_p (r_type
) && !lo16_reloc_p (r_type
))
5419 return bfd_reloc_notsupported
;
5423 /* See if this is the special _gp symbol. Note that such a
5424 symbol must always be a global symbol. */
5425 else if (strcmp (*namep
, "__gnu_local_gp") == 0)
5426 gnu_local_gp_p
= TRUE
;
5429 /* If this symbol is defined, calculate its address. Note that
5430 _gp_disp is a magic symbol, always implicitly defined by the
5431 linker, so it's inappropriate to check to see whether or not
5433 else if ((h
->root
.root
.type
== bfd_link_hash_defined
5434 || h
->root
.root
.type
== bfd_link_hash_defweak
)
5435 && h
->root
.root
.u
.def
.section
)
5437 sec
= h
->root
.root
.u
.def
.section
;
5438 if (sec
->output_section
)
5439 symbol
= (h
->root
.root
.u
.def
.value
5440 + sec
->output_section
->vma
5441 + sec
->output_offset
);
5443 symbol
= h
->root
.root
.u
.def
.value
;
5445 else if (h
->root
.root
.type
== bfd_link_hash_undefweak
)
5446 /* We allow relocations against undefined weak symbols, giving
5447 it the value zero, so that you can undefined weak functions
5448 and check to see if they exist by looking at their
5451 else if (info
->unresolved_syms_in_objects
== RM_IGNORE
5452 && ELF_ST_VISIBILITY (h
->root
.other
) == STV_DEFAULT
)
5454 else if (strcmp (*namep
, SGI_COMPAT (input_bfd
)
5455 ? "_DYNAMIC_LINK" : "_DYNAMIC_LINKING") == 0)
5457 /* If this is a dynamic link, we should have created a
5458 _DYNAMIC_LINK symbol or _DYNAMIC_LINKING(for normal mips) symbol
5459 in in _bfd_mips_elf_create_dynamic_sections.
5460 Otherwise, we should define the symbol with a value of 0.
5461 FIXME: It should probably get into the symbol table
5463 BFD_ASSERT (! bfd_link_pic (info
));
5464 BFD_ASSERT (bfd_get_section_by_name (abfd
, ".dynamic") == NULL
);
5467 else if (ELF_MIPS_IS_OPTIONAL (h
->root
.other
))
5469 /* This is an optional symbol - an Irix specific extension to the
5470 ELF spec. Ignore it for now.
5471 XXX - FIXME - there is more to the spec for OPTIONAL symbols
5472 than simply ignoring them, but we do not handle this for now.
5473 For information see the "64-bit ELF Object File Specification"
5474 which is available from here:
5475 http://techpubs.sgi.com/library/manuals/4000/007-4658-001/pdf/007-4658-001.pdf */
5480 (*info
->callbacks
->undefined_symbol
)
5481 (info
, h
->root
.root
.root
.string
, input_bfd
,
5482 input_section
, relocation
->r_offset
,
5483 (info
->unresolved_syms_in_objects
== RM_GENERATE_ERROR
)
5484 || ELF_ST_VISIBILITY (h
->root
.other
));
5485 return bfd_reloc_undefined
;
5488 target_is_16_bit_code_p
= ELF_ST_IS_MIPS16 (h
->root
.other
);
5489 target_is_micromips_code_p
= ELF_ST_IS_MICROMIPS (h
->root
.other
);
5492 /* If this is a reference to a 16-bit function with a stub, we need
5493 to redirect the relocation to the stub unless:
5495 (a) the relocation is for a MIPS16 JAL;
5497 (b) the relocation is for a MIPS16 PIC call, and there are no
5498 non-MIPS16 uses of the GOT slot; or
5500 (c) the section allows direct references to MIPS16 functions. */
5501 if (r_type
!= R_MIPS16_26
5502 && !bfd_link_relocatable (info
)
5504 && h
->fn_stub
!= NULL
5505 && (r_type
!= R_MIPS16_CALL16
|| h
->need_fn_stub
))
5507 && mips_elf_tdata (input_bfd
)->local_stubs
!= NULL
5508 && mips_elf_tdata (input_bfd
)->local_stubs
[r_symndx
] != NULL
))
5509 && !section_allows_mips16_refs_p (input_section
))
5511 /* This is a 32- or 64-bit call to a 16-bit function. We should
5512 have already noticed that we were going to need the
5516 sec
= mips_elf_tdata (input_bfd
)->local_stubs
[r_symndx
];
5521 BFD_ASSERT (h
->need_fn_stub
);
5524 /* If a LA25 header for the stub itself exists, point to the
5525 prepended LUI/ADDIU sequence. */
5526 sec
= h
->la25_stub
->stub_section
;
5527 value
= h
->la25_stub
->offset
;
5536 symbol
= sec
->output_section
->vma
+ sec
->output_offset
+ value
;
5537 /* The target is 16-bit, but the stub isn't. */
5538 target_is_16_bit_code_p
= FALSE
;
5540 /* If this is a MIPS16 call with a stub, that is made through the PLT or
5541 to a standard MIPS function, we need to redirect the call to the stub.
5542 Note that we specifically exclude R_MIPS16_CALL16 from this behavior;
5543 indirect calls should use an indirect stub instead. */
5544 else if (r_type
== R_MIPS16_26
&& !bfd_link_relocatable (info
)
5545 && ((h
!= NULL
&& (h
->call_stub
!= NULL
|| h
->call_fp_stub
!= NULL
))
5547 && mips_elf_tdata (input_bfd
)->local_call_stubs
!= NULL
5548 && mips_elf_tdata (input_bfd
)->local_call_stubs
[r_symndx
] != NULL
))
5549 && ((h
!= NULL
&& h
->use_plt_entry
) || !target_is_16_bit_code_p
))
5552 sec
= mips_elf_tdata (input_bfd
)->local_call_stubs
[r_symndx
];
5555 /* If both call_stub and call_fp_stub are defined, we can figure
5556 out which one to use by checking which one appears in the input
5558 if (h
->call_stub
!= NULL
&& h
->call_fp_stub
!= NULL
)
5563 for (o
= input_bfd
->sections
; o
!= NULL
; o
= o
->next
)
5565 if (CALL_FP_STUB_P (bfd_get_section_name (input_bfd
, o
)))
5567 sec
= h
->call_fp_stub
;
5574 else if (h
->call_stub
!= NULL
)
5577 sec
= h
->call_fp_stub
;
5580 BFD_ASSERT (sec
->size
> 0);
5581 symbol
= sec
->output_section
->vma
+ sec
->output_offset
;
5583 /* If this is a direct call to a PIC function, redirect to the
5585 else if (h
!= NULL
&& h
->la25_stub
5586 && mips_elf_relocation_needs_la25_stub (input_bfd
, r_type
,
5587 target_is_16_bit_code_p
))
5589 symbol
= (h
->la25_stub
->stub_section
->output_section
->vma
5590 + h
->la25_stub
->stub_section
->output_offset
5591 + h
->la25_stub
->offset
);
5592 if (ELF_ST_IS_MICROMIPS (h
->root
.other
))
5595 /* For direct MIPS16 and microMIPS calls make sure the compressed PLT
5596 entry is used if a standard PLT entry has also been made. In this
5597 case the symbol will have been set by mips_elf_set_plt_sym_value
5598 to point to the standard PLT entry, so redirect to the compressed
5600 else if ((mips16_branch_reloc_p (r_type
)
5601 || micromips_branch_reloc_p (r_type
))
5602 && !bfd_link_relocatable (info
)
5605 && h
->root
.plt
.plist
->comp_offset
!= MINUS_ONE
5606 && h
->root
.plt
.plist
->mips_offset
!= MINUS_ONE
)
5608 bfd_boolean micromips_p
= MICROMIPS_P (abfd
);
5610 sec
= htab
->root
.splt
;
5611 symbol
= (sec
->output_section
->vma
5612 + sec
->output_offset
5613 + htab
->plt_header_size
5614 + htab
->plt_mips_offset
5615 + h
->root
.plt
.plist
->comp_offset
5618 target_is_16_bit_code_p
= !micromips_p
;
5619 target_is_micromips_code_p
= micromips_p
;
5622 /* Make sure MIPS16 and microMIPS are not used together. */
5623 if ((mips16_branch_reloc_p (r_type
) && target_is_micromips_code_p
)
5624 || (micromips_branch_reloc_p (r_type
) && target_is_16_bit_code_p
))
5627 (_("MIPS16 and microMIPS functions cannot call each other"));
5628 return bfd_reloc_notsupported
;
5631 /* Calls from 16-bit code to 32-bit code and vice versa require the
5632 mode change. However, we can ignore calls to undefined weak symbols,
5633 which should never be executed at runtime. This exception is important
5634 because the assembly writer may have "known" that any definition of the
5635 symbol would be 16-bit code, and that direct jumps were therefore
5637 *cross_mode_jump_p
= (!bfd_link_relocatable (info
)
5638 && !(h
&& h
->root
.root
.type
== bfd_link_hash_undefweak
)
5639 && ((mips16_branch_reloc_p (r_type
)
5640 && !target_is_16_bit_code_p
)
5641 || (micromips_branch_reloc_p (r_type
)
5642 && !target_is_micromips_code_p
)
5643 || ((branch_reloc_p (r_type
)
5644 || r_type
== R_MIPS_JALR
)
5645 && (target_is_16_bit_code_p
5646 || target_is_micromips_code_p
))));
5648 local_p
= (h
== NULL
|| mips_use_local_got_p (info
, h
));
5650 gp0
= _bfd_get_gp_value (input_bfd
);
5651 gp
= _bfd_get_gp_value (abfd
);
5653 gp
+= mips_elf_adjust_gp (abfd
, htab
->got_info
, input_bfd
);
5658 /* Global R_MIPS_GOT_PAGE/R_MICROMIPS_GOT_PAGE relocations are equivalent
5659 to R_MIPS_GOT_DISP/R_MICROMIPS_GOT_DISP. The addend is applied by the
5660 corresponding R_MIPS_GOT_OFST/R_MICROMIPS_GOT_OFST. */
5661 if (got_page_reloc_p (r_type
) && !local_p
)
5663 r_type
= (micromips_reloc_p (r_type
)
5664 ? R_MICROMIPS_GOT_DISP
: R_MIPS_GOT_DISP
);
5668 /* If we haven't already determined the GOT offset, and we're going
5669 to need it, get it now. */
5672 case R_MIPS16_CALL16
:
5673 case R_MIPS16_GOT16
:
5676 case R_MIPS_GOT_DISP
:
5677 case R_MIPS_GOT_HI16
:
5678 case R_MIPS_CALL_HI16
:
5679 case R_MIPS_GOT_LO16
:
5680 case R_MIPS_CALL_LO16
:
5681 case R_MICROMIPS_CALL16
:
5682 case R_MICROMIPS_GOT16
:
5683 case R_MICROMIPS_GOT_DISP
:
5684 case R_MICROMIPS_GOT_HI16
:
5685 case R_MICROMIPS_CALL_HI16
:
5686 case R_MICROMIPS_GOT_LO16
:
5687 case R_MICROMIPS_CALL_LO16
:
5689 case R_MIPS_TLS_GOTTPREL
:
5690 case R_MIPS_TLS_LDM
:
5691 case R_MIPS16_TLS_GD
:
5692 case R_MIPS16_TLS_GOTTPREL
:
5693 case R_MIPS16_TLS_LDM
:
5694 case R_MICROMIPS_TLS_GD
:
5695 case R_MICROMIPS_TLS_GOTTPREL
:
5696 case R_MICROMIPS_TLS_LDM
:
5697 /* Find the index into the GOT where this value is located. */
5698 if (tls_ldm_reloc_p (r_type
))
5700 g
= mips_elf_local_got_index (abfd
, input_bfd
, info
,
5701 0, 0, NULL
, r_type
);
5703 return bfd_reloc_outofrange
;
5707 /* On VxWorks, CALL relocations should refer to the .got.plt
5708 entry, which is initialized to point at the PLT stub. */
5709 if (htab
->is_vxworks
5710 && (call_hi16_reloc_p (r_type
)
5711 || call_lo16_reloc_p (r_type
)
5712 || call16_reloc_p (r_type
)))
5714 BFD_ASSERT (addend
== 0);
5715 BFD_ASSERT (h
->root
.needs_plt
);
5716 g
= mips_elf_gotplt_index (info
, &h
->root
);
5720 BFD_ASSERT (addend
== 0);
5721 g
= mips_elf_global_got_index (abfd
, info
, input_bfd
,
5723 if (!TLS_RELOC_P (r_type
)
5724 && !elf_hash_table (info
)->dynamic_sections_created
)
5725 /* This is a static link. We must initialize the GOT entry. */
5726 MIPS_ELF_PUT_WORD (dynobj
, symbol
, htab
->root
.sgot
->contents
+ g
);
5729 else if (!htab
->is_vxworks
5730 && (call16_reloc_p (r_type
) || got16_reloc_p (r_type
)))
5731 /* The calculation below does not involve "g". */
5735 g
= mips_elf_local_got_index (abfd
, input_bfd
, info
,
5736 symbol
+ addend
, r_symndx
, h
, r_type
);
5738 return bfd_reloc_outofrange
;
5741 /* Convert GOT indices to actual offsets. */
5742 g
= mips_elf_got_offset_from_index (info
, abfd
, input_bfd
, g
);
5746 /* Relocations against the VxWorks __GOTT_BASE__ and __GOTT_INDEX__
5747 symbols are resolved by the loader. Add them to .rela.dyn. */
5748 if (h
!= NULL
&& is_gott_symbol (info
, &h
->root
))
5750 Elf_Internal_Rela outrel
;
5754 s
= mips_elf_rel_dyn_section (info
, FALSE
);
5755 loc
= s
->contents
+ s
->reloc_count
++ * sizeof (Elf32_External_Rela
);
5757 outrel
.r_offset
= (input_section
->output_section
->vma
5758 + input_section
->output_offset
5759 + relocation
->r_offset
);
5760 outrel
.r_info
= ELF32_R_INFO (h
->root
.dynindx
, r_type
);
5761 outrel
.r_addend
= addend
;
5762 bfd_elf32_swap_reloca_out (abfd
, &outrel
, loc
);
5764 /* If we've written this relocation for a readonly section,
5765 we need to set DF_TEXTREL again, so that we do not delete the
5767 if (MIPS_ELF_READONLY_SECTION (input_section
))
5768 info
->flags
|= DF_TEXTREL
;
5771 return bfd_reloc_ok
;
5774 /* Figure out what kind of relocation is being performed. */
5778 return bfd_reloc_continue
;
5781 if (howto
->partial_inplace
)
5782 addend
= _bfd_mips_elf_sign_extend (addend
, 16);
5783 value
= symbol
+ addend
;
5784 overflowed_p
= mips_elf_overflow_p (value
, 16);
5790 if ((bfd_link_pic (info
)
5791 || (htab
->root
.dynamic_sections_created
5793 && h
->root
.def_dynamic
5794 && !h
->root
.def_regular
5795 && !h
->has_static_relocs
))
5796 && r_symndx
!= STN_UNDEF
5798 || h
->root
.root
.type
!= bfd_link_hash_undefweak
5799 || ELF_ST_VISIBILITY (h
->root
.other
) == STV_DEFAULT
)
5800 && (input_section
->flags
& SEC_ALLOC
) != 0)
5802 /* If we're creating a shared library, then we can't know
5803 where the symbol will end up. So, we create a relocation
5804 record in the output, and leave the job up to the dynamic
5805 linker. We must do the same for executable references to
5806 shared library symbols, unless we've decided to use copy
5807 relocs or PLTs instead. */
5809 if (!mips_elf_create_dynamic_relocation (abfd
,
5817 return bfd_reloc_undefined
;
5821 if (r_type
!= R_MIPS_REL32
)
5822 value
= symbol
+ addend
;
5826 value
&= howto
->dst_mask
;
5830 value
= symbol
+ addend
- p
;
5831 value
&= howto
->dst_mask
;
5835 /* The calculation for R_MIPS16_26 is just the same as for an
5836 R_MIPS_26. It's only the storage of the relocated field into
5837 the output file that's different. That's handled in
5838 mips_elf_perform_relocation. So, we just fall through to the
5839 R_MIPS_26 case here. */
5841 case R_MICROMIPS_26_S1
:
5845 /* Shift is 2, unusually, for microMIPS JALX. */
5846 shift
= (!*cross_mode_jump_p
&& r_type
== R_MICROMIPS_26_S1
) ? 1 : 2;
5848 if (howto
->partial_inplace
&& !section_p
)
5849 value
= _bfd_mips_elf_sign_extend (addend
, 26 + shift
);
5854 /* Make sure the target of a jump is suitably aligned. Bit 0 must
5855 be the correct ISA mode selector except for weak undefined
5857 if ((was_local_p
|| h
->root
.root
.type
!= bfd_link_hash_undefweak
)
5858 && (*cross_mode_jump_p
5859 ? (value
& 3) != (r_type
== R_MIPS_26
)
5860 : (value
& ((1 << shift
) - 1)) != (r_type
!= R_MIPS_26
)))
5861 return bfd_reloc_outofrange
;
5864 if (was_local_p
|| h
->root
.root
.type
!= bfd_link_hash_undefweak
)
5865 overflowed_p
= (value
>> 26) != ((p
+ 4) >> (26 + shift
));
5866 value
&= howto
->dst_mask
;
5870 case R_MIPS_TLS_DTPREL_HI16
:
5871 case R_MIPS16_TLS_DTPREL_HI16
:
5872 case R_MICROMIPS_TLS_DTPREL_HI16
:
5873 value
= (mips_elf_high (addend
+ symbol
- dtprel_base (info
))
5877 case R_MIPS_TLS_DTPREL_LO16
:
5878 case R_MIPS_TLS_DTPREL32
:
5879 case R_MIPS_TLS_DTPREL64
:
5880 case R_MIPS16_TLS_DTPREL_LO16
:
5881 case R_MICROMIPS_TLS_DTPREL_LO16
:
5882 value
= (symbol
+ addend
- dtprel_base (info
)) & howto
->dst_mask
;
5885 case R_MIPS_TLS_TPREL_HI16
:
5886 case R_MIPS16_TLS_TPREL_HI16
:
5887 case R_MICROMIPS_TLS_TPREL_HI16
:
5888 value
= (mips_elf_high (addend
+ symbol
- tprel_base (info
))
5892 case R_MIPS_TLS_TPREL_LO16
:
5893 case R_MIPS_TLS_TPREL32
:
5894 case R_MIPS_TLS_TPREL64
:
5895 case R_MIPS16_TLS_TPREL_LO16
:
5896 case R_MICROMIPS_TLS_TPREL_LO16
:
5897 value
= (symbol
+ addend
- tprel_base (info
)) & howto
->dst_mask
;
5902 case R_MICROMIPS_HI16
:
5905 value
= mips_elf_high (addend
+ symbol
);
5906 value
&= howto
->dst_mask
;
5910 /* For MIPS16 ABI code we generate this sequence
5911 0: li $v0,%hi(_gp_disp)
5912 4: addiupc $v1,%lo(_gp_disp)
5916 So the offsets of hi and lo relocs are the same, but the
5917 base $pc is that used by the ADDIUPC instruction at $t9 + 4.
5918 ADDIUPC clears the low two bits of the instruction address,
5919 so the base is ($t9 + 4) & ~3. */
5920 if (r_type
== R_MIPS16_HI16
)
5921 value
= mips_elf_high (addend
+ gp
- ((p
+ 4) & ~(bfd_vma
) 0x3));
5922 /* The microMIPS .cpload sequence uses the same assembly
5923 instructions as the traditional psABI version, but the
5924 incoming $t9 has the low bit set. */
5925 else if (r_type
== R_MICROMIPS_HI16
)
5926 value
= mips_elf_high (addend
+ gp
- p
- 1);
5928 value
= mips_elf_high (addend
+ gp
- p
);
5934 case R_MICROMIPS_LO16
:
5935 case R_MICROMIPS_HI0_LO16
:
5937 value
= (symbol
+ addend
) & howto
->dst_mask
;
5940 /* See the comment for R_MIPS16_HI16 above for the reason
5941 for this conditional. */
5942 if (r_type
== R_MIPS16_LO16
)
5943 value
= addend
+ gp
- (p
& ~(bfd_vma
) 0x3);
5944 else if (r_type
== R_MICROMIPS_LO16
5945 || r_type
== R_MICROMIPS_HI0_LO16
)
5946 value
= addend
+ gp
- p
+ 3;
5948 value
= addend
+ gp
- p
+ 4;
5949 /* The MIPS ABI requires checking the R_MIPS_LO16 relocation
5950 for overflow. But, on, say, IRIX5, relocations against
5951 _gp_disp are normally generated from the .cpload
5952 pseudo-op. It generates code that normally looks like
5955 lui $gp,%hi(_gp_disp)
5956 addiu $gp,$gp,%lo(_gp_disp)
5959 Here $t9 holds the address of the function being called,
5960 as required by the MIPS ELF ABI. The R_MIPS_LO16
5961 relocation can easily overflow in this situation, but the
5962 R_MIPS_HI16 relocation will handle the overflow.
5963 Therefore, we consider this a bug in the MIPS ABI, and do
5964 not check for overflow here. */
5968 case R_MIPS_LITERAL
:
5969 case R_MICROMIPS_LITERAL
:
5970 /* Because we don't merge literal sections, we can handle this
5971 just like R_MIPS_GPREL16. In the long run, we should merge
5972 shared literals, and then we will need to additional work
5977 case R_MIPS16_GPREL
:
5978 /* The R_MIPS16_GPREL performs the same calculation as
5979 R_MIPS_GPREL16, but stores the relocated bits in a different
5980 order. We don't need to do anything special here; the
5981 differences are handled in mips_elf_perform_relocation. */
5982 case R_MIPS_GPREL16
:
5983 case R_MICROMIPS_GPREL7_S2
:
5984 case R_MICROMIPS_GPREL16
:
5985 /* Only sign-extend the addend if it was extracted from the
5986 instruction. If the addend was separate, leave it alone,
5987 otherwise we may lose significant bits. */
5988 if (howto
->partial_inplace
)
5989 addend
= _bfd_mips_elf_sign_extend (addend
, 16);
5990 value
= symbol
+ addend
- gp
;
5991 /* If the symbol was local, any earlier relocatable links will
5992 have adjusted its addend with the gp offset, so compensate
5993 for that now. Don't do it for symbols forced local in this
5994 link, though, since they won't have had the gp offset applied
5998 if (was_local_p
|| h
->root
.root
.type
!= bfd_link_hash_undefweak
)
5999 overflowed_p
= mips_elf_overflow_p (value
, 16);
6002 case R_MIPS16_GOT16
:
6003 case R_MIPS16_CALL16
:
6006 case R_MICROMIPS_GOT16
:
6007 case R_MICROMIPS_CALL16
:
6008 /* VxWorks does not have separate local and global semantics for
6009 R_MIPS*_GOT16; every relocation evaluates to "G". */
6010 if (!htab
->is_vxworks
&& local_p
)
6012 value
= mips_elf_got16_entry (abfd
, input_bfd
, info
,
6013 symbol
+ addend
, !was_local_p
);
6014 if (value
== MINUS_ONE
)
6015 return bfd_reloc_outofrange
;
6017 = mips_elf_got_offset_from_index (info
, abfd
, input_bfd
, value
);
6018 overflowed_p
= mips_elf_overflow_p (value
, 16);
6025 case R_MIPS_TLS_GOTTPREL
:
6026 case R_MIPS_TLS_LDM
:
6027 case R_MIPS_GOT_DISP
:
6028 case R_MIPS16_TLS_GD
:
6029 case R_MIPS16_TLS_GOTTPREL
:
6030 case R_MIPS16_TLS_LDM
:
6031 case R_MICROMIPS_TLS_GD
:
6032 case R_MICROMIPS_TLS_GOTTPREL
:
6033 case R_MICROMIPS_TLS_LDM
:
6034 case R_MICROMIPS_GOT_DISP
:
6036 overflowed_p
= mips_elf_overflow_p (value
, 16);
6039 case R_MIPS_GPREL32
:
6040 value
= (addend
+ symbol
+ gp0
- gp
);
6042 value
&= howto
->dst_mask
;
6046 case R_MIPS_GNU_REL16_S2
:
6047 if (howto
->partial_inplace
)
6048 addend
= _bfd_mips_elf_sign_extend (addend
, 18);
6050 /* No need to exclude weak undefined symbols here as they resolve
6051 to 0 and never set `*cross_mode_jump_p', so this alignment check
6052 will never trigger for them. */
6053 if (*cross_mode_jump_p
6054 ? ((symbol
+ addend
) & 3) != 1
6055 : ((symbol
+ addend
) & 3) != 0)
6056 return bfd_reloc_outofrange
;
6058 value
= symbol
+ addend
- p
;
6059 if (was_local_p
|| h
->root
.root
.type
!= bfd_link_hash_undefweak
)
6060 overflowed_p
= mips_elf_overflow_p (value
, 18);
6061 value
>>= howto
->rightshift
;
6062 value
&= howto
->dst_mask
;
6065 case R_MIPS16_PC16_S1
:
6066 if (howto
->partial_inplace
)
6067 addend
= _bfd_mips_elf_sign_extend (addend
, 17);
6069 if ((was_local_p
|| h
->root
.root
.type
!= bfd_link_hash_undefweak
)
6070 && (*cross_mode_jump_p
6071 ? ((symbol
+ addend
) & 3) != 0
6072 : ((symbol
+ addend
) & 1) == 0))
6073 return bfd_reloc_outofrange
;
6075 value
= symbol
+ addend
- p
;
6076 if (was_local_p
|| h
->root
.root
.type
!= bfd_link_hash_undefweak
)
6077 overflowed_p
= mips_elf_overflow_p (value
, 17);
6078 value
>>= howto
->rightshift
;
6079 value
&= howto
->dst_mask
;
6082 case R_MIPS_PC21_S2
:
6083 if (howto
->partial_inplace
)
6084 addend
= _bfd_mips_elf_sign_extend (addend
, 23);
6086 if ((symbol
+ addend
) & 3)
6087 return bfd_reloc_outofrange
;
6089 value
= symbol
+ addend
- p
;
6090 if (was_local_p
|| h
->root
.root
.type
!= bfd_link_hash_undefweak
)
6091 overflowed_p
= mips_elf_overflow_p (value
, 23);
6092 value
>>= howto
->rightshift
;
6093 value
&= howto
->dst_mask
;
6096 case R_MIPS_PC26_S2
:
6097 if (howto
->partial_inplace
)
6098 addend
= _bfd_mips_elf_sign_extend (addend
, 28);
6100 if ((symbol
+ addend
) & 3)
6101 return bfd_reloc_outofrange
;
6103 value
= symbol
+ addend
- p
;
6104 if (was_local_p
|| h
->root
.root
.type
!= bfd_link_hash_undefweak
)
6105 overflowed_p
= mips_elf_overflow_p (value
, 28);
6106 value
>>= howto
->rightshift
;
6107 value
&= howto
->dst_mask
;
6110 case R_MIPS_PC18_S3
:
6111 if (howto
->partial_inplace
)
6112 addend
= _bfd_mips_elf_sign_extend (addend
, 21);
6114 if ((symbol
+ addend
) & 7)
6115 return bfd_reloc_outofrange
;
6117 value
= symbol
+ addend
- ((p
| 7) ^ 7);
6118 if (was_local_p
|| h
->root
.root
.type
!= bfd_link_hash_undefweak
)
6119 overflowed_p
= mips_elf_overflow_p (value
, 21);
6120 value
>>= howto
->rightshift
;
6121 value
&= howto
->dst_mask
;
6124 case R_MIPS_PC19_S2
:
6125 if (howto
->partial_inplace
)
6126 addend
= _bfd_mips_elf_sign_extend (addend
, 21);
6128 if ((symbol
+ addend
) & 3)
6129 return bfd_reloc_outofrange
;
6131 value
= symbol
+ addend
- p
;
6132 if (was_local_p
|| h
->root
.root
.type
!= bfd_link_hash_undefweak
)
6133 overflowed_p
= mips_elf_overflow_p (value
, 21);
6134 value
>>= howto
->rightshift
;
6135 value
&= howto
->dst_mask
;
6139 value
= mips_elf_high (symbol
+ addend
- p
);
6140 if (was_local_p
|| h
->root
.root
.type
!= bfd_link_hash_undefweak
)
6141 overflowed_p
= mips_elf_overflow_p (value
, 16);
6142 value
&= howto
->dst_mask
;
6146 if (howto
->partial_inplace
)
6147 addend
= _bfd_mips_elf_sign_extend (addend
, 16);
6148 value
= symbol
+ addend
- p
;
6149 value
&= howto
->dst_mask
;
6152 case R_MICROMIPS_PC7_S1
:
6153 if (howto
->partial_inplace
)
6154 addend
= _bfd_mips_elf_sign_extend (addend
, 8);
6156 if ((was_local_p
|| h
->root
.root
.type
!= bfd_link_hash_undefweak
)
6157 && (*cross_mode_jump_p
6158 ? ((symbol
+ addend
+ 2) & 3) != 0
6159 : ((symbol
+ addend
+ 2) & 1) == 0))
6160 return bfd_reloc_outofrange
;
6162 value
= symbol
+ addend
- p
;
6163 if (was_local_p
|| h
->root
.root
.type
!= bfd_link_hash_undefweak
)
6164 overflowed_p
= mips_elf_overflow_p (value
, 8);
6165 value
>>= howto
->rightshift
;
6166 value
&= howto
->dst_mask
;
6169 case R_MICROMIPS_PC10_S1
:
6170 if (howto
->partial_inplace
)
6171 addend
= _bfd_mips_elf_sign_extend (addend
, 11);
6173 if ((was_local_p
|| h
->root
.root
.type
!= bfd_link_hash_undefweak
)
6174 && (*cross_mode_jump_p
6175 ? ((symbol
+ addend
+ 2) & 3) != 0
6176 : ((symbol
+ addend
+ 2) & 1) == 0))
6177 return bfd_reloc_outofrange
;
6179 value
= symbol
+ addend
- p
;
6180 if (was_local_p
|| h
->root
.root
.type
!= bfd_link_hash_undefweak
)
6181 overflowed_p
= mips_elf_overflow_p (value
, 11);
6182 value
>>= howto
->rightshift
;
6183 value
&= howto
->dst_mask
;
6186 case R_MICROMIPS_PC16_S1
:
6187 if (howto
->partial_inplace
)
6188 addend
= _bfd_mips_elf_sign_extend (addend
, 17);
6190 if ((was_local_p
|| h
->root
.root
.type
!= bfd_link_hash_undefweak
)
6191 && (*cross_mode_jump_p
6192 ? ((symbol
+ addend
) & 3) != 0
6193 : ((symbol
+ addend
) & 1) == 0))
6194 return bfd_reloc_outofrange
;
6196 value
= symbol
+ addend
- p
;
6197 if (was_local_p
|| h
->root
.root
.type
!= bfd_link_hash_undefweak
)
6198 overflowed_p
= mips_elf_overflow_p (value
, 17);
6199 value
>>= howto
->rightshift
;
6200 value
&= howto
->dst_mask
;
6203 case R_MICROMIPS_PC23_S2
:
6204 if (howto
->partial_inplace
)
6205 addend
= _bfd_mips_elf_sign_extend (addend
, 25);
6206 value
= symbol
+ addend
- ((p
| 3) ^ 3);
6207 if (was_local_p
|| h
->root
.root
.type
!= bfd_link_hash_undefweak
)
6208 overflowed_p
= mips_elf_overflow_p (value
, 25);
6209 value
>>= howto
->rightshift
;
6210 value
&= howto
->dst_mask
;
6213 case R_MIPS_GOT_HI16
:
6214 case R_MIPS_CALL_HI16
:
6215 case R_MICROMIPS_GOT_HI16
:
6216 case R_MICROMIPS_CALL_HI16
:
6217 /* We're allowed to handle these two relocations identically.
6218 The dynamic linker is allowed to handle the CALL relocations
6219 differently by creating a lazy evaluation stub. */
6221 value
= mips_elf_high (value
);
6222 value
&= howto
->dst_mask
;
6225 case R_MIPS_GOT_LO16
:
6226 case R_MIPS_CALL_LO16
:
6227 case R_MICROMIPS_GOT_LO16
:
6228 case R_MICROMIPS_CALL_LO16
:
6229 value
= g
& howto
->dst_mask
;
6232 case R_MIPS_GOT_PAGE
:
6233 case R_MICROMIPS_GOT_PAGE
:
6234 value
= mips_elf_got_page (abfd
, input_bfd
, info
, symbol
+ addend
, NULL
);
6235 if (value
== MINUS_ONE
)
6236 return bfd_reloc_outofrange
;
6237 value
= mips_elf_got_offset_from_index (info
, abfd
, input_bfd
, value
);
6238 overflowed_p
= mips_elf_overflow_p (value
, 16);
6241 case R_MIPS_GOT_OFST
:
6242 case R_MICROMIPS_GOT_OFST
:
6244 mips_elf_got_page (abfd
, input_bfd
, info
, symbol
+ addend
, &value
);
6247 overflowed_p
= mips_elf_overflow_p (value
, 16);
6251 case R_MICROMIPS_SUB
:
6252 value
= symbol
- addend
;
6253 value
&= howto
->dst_mask
;
6257 case R_MICROMIPS_HIGHER
:
6258 value
= mips_elf_higher (addend
+ symbol
);
6259 value
&= howto
->dst_mask
;
6262 case R_MIPS_HIGHEST
:
6263 case R_MICROMIPS_HIGHEST
:
6264 value
= mips_elf_highest (addend
+ symbol
);
6265 value
&= howto
->dst_mask
;
6268 case R_MIPS_SCN_DISP
:
6269 case R_MICROMIPS_SCN_DISP
:
6270 value
= symbol
+ addend
- sec
->output_offset
;
6271 value
&= howto
->dst_mask
;
6275 case R_MICROMIPS_JALR
:
6276 /* This relocation is only a hint. In some cases, we optimize
6277 it into a bal instruction. But we don't try to optimize
6278 when the symbol does not resolve locally. */
6279 if (h
!= NULL
&& !SYMBOL_CALLS_LOCAL (info
, &h
->root
))
6280 return bfd_reloc_continue
;
6281 value
= symbol
+ addend
;
6285 case R_MIPS_GNU_VTINHERIT
:
6286 case R_MIPS_GNU_VTENTRY
:
6287 /* We don't do anything with these at present. */
6288 return bfd_reloc_continue
;
6291 /* An unrecognized relocation type. */
6292 return bfd_reloc_notsupported
;
6295 /* Store the VALUE for our caller. */
6297 return overflowed_p
? bfd_reloc_overflow
: bfd_reloc_ok
;
6300 /* Obtain the field relocated by RELOCATION. */
6303 mips_elf_obtain_contents (reloc_howto_type
*howto
,
6304 const Elf_Internal_Rela
*relocation
,
6305 bfd
*input_bfd
, bfd_byte
*contents
)
6308 bfd_byte
*location
= contents
+ relocation
->r_offset
;
6309 unsigned int size
= bfd_get_reloc_size (howto
);
6311 /* Obtain the bytes. */
6313 x
= bfd_get (8 * size
, input_bfd
, location
);
6318 /* It has been determined that the result of the RELOCATION is the
6319 VALUE. Use HOWTO to place VALUE into the output file at the
6320 appropriate position. The SECTION is the section to which the
6322 CROSS_MODE_JUMP_P is true if the relocation field
6323 is a MIPS16 or microMIPS jump to standard MIPS code, or vice versa.
6325 Returns FALSE if anything goes wrong. */
6328 mips_elf_perform_relocation (struct bfd_link_info
*info
,
6329 reloc_howto_type
*howto
,
6330 const Elf_Internal_Rela
*relocation
,
6331 bfd_vma value
, bfd
*input_bfd
,
6332 asection
*input_section
, bfd_byte
*contents
,
6333 bfd_boolean cross_mode_jump_p
)
6337 int r_type
= ELF_R_TYPE (input_bfd
, relocation
->r_info
);
6340 /* Figure out where the relocation is occurring. */
6341 location
= contents
+ relocation
->r_offset
;
6343 _bfd_mips_elf_reloc_unshuffle (input_bfd
, r_type
, FALSE
, location
);
6345 /* Obtain the current value. */
6346 x
= mips_elf_obtain_contents (howto
, relocation
, input_bfd
, contents
);
6348 /* Clear the field we are setting. */
6349 x
&= ~howto
->dst_mask
;
6351 /* Set the field. */
6352 x
|= (value
& howto
->dst_mask
);
6354 /* Detect incorrect JALX usage. If required, turn JAL or BAL into JALX. */
6355 if (!cross_mode_jump_p
&& jal_reloc_p (r_type
))
6357 bfd_vma opcode
= x
>> 26;
6359 if (r_type
== R_MIPS16_26
? opcode
== 0x7
6360 : r_type
== R_MICROMIPS_26_S1
? opcode
== 0x3c
6363 info
->callbacks
->einfo
6364 (_("%X%H: Unsupported JALX to the same ISA mode\n"),
6365 input_bfd
, input_section
, relocation
->r_offset
);
6369 if (cross_mode_jump_p
&& jal_reloc_p (r_type
))
6372 bfd_vma opcode
= x
>> 26;
6373 bfd_vma jalx_opcode
;
6375 /* Check to see if the opcode is already JAL or JALX. */
6376 if (r_type
== R_MIPS16_26
)
6378 ok
= ((opcode
== 0x6) || (opcode
== 0x7));
6381 else if (r_type
== R_MICROMIPS_26_S1
)
6383 ok
= ((opcode
== 0x3d) || (opcode
== 0x3c));
6388 ok
= ((opcode
== 0x3) || (opcode
== 0x1d));
6392 /* If the opcode is not JAL or JALX, there's a problem. We cannot
6393 convert J or JALS to JALX. */
6396 info
->callbacks
->einfo
6397 (_("%X%H: Unsupported jump between ISA modes; "
6398 "consider recompiling with interlinking enabled\n"),
6399 input_bfd
, input_section
, relocation
->r_offset
);
6403 /* Make this the JALX opcode. */
6404 x
= (x
& ~(0x3f << 26)) | (jalx_opcode
<< 26);
6406 else if (cross_mode_jump_p
&& b_reloc_p (r_type
))
6408 bfd_boolean ok
= FALSE
;
6409 bfd_vma opcode
= x
>> 16;
6410 bfd_vma jalx_opcode
= 0;
6414 if (r_type
== R_MICROMIPS_PC16_S1
)
6416 ok
= opcode
== 0x4060;
6420 else if (r_type
== R_MIPS_PC16
|| r_type
== R_MIPS_GNU_REL16_S2
)
6422 ok
= opcode
== 0x411;
6427 if (ok
&& !bfd_link_pic (info
))
6429 addr
= (input_section
->output_section
->vma
6430 + input_section
->output_offset
6431 + relocation
->r_offset
6433 dest
= addr
+ (((value
& 0x3ffff) ^ 0x20000) - 0x20000);
6435 if ((addr
>> 28) << 28 != (dest
>> 28) << 28)
6437 info
->callbacks
->einfo
6438 (_("%X%H: Cannot convert branch between ISA modes "
6439 "to JALX: relocation out of range\n"),
6440 input_bfd
, input_section
, relocation
->r_offset
);
6444 /* Make this the JALX opcode. */
6445 x
= ((dest
>> 2) & 0x3ffffff) | jalx_opcode
<< 26;
6447 else if (!mips_elf_hash_table (info
)->ignore_branch_isa
)
6449 info
->callbacks
->einfo
6450 (_("%X%H: Unsupported branch between ISA modes\n"),
6451 input_bfd
, input_section
, relocation
->r_offset
);
6456 /* Try converting JAL to BAL and J(AL)R to B(AL), if the target is in
6458 if (!bfd_link_relocatable (info
)
6459 && !cross_mode_jump_p
6460 && ((JAL_TO_BAL_P (input_bfd
)
6461 && r_type
== R_MIPS_26
6462 && (x
>> 26) == 0x3) /* jal addr */
6463 || (JALR_TO_BAL_P (input_bfd
)
6464 && r_type
== R_MIPS_JALR
6465 && x
== 0x0320f809) /* jalr t9 */
6466 || (JR_TO_B_P (input_bfd
)
6467 && r_type
== R_MIPS_JALR
6468 && x
== 0x03200008))) /* jr t9 */
6474 addr
= (input_section
->output_section
->vma
6475 + input_section
->output_offset
6476 + relocation
->r_offset
6478 if (r_type
== R_MIPS_26
)
6479 dest
= (value
<< 2) | ((addr
>> 28) << 28);
6483 if (off
<= 0x1ffff && off
>= -0x20000)
6485 if (x
== 0x03200008) /* jr t9 */
6486 x
= 0x10000000 | (((bfd_vma
) off
>> 2) & 0xffff); /* b addr */
6488 x
= 0x04110000 | (((bfd_vma
) off
>> 2) & 0xffff); /* bal addr */
6492 /* Put the value into the output. */
6493 size
= bfd_get_reloc_size (howto
);
6495 bfd_put (8 * size
, input_bfd
, x
, location
);
6497 _bfd_mips_elf_reloc_shuffle (input_bfd
, r_type
, !bfd_link_relocatable (info
),
6503 /* Create a rel.dyn relocation for the dynamic linker to resolve. REL
6504 is the original relocation, which is now being transformed into a
6505 dynamic relocation. The ADDENDP is adjusted if necessary; the
6506 caller should store the result in place of the original addend. */
6509 mips_elf_create_dynamic_relocation (bfd
*output_bfd
,
6510 struct bfd_link_info
*info
,
6511 const Elf_Internal_Rela
*rel
,
6512 struct mips_elf_link_hash_entry
*h
,
6513 asection
*sec
, bfd_vma symbol
,
6514 bfd_vma
*addendp
, asection
*input_section
)
6516 Elf_Internal_Rela outrel
[3];
6521 bfd_boolean defined_p
;
6522 struct mips_elf_link_hash_table
*htab
;
6524 htab
= mips_elf_hash_table (info
);
6525 BFD_ASSERT (htab
!= NULL
);
6527 r_type
= ELF_R_TYPE (output_bfd
, rel
->r_info
);
6528 dynobj
= elf_hash_table (info
)->dynobj
;
6529 sreloc
= mips_elf_rel_dyn_section (info
, FALSE
);
6530 BFD_ASSERT (sreloc
!= NULL
);
6531 BFD_ASSERT (sreloc
->contents
!= NULL
);
6532 BFD_ASSERT (sreloc
->reloc_count
* MIPS_ELF_REL_SIZE (output_bfd
)
6535 outrel
[0].r_offset
=
6536 _bfd_elf_section_offset (output_bfd
, info
, input_section
, rel
[0].r_offset
);
6537 if (ABI_64_P (output_bfd
))
6539 outrel
[1].r_offset
=
6540 _bfd_elf_section_offset (output_bfd
, info
, input_section
, rel
[1].r_offset
);
6541 outrel
[2].r_offset
=
6542 _bfd_elf_section_offset (output_bfd
, info
, input_section
, rel
[2].r_offset
);
6545 if (outrel
[0].r_offset
== MINUS_ONE
)
6546 /* The relocation field has been deleted. */
6549 if (outrel
[0].r_offset
== MINUS_TWO
)
6551 /* The relocation field has been converted into a relative value of
6552 some sort. Functions like _bfd_elf_write_section_eh_frame expect
6553 the field to be fully relocated, so add in the symbol's value. */
6558 /* We must now calculate the dynamic symbol table index to use
6559 in the relocation. */
6560 if (h
!= NULL
&& ! SYMBOL_REFERENCES_LOCAL (info
, &h
->root
))
6562 BFD_ASSERT (htab
->is_vxworks
|| h
->global_got_area
!= GGA_NONE
);
6563 indx
= h
->root
.dynindx
;
6564 if (SGI_COMPAT (output_bfd
))
6565 defined_p
= h
->root
.def_regular
;
6567 /* ??? glibc's ld.so just adds the final GOT entry to the
6568 relocation field. It therefore treats relocs against
6569 defined symbols in the same way as relocs against
6570 undefined symbols. */
6575 if (sec
!= NULL
&& bfd_is_abs_section (sec
))
6577 else if (sec
== NULL
|| sec
->owner
== NULL
)
6579 bfd_set_error (bfd_error_bad_value
);
6584 indx
= elf_section_data (sec
->output_section
)->dynindx
;
6587 asection
*osec
= htab
->root
.text_index_section
;
6588 indx
= elf_section_data (osec
)->dynindx
;
6594 /* Instead of generating a relocation using the section
6595 symbol, we may as well make it a fully relative
6596 relocation. We want to avoid generating relocations to
6597 local symbols because we used to generate them
6598 incorrectly, without adding the original symbol value,
6599 which is mandated by the ABI for section symbols. In
6600 order to give dynamic loaders and applications time to
6601 phase out the incorrect use, we refrain from emitting
6602 section-relative relocations. It's not like they're
6603 useful, after all. This should be a bit more efficient
6605 /* ??? Although this behavior is compatible with glibc's ld.so,
6606 the ABI says that relocations against STN_UNDEF should have
6607 a symbol value of 0. Irix rld honors this, so relocations
6608 against STN_UNDEF have no effect. */
6609 if (!SGI_COMPAT (output_bfd
))
6614 /* If the relocation was previously an absolute relocation and
6615 this symbol will not be referred to by the relocation, we must
6616 adjust it by the value we give it in the dynamic symbol table.
6617 Otherwise leave the job up to the dynamic linker. */
6618 if (defined_p
&& r_type
!= R_MIPS_REL32
)
6621 if (htab
->is_vxworks
)
6622 /* VxWorks uses non-relative relocations for this. */
6623 outrel
[0].r_info
= ELF32_R_INFO (indx
, R_MIPS_32
);
6625 /* The relocation is always an REL32 relocation because we don't
6626 know where the shared library will wind up at load-time. */
6627 outrel
[0].r_info
= ELF_R_INFO (output_bfd
, (unsigned long) indx
,
6630 /* For strict adherence to the ABI specification, we should
6631 generate a R_MIPS_64 relocation record by itself before the
6632 _REL32/_64 record as well, such that the addend is read in as
6633 a 64-bit value (REL32 is a 32-bit relocation, after all).
6634 However, since none of the existing ELF64 MIPS dynamic
6635 loaders seems to care, we don't waste space with these
6636 artificial relocations. If this turns out to not be true,
6637 mips_elf_allocate_dynamic_relocation() should be tweaked so
6638 as to make room for a pair of dynamic relocations per
6639 invocation if ABI_64_P, and here we should generate an
6640 additional relocation record with R_MIPS_64 by itself for a
6641 NULL symbol before this relocation record. */
6642 outrel
[1].r_info
= ELF_R_INFO (output_bfd
, 0,
6643 ABI_64_P (output_bfd
)
6646 outrel
[2].r_info
= ELF_R_INFO (output_bfd
, 0, R_MIPS_NONE
);
6648 /* Adjust the output offset of the relocation to reference the
6649 correct location in the output file. */
6650 outrel
[0].r_offset
+= (input_section
->output_section
->vma
6651 + input_section
->output_offset
);
6652 outrel
[1].r_offset
+= (input_section
->output_section
->vma
6653 + input_section
->output_offset
);
6654 outrel
[2].r_offset
+= (input_section
->output_section
->vma
6655 + input_section
->output_offset
);
6657 /* Put the relocation back out. We have to use the special
6658 relocation outputter in the 64-bit case since the 64-bit
6659 relocation format is non-standard. */
6660 if (ABI_64_P (output_bfd
))
6662 (*get_elf_backend_data (output_bfd
)->s
->swap_reloc_out
)
6663 (output_bfd
, &outrel
[0],
6665 + sreloc
->reloc_count
* sizeof (Elf64_Mips_External_Rel
)));
6667 else if (htab
->is_vxworks
)
6669 /* VxWorks uses RELA rather than REL dynamic relocations. */
6670 outrel
[0].r_addend
= *addendp
;
6671 bfd_elf32_swap_reloca_out
6672 (output_bfd
, &outrel
[0],
6674 + sreloc
->reloc_count
* sizeof (Elf32_External_Rela
)));
6677 bfd_elf32_swap_reloc_out
6678 (output_bfd
, &outrel
[0],
6679 (sreloc
->contents
+ sreloc
->reloc_count
* sizeof (Elf32_External_Rel
)));
6681 /* We've now added another relocation. */
6682 ++sreloc
->reloc_count
;
6684 /* Make sure the output section is writable. The dynamic linker
6685 will be writing to it. */
6686 elf_section_data (input_section
->output_section
)->this_hdr
.sh_flags
6689 /* On IRIX5, make an entry of compact relocation info. */
6690 if (IRIX_COMPAT (output_bfd
) == ict_irix5
)
6692 asection
*scpt
= bfd_get_linker_section (dynobj
, ".compact_rel");
6697 Elf32_crinfo cptrel
;
6699 mips_elf_set_cr_format (cptrel
, CRF_MIPS_LONG
);
6700 cptrel
.vaddr
= (rel
->r_offset
6701 + input_section
->output_section
->vma
6702 + input_section
->output_offset
);
6703 if (r_type
== R_MIPS_REL32
)
6704 mips_elf_set_cr_type (cptrel
, CRT_MIPS_REL32
);
6706 mips_elf_set_cr_type (cptrel
, CRT_MIPS_WORD
);
6707 mips_elf_set_cr_dist2to (cptrel
, 0);
6708 cptrel
.konst
= *addendp
;
6710 cr
= (scpt
->contents
6711 + sizeof (Elf32_External_compact_rel
));
6712 mips_elf_set_cr_relvaddr (cptrel
, 0);
6713 bfd_elf32_swap_crinfo_out (output_bfd
, &cptrel
,
6714 ((Elf32_External_crinfo
*) cr
6715 + scpt
->reloc_count
));
6716 ++scpt
->reloc_count
;
6720 /* If we've written this relocation for a readonly section,
6721 we need to set DF_TEXTREL again, so that we do not delete the
6723 if (MIPS_ELF_READONLY_SECTION (input_section
))
6724 info
->flags
|= DF_TEXTREL
;
6729 /* Return the MACH for a MIPS e_flags value. */
6732 _bfd_elf_mips_mach (flagword flags
)
6734 switch (flags
& EF_MIPS_MACH
)
6736 case E_MIPS_MACH_3900
:
6737 return bfd_mach_mips3900
;
6739 case E_MIPS_MACH_4010
:
6740 return bfd_mach_mips4010
;
6742 case E_MIPS_MACH_4100
:
6743 return bfd_mach_mips4100
;
6745 case E_MIPS_MACH_4111
:
6746 return bfd_mach_mips4111
;
6748 case E_MIPS_MACH_4120
:
6749 return bfd_mach_mips4120
;
6751 case E_MIPS_MACH_4650
:
6752 return bfd_mach_mips4650
;
6754 case E_MIPS_MACH_5400
:
6755 return bfd_mach_mips5400
;
6757 case E_MIPS_MACH_5500
:
6758 return bfd_mach_mips5500
;
6760 case E_MIPS_MACH_5900
:
6761 return bfd_mach_mips5900
;
6763 case E_MIPS_MACH_9000
:
6764 return bfd_mach_mips9000
;
6766 case E_MIPS_MACH_SB1
:
6767 return bfd_mach_mips_sb1
;
6769 case E_MIPS_MACH_LS2E
:
6770 return bfd_mach_mips_loongson_2e
;
6772 case E_MIPS_MACH_LS2F
:
6773 return bfd_mach_mips_loongson_2f
;
6775 case E_MIPS_MACH_LS3A
:
6776 return bfd_mach_mips_loongson_3a
;
6778 case E_MIPS_MACH_OCTEON3
:
6779 return bfd_mach_mips_octeon3
;
6781 case E_MIPS_MACH_OCTEON2
:
6782 return bfd_mach_mips_octeon2
;
6784 case E_MIPS_MACH_OCTEON
:
6785 return bfd_mach_mips_octeon
;
6787 case E_MIPS_MACH_XLR
:
6788 return bfd_mach_mips_xlr
;
6791 switch (flags
& EF_MIPS_ARCH
)
6795 return bfd_mach_mips3000
;
6798 return bfd_mach_mips6000
;
6801 return bfd_mach_mips4000
;
6804 return bfd_mach_mips8000
;
6807 return bfd_mach_mips5
;
6809 case E_MIPS_ARCH_32
:
6810 return bfd_mach_mipsisa32
;
6812 case E_MIPS_ARCH_64
:
6813 return bfd_mach_mipsisa64
;
6815 case E_MIPS_ARCH_32R2
:
6816 return bfd_mach_mipsisa32r2
;
6818 case E_MIPS_ARCH_64R2
:
6819 return bfd_mach_mipsisa64r2
;
6821 case E_MIPS_ARCH_32R6
:
6822 return bfd_mach_mipsisa32r6
;
6824 case E_MIPS_ARCH_64R6
:
6825 return bfd_mach_mipsisa64r6
;
6832 /* Return printable name for ABI. */
6834 static INLINE
char *
6835 elf_mips_abi_name (bfd
*abfd
)
6839 flags
= elf_elfheader (abfd
)->e_flags
;
6840 switch (flags
& EF_MIPS_ABI
)
6843 if (ABI_N32_P (abfd
))
6845 else if (ABI_64_P (abfd
))
6849 case E_MIPS_ABI_O32
:
6851 case E_MIPS_ABI_O64
:
6853 case E_MIPS_ABI_EABI32
:
6855 case E_MIPS_ABI_EABI64
:
6858 return "unknown abi";
6862 /* MIPS ELF uses two common sections. One is the usual one, and the
6863 other is for small objects. All the small objects are kept
6864 together, and then referenced via the gp pointer, which yields
6865 faster assembler code. This is what we use for the small common
6866 section. This approach is copied from ecoff.c. */
6867 static asection mips_elf_scom_section
;
6868 static asymbol mips_elf_scom_symbol
;
6869 static asymbol
*mips_elf_scom_symbol_ptr
;
6871 /* MIPS ELF also uses an acommon section, which represents an
6872 allocated common symbol which may be overridden by a
6873 definition in a shared library. */
6874 static asection mips_elf_acom_section
;
6875 static asymbol mips_elf_acom_symbol
;
6876 static asymbol
*mips_elf_acom_symbol_ptr
;
6878 /* This is used for both the 32-bit and the 64-bit ABI. */
6881 _bfd_mips_elf_symbol_processing (bfd
*abfd
, asymbol
*asym
)
6883 elf_symbol_type
*elfsym
;
6885 /* Handle the special MIPS section numbers that a symbol may use. */
6886 elfsym
= (elf_symbol_type
*) asym
;
6887 switch (elfsym
->internal_elf_sym
.st_shndx
)
6889 case SHN_MIPS_ACOMMON
:
6890 /* This section is used in a dynamically linked executable file.
6891 It is an allocated common section. The dynamic linker can
6892 either resolve these symbols to something in a shared
6893 library, or it can just leave them here. For our purposes,
6894 we can consider these symbols to be in a new section. */
6895 if (mips_elf_acom_section
.name
== NULL
)
6897 /* Initialize the acommon section. */
6898 mips_elf_acom_section
.name
= ".acommon";
6899 mips_elf_acom_section
.flags
= SEC_ALLOC
;
6900 mips_elf_acom_section
.output_section
= &mips_elf_acom_section
;
6901 mips_elf_acom_section
.symbol
= &mips_elf_acom_symbol
;
6902 mips_elf_acom_section
.symbol_ptr_ptr
= &mips_elf_acom_symbol_ptr
;
6903 mips_elf_acom_symbol
.name
= ".acommon";
6904 mips_elf_acom_symbol
.flags
= BSF_SECTION_SYM
;
6905 mips_elf_acom_symbol
.section
= &mips_elf_acom_section
;
6906 mips_elf_acom_symbol_ptr
= &mips_elf_acom_symbol
;
6908 asym
->section
= &mips_elf_acom_section
;
6912 /* Common symbols less than the GP size are automatically
6913 treated as SHN_MIPS_SCOMMON symbols on IRIX5. */
6914 if (asym
->value
> elf_gp_size (abfd
)
6915 || ELF_ST_TYPE (elfsym
->internal_elf_sym
.st_info
) == STT_TLS
6916 || IRIX_COMPAT (abfd
) == ict_irix6
)
6919 case SHN_MIPS_SCOMMON
:
6920 if (mips_elf_scom_section
.name
== NULL
)
6922 /* Initialize the small common section. */
6923 mips_elf_scom_section
.name
= ".scommon";
6924 mips_elf_scom_section
.flags
= SEC_IS_COMMON
;
6925 mips_elf_scom_section
.output_section
= &mips_elf_scom_section
;
6926 mips_elf_scom_section
.symbol
= &mips_elf_scom_symbol
;
6927 mips_elf_scom_section
.symbol_ptr_ptr
= &mips_elf_scom_symbol_ptr
;
6928 mips_elf_scom_symbol
.name
= ".scommon";
6929 mips_elf_scom_symbol
.flags
= BSF_SECTION_SYM
;
6930 mips_elf_scom_symbol
.section
= &mips_elf_scom_section
;
6931 mips_elf_scom_symbol_ptr
= &mips_elf_scom_symbol
;
6933 asym
->section
= &mips_elf_scom_section
;
6934 asym
->value
= elfsym
->internal_elf_sym
.st_size
;
6937 case SHN_MIPS_SUNDEFINED
:
6938 asym
->section
= bfd_und_section_ptr
;
6943 asection
*section
= bfd_get_section_by_name (abfd
, ".text");
6945 if (section
!= NULL
)
6947 asym
->section
= section
;
6948 /* MIPS_TEXT is a bit special, the address is not an offset
6949 to the base of the .text section. So substract the section
6950 base address to make it an offset. */
6951 asym
->value
-= section
->vma
;
6958 asection
*section
= bfd_get_section_by_name (abfd
, ".data");
6960 if (section
!= NULL
)
6962 asym
->section
= section
;
6963 /* MIPS_DATA is a bit special, the address is not an offset
6964 to the base of the .data section. So substract the section
6965 base address to make it an offset. */
6966 asym
->value
-= section
->vma
;
6972 /* If this is an odd-valued function symbol, assume it's a MIPS16
6973 or microMIPS one. */
6974 if (ELF_ST_TYPE (elfsym
->internal_elf_sym
.st_info
) == STT_FUNC
6975 && (asym
->value
& 1) != 0)
6978 if (MICROMIPS_P (abfd
))
6979 elfsym
->internal_elf_sym
.st_other
6980 = ELF_ST_SET_MICROMIPS (elfsym
->internal_elf_sym
.st_other
);
6982 elfsym
->internal_elf_sym
.st_other
6983 = ELF_ST_SET_MIPS16 (elfsym
->internal_elf_sym
.st_other
);
6987 /* Implement elf_backend_eh_frame_address_size. This differs from
6988 the default in the way it handles EABI64.
6990 EABI64 was originally specified as an LP64 ABI, and that is what
6991 -mabi=eabi normally gives on a 64-bit target. However, gcc has
6992 historically accepted the combination of -mabi=eabi and -mlong32,
6993 and this ILP32 variation has become semi-official over time.
6994 Both forms use elf32 and have pointer-sized FDE addresses.
6996 If an EABI object was generated by GCC 4.0 or above, it will have
6997 an empty .gcc_compiled_longXX section, where XX is the size of longs
6998 in bits. Unfortunately, ILP32 objects generated by earlier compilers
6999 have no special marking to distinguish them from LP64 objects.
7001 We don't want users of the official LP64 ABI to be punished for the
7002 existence of the ILP32 variant, but at the same time, we don't want
7003 to mistakenly interpret pre-4.0 ILP32 objects as being LP64 objects.
7004 We therefore take the following approach:
7006 - If ABFD contains a .gcc_compiled_longXX section, use it to
7007 determine the pointer size.
7009 - Otherwise check the type of the first relocation. Assume that
7010 the LP64 ABI is being used if the relocation is of type R_MIPS_64.
7014 The second check is enough to detect LP64 objects generated by pre-4.0
7015 compilers because, in the kind of output generated by those compilers,
7016 the first relocation will be associated with either a CIE personality
7017 routine or an FDE start address. Furthermore, the compilers never
7018 used a special (non-pointer) encoding for this ABI.
7020 Checking the relocation type should also be safe because there is no
7021 reason to use R_MIPS_64 in an ILP32 object. Pre-4.0 compilers never
7025 _bfd_mips_elf_eh_frame_address_size (bfd
*abfd
, asection
*sec
)
7027 if (elf_elfheader (abfd
)->e_ident
[EI_CLASS
] == ELFCLASS64
)
7029 if ((elf_elfheader (abfd
)->e_flags
& EF_MIPS_ABI
) == E_MIPS_ABI_EABI64
)
7031 bfd_boolean long32_p
, long64_p
;
7033 long32_p
= bfd_get_section_by_name (abfd
, ".gcc_compiled_long32") != 0;
7034 long64_p
= bfd_get_section_by_name (abfd
, ".gcc_compiled_long64") != 0;
7035 if (long32_p
&& long64_p
)
7042 if (sec
->reloc_count
> 0
7043 && elf_section_data (sec
)->relocs
!= NULL
7044 && (ELF32_R_TYPE (elf_section_data (sec
)->relocs
[0].r_info
)
7053 /* There appears to be a bug in the MIPSpro linker that causes GOT_DISP
7054 relocations against two unnamed section symbols to resolve to the
7055 same address. For example, if we have code like:
7057 lw $4,%got_disp(.data)($gp)
7058 lw $25,%got_disp(.text)($gp)
7061 then the linker will resolve both relocations to .data and the program
7062 will jump there rather than to .text.
7064 We can work around this problem by giving names to local section symbols.
7065 This is also what the MIPSpro tools do. */
7068 _bfd_mips_elf_name_local_section_symbols (bfd
*abfd
)
7070 return SGI_COMPAT (abfd
);
7073 /* Work over a section just before writing it out. This routine is
7074 used by both the 32-bit and the 64-bit ABI. FIXME: We recognize
7075 sections that need the SHF_MIPS_GPREL flag by name; there has to be
7079 _bfd_mips_elf_section_processing (bfd
*abfd
, Elf_Internal_Shdr
*hdr
)
7081 if (hdr
->sh_type
== SHT_MIPS_REGINFO
7082 && hdr
->sh_size
> 0)
7086 BFD_ASSERT (hdr
->sh_size
== sizeof (Elf32_External_RegInfo
));
7087 BFD_ASSERT (hdr
->contents
== NULL
);
7090 hdr
->sh_offset
+ sizeof (Elf32_External_RegInfo
) - 4,
7093 H_PUT_32 (abfd
, elf_gp (abfd
), buf
);
7094 if (bfd_bwrite (buf
, 4, abfd
) != 4)
7098 if (hdr
->sh_type
== SHT_MIPS_OPTIONS
7099 && hdr
->bfd_section
!= NULL
7100 && mips_elf_section_data (hdr
->bfd_section
) != NULL
7101 && mips_elf_section_data (hdr
->bfd_section
)->u
.tdata
!= NULL
)
7103 bfd_byte
*contents
, *l
, *lend
;
7105 /* We stored the section contents in the tdata field in the
7106 set_section_contents routine. We save the section contents
7107 so that we don't have to read them again.
7108 At this point we know that elf_gp is set, so we can look
7109 through the section contents to see if there is an
7110 ODK_REGINFO structure. */
7112 contents
= mips_elf_section_data (hdr
->bfd_section
)->u
.tdata
;
7114 lend
= contents
+ hdr
->sh_size
;
7115 while (l
+ sizeof (Elf_External_Options
) <= lend
)
7117 Elf_Internal_Options intopt
;
7119 bfd_mips_elf_swap_options_in (abfd
, (Elf_External_Options
*) l
,
7121 if (intopt
.size
< sizeof (Elf_External_Options
))
7124 /* xgettext:c-format */
7125 (_("%B: Warning: bad `%s' option size %u smaller than its header"),
7126 abfd
, MIPS_ELF_OPTIONS_SECTION_NAME (abfd
), intopt
.size
);
7129 if (ABI_64_P (abfd
) && intopt
.kind
== ODK_REGINFO
)
7136 + sizeof (Elf_External_Options
)
7137 + (sizeof (Elf64_External_RegInfo
) - 8)),
7140 H_PUT_64 (abfd
, elf_gp (abfd
), buf
);
7141 if (bfd_bwrite (buf
, 8, abfd
) != 8)
7144 else if (intopt
.kind
== ODK_REGINFO
)
7151 + sizeof (Elf_External_Options
)
7152 + (sizeof (Elf32_External_RegInfo
) - 4)),
7155 H_PUT_32 (abfd
, elf_gp (abfd
), buf
);
7156 if (bfd_bwrite (buf
, 4, abfd
) != 4)
7163 if (hdr
->bfd_section
!= NULL
)
7165 const char *name
= bfd_get_section_name (abfd
, hdr
->bfd_section
);
7167 /* .sbss is not handled specially here because the GNU/Linux
7168 prelinker can convert .sbss from NOBITS to PROGBITS and
7169 changing it back to NOBITS breaks the binary. The entry in
7170 _bfd_mips_elf_special_sections will ensure the correct flags
7171 are set on .sbss if BFD creates it without reading it from an
7172 input file, and without special handling here the flags set
7173 on it in an input file will be followed. */
7174 if (strcmp (name
, ".sdata") == 0
7175 || strcmp (name
, ".lit8") == 0
7176 || strcmp (name
, ".lit4") == 0)
7177 hdr
->sh_flags
|= SHF_ALLOC
| SHF_WRITE
| SHF_MIPS_GPREL
;
7178 else if (strcmp (name
, ".srdata") == 0)
7179 hdr
->sh_flags
|= SHF_ALLOC
| SHF_MIPS_GPREL
;
7180 else if (strcmp (name
, ".compact_rel") == 0)
7182 else if (strcmp (name
, ".rtproc") == 0)
7184 if (hdr
->sh_addralign
!= 0 && hdr
->sh_entsize
== 0)
7186 unsigned int adjust
;
7188 adjust
= hdr
->sh_size
% hdr
->sh_addralign
;
7190 hdr
->sh_size
+= hdr
->sh_addralign
- adjust
;
7198 /* Handle a MIPS specific section when reading an object file. This
7199 is called when elfcode.h finds a section with an unknown type.
7200 This routine supports both the 32-bit and 64-bit ELF ABI.
7202 FIXME: We need to handle the SHF_MIPS_GPREL flag, but I'm not sure
7206 _bfd_mips_elf_section_from_shdr (bfd
*abfd
,
7207 Elf_Internal_Shdr
*hdr
,
7213 /* There ought to be a place to keep ELF backend specific flags, but
7214 at the moment there isn't one. We just keep track of the
7215 sections by their name, instead. Fortunately, the ABI gives
7216 suggested names for all the MIPS specific sections, so we will
7217 probably get away with this. */
7218 switch (hdr
->sh_type
)
7220 case SHT_MIPS_LIBLIST
:
7221 if (strcmp (name
, ".liblist") != 0)
7225 if (strcmp (name
, ".msym") != 0)
7228 case SHT_MIPS_CONFLICT
:
7229 if (strcmp (name
, ".conflict") != 0)
7232 case SHT_MIPS_GPTAB
:
7233 if (! CONST_STRNEQ (name
, ".gptab."))
7236 case SHT_MIPS_UCODE
:
7237 if (strcmp (name
, ".ucode") != 0)
7240 case SHT_MIPS_DEBUG
:
7241 if (strcmp (name
, ".mdebug") != 0)
7243 flags
= SEC_DEBUGGING
;
7245 case SHT_MIPS_REGINFO
:
7246 if (strcmp (name
, ".reginfo") != 0
7247 || hdr
->sh_size
!= sizeof (Elf32_External_RegInfo
))
7249 flags
= (SEC_LINK_ONCE
| SEC_LINK_DUPLICATES_SAME_SIZE
);
7251 case SHT_MIPS_IFACE
:
7252 if (strcmp (name
, ".MIPS.interfaces") != 0)
7255 case SHT_MIPS_CONTENT
:
7256 if (! CONST_STRNEQ (name
, ".MIPS.content"))
7259 case SHT_MIPS_OPTIONS
:
7260 if (!MIPS_ELF_OPTIONS_SECTION_NAME_P (name
))
7263 case SHT_MIPS_ABIFLAGS
:
7264 if (!MIPS_ELF_ABIFLAGS_SECTION_NAME_P (name
))
7266 flags
= (SEC_LINK_ONCE
| SEC_LINK_DUPLICATES_SAME_SIZE
);
7268 case SHT_MIPS_DWARF
:
7269 if (! CONST_STRNEQ (name
, ".debug_")
7270 && ! CONST_STRNEQ (name
, ".zdebug_"))
7273 case SHT_MIPS_SYMBOL_LIB
:
7274 if (strcmp (name
, ".MIPS.symlib") != 0)
7277 case SHT_MIPS_EVENTS
:
7278 if (! CONST_STRNEQ (name
, ".MIPS.events")
7279 && ! CONST_STRNEQ (name
, ".MIPS.post_rel"))
7286 if (! _bfd_elf_make_section_from_shdr (abfd
, hdr
, name
, shindex
))
7291 if (! bfd_set_section_flags (abfd
, hdr
->bfd_section
,
7292 (bfd_get_section_flags (abfd
,
7298 if (hdr
->sh_type
== SHT_MIPS_ABIFLAGS
)
7300 Elf_External_ABIFlags_v0 ext
;
7302 if (! bfd_get_section_contents (abfd
, hdr
->bfd_section
,
7303 &ext
, 0, sizeof ext
))
7305 bfd_mips_elf_swap_abiflags_v0_in (abfd
, &ext
,
7306 &mips_elf_tdata (abfd
)->abiflags
);
7307 if (mips_elf_tdata (abfd
)->abiflags
.version
!= 0)
7309 mips_elf_tdata (abfd
)->abiflags_valid
= TRUE
;
7312 /* FIXME: We should record sh_info for a .gptab section. */
7314 /* For a .reginfo section, set the gp value in the tdata information
7315 from the contents of this section. We need the gp value while
7316 processing relocs, so we just get it now. The .reginfo section
7317 is not used in the 64-bit MIPS ELF ABI. */
7318 if (hdr
->sh_type
== SHT_MIPS_REGINFO
)
7320 Elf32_External_RegInfo ext
;
7323 if (! bfd_get_section_contents (abfd
, hdr
->bfd_section
,
7324 &ext
, 0, sizeof ext
))
7326 bfd_mips_elf32_swap_reginfo_in (abfd
, &ext
, &s
);
7327 elf_gp (abfd
) = s
.ri_gp_value
;
7330 /* For a SHT_MIPS_OPTIONS section, look for a ODK_REGINFO entry, and
7331 set the gp value based on what we find. We may see both
7332 SHT_MIPS_REGINFO and SHT_MIPS_OPTIONS/ODK_REGINFO; in that case,
7333 they should agree. */
7334 if (hdr
->sh_type
== SHT_MIPS_OPTIONS
)
7336 bfd_byte
*contents
, *l
, *lend
;
7338 contents
= bfd_malloc (hdr
->sh_size
);
7339 if (contents
== NULL
)
7341 if (! bfd_get_section_contents (abfd
, hdr
->bfd_section
, contents
,
7348 lend
= contents
+ hdr
->sh_size
;
7349 while (l
+ sizeof (Elf_External_Options
) <= lend
)
7351 Elf_Internal_Options intopt
;
7353 bfd_mips_elf_swap_options_in (abfd
, (Elf_External_Options
*) l
,
7355 if (intopt
.size
< sizeof (Elf_External_Options
))
7358 /* xgettext:c-format */
7359 (_("%B: Warning: bad `%s' option size %u smaller than its header"),
7360 abfd
, MIPS_ELF_OPTIONS_SECTION_NAME (abfd
), intopt
.size
);
7363 if (ABI_64_P (abfd
) && intopt
.kind
== ODK_REGINFO
)
7365 Elf64_Internal_RegInfo intreg
;
7367 bfd_mips_elf64_swap_reginfo_in
7369 ((Elf64_External_RegInfo
*)
7370 (l
+ sizeof (Elf_External_Options
))),
7372 elf_gp (abfd
) = intreg
.ri_gp_value
;
7374 else if (intopt
.kind
== ODK_REGINFO
)
7376 Elf32_RegInfo intreg
;
7378 bfd_mips_elf32_swap_reginfo_in
7380 ((Elf32_External_RegInfo
*)
7381 (l
+ sizeof (Elf_External_Options
))),
7383 elf_gp (abfd
) = intreg
.ri_gp_value
;
7393 /* Set the correct type for a MIPS ELF section. We do this by the
7394 section name, which is a hack, but ought to work. This routine is
7395 used by both the 32-bit and the 64-bit ABI. */
7398 _bfd_mips_elf_fake_sections (bfd
*abfd
, Elf_Internal_Shdr
*hdr
, asection
*sec
)
7400 const char *name
= bfd_get_section_name (abfd
, sec
);
7402 if (strcmp (name
, ".liblist") == 0)
7404 hdr
->sh_type
= SHT_MIPS_LIBLIST
;
7405 hdr
->sh_info
= sec
->size
/ sizeof (Elf32_Lib
);
7406 /* The sh_link field is set in final_write_processing. */
7408 else if (strcmp (name
, ".conflict") == 0)
7409 hdr
->sh_type
= SHT_MIPS_CONFLICT
;
7410 else if (CONST_STRNEQ (name
, ".gptab."))
7412 hdr
->sh_type
= SHT_MIPS_GPTAB
;
7413 hdr
->sh_entsize
= sizeof (Elf32_External_gptab
);
7414 /* The sh_info field is set in final_write_processing. */
7416 else if (strcmp (name
, ".ucode") == 0)
7417 hdr
->sh_type
= SHT_MIPS_UCODE
;
7418 else if (strcmp (name
, ".mdebug") == 0)
7420 hdr
->sh_type
= SHT_MIPS_DEBUG
;
7421 /* In a shared object on IRIX 5.3, the .mdebug section has an
7422 entsize of 0. FIXME: Does this matter? */
7423 if (SGI_COMPAT (abfd
) && (abfd
->flags
& DYNAMIC
) != 0)
7424 hdr
->sh_entsize
= 0;
7426 hdr
->sh_entsize
= 1;
7428 else if (strcmp (name
, ".reginfo") == 0)
7430 hdr
->sh_type
= SHT_MIPS_REGINFO
;
7431 /* In a shared object on IRIX 5.3, the .reginfo section has an
7432 entsize of 0x18. FIXME: Does this matter? */
7433 if (SGI_COMPAT (abfd
))
7435 if ((abfd
->flags
& DYNAMIC
) != 0)
7436 hdr
->sh_entsize
= sizeof (Elf32_External_RegInfo
);
7438 hdr
->sh_entsize
= 1;
7441 hdr
->sh_entsize
= sizeof (Elf32_External_RegInfo
);
7443 else if (SGI_COMPAT (abfd
)
7444 && (strcmp (name
, ".hash") == 0
7445 || strcmp (name
, ".dynamic") == 0
7446 || strcmp (name
, ".dynstr") == 0))
7448 if (SGI_COMPAT (abfd
))
7449 hdr
->sh_entsize
= 0;
7451 /* This isn't how the IRIX6 linker behaves. */
7452 hdr
->sh_info
= SIZEOF_MIPS_DYNSYM_SECNAMES
;
7455 else if (strcmp (name
, ".got") == 0
7456 || strcmp (name
, ".srdata") == 0
7457 || strcmp (name
, ".sdata") == 0
7458 || strcmp (name
, ".sbss") == 0
7459 || strcmp (name
, ".lit4") == 0
7460 || strcmp (name
, ".lit8") == 0)
7461 hdr
->sh_flags
|= SHF_MIPS_GPREL
;
7462 else if (strcmp (name
, ".MIPS.interfaces") == 0)
7464 hdr
->sh_type
= SHT_MIPS_IFACE
;
7465 hdr
->sh_flags
|= SHF_MIPS_NOSTRIP
;
7467 else if (CONST_STRNEQ (name
, ".MIPS.content"))
7469 hdr
->sh_type
= SHT_MIPS_CONTENT
;
7470 hdr
->sh_flags
|= SHF_MIPS_NOSTRIP
;
7471 /* The sh_info field is set in final_write_processing. */
7473 else if (MIPS_ELF_OPTIONS_SECTION_NAME_P (name
))
7475 hdr
->sh_type
= SHT_MIPS_OPTIONS
;
7476 hdr
->sh_entsize
= 1;
7477 hdr
->sh_flags
|= SHF_MIPS_NOSTRIP
;
7479 else if (CONST_STRNEQ (name
, ".MIPS.abiflags"))
7481 hdr
->sh_type
= SHT_MIPS_ABIFLAGS
;
7482 hdr
->sh_entsize
= sizeof (Elf_External_ABIFlags_v0
);
7484 else if (CONST_STRNEQ (name
, ".debug_")
7485 || CONST_STRNEQ (name
, ".zdebug_"))
7487 hdr
->sh_type
= SHT_MIPS_DWARF
;
7489 /* Irix facilities such as libexc expect a single .debug_frame
7490 per executable, the system ones have NOSTRIP set and the linker
7491 doesn't merge sections with different flags so ... */
7492 if (SGI_COMPAT (abfd
) && CONST_STRNEQ (name
, ".debug_frame"))
7493 hdr
->sh_flags
|= SHF_MIPS_NOSTRIP
;
7495 else if (strcmp (name
, ".MIPS.symlib") == 0)
7497 hdr
->sh_type
= SHT_MIPS_SYMBOL_LIB
;
7498 /* The sh_link and sh_info fields are set in
7499 final_write_processing. */
7501 else if (CONST_STRNEQ (name
, ".MIPS.events")
7502 || CONST_STRNEQ (name
, ".MIPS.post_rel"))
7504 hdr
->sh_type
= SHT_MIPS_EVENTS
;
7505 hdr
->sh_flags
|= SHF_MIPS_NOSTRIP
;
7506 /* The sh_link field is set in final_write_processing. */
7508 else if (strcmp (name
, ".msym") == 0)
7510 hdr
->sh_type
= SHT_MIPS_MSYM
;
7511 hdr
->sh_flags
|= SHF_ALLOC
;
7512 hdr
->sh_entsize
= 8;
7515 /* The generic elf_fake_sections will set up REL_HDR using the default
7516 kind of relocations. We used to set up a second header for the
7517 non-default kind of relocations here, but only NewABI would use
7518 these, and the IRIX ld doesn't like resulting empty RELA sections.
7519 Thus we create those header only on demand now. */
7524 /* Given a BFD section, try to locate the corresponding ELF section
7525 index. This is used by both the 32-bit and the 64-bit ABI.
7526 Actually, it's not clear to me that the 64-bit ABI supports these,
7527 but for non-PIC objects we will certainly want support for at least
7528 the .scommon section. */
7531 _bfd_mips_elf_section_from_bfd_section (bfd
*abfd ATTRIBUTE_UNUSED
,
7532 asection
*sec
, int *retval
)
7534 if (strcmp (bfd_get_section_name (abfd
, sec
), ".scommon") == 0)
7536 *retval
= SHN_MIPS_SCOMMON
;
7539 if (strcmp (bfd_get_section_name (abfd
, sec
), ".acommon") == 0)
7541 *retval
= SHN_MIPS_ACOMMON
;
7547 /* Hook called by the linker routine which adds symbols from an object
7548 file. We must handle the special MIPS section numbers here. */
7551 _bfd_mips_elf_add_symbol_hook (bfd
*abfd
, struct bfd_link_info
*info
,
7552 Elf_Internal_Sym
*sym
, const char **namep
,
7553 flagword
*flagsp ATTRIBUTE_UNUSED
,
7554 asection
**secp
, bfd_vma
*valp
)
7556 if (SGI_COMPAT (abfd
)
7557 && (abfd
->flags
& DYNAMIC
) != 0
7558 && strcmp (*namep
, "_rld_new_interface") == 0)
7560 /* Skip IRIX5 rld entry name. */
7565 /* Shared objects may have a dynamic symbol '_gp_disp' defined as
7566 a SECTION *ABS*. This causes ld to think it can resolve _gp_disp
7567 by setting a DT_NEEDED for the shared object. Since _gp_disp is
7568 a magic symbol resolved by the linker, we ignore this bogus definition
7569 of _gp_disp. New ABI objects do not suffer from this problem so this
7570 is not done for them. */
7572 && (sym
->st_shndx
== SHN_ABS
)
7573 && (strcmp (*namep
, "_gp_disp") == 0))
7579 switch (sym
->st_shndx
)
7582 /* Common symbols less than the GP size are automatically
7583 treated as SHN_MIPS_SCOMMON symbols. */
7584 if (sym
->st_size
> elf_gp_size (abfd
)
7585 || ELF_ST_TYPE (sym
->st_info
) == STT_TLS
7586 || IRIX_COMPAT (abfd
) == ict_irix6
)
7589 case SHN_MIPS_SCOMMON
:
7590 *secp
= bfd_make_section_old_way (abfd
, ".scommon");
7591 (*secp
)->flags
|= SEC_IS_COMMON
;
7592 *valp
= sym
->st_size
;
7596 /* This section is used in a shared object. */
7597 if (mips_elf_tdata (abfd
)->elf_text_section
== NULL
)
7599 asymbol
*elf_text_symbol
;
7600 asection
*elf_text_section
;
7601 bfd_size_type amt
= sizeof (asection
);
7603 elf_text_section
= bfd_zalloc (abfd
, amt
);
7604 if (elf_text_section
== NULL
)
7607 amt
= sizeof (asymbol
);
7608 elf_text_symbol
= bfd_zalloc (abfd
, amt
);
7609 if (elf_text_symbol
== NULL
)
7612 /* Initialize the section. */
7614 mips_elf_tdata (abfd
)->elf_text_section
= elf_text_section
;
7615 mips_elf_tdata (abfd
)->elf_text_symbol
= elf_text_symbol
;
7617 elf_text_section
->symbol
= elf_text_symbol
;
7618 elf_text_section
->symbol_ptr_ptr
= &mips_elf_tdata (abfd
)->elf_text_symbol
;
7620 elf_text_section
->name
= ".text";
7621 elf_text_section
->flags
= SEC_NO_FLAGS
;
7622 elf_text_section
->output_section
= NULL
;
7623 elf_text_section
->owner
= abfd
;
7624 elf_text_symbol
->name
= ".text";
7625 elf_text_symbol
->flags
= BSF_SECTION_SYM
| BSF_DYNAMIC
;
7626 elf_text_symbol
->section
= elf_text_section
;
7628 /* This code used to do *secp = bfd_und_section_ptr if
7629 bfd_link_pic (info). I don't know why, and that doesn't make sense,
7630 so I took it out. */
7631 *secp
= mips_elf_tdata (abfd
)->elf_text_section
;
7634 case SHN_MIPS_ACOMMON
:
7635 /* Fall through. XXX Can we treat this as allocated data? */
7637 /* This section is used in a shared object. */
7638 if (mips_elf_tdata (abfd
)->elf_data_section
== NULL
)
7640 asymbol
*elf_data_symbol
;
7641 asection
*elf_data_section
;
7642 bfd_size_type amt
= sizeof (asection
);
7644 elf_data_section
= bfd_zalloc (abfd
, amt
);
7645 if (elf_data_section
== NULL
)
7648 amt
= sizeof (asymbol
);
7649 elf_data_symbol
= bfd_zalloc (abfd
, amt
);
7650 if (elf_data_symbol
== NULL
)
7653 /* Initialize the section. */
7655 mips_elf_tdata (abfd
)->elf_data_section
= elf_data_section
;
7656 mips_elf_tdata (abfd
)->elf_data_symbol
= elf_data_symbol
;
7658 elf_data_section
->symbol
= elf_data_symbol
;
7659 elf_data_section
->symbol_ptr_ptr
= &mips_elf_tdata (abfd
)->elf_data_symbol
;
7661 elf_data_section
->name
= ".data";
7662 elf_data_section
->flags
= SEC_NO_FLAGS
;
7663 elf_data_section
->output_section
= NULL
;
7664 elf_data_section
->owner
= abfd
;
7665 elf_data_symbol
->name
= ".data";
7666 elf_data_symbol
->flags
= BSF_SECTION_SYM
| BSF_DYNAMIC
;
7667 elf_data_symbol
->section
= elf_data_section
;
7669 /* This code used to do *secp = bfd_und_section_ptr if
7670 bfd_link_pic (info). I don't know why, and that doesn't make sense,
7671 so I took it out. */
7672 *secp
= mips_elf_tdata (abfd
)->elf_data_section
;
7675 case SHN_MIPS_SUNDEFINED
:
7676 *secp
= bfd_und_section_ptr
;
7680 if (SGI_COMPAT (abfd
)
7681 && ! bfd_link_pic (info
)
7682 && info
->output_bfd
->xvec
== abfd
->xvec
7683 && strcmp (*namep
, "__rld_obj_head") == 0)
7685 struct elf_link_hash_entry
*h
;
7686 struct bfd_link_hash_entry
*bh
;
7688 /* Mark __rld_obj_head as dynamic. */
7690 if (! (_bfd_generic_link_add_one_symbol
7691 (info
, abfd
, *namep
, BSF_GLOBAL
, *secp
, *valp
, NULL
, FALSE
,
7692 get_elf_backend_data (abfd
)->collect
, &bh
)))
7695 h
= (struct elf_link_hash_entry
*) bh
;
7698 h
->type
= STT_OBJECT
;
7700 if (! bfd_elf_link_record_dynamic_symbol (info
, h
))
7703 mips_elf_hash_table (info
)->use_rld_obj_head
= TRUE
;
7704 mips_elf_hash_table (info
)->rld_symbol
= h
;
7707 /* If this is a mips16 text symbol, add 1 to the value to make it
7708 odd. This will cause something like .word SYM to come up with
7709 the right value when it is loaded into the PC. */
7710 if (ELF_ST_IS_COMPRESSED (sym
->st_other
))
7716 /* This hook function is called before the linker writes out a global
7717 symbol. We mark symbols as small common if appropriate. This is
7718 also where we undo the increment of the value for a mips16 symbol. */
7721 _bfd_mips_elf_link_output_symbol_hook
7722 (struct bfd_link_info
*info ATTRIBUTE_UNUSED
,
7723 const char *name ATTRIBUTE_UNUSED
, Elf_Internal_Sym
*sym
,
7724 asection
*input_sec
, struct elf_link_hash_entry
*h ATTRIBUTE_UNUSED
)
7726 /* If we see a common symbol, which implies a relocatable link, then
7727 if a symbol was small common in an input file, mark it as small
7728 common in the output file. */
7729 if (sym
->st_shndx
== SHN_COMMON
7730 && strcmp (input_sec
->name
, ".scommon") == 0)
7731 sym
->st_shndx
= SHN_MIPS_SCOMMON
;
7733 if (ELF_ST_IS_COMPRESSED (sym
->st_other
))
7734 sym
->st_value
&= ~1;
7739 /* Functions for the dynamic linker. */
7741 /* Create dynamic sections when linking against a dynamic object. */
7744 _bfd_mips_elf_create_dynamic_sections (bfd
*abfd
, struct bfd_link_info
*info
)
7746 struct elf_link_hash_entry
*h
;
7747 struct bfd_link_hash_entry
*bh
;
7749 register asection
*s
;
7750 const char * const *namep
;
7751 struct mips_elf_link_hash_table
*htab
;
7753 htab
= mips_elf_hash_table (info
);
7754 BFD_ASSERT (htab
!= NULL
);
7756 flags
= (SEC_ALLOC
| SEC_LOAD
| SEC_HAS_CONTENTS
| SEC_IN_MEMORY
7757 | SEC_LINKER_CREATED
| SEC_READONLY
);
7759 /* The psABI requires a read-only .dynamic section, but the VxWorks
7761 if (!htab
->is_vxworks
)
7763 s
= bfd_get_linker_section (abfd
, ".dynamic");
7766 if (! bfd_set_section_flags (abfd
, s
, flags
))
7771 /* We need to create .got section. */
7772 if (!mips_elf_create_got_section (abfd
, info
))
7775 if (! mips_elf_rel_dyn_section (info
, TRUE
))
7778 /* Create .stub section. */
7779 s
= bfd_make_section_anyway_with_flags (abfd
,
7780 MIPS_ELF_STUB_SECTION_NAME (abfd
),
7783 || ! bfd_set_section_alignment (abfd
, s
,
7784 MIPS_ELF_LOG_FILE_ALIGN (abfd
)))
7788 if (!mips_elf_hash_table (info
)->use_rld_obj_head
7789 && bfd_link_executable (info
)
7790 && bfd_get_linker_section (abfd
, ".rld_map") == NULL
)
7792 s
= bfd_make_section_anyway_with_flags (abfd
, ".rld_map",
7793 flags
&~ (flagword
) SEC_READONLY
);
7795 || ! bfd_set_section_alignment (abfd
, s
,
7796 MIPS_ELF_LOG_FILE_ALIGN (abfd
)))
7800 /* On IRIX5, we adjust add some additional symbols and change the
7801 alignments of several sections. There is no ABI documentation
7802 indicating that this is necessary on IRIX6, nor any evidence that
7803 the linker takes such action. */
7804 if (IRIX_COMPAT (abfd
) == ict_irix5
)
7806 for (namep
= mips_elf_dynsym_rtproc_names
; *namep
!= NULL
; namep
++)
7809 if (! (_bfd_generic_link_add_one_symbol
7810 (info
, abfd
, *namep
, BSF_GLOBAL
, bfd_und_section_ptr
, 0,
7811 NULL
, FALSE
, get_elf_backend_data (abfd
)->collect
, &bh
)))
7814 h
= (struct elf_link_hash_entry
*) bh
;
7817 h
->type
= STT_SECTION
;
7819 if (! bfd_elf_link_record_dynamic_symbol (info
, h
))
7823 /* We need to create a .compact_rel section. */
7824 if (SGI_COMPAT (abfd
))
7826 if (!mips_elf_create_compact_rel_section (abfd
, info
))
7830 /* Change alignments of some sections. */
7831 s
= bfd_get_linker_section (abfd
, ".hash");
7833 (void) bfd_set_section_alignment (abfd
, s
, MIPS_ELF_LOG_FILE_ALIGN (abfd
));
7835 s
= bfd_get_linker_section (abfd
, ".dynsym");
7837 (void) bfd_set_section_alignment (abfd
, s
, MIPS_ELF_LOG_FILE_ALIGN (abfd
));
7839 s
= bfd_get_linker_section (abfd
, ".dynstr");
7841 (void) bfd_set_section_alignment (abfd
, s
, MIPS_ELF_LOG_FILE_ALIGN (abfd
));
7844 s
= bfd_get_section_by_name (abfd
, ".reginfo");
7846 (void) bfd_set_section_alignment (abfd
, s
, MIPS_ELF_LOG_FILE_ALIGN (abfd
));
7848 s
= bfd_get_linker_section (abfd
, ".dynamic");
7850 (void) bfd_set_section_alignment (abfd
, s
, MIPS_ELF_LOG_FILE_ALIGN (abfd
));
7853 if (bfd_link_executable (info
))
7857 name
= SGI_COMPAT (abfd
) ? "_DYNAMIC_LINK" : "_DYNAMIC_LINKING";
7859 if (!(_bfd_generic_link_add_one_symbol
7860 (info
, abfd
, name
, BSF_GLOBAL
, bfd_abs_section_ptr
, 0,
7861 NULL
, FALSE
, get_elf_backend_data (abfd
)->collect
, &bh
)))
7864 h
= (struct elf_link_hash_entry
*) bh
;
7867 h
->type
= STT_SECTION
;
7869 if (! bfd_elf_link_record_dynamic_symbol (info
, h
))
7872 if (! mips_elf_hash_table (info
)->use_rld_obj_head
)
7874 /* __rld_map is a four byte word located in the .data section
7875 and is filled in by the rtld to contain a pointer to
7876 the _r_debug structure. Its symbol value will be set in
7877 _bfd_mips_elf_finish_dynamic_symbol. */
7878 s
= bfd_get_linker_section (abfd
, ".rld_map");
7879 BFD_ASSERT (s
!= NULL
);
7881 name
= SGI_COMPAT (abfd
) ? "__rld_map" : "__RLD_MAP";
7883 if (!(_bfd_generic_link_add_one_symbol
7884 (info
, abfd
, name
, BSF_GLOBAL
, s
, 0, NULL
, FALSE
,
7885 get_elf_backend_data (abfd
)->collect
, &bh
)))
7888 h
= (struct elf_link_hash_entry
*) bh
;
7891 h
->type
= STT_OBJECT
;
7893 if (! bfd_elf_link_record_dynamic_symbol (info
, h
))
7895 mips_elf_hash_table (info
)->rld_symbol
= h
;
7899 /* Create the .plt, .rel(a).plt, .dynbss and .rel(a).bss sections.
7900 Also, on VxWorks, create the _PROCEDURE_LINKAGE_TABLE_ symbol. */
7901 if (!_bfd_elf_create_dynamic_sections (abfd
, info
))
7904 /* Do the usual VxWorks handling. */
7905 if (htab
->is_vxworks
7906 && !elf_vxworks_create_dynamic_sections (abfd
, info
, &htab
->srelplt2
))
7912 /* Return true if relocation REL against section SEC is a REL rather than
7913 RELA relocation. RELOCS is the first relocation in the section and
7914 ABFD is the bfd that contains SEC. */
7917 mips_elf_rel_relocation_p (bfd
*abfd
, asection
*sec
,
7918 const Elf_Internal_Rela
*relocs
,
7919 const Elf_Internal_Rela
*rel
)
7921 Elf_Internal_Shdr
*rel_hdr
;
7922 const struct elf_backend_data
*bed
;
7924 /* To determine which flavor of relocation this is, we depend on the
7925 fact that the INPUT_SECTION's REL_HDR is read before RELA_HDR. */
7926 rel_hdr
= elf_section_data (sec
)->rel
.hdr
;
7927 if (rel_hdr
== NULL
)
7929 bed
= get_elf_backend_data (abfd
);
7930 return ((size_t) (rel
- relocs
)
7931 < NUM_SHDR_ENTRIES (rel_hdr
) * bed
->s
->int_rels_per_ext_rel
);
7934 /* Read the addend for REL relocation REL, which belongs to bfd ABFD.
7935 HOWTO is the relocation's howto and CONTENTS points to the contents
7936 of the section that REL is against. */
7939 mips_elf_read_rel_addend (bfd
*abfd
, const Elf_Internal_Rela
*rel
,
7940 reloc_howto_type
*howto
, bfd_byte
*contents
)
7943 unsigned int r_type
;
7947 r_type
= ELF_R_TYPE (abfd
, rel
->r_info
);
7948 location
= contents
+ rel
->r_offset
;
7950 /* Get the addend, which is stored in the input file. */
7951 _bfd_mips_elf_reloc_unshuffle (abfd
, r_type
, FALSE
, location
);
7952 bytes
= mips_elf_obtain_contents (howto
, rel
, abfd
, contents
);
7953 _bfd_mips_elf_reloc_shuffle (abfd
, r_type
, FALSE
, location
);
7955 addend
= bytes
& howto
->src_mask
;
7957 /* Shift is 2, unusually, for microMIPS JALX. Adjust the addend
7959 if (r_type
== R_MICROMIPS_26_S1
&& (bytes
>> 26) == 0x3c)
7965 /* REL is a relocation in ABFD that needs a partnering LO16 relocation
7966 and *ADDEND is the addend for REL itself. Look for the LO16 relocation
7967 and update *ADDEND with the final addend. Return true on success
7968 or false if the LO16 could not be found. RELEND is the exclusive
7969 upper bound on the relocations for REL's section. */
7972 mips_elf_add_lo16_rel_addend (bfd
*abfd
,
7973 const Elf_Internal_Rela
*rel
,
7974 const Elf_Internal_Rela
*relend
,
7975 bfd_byte
*contents
, bfd_vma
*addend
)
7977 unsigned int r_type
, lo16_type
;
7978 const Elf_Internal_Rela
*lo16_relocation
;
7979 reloc_howto_type
*lo16_howto
;
7982 r_type
= ELF_R_TYPE (abfd
, rel
->r_info
);
7983 if (mips16_reloc_p (r_type
))
7984 lo16_type
= R_MIPS16_LO16
;
7985 else if (micromips_reloc_p (r_type
))
7986 lo16_type
= R_MICROMIPS_LO16
;
7987 else if (r_type
== R_MIPS_PCHI16
)
7988 lo16_type
= R_MIPS_PCLO16
;
7990 lo16_type
= R_MIPS_LO16
;
7992 /* The combined value is the sum of the HI16 addend, left-shifted by
7993 sixteen bits, and the LO16 addend, sign extended. (Usually, the
7994 code does a `lui' of the HI16 value, and then an `addiu' of the
7997 Scan ahead to find a matching LO16 relocation.
7999 According to the MIPS ELF ABI, the R_MIPS_LO16 relocation must
8000 be immediately following. However, for the IRIX6 ABI, the next
8001 relocation may be a composed relocation consisting of several
8002 relocations for the same address. In that case, the R_MIPS_LO16
8003 relocation may occur as one of these. We permit a similar
8004 extension in general, as that is useful for GCC.
8006 In some cases GCC dead code elimination removes the LO16 but keeps
8007 the corresponding HI16. This is strictly speaking a violation of
8008 the ABI but not immediately harmful. */
8009 lo16_relocation
= mips_elf_next_relocation (abfd
, lo16_type
, rel
, relend
);
8010 if (lo16_relocation
== NULL
)
8013 /* Obtain the addend kept there. */
8014 lo16_howto
= MIPS_ELF_RTYPE_TO_HOWTO (abfd
, lo16_type
, FALSE
);
8015 l
= mips_elf_read_rel_addend (abfd
, lo16_relocation
, lo16_howto
, contents
);
8017 l
<<= lo16_howto
->rightshift
;
8018 l
= _bfd_mips_elf_sign_extend (l
, 16);
8025 /* Try to read the contents of section SEC in bfd ABFD. Return true and
8026 store the contents in *CONTENTS on success. Assume that *CONTENTS
8027 already holds the contents if it is nonull on entry. */
8030 mips_elf_get_section_contents (bfd
*abfd
, asection
*sec
, bfd_byte
**contents
)
8035 /* Get cached copy if it exists. */
8036 if (elf_section_data (sec
)->this_hdr
.contents
!= NULL
)
8038 *contents
= elf_section_data (sec
)->this_hdr
.contents
;
8042 return bfd_malloc_and_get_section (abfd
, sec
, contents
);
8045 /* Make a new PLT record to keep internal data. */
8047 static struct plt_entry
*
8048 mips_elf_make_plt_record (bfd
*abfd
)
8050 struct plt_entry
*entry
;
8052 entry
= bfd_zalloc (abfd
, sizeof (*entry
));
8056 entry
->stub_offset
= MINUS_ONE
;
8057 entry
->mips_offset
= MINUS_ONE
;
8058 entry
->comp_offset
= MINUS_ONE
;
8059 entry
->gotplt_index
= MINUS_ONE
;
8063 /* Look through the relocs for a section during the first phase, and
8064 allocate space in the global offset table and record the need for
8065 standard MIPS and compressed procedure linkage table entries. */
8068 _bfd_mips_elf_check_relocs (bfd
*abfd
, struct bfd_link_info
*info
,
8069 asection
*sec
, const Elf_Internal_Rela
*relocs
)
8073 Elf_Internal_Shdr
*symtab_hdr
;
8074 struct elf_link_hash_entry
**sym_hashes
;
8076 const Elf_Internal_Rela
*rel
;
8077 const Elf_Internal_Rela
*rel_end
;
8079 const struct elf_backend_data
*bed
;
8080 struct mips_elf_link_hash_table
*htab
;
8083 reloc_howto_type
*howto
;
8085 if (bfd_link_relocatable (info
))
8088 htab
= mips_elf_hash_table (info
);
8089 BFD_ASSERT (htab
!= NULL
);
8091 dynobj
= elf_hash_table (info
)->dynobj
;
8092 symtab_hdr
= &elf_tdata (abfd
)->symtab_hdr
;
8093 sym_hashes
= elf_sym_hashes (abfd
);
8094 extsymoff
= (elf_bad_symtab (abfd
)) ? 0 : symtab_hdr
->sh_info
;
8096 bed
= get_elf_backend_data (abfd
);
8097 rel_end
= relocs
+ sec
->reloc_count
* bed
->s
->int_rels_per_ext_rel
;
8099 /* Check for the mips16 stub sections. */
8101 name
= bfd_get_section_name (abfd
, sec
);
8102 if (FN_STUB_P (name
))
8104 unsigned long r_symndx
;
8106 /* Look at the relocation information to figure out which symbol
8109 r_symndx
= mips16_stub_symndx (bed
, sec
, relocs
, rel_end
);
8113 /* xgettext:c-format */
8114 (_("%B: Warning: cannot determine the target function for"
8115 " stub section `%s'"),
8117 bfd_set_error (bfd_error_bad_value
);
8121 if (r_symndx
< extsymoff
8122 || sym_hashes
[r_symndx
- extsymoff
] == NULL
)
8126 /* This stub is for a local symbol. This stub will only be
8127 needed if there is some relocation in this BFD, other
8128 than a 16 bit function call, which refers to this symbol. */
8129 for (o
= abfd
->sections
; o
!= NULL
; o
= o
->next
)
8131 Elf_Internal_Rela
*sec_relocs
;
8132 const Elf_Internal_Rela
*r
, *rend
;
8134 /* We can ignore stub sections when looking for relocs. */
8135 if ((o
->flags
& SEC_RELOC
) == 0
8136 || o
->reloc_count
== 0
8137 || section_allows_mips16_refs_p (o
))
8141 = _bfd_elf_link_read_relocs (abfd
, o
, NULL
, NULL
,
8143 if (sec_relocs
== NULL
)
8146 rend
= sec_relocs
+ o
->reloc_count
;
8147 for (r
= sec_relocs
; r
< rend
; r
++)
8148 if (ELF_R_SYM (abfd
, r
->r_info
) == r_symndx
8149 && !mips16_call_reloc_p (ELF_R_TYPE (abfd
, r
->r_info
)))
8152 if (elf_section_data (o
)->relocs
!= sec_relocs
)
8161 /* There is no non-call reloc for this stub, so we do
8162 not need it. Since this function is called before
8163 the linker maps input sections to output sections, we
8164 can easily discard it by setting the SEC_EXCLUDE
8166 sec
->flags
|= SEC_EXCLUDE
;
8170 /* Record this stub in an array of local symbol stubs for
8172 if (mips_elf_tdata (abfd
)->local_stubs
== NULL
)
8174 unsigned long symcount
;
8178 if (elf_bad_symtab (abfd
))
8179 symcount
= NUM_SHDR_ENTRIES (symtab_hdr
);
8181 symcount
= symtab_hdr
->sh_info
;
8182 amt
= symcount
* sizeof (asection
*);
8183 n
= bfd_zalloc (abfd
, amt
);
8186 mips_elf_tdata (abfd
)->local_stubs
= n
;
8189 sec
->flags
|= SEC_KEEP
;
8190 mips_elf_tdata (abfd
)->local_stubs
[r_symndx
] = sec
;
8192 /* We don't need to set mips16_stubs_seen in this case.
8193 That flag is used to see whether we need to look through
8194 the global symbol table for stubs. We don't need to set
8195 it here, because we just have a local stub. */
8199 struct mips_elf_link_hash_entry
*h
;
8201 h
= ((struct mips_elf_link_hash_entry
*)
8202 sym_hashes
[r_symndx
- extsymoff
]);
8204 while (h
->root
.root
.type
== bfd_link_hash_indirect
8205 || h
->root
.root
.type
== bfd_link_hash_warning
)
8206 h
= (struct mips_elf_link_hash_entry
*) h
->root
.root
.u
.i
.link
;
8208 /* H is the symbol this stub is for. */
8210 /* If we already have an appropriate stub for this function, we
8211 don't need another one, so we can discard this one. Since
8212 this function is called before the linker maps input sections
8213 to output sections, we can easily discard it by setting the
8214 SEC_EXCLUDE flag. */
8215 if (h
->fn_stub
!= NULL
)
8217 sec
->flags
|= SEC_EXCLUDE
;
8221 sec
->flags
|= SEC_KEEP
;
8223 mips_elf_hash_table (info
)->mips16_stubs_seen
= TRUE
;
8226 else if (CALL_STUB_P (name
) || CALL_FP_STUB_P (name
))
8228 unsigned long r_symndx
;
8229 struct mips_elf_link_hash_entry
*h
;
8232 /* Look at the relocation information to figure out which symbol
8235 r_symndx
= mips16_stub_symndx (bed
, sec
, relocs
, rel_end
);
8239 /* xgettext:c-format */
8240 (_("%B: Warning: cannot determine the target function for"
8241 " stub section `%s'"),
8243 bfd_set_error (bfd_error_bad_value
);
8247 if (r_symndx
< extsymoff
8248 || sym_hashes
[r_symndx
- extsymoff
] == NULL
)
8252 /* This stub is for a local symbol. This stub will only be
8253 needed if there is some relocation (R_MIPS16_26) in this BFD
8254 that refers to this symbol. */
8255 for (o
= abfd
->sections
; o
!= NULL
; o
= o
->next
)
8257 Elf_Internal_Rela
*sec_relocs
;
8258 const Elf_Internal_Rela
*r
, *rend
;
8260 /* We can ignore stub sections when looking for relocs. */
8261 if ((o
->flags
& SEC_RELOC
) == 0
8262 || o
->reloc_count
== 0
8263 || section_allows_mips16_refs_p (o
))
8267 = _bfd_elf_link_read_relocs (abfd
, o
, NULL
, NULL
,
8269 if (sec_relocs
== NULL
)
8272 rend
= sec_relocs
+ o
->reloc_count
;
8273 for (r
= sec_relocs
; r
< rend
; r
++)
8274 if (ELF_R_SYM (abfd
, r
->r_info
) == r_symndx
8275 && ELF_R_TYPE (abfd
, r
->r_info
) == R_MIPS16_26
)
8278 if (elf_section_data (o
)->relocs
!= sec_relocs
)
8287 /* There is no non-call reloc for this stub, so we do
8288 not need it. Since this function is called before
8289 the linker maps input sections to output sections, we
8290 can easily discard it by setting the SEC_EXCLUDE
8292 sec
->flags
|= SEC_EXCLUDE
;
8296 /* Record this stub in an array of local symbol call_stubs for
8298 if (mips_elf_tdata (abfd
)->local_call_stubs
== NULL
)
8300 unsigned long symcount
;
8304 if (elf_bad_symtab (abfd
))
8305 symcount
= NUM_SHDR_ENTRIES (symtab_hdr
);
8307 symcount
= symtab_hdr
->sh_info
;
8308 amt
= symcount
* sizeof (asection
*);
8309 n
= bfd_zalloc (abfd
, amt
);
8312 mips_elf_tdata (abfd
)->local_call_stubs
= n
;
8315 sec
->flags
|= SEC_KEEP
;
8316 mips_elf_tdata (abfd
)->local_call_stubs
[r_symndx
] = sec
;
8318 /* We don't need to set mips16_stubs_seen in this case.
8319 That flag is used to see whether we need to look through
8320 the global symbol table for stubs. We don't need to set
8321 it here, because we just have a local stub. */
8325 h
= ((struct mips_elf_link_hash_entry
*)
8326 sym_hashes
[r_symndx
- extsymoff
]);
8328 /* H is the symbol this stub is for. */
8330 if (CALL_FP_STUB_P (name
))
8331 loc
= &h
->call_fp_stub
;
8333 loc
= &h
->call_stub
;
8335 /* If we already have an appropriate stub for this function, we
8336 don't need another one, so we can discard this one. Since
8337 this function is called before the linker maps input sections
8338 to output sections, we can easily discard it by setting the
8339 SEC_EXCLUDE flag. */
8342 sec
->flags
|= SEC_EXCLUDE
;
8346 sec
->flags
|= SEC_KEEP
;
8348 mips_elf_hash_table (info
)->mips16_stubs_seen
= TRUE
;
8354 for (rel
= relocs
; rel
< rel_end
; ++rel
)
8356 unsigned long r_symndx
;
8357 unsigned int r_type
;
8358 struct elf_link_hash_entry
*h
;
8359 bfd_boolean can_make_dynamic_p
;
8360 bfd_boolean call_reloc_p
;
8361 bfd_boolean constrain_symbol_p
;
8363 r_symndx
= ELF_R_SYM (abfd
, rel
->r_info
);
8364 r_type
= ELF_R_TYPE (abfd
, rel
->r_info
);
8366 if (r_symndx
< extsymoff
)
8368 else if (r_symndx
>= extsymoff
+ NUM_SHDR_ENTRIES (symtab_hdr
))
8371 /* xgettext:c-format */
8372 (_("%B: Malformed reloc detected for section %s"),
8374 bfd_set_error (bfd_error_bad_value
);
8379 h
= sym_hashes
[r_symndx
- extsymoff
];
8382 while (h
->root
.type
== bfd_link_hash_indirect
8383 || h
->root
.type
== bfd_link_hash_warning
)
8384 h
= (struct elf_link_hash_entry
*) h
->root
.u
.i
.link
;
8386 /* PR15323, ref flags aren't set for references in the
8388 h
->root
.non_ir_ref
= 1;
8392 /* Set CAN_MAKE_DYNAMIC_P to true if we can convert this
8393 relocation into a dynamic one. */
8394 can_make_dynamic_p
= FALSE
;
8396 /* Set CALL_RELOC_P to true if the relocation is for a call,
8397 and if pointer equality therefore doesn't matter. */
8398 call_reloc_p
= FALSE
;
8400 /* Set CONSTRAIN_SYMBOL_P if we need to take the relocation
8401 into account when deciding how to define the symbol.
8402 Relocations in nonallocatable sections such as .pdr and
8403 .debug* should have no effect. */
8404 constrain_symbol_p
= ((sec
->flags
& SEC_ALLOC
) != 0);
8409 case R_MIPS_CALL_HI16
:
8410 case R_MIPS_CALL_LO16
:
8411 case R_MIPS16_CALL16
:
8412 case R_MICROMIPS_CALL16
:
8413 case R_MICROMIPS_CALL_HI16
:
8414 case R_MICROMIPS_CALL_LO16
:
8415 call_reloc_p
= TRUE
;
8419 case R_MIPS_GOT_HI16
:
8420 case R_MIPS_GOT_LO16
:
8421 case R_MIPS_GOT_PAGE
:
8422 case R_MIPS_GOT_OFST
:
8423 case R_MIPS_GOT_DISP
:
8424 case R_MIPS_TLS_GOTTPREL
:
8426 case R_MIPS_TLS_LDM
:
8427 case R_MIPS16_GOT16
:
8428 case R_MIPS16_TLS_GOTTPREL
:
8429 case R_MIPS16_TLS_GD
:
8430 case R_MIPS16_TLS_LDM
:
8431 case R_MICROMIPS_GOT16
:
8432 case R_MICROMIPS_GOT_HI16
:
8433 case R_MICROMIPS_GOT_LO16
:
8434 case R_MICROMIPS_GOT_PAGE
:
8435 case R_MICROMIPS_GOT_OFST
:
8436 case R_MICROMIPS_GOT_DISP
:
8437 case R_MICROMIPS_TLS_GOTTPREL
:
8438 case R_MICROMIPS_TLS_GD
:
8439 case R_MICROMIPS_TLS_LDM
:
8441 elf_hash_table (info
)->dynobj
= dynobj
= abfd
;
8442 if (!mips_elf_create_got_section (dynobj
, info
))
8444 if (htab
->is_vxworks
&& !bfd_link_pic (info
))
8447 /* xgettext:c-format */
8448 (_("%B: GOT reloc at 0x%lx not expected in executables"),
8449 abfd
, (unsigned long) rel
->r_offset
);
8450 bfd_set_error (bfd_error_bad_value
);
8453 can_make_dynamic_p
= TRUE
;
8458 case R_MICROMIPS_JALR
:
8459 /* These relocations have empty fields and are purely there to
8460 provide link information. The symbol value doesn't matter. */
8461 constrain_symbol_p
= FALSE
;
8464 case R_MIPS_GPREL16
:
8465 case R_MIPS_GPREL32
:
8466 case R_MIPS16_GPREL
:
8467 case R_MICROMIPS_GPREL16
:
8468 /* GP-relative relocations always resolve to a definition in a
8469 regular input file, ignoring the one-definition rule. This is
8470 important for the GP setup sequence in NewABI code, which
8471 always resolves to a local function even if other relocations
8472 against the symbol wouldn't. */
8473 constrain_symbol_p
= FALSE
;
8479 /* In VxWorks executables, references to external symbols
8480 must be handled using copy relocs or PLT entries; it is not
8481 possible to convert this relocation into a dynamic one.
8483 For executables that use PLTs and copy-relocs, we have a
8484 choice between converting the relocation into a dynamic
8485 one or using copy relocations or PLT entries. It is
8486 usually better to do the former, unless the relocation is
8487 against a read-only section. */
8488 if ((bfd_link_pic (info
)
8490 && !htab
->is_vxworks
8491 && strcmp (h
->root
.root
.string
, "__gnu_local_gp") != 0
8492 && !(!info
->nocopyreloc
8493 && !PIC_OBJECT_P (abfd
)
8494 && MIPS_ELF_READONLY_SECTION (sec
))))
8495 && (sec
->flags
& SEC_ALLOC
) != 0)
8497 can_make_dynamic_p
= TRUE
;
8499 elf_hash_table (info
)->dynobj
= dynobj
= abfd
;
8505 case R_MIPS_PC21_S2
:
8506 case R_MIPS_PC26_S2
:
8508 case R_MIPS16_PC16_S1
:
8509 case R_MICROMIPS_26_S1
:
8510 case R_MICROMIPS_PC7_S1
:
8511 case R_MICROMIPS_PC10_S1
:
8512 case R_MICROMIPS_PC16_S1
:
8513 case R_MICROMIPS_PC23_S2
:
8514 call_reloc_p
= TRUE
;
8520 if (constrain_symbol_p
)
8522 if (!can_make_dynamic_p
)
8523 ((struct mips_elf_link_hash_entry
*) h
)->has_static_relocs
= 1;
8526 h
->pointer_equality_needed
= 1;
8528 /* We must not create a stub for a symbol that has
8529 relocations related to taking the function's address.
8530 This doesn't apply to VxWorks, where CALL relocs refer
8531 to a .got.plt entry instead of a normal .got entry. */
8532 if (!htab
->is_vxworks
&& (!can_make_dynamic_p
|| !call_reloc_p
))
8533 ((struct mips_elf_link_hash_entry
*) h
)->no_fn_stub
= TRUE
;
8536 /* Relocations against the special VxWorks __GOTT_BASE__ and
8537 __GOTT_INDEX__ symbols must be left to the loader. Allocate
8538 room for them in .rela.dyn. */
8539 if (is_gott_symbol (info
, h
))
8543 sreloc
= mips_elf_rel_dyn_section (info
, TRUE
);
8547 mips_elf_allocate_dynamic_relocations (dynobj
, info
, 1);
8548 if (MIPS_ELF_READONLY_SECTION (sec
))
8549 /* We tell the dynamic linker that there are
8550 relocations against the text segment. */
8551 info
->flags
|= DF_TEXTREL
;
8554 else if (call_lo16_reloc_p (r_type
)
8555 || got_lo16_reloc_p (r_type
)
8556 || got_disp_reloc_p (r_type
)
8557 || (got16_reloc_p (r_type
) && htab
->is_vxworks
))
8559 /* We may need a local GOT entry for this relocation. We
8560 don't count R_MIPS_GOT_PAGE because we can estimate the
8561 maximum number of pages needed by looking at the size of
8562 the segment. Similar comments apply to R_MIPS*_GOT16 and
8563 R_MIPS*_CALL16, except on VxWorks, where GOT relocations
8564 always evaluate to "G". We don't count R_MIPS_GOT_HI16, or
8565 R_MIPS_CALL_HI16 because these are always followed by an
8566 R_MIPS_GOT_LO16 or R_MIPS_CALL_LO16. */
8567 if (!mips_elf_record_local_got_symbol (abfd
, r_symndx
,
8568 rel
->r_addend
, info
, r_type
))
8573 && mips_elf_relocation_needs_la25_stub (abfd
, r_type
,
8574 ELF_ST_IS_MIPS16 (h
->other
)))
8575 ((struct mips_elf_link_hash_entry
*) h
)->has_nonpic_branches
= TRUE
;
8580 case R_MIPS16_CALL16
:
8581 case R_MICROMIPS_CALL16
:
8585 /* xgettext:c-format */
8586 (_("%B: CALL16 reloc at 0x%lx not against global symbol"),
8587 abfd
, (unsigned long) rel
->r_offset
);
8588 bfd_set_error (bfd_error_bad_value
);
8593 case R_MIPS_CALL_HI16
:
8594 case R_MIPS_CALL_LO16
:
8595 case R_MICROMIPS_CALL_HI16
:
8596 case R_MICROMIPS_CALL_LO16
:
8599 /* Make sure there is room in the regular GOT to hold the
8600 function's address. We may eliminate it in favour of
8601 a .got.plt entry later; see mips_elf_count_got_symbols. */
8602 if (!mips_elf_record_global_got_symbol (h
, abfd
, info
, TRUE
,
8606 /* We need a stub, not a plt entry for the undefined
8607 function. But we record it as if it needs plt. See
8608 _bfd_elf_adjust_dynamic_symbol. */
8614 case R_MIPS_GOT_PAGE
:
8615 case R_MICROMIPS_GOT_PAGE
:
8616 case R_MIPS16_GOT16
:
8618 case R_MIPS_GOT_HI16
:
8619 case R_MIPS_GOT_LO16
:
8620 case R_MICROMIPS_GOT16
:
8621 case R_MICROMIPS_GOT_HI16
:
8622 case R_MICROMIPS_GOT_LO16
:
8623 if (!h
|| got_page_reloc_p (r_type
))
8625 /* This relocation needs (or may need, if h != NULL) a
8626 page entry in the GOT. For R_MIPS_GOT_PAGE we do not
8627 know for sure until we know whether the symbol is
8629 if (mips_elf_rel_relocation_p (abfd
, sec
, relocs
, rel
))
8631 if (!mips_elf_get_section_contents (abfd
, sec
, &contents
))
8633 howto
= MIPS_ELF_RTYPE_TO_HOWTO (abfd
, r_type
, FALSE
);
8634 addend
= mips_elf_read_rel_addend (abfd
, rel
,
8636 if (got16_reloc_p (r_type
))
8637 mips_elf_add_lo16_rel_addend (abfd
, rel
, rel_end
,
8640 addend
<<= howto
->rightshift
;
8643 addend
= rel
->r_addend
;
8644 if (!mips_elf_record_got_page_ref (info
, abfd
, r_symndx
,
8650 struct mips_elf_link_hash_entry
*hmips
=
8651 (struct mips_elf_link_hash_entry
*) h
;
8653 /* This symbol is definitely not overridable. */
8654 if (hmips
->root
.def_regular
8655 && ! (bfd_link_pic (info
) && ! info
->symbolic
8656 && ! hmips
->root
.forced_local
))
8660 /* If this is a global, overridable symbol, GOT_PAGE will
8661 decay to GOT_DISP, so we'll need a GOT entry for it. */
8664 case R_MIPS_GOT_DISP
:
8665 case R_MICROMIPS_GOT_DISP
:
8666 if (h
&& !mips_elf_record_global_got_symbol (h
, abfd
, info
,
8671 case R_MIPS_TLS_GOTTPREL
:
8672 case R_MIPS16_TLS_GOTTPREL
:
8673 case R_MICROMIPS_TLS_GOTTPREL
:
8674 if (bfd_link_pic (info
))
8675 info
->flags
|= DF_STATIC_TLS
;
8678 case R_MIPS_TLS_LDM
:
8679 case R_MIPS16_TLS_LDM
:
8680 case R_MICROMIPS_TLS_LDM
:
8681 if (tls_ldm_reloc_p (r_type
))
8683 r_symndx
= STN_UNDEF
;
8689 case R_MIPS16_TLS_GD
:
8690 case R_MICROMIPS_TLS_GD
:
8691 /* This symbol requires a global offset table entry, or two
8692 for TLS GD relocations. */
8695 if (!mips_elf_record_global_got_symbol (h
, abfd
, info
,
8701 if (!mips_elf_record_local_got_symbol (abfd
, r_symndx
,
8711 /* In VxWorks executables, references to external symbols
8712 are handled using copy relocs or PLT stubs, so there's
8713 no need to add a .rela.dyn entry for this relocation. */
8714 if (can_make_dynamic_p
)
8718 sreloc
= mips_elf_rel_dyn_section (info
, TRUE
);
8722 if (bfd_link_pic (info
) && h
== NULL
)
8724 /* When creating a shared object, we must copy these
8725 reloc types into the output file as R_MIPS_REL32
8726 relocs. Make room for this reloc in .rel(a).dyn. */
8727 mips_elf_allocate_dynamic_relocations (dynobj
, info
, 1);
8728 if (MIPS_ELF_READONLY_SECTION (sec
))
8729 /* We tell the dynamic linker that there are
8730 relocations against the text segment. */
8731 info
->flags
|= DF_TEXTREL
;
8735 struct mips_elf_link_hash_entry
*hmips
;
8737 /* For a shared object, we must copy this relocation
8738 unless the symbol turns out to be undefined and
8739 weak with non-default visibility, in which case
8740 it will be left as zero.
8742 We could elide R_MIPS_REL32 for locally binding symbols
8743 in shared libraries, but do not yet do so.
8745 For an executable, we only need to copy this
8746 reloc if the symbol is defined in a dynamic
8748 hmips
= (struct mips_elf_link_hash_entry
*) h
;
8749 ++hmips
->possibly_dynamic_relocs
;
8750 if (MIPS_ELF_READONLY_SECTION (sec
))
8751 /* We need it to tell the dynamic linker if there
8752 are relocations against the text segment. */
8753 hmips
->readonly_reloc
= TRUE
;
8757 if (SGI_COMPAT (abfd
))
8758 mips_elf_hash_table (info
)->compact_rel_size
+=
8759 sizeof (Elf32_External_crinfo
);
8763 case R_MIPS_GPREL16
:
8764 case R_MIPS_LITERAL
:
8765 case R_MIPS_GPREL32
:
8766 case R_MICROMIPS_26_S1
:
8767 case R_MICROMIPS_GPREL16
:
8768 case R_MICROMIPS_LITERAL
:
8769 case R_MICROMIPS_GPREL7_S2
:
8770 if (SGI_COMPAT (abfd
))
8771 mips_elf_hash_table (info
)->compact_rel_size
+=
8772 sizeof (Elf32_External_crinfo
);
8775 /* This relocation describes the C++ object vtable hierarchy.
8776 Reconstruct it for later use during GC. */
8777 case R_MIPS_GNU_VTINHERIT
:
8778 if (!bfd_elf_gc_record_vtinherit (abfd
, sec
, h
, rel
->r_offset
))
8782 /* This relocation describes which C++ vtable entries are actually
8783 used. Record for later use during GC. */
8784 case R_MIPS_GNU_VTENTRY
:
8785 BFD_ASSERT (h
!= NULL
);
8787 && !bfd_elf_gc_record_vtentry (abfd
, sec
, h
, rel
->r_offset
))
8795 /* Record the need for a PLT entry. At this point we don't know
8796 yet if we are going to create a PLT in the first place, but
8797 we only record whether the relocation requires a standard MIPS
8798 or a compressed code entry anyway. If we don't make a PLT after
8799 all, then we'll just ignore these arrangements. Likewise if
8800 a PLT entry is not created because the symbol is satisfied
8803 && (branch_reloc_p (r_type
)
8804 || mips16_branch_reloc_p (r_type
)
8805 || micromips_branch_reloc_p (r_type
))
8806 && !SYMBOL_CALLS_LOCAL (info
, h
))
8808 if (h
->plt
.plist
== NULL
)
8809 h
->plt
.plist
= mips_elf_make_plt_record (abfd
);
8810 if (h
->plt
.plist
== NULL
)
8813 if (branch_reloc_p (r_type
))
8814 h
->plt
.plist
->need_mips
= TRUE
;
8816 h
->plt
.plist
->need_comp
= TRUE
;
8819 /* See if this reloc would need to refer to a MIPS16 hard-float stub,
8820 if there is one. We only need to handle global symbols here;
8821 we decide whether to keep or delete stubs for local symbols
8822 when processing the stub's relocations. */
8824 && !mips16_call_reloc_p (r_type
)
8825 && !section_allows_mips16_refs_p (sec
))
8827 struct mips_elf_link_hash_entry
*mh
;
8829 mh
= (struct mips_elf_link_hash_entry
*) h
;
8830 mh
->need_fn_stub
= TRUE
;
8833 /* Refuse some position-dependent relocations when creating a
8834 shared library. Do not refuse R_MIPS_32 / R_MIPS_64; they're
8835 not PIC, but we can create dynamic relocations and the result
8836 will be fine. Also do not refuse R_MIPS_LO16, which can be
8837 combined with R_MIPS_GOT16. */
8838 if (bfd_link_pic (info
))
8845 case R_MIPS_HIGHEST
:
8846 case R_MICROMIPS_HI16
:
8847 case R_MICROMIPS_HIGHER
:
8848 case R_MICROMIPS_HIGHEST
:
8849 /* Don't refuse a high part relocation if it's against
8850 no symbol (e.g. part of a compound relocation). */
8851 if (r_symndx
== STN_UNDEF
)
8854 /* R_MIPS_HI16 against _gp_disp is used for $gp setup,
8855 and has a special meaning. */
8856 if (!NEWABI_P (abfd
) && h
!= NULL
8857 && strcmp (h
->root
.root
.string
, "_gp_disp") == 0)
8860 /* Likewise __GOTT_BASE__ and __GOTT_INDEX__ on VxWorks. */
8861 if (is_gott_symbol (info
, h
))
8868 case R_MICROMIPS_26_S1
:
8869 howto
= MIPS_ELF_RTYPE_TO_HOWTO (abfd
, r_type
, FALSE
);
8871 /* xgettext:c-format */
8872 (_("%B: relocation %s against `%s' can not be used when making a shared object; recompile with -fPIC"),
8874 (h
) ? h
->root
.root
.string
: "a local symbol");
8875 bfd_set_error (bfd_error_bad_value
);
8887 _bfd_mips_relax_section (bfd
*abfd
, asection
*sec
,
8888 struct bfd_link_info
*link_info
,
8891 Elf_Internal_Rela
*internal_relocs
;
8892 Elf_Internal_Rela
*irel
, *irelend
;
8893 Elf_Internal_Shdr
*symtab_hdr
;
8894 bfd_byte
*contents
= NULL
;
8896 bfd_boolean changed_contents
= FALSE
;
8897 bfd_vma sec_start
= sec
->output_section
->vma
+ sec
->output_offset
;
8898 Elf_Internal_Sym
*isymbuf
= NULL
;
8900 /* We are not currently changing any sizes, so only one pass. */
8903 if (bfd_link_relocatable (link_info
))
8906 internal_relocs
= _bfd_elf_link_read_relocs (abfd
, sec
, NULL
, NULL
,
8907 link_info
->keep_memory
);
8908 if (internal_relocs
== NULL
)
8911 irelend
= internal_relocs
+ sec
->reloc_count
8912 * get_elf_backend_data (abfd
)->s
->int_rels_per_ext_rel
;
8913 symtab_hdr
= &elf_tdata (abfd
)->symtab_hdr
;
8914 extsymoff
= (elf_bad_symtab (abfd
)) ? 0 : symtab_hdr
->sh_info
;
8916 for (irel
= internal_relocs
; irel
< irelend
; irel
++)
8919 bfd_signed_vma sym_offset
;
8920 unsigned int r_type
;
8921 unsigned long r_symndx
;
8923 unsigned long instruction
;
8925 /* Turn jalr into bgezal, and jr into beq, if they're marked
8926 with a JALR relocation, that indicate where they jump to.
8927 This saves some pipeline bubbles. */
8928 r_type
= ELF_R_TYPE (abfd
, irel
->r_info
);
8929 if (r_type
!= R_MIPS_JALR
)
8932 r_symndx
= ELF_R_SYM (abfd
, irel
->r_info
);
8933 /* Compute the address of the jump target. */
8934 if (r_symndx
>= extsymoff
)
8936 struct mips_elf_link_hash_entry
*h
8937 = ((struct mips_elf_link_hash_entry
*)
8938 elf_sym_hashes (abfd
) [r_symndx
- extsymoff
]);
8940 while (h
->root
.root
.type
== bfd_link_hash_indirect
8941 || h
->root
.root
.type
== bfd_link_hash_warning
)
8942 h
= (struct mips_elf_link_hash_entry
*) h
->root
.root
.u
.i
.link
;
8944 /* If a symbol is undefined, or if it may be overridden,
8946 if (! ((h
->root
.root
.type
== bfd_link_hash_defined
8947 || h
->root
.root
.type
== bfd_link_hash_defweak
)
8948 && h
->root
.root
.u
.def
.section
)
8949 || (bfd_link_pic (link_info
) && ! link_info
->symbolic
8950 && !h
->root
.forced_local
))
8953 sym_sec
= h
->root
.root
.u
.def
.section
;
8954 if (sym_sec
->output_section
)
8955 symval
= (h
->root
.root
.u
.def
.value
8956 + sym_sec
->output_section
->vma
8957 + sym_sec
->output_offset
);
8959 symval
= h
->root
.root
.u
.def
.value
;
8963 Elf_Internal_Sym
*isym
;
8965 /* Read this BFD's symbols if we haven't done so already. */
8966 if (isymbuf
== NULL
&& symtab_hdr
->sh_info
!= 0)
8968 isymbuf
= (Elf_Internal_Sym
*) symtab_hdr
->contents
;
8969 if (isymbuf
== NULL
)
8970 isymbuf
= bfd_elf_get_elf_syms (abfd
, symtab_hdr
,
8971 symtab_hdr
->sh_info
, 0,
8973 if (isymbuf
== NULL
)
8977 isym
= isymbuf
+ r_symndx
;
8978 if (isym
->st_shndx
== SHN_UNDEF
)
8980 else if (isym
->st_shndx
== SHN_ABS
)
8981 sym_sec
= bfd_abs_section_ptr
;
8982 else if (isym
->st_shndx
== SHN_COMMON
)
8983 sym_sec
= bfd_com_section_ptr
;
8986 = bfd_section_from_elf_index (abfd
, isym
->st_shndx
);
8987 symval
= isym
->st_value
8988 + sym_sec
->output_section
->vma
8989 + sym_sec
->output_offset
;
8992 /* Compute branch offset, from delay slot of the jump to the
8994 sym_offset
= (symval
+ irel
->r_addend
)
8995 - (sec_start
+ irel
->r_offset
+ 4);
8997 /* Branch offset must be properly aligned. */
8998 if ((sym_offset
& 3) != 0)
9003 /* Check that it's in range. */
9004 if (sym_offset
< -0x8000 || sym_offset
>= 0x8000)
9007 /* Get the section contents if we haven't done so already. */
9008 if (!mips_elf_get_section_contents (abfd
, sec
, &contents
))
9011 instruction
= bfd_get_32 (abfd
, contents
+ irel
->r_offset
);
9013 /* If it was jalr <reg>, turn it into bgezal $zero, <target>. */
9014 if ((instruction
& 0xfc1fffff) == 0x0000f809)
9015 instruction
= 0x04110000;
9016 /* If it was jr <reg>, turn it into b <target>. */
9017 else if ((instruction
& 0xfc1fffff) == 0x00000008)
9018 instruction
= 0x10000000;
9022 instruction
|= (sym_offset
& 0xffff);
9023 bfd_put_32 (abfd
, instruction
, contents
+ irel
->r_offset
);
9024 changed_contents
= TRUE
;
9027 if (contents
!= NULL
9028 && elf_section_data (sec
)->this_hdr
.contents
!= contents
)
9030 if (!changed_contents
&& !link_info
->keep_memory
)
9034 /* Cache the section contents for elf_link_input_bfd. */
9035 elf_section_data (sec
)->this_hdr
.contents
= contents
;
9041 if (contents
!= NULL
9042 && elf_section_data (sec
)->this_hdr
.contents
!= contents
)
9047 /* Allocate space for global sym dynamic relocs. */
9050 allocate_dynrelocs (struct elf_link_hash_entry
*h
, void *inf
)
9052 struct bfd_link_info
*info
= inf
;
9054 struct mips_elf_link_hash_entry
*hmips
;
9055 struct mips_elf_link_hash_table
*htab
;
9057 htab
= mips_elf_hash_table (info
);
9058 BFD_ASSERT (htab
!= NULL
);
9060 dynobj
= elf_hash_table (info
)->dynobj
;
9061 hmips
= (struct mips_elf_link_hash_entry
*) h
;
9063 /* VxWorks executables are handled elsewhere; we only need to
9064 allocate relocations in shared objects. */
9065 if (htab
->is_vxworks
&& !bfd_link_pic (info
))
9068 /* Ignore indirect symbols. All relocations against such symbols
9069 will be redirected to the target symbol. */
9070 if (h
->root
.type
== bfd_link_hash_indirect
)
9073 /* If this symbol is defined in a dynamic object, or we are creating
9074 a shared library, we will need to copy any R_MIPS_32 or
9075 R_MIPS_REL32 relocs against it into the output file. */
9076 if (! bfd_link_relocatable (info
)
9077 && hmips
->possibly_dynamic_relocs
!= 0
9078 && (h
->root
.type
== bfd_link_hash_defweak
9079 || (!h
->def_regular
&& !ELF_COMMON_DEF_P (h
))
9080 || bfd_link_pic (info
)))
9082 bfd_boolean do_copy
= TRUE
;
9084 if (h
->root
.type
== bfd_link_hash_undefweak
)
9086 /* Do not copy relocations for undefined weak symbols with
9087 non-default visibility. */
9088 if (ELF_ST_VISIBILITY (h
->other
) != STV_DEFAULT
)
9091 /* Make sure undefined weak symbols are output as a dynamic
9093 else if (h
->dynindx
== -1 && !h
->forced_local
)
9095 if (! bfd_elf_link_record_dynamic_symbol (info
, h
))
9102 /* Even though we don't directly need a GOT entry for this symbol,
9103 the SVR4 psABI requires it to have a dynamic symbol table
9104 index greater that DT_MIPS_GOTSYM if there are dynamic
9105 relocations against it.
9107 VxWorks does not enforce the same mapping between the GOT
9108 and the symbol table, so the same requirement does not
9110 if (!htab
->is_vxworks
)
9112 if (hmips
->global_got_area
> GGA_RELOC_ONLY
)
9113 hmips
->global_got_area
= GGA_RELOC_ONLY
;
9114 hmips
->got_only_for_calls
= FALSE
;
9117 mips_elf_allocate_dynamic_relocations
9118 (dynobj
, info
, hmips
->possibly_dynamic_relocs
);
9119 if (hmips
->readonly_reloc
)
9120 /* We tell the dynamic linker that there are relocations
9121 against the text segment. */
9122 info
->flags
|= DF_TEXTREL
;
9129 /* Adjust a symbol defined by a dynamic object and referenced by a
9130 regular object. The current definition is in some section of the
9131 dynamic object, but we're not including those sections. We have to
9132 change the definition to something the rest of the link can
9136 _bfd_mips_elf_adjust_dynamic_symbol (struct bfd_link_info
*info
,
9137 struct elf_link_hash_entry
*h
)
9140 struct mips_elf_link_hash_entry
*hmips
;
9141 struct mips_elf_link_hash_table
*htab
;
9144 htab
= mips_elf_hash_table (info
);
9145 BFD_ASSERT (htab
!= NULL
);
9147 dynobj
= elf_hash_table (info
)->dynobj
;
9148 hmips
= (struct mips_elf_link_hash_entry
*) h
;
9150 /* Make sure we know what is going on here. */
9151 BFD_ASSERT (dynobj
!= NULL
9153 || h
->u
.weakdef
!= NULL
9156 && !h
->def_regular
)));
9158 hmips
= (struct mips_elf_link_hash_entry
*) h
;
9160 /* If there are call relocations against an externally-defined symbol,
9161 see whether we can create a MIPS lazy-binding stub for it. We can
9162 only do this if all references to the function are through call
9163 relocations, and in that case, the traditional lazy-binding stubs
9164 are much more efficient than PLT entries.
9166 Traditional stubs are only available on SVR4 psABI-based systems;
9167 VxWorks always uses PLTs instead. */
9168 if (!htab
->is_vxworks
&& h
->needs_plt
&& !hmips
->no_fn_stub
)
9170 if (! elf_hash_table (info
)->dynamic_sections_created
)
9173 /* If this symbol is not defined in a regular file, then set
9174 the symbol to the stub location. This is required to make
9175 function pointers compare as equal between the normal
9176 executable and the shared library. */
9177 if (!h
->def_regular
)
9179 hmips
->needs_lazy_stub
= TRUE
;
9180 htab
->lazy_stub_count
++;
9184 /* As above, VxWorks requires PLT entries for externally-defined
9185 functions that are only accessed through call relocations.
9187 Both VxWorks and non-VxWorks targets also need PLT entries if there
9188 are static-only relocations against an externally-defined function.
9189 This can technically occur for shared libraries if there are
9190 branches to the symbol, although it is unlikely that this will be
9191 used in practice due to the short ranges involved. It can occur
9192 for any relative or absolute relocation in executables; in that
9193 case, the PLT entry becomes the function's canonical address. */
9194 else if (((h
->needs_plt
&& !hmips
->no_fn_stub
)
9195 || (h
->type
== STT_FUNC
&& hmips
->has_static_relocs
))
9196 && htab
->use_plts_and_copy_relocs
9197 && !SYMBOL_CALLS_LOCAL (info
, h
)
9198 && !(ELF_ST_VISIBILITY (h
->other
) != STV_DEFAULT
9199 && h
->root
.type
== bfd_link_hash_undefweak
))
9201 bfd_boolean micromips_p
= MICROMIPS_P (info
->output_bfd
);
9202 bfd_boolean newabi_p
= NEWABI_P (info
->output_bfd
);
9204 /* If this is the first symbol to need a PLT entry, then make some
9205 basic setup. Also work out PLT entry sizes. We'll need them
9206 for PLT offset calculations. */
9207 if (htab
->plt_mips_offset
+ htab
->plt_comp_offset
== 0)
9209 BFD_ASSERT (htab
->root
.sgotplt
->size
== 0);
9210 BFD_ASSERT (htab
->plt_got_index
== 0);
9212 /* If we're using the PLT additions to the psABI, each PLT
9213 entry is 16 bytes and the PLT0 entry is 32 bytes.
9214 Encourage better cache usage by aligning. We do this
9215 lazily to avoid pessimizing traditional objects. */
9216 if (!htab
->is_vxworks
9217 && !bfd_set_section_alignment (dynobj
, htab
->root
.splt
, 5))
9220 /* Make sure that .got.plt is word-aligned. We do this lazily
9221 for the same reason as above. */
9222 if (!bfd_set_section_alignment (dynobj
, htab
->root
.sgotplt
,
9223 MIPS_ELF_LOG_FILE_ALIGN (dynobj
)))
9226 /* On non-VxWorks targets, the first two entries in .got.plt
9228 if (!htab
->is_vxworks
)
9230 += (get_elf_backend_data (dynobj
)->got_header_size
9231 / MIPS_ELF_GOT_SIZE (dynobj
));
9233 /* On VxWorks, also allocate room for the header's
9234 .rela.plt.unloaded entries. */
9235 if (htab
->is_vxworks
&& !bfd_link_pic (info
))
9236 htab
->srelplt2
->size
+= 2 * sizeof (Elf32_External_Rela
);
9238 /* Now work out the sizes of individual PLT entries. */
9239 if (htab
->is_vxworks
&& bfd_link_pic (info
))
9240 htab
->plt_mips_entry_size
9241 = 4 * ARRAY_SIZE (mips_vxworks_shared_plt_entry
);
9242 else if (htab
->is_vxworks
)
9243 htab
->plt_mips_entry_size
9244 = 4 * ARRAY_SIZE (mips_vxworks_exec_plt_entry
);
9246 htab
->plt_mips_entry_size
9247 = 4 * ARRAY_SIZE (mips_exec_plt_entry
);
9248 else if (!micromips_p
)
9250 htab
->plt_mips_entry_size
9251 = 4 * ARRAY_SIZE (mips_exec_plt_entry
);
9252 htab
->plt_comp_entry_size
9253 = 2 * ARRAY_SIZE (mips16_o32_exec_plt_entry
);
9255 else if (htab
->insn32
)
9257 htab
->plt_mips_entry_size
9258 = 4 * ARRAY_SIZE (mips_exec_plt_entry
);
9259 htab
->plt_comp_entry_size
9260 = 2 * ARRAY_SIZE (micromips_insn32_o32_exec_plt_entry
);
9264 htab
->plt_mips_entry_size
9265 = 4 * ARRAY_SIZE (mips_exec_plt_entry
);
9266 htab
->plt_comp_entry_size
9267 = 2 * ARRAY_SIZE (micromips_o32_exec_plt_entry
);
9271 if (h
->plt
.plist
== NULL
)
9272 h
->plt
.plist
= mips_elf_make_plt_record (dynobj
);
9273 if (h
->plt
.plist
== NULL
)
9276 /* There are no defined MIPS16 or microMIPS PLT entries for VxWorks,
9277 n32 or n64, so always use a standard entry there.
9279 If the symbol has a MIPS16 call stub and gets a PLT entry, then
9280 all MIPS16 calls will go via that stub, and there is no benefit
9281 to having a MIPS16 entry. And in the case of call_stub a
9282 standard entry actually has to be used as the stub ends with a J
9287 || hmips
->call_fp_stub
)
9289 h
->plt
.plist
->need_mips
= TRUE
;
9290 h
->plt
.plist
->need_comp
= FALSE
;
9293 /* Otherwise, if there are no direct calls to the function, we
9294 have a free choice of whether to use standard or compressed
9295 entries. Prefer microMIPS entries if the object is known to
9296 contain microMIPS code, so that it becomes possible to create
9297 pure microMIPS binaries. Prefer standard entries otherwise,
9298 because MIPS16 ones are no smaller and are usually slower. */
9299 if (!h
->plt
.plist
->need_mips
&& !h
->plt
.plist
->need_comp
)
9302 h
->plt
.plist
->need_comp
= TRUE
;
9304 h
->plt
.plist
->need_mips
= TRUE
;
9307 if (h
->plt
.plist
->need_mips
)
9309 h
->plt
.plist
->mips_offset
= htab
->plt_mips_offset
;
9310 htab
->plt_mips_offset
+= htab
->plt_mips_entry_size
;
9312 if (h
->plt
.plist
->need_comp
)
9314 h
->plt
.plist
->comp_offset
= htab
->plt_comp_offset
;
9315 htab
->plt_comp_offset
+= htab
->plt_comp_entry_size
;
9318 /* Reserve the corresponding .got.plt entry now too. */
9319 h
->plt
.plist
->gotplt_index
= htab
->plt_got_index
++;
9321 /* If the output file has no definition of the symbol, set the
9322 symbol's value to the address of the stub. */
9323 if (!bfd_link_pic (info
) && !h
->def_regular
)
9324 hmips
->use_plt_entry
= TRUE
;
9326 /* Make room for the R_MIPS_JUMP_SLOT relocation. */
9327 htab
->root
.srelplt
->size
+= (htab
->is_vxworks
9328 ? MIPS_ELF_RELA_SIZE (dynobj
)
9329 : MIPS_ELF_REL_SIZE (dynobj
));
9331 /* Make room for the .rela.plt.unloaded relocations. */
9332 if (htab
->is_vxworks
&& !bfd_link_pic (info
))
9333 htab
->srelplt2
->size
+= 3 * sizeof (Elf32_External_Rela
);
9335 /* All relocations against this symbol that could have been made
9336 dynamic will now refer to the PLT entry instead. */
9337 hmips
->possibly_dynamic_relocs
= 0;
9342 /* If this is a weak symbol, and there is a real definition, the
9343 processor independent code will have arranged for us to see the
9344 real definition first, and we can just use the same value. */
9345 if (h
->u
.weakdef
!= NULL
)
9347 BFD_ASSERT (h
->u
.weakdef
->root
.type
== bfd_link_hash_defined
9348 || h
->u
.weakdef
->root
.type
== bfd_link_hash_defweak
);
9349 h
->root
.u
.def
.section
= h
->u
.weakdef
->root
.u
.def
.section
;
9350 h
->root
.u
.def
.value
= h
->u
.weakdef
->root
.u
.def
.value
;
9354 /* Otherwise, there is nothing further to do for symbols defined
9355 in regular objects. */
9359 /* There's also nothing more to do if we'll convert all relocations
9360 against this symbol into dynamic relocations. */
9361 if (!hmips
->has_static_relocs
)
9364 /* We're now relying on copy relocations. Complain if we have
9365 some that we can't convert. */
9366 if (!htab
->use_plts_and_copy_relocs
|| bfd_link_pic (info
))
9368 _bfd_error_handler (_("non-dynamic relocations refer to "
9369 "dynamic symbol %s"),
9370 h
->root
.root
.string
);
9371 bfd_set_error (bfd_error_bad_value
);
9375 /* We must allocate the symbol in our .dynbss section, which will
9376 become part of the .bss section of the executable. There will be
9377 an entry for this symbol in the .dynsym section. The dynamic
9378 object will contain position independent code, so all references
9379 from the dynamic object to this symbol will go through the global
9380 offset table. The dynamic linker will use the .dynsym entry to
9381 determine the address it must put in the global offset table, so
9382 both the dynamic object and the regular object will refer to the
9383 same memory location for the variable. */
9385 if ((h
->root
.u
.def
.section
->flags
& SEC_READONLY
) != 0)
9387 s
= htab
->root
.sdynrelro
;
9388 srel
= htab
->root
.sreldynrelro
;
9392 s
= htab
->root
.sdynbss
;
9393 srel
= htab
->root
.srelbss
;
9395 if ((h
->root
.u
.def
.section
->flags
& SEC_ALLOC
) != 0)
9397 if (htab
->is_vxworks
)
9398 srel
->size
+= sizeof (Elf32_External_Rela
);
9400 mips_elf_allocate_dynamic_relocations (dynobj
, info
, 1);
9404 /* All relocations against this symbol that could have been made
9405 dynamic will now refer to the local copy instead. */
9406 hmips
->possibly_dynamic_relocs
= 0;
9408 return _bfd_elf_adjust_dynamic_copy (info
, h
, s
);
9411 /* This function is called after all the input files have been read,
9412 and the input sections have been assigned to output sections. We
9413 check for any mips16 stub sections that we can discard. */
9416 _bfd_mips_elf_always_size_sections (bfd
*output_bfd
,
9417 struct bfd_link_info
*info
)
9420 struct mips_elf_link_hash_table
*htab
;
9421 struct mips_htab_traverse_info hti
;
9423 htab
= mips_elf_hash_table (info
);
9424 BFD_ASSERT (htab
!= NULL
);
9426 /* The .reginfo section has a fixed size. */
9427 sect
= bfd_get_section_by_name (output_bfd
, ".reginfo");
9429 bfd_set_section_size (output_bfd
, sect
, sizeof (Elf32_External_RegInfo
));
9431 /* The .MIPS.abiflags section has a fixed size. */
9432 sect
= bfd_get_section_by_name (output_bfd
, ".MIPS.abiflags");
9434 bfd_set_section_size (output_bfd
, sect
, sizeof (Elf_External_ABIFlags_v0
));
9437 hti
.output_bfd
= output_bfd
;
9439 mips_elf_link_hash_traverse (mips_elf_hash_table (info
),
9440 mips_elf_check_symbols
, &hti
);
9447 /* If the link uses a GOT, lay it out and work out its size. */
9450 mips_elf_lay_out_got (bfd
*output_bfd
, struct bfd_link_info
*info
)
9454 struct mips_got_info
*g
;
9455 bfd_size_type loadable_size
= 0;
9456 bfd_size_type page_gotno
;
9458 struct mips_elf_traverse_got_arg tga
;
9459 struct mips_elf_link_hash_table
*htab
;
9461 htab
= mips_elf_hash_table (info
);
9462 BFD_ASSERT (htab
!= NULL
);
9464 s
= htab
->root
.sgot
;
9468 dynobj
= elf_hash_table (info
)->dynobj
;
9471 /* Allocate room for the reserved entries. VxWorks always reserves
9472 3 entries; other objects only reserve 2 entries. */
9473 BFD_ASSERT (g
->assigned_low_gotno
== 0);
9474 if (htab
->is_vxworks
)
9475 htab
->reserved_gotno
= 3;
9477 htab
->reserved_gotno
= 2;
9478 g
->local_gotno
+= htab
->reserved_gotno
;
9479 g
->assigned_low_gotno
= htab
->reserved_gotno
;
9481 /* Decide which symbols need to go in the global part of the GOT and
9482 count the number of reloc-only GOT symbols. */
9483 mips_elf_link_hash_traverse (htab
, mips_elf_count_got_symbols
, info
);
9485 if (!mips_elf_resolve_final_got_entries (info
, g
))
9488 /* Calculate the total loadable size of the output. That
9489 will give us the maximum number of GOT_PAGE entries
9491 for (ibfd
= info
->input_bfds
; ibfd
; ibfd
= ibfd
->link
.next
)
9493 asection
*subsection
;
9495 for (subsection
= ibfd
->sections
;
9497 subsection
= subsection
->next
)
9499 if ((subsection
->flags
& SEC_ALLOC
) == 0)
9501 loadable_size
+= ((subsection
->size
+ 0xf)
9502 &~ (bfd_size_type
) 0xf);
9506 if (htab
->is_vxworks
)
9507 /* There's no need to allocate page entries for VxWorks; R_MIPS*_GOT16
9508 relocations against local symbols evaluate to "G", and the EABI does
9509 not include R_MIPS_GOT_PAGE. */
9512 /* Assume there are two loadable segments consisting of contiguous
9513 sections. Is 5 enough? */
9514 page_gotno
= (loadable_size
>> 16) + 5;
9516 /* Choose the smaller of the two page estimates; both are intended to be
9518 if (page_gotno
> g
->page_gotno
)
9519 page_gotno
= g
->page_gotno
;
9521 g
->local_gotno
+= page_gotno
;
9522 g
->assigned_high_gotno
= g
->local_gotno
- 1;
9524 s
->size
+= g
->local_gotno
* MIPS_ELF_GOT_SIZE (output_bfd
);
9525 s
->size
+= g
->global_gotno
* MIPS_ELF_GOT_SIZE (output_bfd
);
9526 s
->size
+= g
->tls_gotno
* MIPS_ELF_GOT_SIZE (output_bfd
);
9528 /* VxWorks does not support multiple GOTs. It initializes $gp to
9529 __GOTT_BASE__[__GOTT_INDEX__], the value of which is set by the
9531 if (!htab
->is_vxworks
&& s
->size
> MIPS_ELF_GOT_MAX_SIZE (info
))
9533 if (!mips_elf_multi_got (output_bfd
, info
, s
, page_gotno
))
9538 /* Record that all bfds use G. This also has the effect of freeing
9539 the per-bfd GOTs, which we no longer need. */
9540 for (ibfd
= info
->input_bfds
; ibfd
; ibfd
= ibfd
->link
.next
)
9541 if (mips_elf_bfd_got (ibfd
, FALSE
))
9542 mips_elf_replace_bfd_got (ibfd
, g
);
9543 mips_elf_replace_bfd_got (output_bfd
, g
);
9545 /* Set up TLS entries. */
9546 g
->tls_assigned_gotno
= g
->global_gotno
+ g
->local_gotno
;
9549 tga
.value
= MIPS_ELF_GOT_SIZE (output_bfd
);
9550 htab_traverse (g
->got_entries
, mips_elf_initialize_tls_index
, &tga
);
9553 BFD_ASSERT (g
->tls_assigned_gotno
9554 == g
->global_gotno
+ g
->local_gotno
+ g
->tls_gotno
);
9556 /* Each VxWorks GOT entry needs an explicit relocation. */
9557 if (htab
->is_vxworks
&& bfd_link_pic (info
))
9558 g
->relocs
+= g
->global_gotno
+ g
->local_gotno
- htab
->reserved_gotno
;
9560 /* Allocate room for the TLS relocations. */
9562 mips_elf_allocate_dynamic_relocations (dynobj
, info
, g
->relocs
);
9568 /* Estimate the size of the .MIPS.stubs section. */
9571 mips_elf_estimate_stub_size (bfd
*output_bfd
, struct bfd_link_info
*info
)
9573 struct mips_elf_link_hash_table
*htab
;
9574 bfd_size_type dynsymcount
;
9576 htab
= mips_elf_hash_table (info
);
9577 BFD_ASSERT (htab
!= NULL
);
9579 if (htab
->lazy_stub_count
== 0)
9582 /* IRIX rld assumes that a function stub isn't at the end of the .text
9583 section, so add a dummy entry to the end. */
9584 htab
->lazy_stub_count
++;
9586 /* Get a worst-case estimate of the number of dynamic symbols needed.
9587 At this point, dynsymcount does not account for section symbols
9588 and count_section_dynsyms may overestimate the number that will
9590 dynsymcount
= (elf_hash_table (info
)->dynsymcount
9591 + count_section_dynsyms (output_bfd
, info
));
9593 /* Determine the size of one stub entry. There's no disadvantage
9594 from using microMIPS code here, so for the sake of pure-microMIPS
9595 binaries we prefer it whenever there's any microMIPS code in
9596 output produced at all. This has a benefit of stubs being
9597 shorter by 4 bytes each too, unless in the insn32 mode. */
9598 if (!MICROMIPS_P (output_bfd
))
9599 htab
->function_stub_size
= (dynsymcount
> 0x10000
9600 ? MIPS_FUNCTION_STUB_BIG_SIZE
9601 : MIPS_FUNCTION_STUB_NORMAL_SIZE
);
9602 else if (htab
->insn32
)
9603 htab
->function_stub_size
= (dynsymcount
> 0x10000
9604 ? MICROMIPS_INSN32_FUNCTION_STUB_BIG_SIZE
9605 : MICROMIPS_INSN32_FUNCTION_STUB_NORMAL_SIZE
);
9607 htab
->function_stub_size
= (dynsymcount
> 0x10000
9608 ? MICROMIPS_FUNCTION_STUB_BIG_SIZE
9609 : MICROMIPS_FUNCTION_STUB_NORMAL_SIZE
);
9611 htab
->sstubs
->size
= htab
->lazy_stub_count
* htab
->function_stub_size
;
9614 /* A mips_elf_link_hash_traverse callback for which DATA points to a
9615 mips_htab_traverse_info. If H needs a traditional MIPS lazy-binding
9616 stub, allocate an entry in the stubs section. */
9619 mips_elf_allocate_lazy_stub (struct mips_elf_link_hash_entry
*h
, void *data
)
9621 struct mips_htab_traverse_info
*hti
= data
;
9622 struct mips_elf_link_hash_table
*htab
;
9623 struct bfd_link_info
*info
;
9627 output_bfd
= hti
->output_bfd
;
9628 htab
= mips_elf_hash_table (info
);
9629 BFD_ASSERT (htab
!= NULL
);
9631 if (h
->needs_lazy_stub
)
9633 bfd_boolean micromips_p
= MICROMIPS_P (output_bfd
);
9634 unsigned int other
= micromips_p
? STO_MICROMIPS
: 0;
9635 bfd_vma isa_bit
= micromips_p
;
9637 BFD_ASSERT (htab
->root
.dynobj
!= NULL
);
9638 if (h
->root
.plt
.plist
== NULL
)
9639 h
->root
.plt
.plist
= mips_elf_make_plt_record (htab
->sstubs
->owner
);
9640 if (h
->root
.plt
.plist
== NULL
)
9645 h
->root
.root
.u
.def
.section
= htab
->sstubs
;
9646 h
->root
.root
.u
.def
.value
= htab
->sstubs
->size
+ isa_bit
;
9647 h
->root
.plt
.plist
->stub_offset
= htab
->sstubs
->size
;
9648 h
->root
.other
= other
;
9649 htab
->sstubs
->size
+= htab
->function_stub_size
;
9654 /* Allocate offsets in the stubs section to each symbol that needs one.
9655 Set the final size of the .MIPS.stub section. */
9658 mips_elf_lay_out_lazy_stubs (struct bfd_link_info
*info
)
9660 bfd
*output_bfd
= info
->output_bfd
;
9661 bfd_boolean micromips_p
= MICROMIPS_P (output_bfd
);
9662 unsigned int other
= micromips_p
? STO_MICROMIPS
: 0;
9663 bfd_vma isa_bit
= micromips_p
;
9664 struct mips_elf_link_hash_table
*htab
;
9665 struct mips_htab_traverse_info hti
;
9666 struct elf_link_hash_entry
*h
;
9669 htab
= mips_elf_hash_table (info
);
9670 BFD_ASSERT (htab
!= NULL
);
9672 if (htab
->lazy_stub_count
== 0)
9675 htab
->sstubs
->size
= 0;
9677 hti
.output_bfd
= output_bfd
;
9679 mips_elf_link_hash_traverse (htab
, mips_elf_allocate_lazy_stub
, &hti
);
9682 htab
->sstubs
->size
+= htab
->function_stub_size
;
9683 BFD_ASSERT (htab
->sstubs
->size
9684 == htab
->lazy_stub_count
* htab
->function_stub_size
);
9686 dynobj
= elf_hash_table (info
)->dynobj
;
9687 BFD_ASSERT (dynobj
!= NULL
);
9688 h
= _bfd_elf_define_linkage_sym (dynobj
, info
, htab
->sstubs
, "_MIPS_STUBS_");
9691 h
->root
.u
.def
.value
= isa_bit
;
9698 /* A mips_elf_link_hash_traverse callback for which DATA points to a
9699 bfd_link_info. If H uses the address of a PLT entry as the value
9700 of the symbol, then set the entry in the symbol table now. Prefer
9701 a standard MIPS PLT entry. */
9704 mips_elf_set_plt_sym_value (struct mips_elf_link_hash_entry
*h
, void *data
)
9706 struct bfd_link_info
*info
= data
;
9707 bfd_boolean micromips_p
= MICROMIPS_P (info
->output_bfd
);
9708 struct mips_elf_link_hash_table
*htab
;
9713 htab
= mips_elf_hash_table (info
);
9714 BFD_ASSERT (htab
!= NULL
);
9716 if (h
->use_plt_entry
)
9718 BFD_ASSERT (h
->root
.plt
.plist
!= NULL
);
9719 BFD_ASSERT (h
->root
.plt
.plist
->mips_offset
!= MINUS_ONE
9720 || h
->root
.plt
.plist
->comp_offset
!= MINUS_ONE
);
9722 val
= htab
->plt_header_size
;
9723 if (h
->root
.plt
.plist
->mips_offset
!= MINUS_ONE
)
9726 val
+= h
->root
.plt
.plist
->mips_offset
;
9732 val
+= htab
->plt_mips_offset
+ h
->root
.plt
.plist
->comp_offset
;
9733 other
= micromips_p
? STO_MICROMIPS
: STO_MIPS16
;
9736 /* For VxWorks, point at the PLT load stub rather than the lazy
9737 resolution stub; this stub will become the canonical function
9739 if (htab
->is_vxworks
)
9742 h
->root
.root
.u
.def
.section
= htab
->root
.splt
;
9743 h
->root
.root
.u
.def
.value
= val
;
9744 h
->root
.other
= other
;
9750 /* Set the sizes of the dynamic sections. */
9753 _bfd_mips_elf_size_dynamic_sections (bfd
*output_bfd
,
9754 struct bfd_link_info
*info
)
9757 asection
*s
, *sreldyn
;
9758 bfd_boolean reltext
;
9759 struct mips_elf_link_hash_table
*htab
;
9761 htab
= mips_elf_hash_table (info
);
9762 BFD_ASSERT (htab
!= NULL
);
9763 dynobj
= elf_hash_table (info
)->dynobj
;
9764 BFD_ASSERT (dynobj
!= NULL
);
9766 if (elf_hash_table (info
)->dynamic_sections_created
)
9768 /* Set the contents of the .interp section to the interpreter. */
9769 if (bfd_link_executable (info
) && !info
->nointerp
)
9771 s
= bfd_get_linker_section (dynobj
, ".interp");
9772 BFD_ASSERT (s
!= NULL
);
9774 = strlen (ELF_DYNAMIC_INTERPRETER (output_bfd
)) + 1;
9776 = (bfd_byte
*) ELF_DYNAMIC_INTERPRETER (output_bfd
);
9779 /* Figure out the size of the PLT header if we know that we
9780 are using it. For the sake of cache alignment always use
9781 a standard header whenever any standard entries are present
9782 even if microMIPS entries are present as well. This also
9783 lets the microMIPS header rely on the value of $v0 only set
9784 by microMIPS entries, for a small size reduction.
9786 Set symbol table entry values for symbols that use the
9787 address of their PLT entry now that we can calculate it.
9789 Also create the _PROCEDURE_LINKAGE_TABLE_ symbol if we
9790 haven't already in _bfd_elf_create_dynamic_sections. */
9791 if (htab
->root
.splt
&& htab
->plt_mips_offset
+ htab
->plt_comp_offset
!= 0)
9793 bfd_boolean micromips_p
= (MICROMIPS_P (output_bfd
)
9794 && !htab
->plt_mips_offset
);
9795 unsigned int other
= micromips_p
? STO_MICROMIPS
: 0;
9796 bfd_vma isa_bit
= micromips_p
;
9797 struct elf_link_hash_entry
*h
;
9800 BFD_ASSERT (htab
->use_plts_and_copy_relocs
);
9801 BFD_ASSERT (htab
->root
.sgotplt
->size
== 0);
9802 BFD_ASSERT (htab
->root
.splt
->size
== 0);
9804 if (htab
->is_vxworks
&& bfd_link_pic (info
))
9805 size
= 4 * ARRAY_SIZE (mips_vxworks_shared_plt0_entry
);
9806 else if (htab
->is_vxworks
)
9807 size
= 4 * ARRAY_SIZE (mips_vxworks_exec_plt0_entry
);
9808 else if (ABI_64_P (output_bfd
))
9809 size
= 4 * ARRAY_SIZE (mips_n64_exec_plt0_entry
);
9810 else if (ABI_N32_P (output_bfd
))
9811 size
= 4 * ARRAY_SIZE (mips_n32_exec_plt0_entry
);
9812 else if (!micromips_p
)
9813 size
= 4 * ARRAY_SIZE (mips_o32_exec_plt0_entry
);
9814 else if (htab
->insn32
)
9815 size
= 2 * ARRAY_SIZE (micromips_insn32_o32_exec_plt0_entry
);
9817 size
= 2 * ARRAY_SIZE (micromips_o32_exec_plt0_entry
);
9819 htab
->plt_header_is_comp
= micromips_p
;
9820 htab
->plt_header_size
= size
;
9821 htab
->root
.splt
->size
= (size
9822 + htab
->plt_mips_offset
9823 + htab
->plt_comp_offset
);
9824 htab
->root
.sgotplt
->size
= (htab
->plt_got_index
9825 * MIPS_ELF_GOT_SIZE (dynobj
));
9827 mips_elf_link_hash_traverse (htab
, mips_elf_set_plt_sym_value
, info
);
9829 if (htab
->root
.hplt
== NULL
)
9831 h
= _bfd_elf_define_linkage_sym (dynobj
, info
, htab
->root
.splt
,
9832 "_PROCEDURE_LINKAGE_TABLE_");
9833 htab
->root
.hplt
= h
;
9838 h
= htab
->root
.hplt
;
9839 h
->root
.u
.def
.value
= isa_bit
;
9845 /* Allocate space for global sym dynamic relocs. */
9846 elf_link_hash_traverse (&htab
->root
, allocate_dynrelocs
, info
);
9848 mips_elf_estimate_stub_size (output_bfd
, info
);
9850 if (!mips_elf_lay_out_got (output_bfd
, info
))
9853 mips_elf_lay_out_lazy_stubs (info
);
9855 /* The check_relocs and adjust_dynamic_symbol entry points have
9856 determined the sizes of the various dynamic sections. Allocate
9859 for (s
= dynobj
->sections
; s
!= NULL
; s
= s
->next
)
9863 /* It's OK to base decisions on the section name, because none
9864 of the dynobj section names depend upon the input files. */
9865 name
= bfd_get_section_name (dynobj
, s
);
9867 if ((s
->flags
& SEC_LINKER_CREATED
) == 0)
9870 if (CONST_STRNEQ (name
, ".rel"))
9874 const char *outname
;
9877 /* If this relocation section applies to a read only
9878 section, then we probably need a DT_TEXTREL entry.
9879 If the relocation section is .rel(a).dyn, we always
9880 assert a DT_TEXTREL entry rather than testing whether
9881 there exists a relocation to a read only section or
9883 outname
= bfd_get_section_name (output_bfd
,
9885 target
= bfd_get_section_by_name (output_bfd
, outname
+ 4);
9887 && (target
->flags
& SEC_READONLY
) != 0
9888 && (target
->flags
& SEC_ALLOC
) != 0)
9889 || strcmp (outname
, MIPS_ELF_REL_DYN_NAME (info
)) == 0)
9892 /* We use the reloc_count field as a counter if we need
9893 to copy relocs into the output file. */
9894 if (strcmp (name
, MIPS_ELF_REL_DYN_NAME (info
)) != 0)
9897 /* If combreloc is enabled, elf_link_sort_relocs() will
9898 sort relocations, but in a different way than we do,
9899 and before we're done creating relocations. Also, it
9900 will move them around between input sections'
9901 relocation's contents, so our sorting would be
9902 broken, so don't let it run. */
9903 info
->combreloc
= 0;
9906 else if (bfd_link_executable (info
)
9907 && ! mips_elf_hash_table (info
)->use_rld_obj_head
9908 && CONST_STRNEQ (name
, ".rld_map"))
9910 /* We add a room for __rld_map. It will be filled in by the
9911 rtld to contain a pointer to the _r_debug structure. */
9912 s
->size
+= MIPS_ELF_RLD_MAP_SIZE (output_bfd
);
9914 else if (SGI_COMPAT (output_bfd
)
9915 && CONST_STRNEQ (name
, ".compact_rel"))
9916 s
->size
+= mips_elf_hash_table (info
)->compact_rel_size
;
9917 else if (s
== htab
->root
.splt
)
9919 /* If the last PLT entry has a branch delay slot, allocate
9920 room for an extra nop to fill the delay slot. This is
9921 for CPUs without load interlocking. */
9922 if (! LOAD_INTERLOCKS_P (output_bfd
)
9923 && ! htab
->is_vxworks
&& s
->size
> 0)
9926 else if (! CONST_STRNEQ (name
, ".init")
9927 && s
!= htab
->root
.sgot
9928 && s
!= htab
->root
.sgotplt
9929 && s
!= htab
->sstubs
9930 && s
!= htab
->root
.sdynbss
9931 && s
!= htab
->root
.sdynrelro
)
9933 /* It's not one of our sections, so don't allocate space. */
9939 s
->flags
|= SEC_EXCLUDE
;
9943 if ((s
->flags
& SEC_HAS_CONTENTS
) == 0)
9946 /* Allocate memory for the section contents. */
9947 s
->contents
= bfd_zalloc (dynobj
, s
->size
);
9948 if (s
->contents
== NULL
)
9950 bfd_set_error (bfd_error_no_memory
);
9955 if (elf_hash_table (info
)->dynamic_sections_created
)
9957 /* Add some entries to the .dynamic section. We fill in the
9958 values later, in _bfd_mips_elf_finish_dynamic_sections, but we
9959 must add the entries now so that we get the correct size for
9960 the .dynamic section. */
9962 /* SGI object has the equivalence of DT_DEBUG in the
9963 DT_MIPS_RLD_MAP entry. This must come first because glibc
9964 only fills in DT_MIPS_RLD_MAP (not DT_DEBUG) and some tools
9965 may only look at the first one they see. */
9966 if (!bfd_link_pic (info
)
9967 && !MIPS_ELF_ADD_DYNAMIC_ENTRY (info
, DT_MIPS_RLD_MAP
, 0))
9970 if (bfd_link_executable (info
)
9971 && !MIPS_ELF_ADD_DYNAMIC_ENTRY (info
, DT_MIPS_RLD_MAP_REL
, 0))
9974 /* The DT_DEBUG entry may be filled in by the dynamic linker and
9975 used by the debugger. */
9976 if (bfd_link_executable (info
)
9977 && !SGI_COMPAT (output_bfd
)
9978 && !MIPS_ELF_ADD_DYNAMIC_ENTRY (info
, DT_DEBUG
, 0))
9981 if (reltext
&& (SGI_COMPAT (output_bfd
) || htab
->is_vxworks
))
9982 info
->flags
|= DF_TEXTREL
;
9984 if ((info
->flags
& DF_TEXTREL
) != 0)
9986 if (! MIPS_ELF_ADD_DYNAMIC_ENTRY (info
, DT_TEXTREL
, 0))
9989 /* Clear the DF_TEXTREL flag. It will be set again if we
9990 write out an actual text relocation; we may not, because
9991 at this point we do not know whether e.g. any .eh_frame
9992 absolute relocations have been converted to PC-relative. */
9993 info
->flags
&= ~DF_TEXTREL
;
9996 if (! MIPS_ELF_ADD_DYNAMIC_ENTRY (info
, DT_PLTGOT
, 0))
9999 sreldyn
= mips_elf_rel_dyn_section (info
, FALSE
);
10000 if (htab
->is_vxworks
)
10002 /* VxWorks uses .rela.dyn instead of .rel.dyn. It does not
10003 use any of the DT_MIPS_* tags. */
10004 if (sreldyn
&& sreldyn
->size
> 0)
10006 if (! MIPS_ELF_ADD_DYNAMIC_ENTRY (info
, DT_RELA
, 0))
10009 if (! MIPS_ELF_ADD_DYNAMIC_ENTRY (info
, DT_RELASZ
, 0))
10012 if (! MIPS_ELF_ADD_DYNAMIC_ENTRY (info
, DT_RELAENT
, 0))
10018 if (sreldyn
&& sreldyn
->size
> 0)
10020 if (! MIPS_ELF_ADD_DYNAMIC_ENTRY (info
, DT_REL
, 0))
10023 if (! MIPS_ELF_ADD_DYNAMIC_ENTRY (info
, DT_RELSZ
, 0))
10026 if (! MIPS_ELF_ADD_DYNAMIC_ENTRY (info
, DT_RELENT
, 0))
10030 if (! MIPS_ELF_ADD_DYNAMIC_ENTRY (info
, DT_MIPS_RLD_VERSION
, 0))
10033 if (! MIPS_ELF_ADD_DYNAMIC_ENTRY (info
, DT_MIPS_FLAGS
, 0))
10036 if (! MIPS_ELF_ADD_DYNAMIC_ENTRY (info
, DT_MIPS_BASE_ADDRESS
, 0))
10039 if (! MIPS_ELF_ADD_DYNAMIC_ENTRY (info
, DT_MIPS_LOCAL_GOTNO
, 0))
10042 if (! MIPS_ELF_ADD_DYNAMIC_ENTRY (info
, DT_MIPS_SYMTABNO
, 0))
10045 if (! MIPS_ELF_ADD_DYNAMIC_ENTRY (info
, DT_MIPS_UNREFEXTNO
, 0))
10048 if (! MIPS_ELF_ADD_DYNAMIC_ENTRY (info
, DT_MIPS_GOTSYM
, 0))
10051 if (IRIX_COMPAT (dynobj
) == ict_irix5
10052 && ! MIPS_ELF_ADD_DYNAMIC_ENTRY (info
, DT_MIPS_HIPAGENO
, 0))
10055 if (IRIX_COMPAT (dynobj
) == ict_irix6
10056 && (bfd_get_section_by_name
10057 (output_bfd
, MIPS_ELF_OPTIONS_SECTION_NAME (dynobj
)))
10058 && !MIPS_ELF_ADD_DYNAMIC_ENTRY (info
, DT_MIPS_OPTIONS
, 0))
10061 if (htab
->root
.splt
->size
> 0)
10063 if (! MIPS_ELF_ADD_DYNAMIC_ENTRY (info
, DT_PLTREL
, 0))
10066 if (! MIPS_ELF_ADD_DYNAMIC_ENTRY (info
, DT_JMPREL
, 0))
10069 if (! MIPS_ELF_ADD_DYNAMIC_ENTRY (info
, DT_PLTRELSZ
, 0))
10072 if (! MIPS_ELF_ADD_DYNAMIC_ENTRY (info
, DT_MIPS_PLTGOT
, 0))
10075 if (htab
->is_vxworks
10076 && !elf_vxworks_add_dynamic_entries (output_bfd
, info
))
10083 /* REL is a relocation in INPUT_BFD that is being copied to OUTPUT_BFD.
10084 Adjust its R_ADDEND field so that it is correct for the output file.
10085 LOCAL_SYMS and LOCAL_SECTIONS are arrays of INPUT_BFD's local symbols
10086 and sections respectively; both use symbol indexes. */
10089 mips_elf_adjust_addend (bfd
*output_bfd
, struct bfd_link_info
*info
,
10090 bfd
*input_bfd
, Elf_Internal_Sym
*local_syms
,
10091 asection
**local_sections
, Elf_Internal_Rela
*rel
)
10093 unsigned int r_type
, r_symndx
;
10094 Elf_Internal_Sym
*sym
;
10097 if (mips_elf_local_relocation_p (input_bfd
, rel
, local_sections
))
10099 r_type
= ELF_R_TYPE (output_bfd
, rel
->r_info
);
10100 if (gprel16_reloc_p (r_type
)
10101 || r_type
== R_MIPS_GPREL32
10102 || literal_reloc_p (r_type
))
10104 rel
->r_addend
+= _bfd_get_gp_value (input_bfd
);
10105 rel
->r_addend
-= _bfd_get_gp_value (output_bfd
);
10108 r_symndx
= ELF_R_SYM (output_bfd
, rel
->r_info
);
10109 sym
= local_syms
+ r_symndx
;
10111 /* Adjust REL's addend to account for section merging. */
10112 if (!bfd_link_relocatable (info
))
10114 sec
= local_sections
[r_symndx
];
10115 _bfd_elf_rela_local_sym (output_bfd
, sym
, &sec
, rel
);
10118 /* This would normally be done by the rela_normal code in elflink.c. */
10119 if (ELF_ST_TYPE (sym
->st_info
) == STT_SECTION
)
10120 rel
->r_addend
+= local_sections
[r_symndx
]->output_offset
;
10124 /* Handle relocations against symbols from removed linkonce sections,
10125 or sections discarded by a linker script. We use this wrapper around
10126 RELOC_AGAINST_DISCARDED_SECTION to handle triplets of compound relocs
10127 on 64-bit ELF targets. In this case for any relocation handled, which
10128 always be the first in a triplet, the remaining two have to be processed
10129 together with the first, even if they are R_MIPS_NONE. It is the symbol
10130 index referred by the first reloc that applies to all the three and the
10131 remaining two never refer to an object symbol. And it is the final
10132 relocation (the last non-null one) that determines the output field of
10133 the whole relocation so retrieve the corresponding howto structure for
10134 the relocatable field to be cleared by RELOC_AGAINST_DISCARDED_SECTION.
10136 Note that RELOC_AGAINST_DISCARDED_SECTION is a macro that uses "continue"
10137 and therefore requires to be pasted in a loop. It also defines a block
10138 and does not protect any of its arguments, hence the extra brackets. */
10141 mips_reloc_against_discarded_section (bfd
*output_bfd
,
10142 struct bfd_link_info
*info
,
10143 bfd
*input_bfd
, asection
*input_section
,
10144 Elf_Internal_Rela
**rel
,
10145 const Elf_Internal_Rela
**relend
,
10146 bfd_boolean rel_reloc
,
10147 reloc_howto_type
*howto
,
10148 bfd_byte
*contents
)
10150 const struct elf_backend_data
*bed
= get_elf_backend_data (output_bfd
);
10151 int count
= bed
->s
->int_rels_per_ext_rel
;
10152 unsigned int r_type
;
10155 for (i
= count
- 1; i
> 0; i
--)
10157 r_type
= ELF_R_TYPE (output_bfd
, (*rel
)[i
].r_info
);
10158 if (r_type
!= R_MIPS_NONE
)
10160 howto
= MIPS_ELF_RTYPE_TO_HOWTO (input_bfd
, r_type
, !rel_reloc
);
10166 RELOC_AGAINST_DISCARDED_SECTION (info
, input_bfd
, input_section
,
10167 (*rel
), count
, (*relend
),
10168 howto
, i
, contents
);
10173 /* Relocate a MIPS ELF section. */
10176 _bfd_mips_elf_relocate_section (bfd
*output_bfd
, struct bfd_link_info
*info
,
10177 bfd
*input_bfd
, asection
*input_section
,
10178 bfd_byte
*contents
, Elf_Internal_Rela
*relocs
,
10179 Elf_Internal_Sym
*local_syms
,
10180 asection
**local_sections
)
10182 Elf_Internal_Rela
*rel
;
10183 const Elf_Internal_Rela
*relend
;
10184 bfd_vma addend
= 0;
10185 bfd_boolean use_saved_addend_p
= FALSE
;
10186 const struct elf_backend_data
*bed
;
10188 bed
= get_elf_backend_data (output_bfd
);
10189 relend
= relocs
+ input_section
->reloc_count
* bed
->s
->int_rels_per_ext_rel
;
10190 for (rel
= relocs
; rel
< relend
; ++rel
)
10194 reloc_howto_type
*howto
;
10195 bfd_boolean cross_mode_jump_p
= FALSE
;
10196 /* TRUE if the relocation is a RELA relocation, rather than a
10198 bfd_boolean rela_relocation_p
= TRUE
;
10199 unsigned int r_type
= ELF_R_TYPE (output_bfd
, rel
->r_info
);
10201 unsigned long r_symndx
;
10203 Elf_Internal_Shdr
*symtab_hdr
;
10204 struct elf_link_hash_entry
*h
;
10205 bfd_boolean rel_reloc
;
10207 rel_reloc
= (NEWABI_P (input_bfd
)
10208 && mips_elf_rel_relocation_p (input_bfd
, input_section
,
10210 /* Find the relocation howto for this relocation. */
10211 howto
= MIPS_ELF_RTYPE_TO_HOWTO (input_bfd
, r_type
, !rel_reloc
);
10213 r_symndx
= ELF_R_SYM (input_bfd
, rel
->r_info
);
10214 symtab_hdr
= &elf_tdata (input_bfd
)->symtab_hdr
;
10215 if (mips_elf_local_relocation_p (input_bfd
, rel
, local_sections
))
10217 sec
= local_sections
[r_symndx
];
10222 unsigned long extsymoff
;
10225 if (!elf_bad_symtab (input_bfd
))
10226 extsymoff
= symtab_hdr
->sh_info
;
10227 h
= elf_sym_hashes (input_bfd
) [r_symndx
- extsymoff
];
10228 while (h
->root
.type
== bfd_link_hash_indirect
10229 || h
->root
.type
== bfd_link_hash_warning
)
10230 h
= (struct elf_link_hash_entry
*) h
->root
.u
.i
.link
;
10233 if (h
->root
.type
== bfd_link_hash_defined
10234 || h
->root
.type
== bfd_link_hash_defweak
)
10235 sec
= h
->root
.u
.def
.section
;
10238 if (sec
!= NULL
&& discarded_section (sec
))
10240 mips_reloc_against_discarded_section (output_bfd
, info
, input_bfd
,
10241 input_section
, &rel
, &relend
,
10242 rel_reloc
, howto
, contents
);
10246 if (r_type
== R_MIPS_64
&& ! NEWABI_P (input_bfd
))
10248 /* Some 32-bit code uses R_MIPS_64. In particular, people use
10249 64-bit code, but make sure all their addresses are in the
10250 lowermost or uppermost 32-bit section of the 64-bit address
10251 space. Thus, when they use an R_MIPS_64 they mean what is
10252 usually meant by R_MIPS_32, with the exception that the
10253 stored value is sign-extended to 64 bits. */
10254 howto
= MIPS_ELF_RTYPE_TO_HOWTO (input_bfd
, R_MIPS_32
, FALSE
);
10256 /* On big-endian systems, we need to lie about the position
10258 if (bfd_big_endian (input_bfd
))
10259 rel
->r_offset
+= 4;
10262 if (!use_saved_addend_p
)
10264 /* If these relocations were originally of the REL variety,
10265 we must pull the addend out of the field that will be
10266 relocated. Otherwise, we simply use the contents of the
10267 RELA relocation. */
10268 if (mips_elf_rel_relocation_p (input_bfd
, input_section
,
10271 rela_relocation_p
= FALSE
;
10272 addend
= mips_elf_read_rel_addend (input_bfd
, rel
,
10274 if (hi16_reloc_p (r_type
)
10275 || (got16_reloc_p (r_type
)
10276 && mips_elf_local_relocation_p (input_bfd
, rel
,
10279 if (!mips_elf_add_lo16_rel_addend (input_bfd
, rel
, relend
,
10280 contents
, &addend
))
10283 name
= h
->root
.root
.string
;
10285 name
= bfd_elf_sym_name (input_bfd
, symtab_hdr
,
10286 local_syms
+ r_symndx
,
10289 /* xgettext:c-format */
10290 (_("%B: Can't find matching LO16 reloc against `%s' for %s at 0x%lx in section `%A'"),
10291 input_bfd
, input_section
, name
, howto
->name
,
10296 addend
<<= howto
->rightshift
;
10299 addend
= rel
->r_addend
;
10300 mips_elf_adjust_addend (output_bfd
, info
, input_bfd
,
10301 local_syms
, local_sections
, rel
);
10304 if (bfd_link_relocatable (info
))
10306 if (r_type
== R_MIPS_64
&& ! NEWABI_P (output_bfd
)
10307 && bfd_big_endian (input_bfd
))
10308 rel
->r_offset
-= 4;
10310 if (!rela_relocation_p
&& rel
->r_addend
)
10312 addend
+= rel
->r_addend
;
10313 if (hi16_reloc_p (r_type
) || got16_reloc_p (r_type
))
10314 addend
= mips_elf_high (addend
);
10315 else if (r_type
== R_MIPS_HIGHER
)
10316 addend
= mips_elf_higher (addend
);
10317 else if (r_type
== R_MIPS_HIGHEST
)
10318 addend
= mips_elf_highest (addend
);
10320 addend
>>= howto
->rightshift
;
10322 /* We use the source mask, rather than the destination
10323 mask because the place to which we are writing will be
10324 source of the addend in the final link. */
10325 addend
&= howto
->src_mask
;
10327 if (r_type
== R_MIPS_64
&& ! NEWABI_P (output_bfd
))
10328 /* See the comment above about using R_MIPS_64 in the 32-bit
10329 ABI. Here, we need to update the addend. It would be
10330 possible to get away with just using the R_MIPS_32 reloc
10331 but for endianness. */
10337 if (addend
& ((bfd_vma
) 1 << 31))
10339 sign_bits
= ((bfd_vma
) 1 << 32) - 1;
10346 /* If we don't know that we have a 64-bit type,
10347 do two separate stores. */
10348 if (bfd_big_endian (input_bfd
))
10350 /* Store the sign-bits (which are most significant)
10352 low_bits
= sign_bits
;
10353 high_bits
= addend
;
10358 high_bits
= sign_bits
;
10360 bfd_put_32 (input_bfd
, low_bits
,
10361 contents
+ rel
->r_offset
);
10362 bfd_put_32 (input_bfd
, high_bits
,
10363 contents
+ rel
->r_offset
+ 4);
10367 if (! mips_elf_perform_relocation (info
, howto
, rel
, addend
,
10368 input_bfd
, input_section
,
10373 /* Go on to the next relocation. */
10377 /* In the N32 and 64-bit ABIs there may be multiple consecutive
10378 relocations for the same offset. In that case we are
10379 supposed to treat the output of each relocation as the addend
10381 if (rel
+ 1 < relend
10382 && rel
->r_offset
== rel
[1].r_offset
10383 && ELF_R_TYPE (input_bfd
, rel
[1].r_info
) != R_MIPS_NONE
)
10384 use_saved_addend_p
= TRUE
;
10386 use_saved_addend_p
= FALSE
;
10388 /* Figure out what value we are supposed to relocate. */
10389 switch (mips_elf_calculate_relocation (output_bfd
, input_bfd
,
10390 input_section
, info
, rel
,
10391 addend
, howto
, local_syms
,
10392 local_sections
, &value
,
10393 &name
, &cross_mode_jump_p
,
10394 use_saved_addend_p
))
10396 case bfd_reloc_continue
:
10397 /* There's nothing to do. */
10400 case bfd_reloc_undefined
:
10401 /* mips_elf_calculate_relocation already called the
10402 undefined_symbol callback. There's no real point in
10403 trying to perform the relocation at this point, so we
10404 just skip ahead to the next relocation. */
10407 case bfd_reloc_notsupported
:
10408 msg
= _("internal error: unsupported relocation error");
10409 info
->callbacks
->warning
10410 (info
, msg
, name
, input_bfd
, input_section
, rel
->r_offset
);
10413 case bfd_reloc_overflow
:
10414 if (use_saved_addend_p
)
10415 /* Ignore overflow until we reach the last relocation for
10416 a given location. */
10420 struct mips_elf_link_hash_table
*htab
;
10422 htab
= mips_elf_hash_table (info
);
10423 BFD_ASSERT (htab
!= NULL
);
10424 BFD_ASSERT (name
!= NULL
);
10425 if (!htab
->small_data_overflow_reported
10426 && (gprel16_reloc_p (howto
->type
)
10427 || literal_reloc_p (howto
->type
)))
10429 msg
= _("small-data section exceeds 64KB;"
10430 " lower small-data size limit (see option -G)");
10432 htab
->small_data_overflow_reported
= TRUE
;
10433 (*info
->callbacks
->einfo
) ("%P: %s\n", msg
);
10435 (*info
->callbacks
->reloc_overflow
)
10436 (info
, NULL
, name
, howto
->name
, (bfd_vma
) 0,
10437 input_bfd
, input_section
, rel
->r_offset
);
10444 case bfd_reloc_outofrange
:
10446 if (jal_reloc_p (howto
->type
))
10447 msg
= (cross_mode_jump_p
10448 ? _("Cannot convert a jump to JALX "
10449 "for a non-word-aligned address")
10450 : (howto
->type
== R_MIPS16_26
10451 ? _("Jump to a non-word-aligned address")
10452 : _("Jump to a non-instruction-aligned address")));
10453 else if (b_reloc_p (howto
->type
))
10454 msg
= (cross_mode_jump_p
10455 ? _("Cannot convert a branch to JALX "
10456 "for a non-word-aligned address")
10457 : _("Branch to a non-instruction-aligned address"));
10458 else if (aligned_pcrel_reloc_p (howto
->type
))
10459 msg
= _("PC-relative load from unaligned address");
10462 info
->callbacks
->einfo
10463 ("%X%H: %s\n", input_bfd
, input_section
, rel
->r_offset
, msg
);
10466 /* Fall through. */
10473 /* If we've got another relocation for the address, keep going
10474 until we reach the last one. */
10475 if (use_saved_addend_p
)
10481 if (r_type
== R_MIPS_64
&& ! NEWABI_P (output_bfd
))
10482 /* See the comment above about using R_MIPS_64 in the 32-bit
10483 ABI. Until now, we've been using the HOWTO for R_MIPS_32;
10484 that calculated the right value. Now, however, we
10485 sign-extend the 32-bit result to 64-bits, and store it as a
10486 64-bit value. We are especially generous here in that we
10487 go to extreme lengths to support this usage on systems with
10488 only a 32-bit VMA. */
10494 if (value
& ((bfd_vma
) 1 << 31))
10496 sign_bits
= ((bfd_vma
) 1 << 32) - 1;
10503 /* If we don't know that we have a 64-bit type,
10504 do two separate stores. */
10505 if (bfd_big_endian (input_bfd
))
10507 /* Undo what we did above. */
10508 rel
->r_offset
-= 4;
10509 /* Store the sign-bits (which are most significant)
10511 low_bits
= sign_bits
;
10517 high_bits
= sign_bits
;
10519 bfd_put_32 (input_bfd
, low_bits
,
10520 contents
+ rel
->r_offset
);
10521 bfd_put_32 (input_bfd
, high_bits
,
10522 contents
+ rel
->r_offset
+ 4);
10526 /* Actually perform the relocation. */
10527 if (! mips_elf_perform_relocation (info
, howto
, rel
, value
,
10528 input_bfd
, input_section
,
10529 contents
, cross_mode_jump_p
))
10536 /* A function that iterates over each entry in la25_stubs and fills
10537 in the code for each one. DATA points to a mips_htab_traverse_info. */
10540 mips_elf_create_la25_stub (void **slot
, void *data
)
10542 struct mips_htab_traverse_info
*hti
;
10543 struct mips_elf_link_hash_table
*htab
;
10544 struct mips_elf_la25_stub
*stub
;
10547 bfd_vma offset
, target
, target_high
, target_low
;
10549 stub
= (struct mips_elf_la25_stub
*) *slot
;
10550 hti
= (struct mips_htab_traverse_info
*) data
;
10551 htab
= mips_elf_hash_table (hti
->info
);
10552 BFD_ASSERT (htab
!= NULL
);
10554 /* Create the section contents, if we haven't already. */
10555 s
= stub
->stub_section
;
10559 loc
= bfd_malloc (s
->size
);
10568 /* Work out where in the section this stub should go. */
10569 offset
= stub
->offset
;
10571 /* Work out the target address. */
10572 target
= mips_elf_get_la25_target (stub
, &s
);
10573 target
+= s
->output_section
->vma
+ s
->output_offset
;
10575 target_high
= ((target
+ 0x8000) >> 16) & 0xffff;
10576 target_low
= (target
& 0xffff);
10578 if (stub
->stub_section
!= htab
->strampoline
)
10580 /* This is a simple LUI/ADDIU stub. Zero out the beginning
10581 of the section and write the two instructions at the end. */
10582 memset (loc
, 0, offset
);
10584 if (ELF_ST_IS_MICROMIPS (stub
->h
->root
.other
))
10586 bfd_put_micromips_32 (hti
->output_bfd
,
10587 LA25_LUI_MICROMIPS (target_high
),
10589 bfd_put_micromips_32 (hti
->output_bfd
,
10590 LA25_ADDIU_MICROMIPS (target_low
),
10595 bfd_put_32 (hti
->output_bfd
, LA25_LUI (target_high
), loc
);
10596 bfd_put_32 (hti
->output_bfd
, LA25_ADDIU (target_low
), loc
+ 4);
10601 /* This is trampoline. */
10603 if (ELF_ST_IS_MICROMIPS (stub
->h
->root
.other
))
10605 bfd_put_micromips_32 (hti
->output_bfd
,
10606 LA25_LUI_MICROMIPS (target_high
), loc
);
10607 bfd_put_micromips_32 (hti
->output_bfd
,
10608 LA25_J_MICROMIPS (target
), loc
+ 4);
10609 bfd_put_micromips_32 (hti
->output_bfd
,
10610 LA25_ADDIU_MICROMIPS (target_low
), loc
+ 8);
10611 bfd_put_32 (hti
->output_bfd
, 0, loc
+ 12);
10615 bfd_put_32 (hti
->output_bfd
, LA25_LUI (target_high
), loc
);
10616 bfd_put_32 (hti
->output_bfd
, LA25_J (target
), loc
+ 4);
10617 bfd_put_32 (hti
->output_bfd
, LA25_ADDIU (target_low
), loc
+ 8);
10618 bfd_put_32 (hti
->output_bfd
, 0, loc
+ 12);
10624 /* If NAME is one of the special IRIX6 symbols defined by the linker,
10625 adjust it appropriately now. */
10628 mips_elf_irix6_finish_dynamic_symbol (bfd
*abfd ATTRIBUTE_UNUSED
,
10629 const char *name
, Elf_Internal_Sym
*sym
)
10631 /* The linker script takes care of providing names and values for
10632 these, but we must place them into the right sections. */
10633 static const char* const text_section_symbols
[] = {
10636 "__dso_displacement",
10638 "__program_header_table",
10642 static const char* const data_section_symbols
[] = {
10650 const char* const *p
;
10653 for (i
= 0; i
< 2; ++i
)
10654 for (p
= (i
== 0) ? text_section_symbols
: data_section_symbols
;
10657 if (strcmp (*p
, name
) == 0)
10659 /* All of these symbols are given type STT_SECTION by the
10661 sym
->st_info
= ELF_ST_INFO (STB_GLOBAL
, STT_SECTION
);
10662 sym
->st_other
= STO_PROTECTED
;
10664 /* The IRIX linker puts these symbols in special sections. */
10666 sym
->st_shndx
= SHN_MIPS_TEXT
;
10668 sym
->st_shndx
= SHN_MIPS_DATA
;
10674 /* Finish up dynamic symbol handling. We set the contents of various
10675 dynamic sections here. */
10678 _bfd_mips_elf_finish_dynamic_symbol (bfd
*output_bfd
,
10679 struct bfd_link_info
*info
,
10680 struct elf_link_hash_entry
*h
,
10681 Elf_Internal_Sym
*sym
)
10685 struct mips_got_info
*g
, *gg
;
10688 struct mips_elf_link_hash_table
*htab
;
10689 struct mips_elf_link_hash_entry
*hmips
;
10691 htab
= mips_elf_hash_table (info
);
10692 BFD_ASSERT (htab
!= NULL
);
10693 dynobj
= elf_hash_table (info
)->dynobj
;
10694 hmips
= (struct mips_elf_link_hash_entry
*) h
;
10696 BFD_ASSERT (!htab
->is_vxworks
);
10698 if (h
->plt
.plist
!= NULL
10699 && (h
->plt
.plist
->mips_offset
!= MINUS_ONE
10700 || h
->plt
.plist
->comp_offset
!= MINUS_ONE
))
10702 /* We've decided to create a PLT entry for this symbol. */
10704 bfd_vma header_address
, got_address
;
10705 bfd_vma got_address_high
, got_address_low
, load
;
10709 got_index
= h
->plt
.plist
->gotplt_index
;
10711 BFD_ASSERT (htab
->use_plts_and_copy_relocs
);
10712 BFD_ASSERT (h
->dynindx
!= -1);
10713 BFD_ASSERT (htab
->root
.splt
!= NULL
);
10714 BFD_ASSERT (got_index
!= MINUS_ONE
);
10715 BFD_ASSERT (!h
->def_regular
);
10717 /* Calculate the address of the PLT header. */
10718 isa_bit
= htab
->plt_header_is_comp
;
10719 header_address
= (htab
->root
.splt
->output_section
->vma
10720 + htab
->root
.splt
->output_offset
+ isa_bit
);
10722 /* Calculate the address of the .got.plt entry. */
10723 got_address
= (htab
->root
.sgotplt
->output_section
->vma
10724 + htab
->root
.sgotplt
->output_offset
10725 + got_index
* MIPS_ELF_GOT_SIZE (dynobj
));
10727 got_address_high
= ((got_address
+ 0x8000) >> 16) & 0xffff;
10728 got_address_low
= got_address
& 0xffff;
10730 /* Initially point the .got.plt entry at the PLT header. */
10731 loc
= (htab
->root
.sgotplt
->contents
+ got_index
* MIPS_ELF_GOT_SIZE (dynobj
));
10732 if (ABI_64_P (output_bfd
))
10733 bfd_put_64 (output_bfd
, header_address
, loc
);
10735 bfd_put_32 (output_bfd
, header_address
, loc
);
10737 /* Now handle the PLT itself. First the standard entry (the order
10738 does not matter, we just have to pick one). */
10739 if (h
->plt
.plist
->mips_offset
!= MINUS_ONE
)
10741 const bfd_vma
*plt_entry
;
10742 bfd_vma plt_offset
;
10744 plt_offset
= htab
->plt_header_size
+ h
->plt
.plist
->mips_offset
;
10746 BFD_ASSERT (plt_offset
<= htab
->root
.splt
->size
);
10748 /* Find out where the .plt entry should go. */
10749 loc
= htab
->root
.splt
->contents
+ plt_offset
;
10751 /* Pick the load opcode. */
10752 load
= MIPS_ELF_LOAD_WORD (output_bfd
);
10754 /* Fill in the PLT entry itself. */
10756 if (MIPSR6_P (output_bfd
))
10757 plt_entry
= mipsr6_exec_plt_entry
;
10759 plt_entry
= mips_exec_plt_entry
;
10760 bfd_put_32 (output_bfd
, plt_entry
[0] | got_address_high
, loc
);
10761 bfd_put_32 (output_bfd
, plt_entry
[1] | got_address_low
| load
,
10764 if (! LOAD_INTERLOCKS_P (output_bfd
))
10766 bfd_put_32 (output_bfd
, plt_entry
[2] | got_address_low
, loc
+ 8);
10767 bfd_put_32 (output_bfd
, plt_entry
[3], loc
+ 12);
10771 bfd_put_32 (output_bfd
, plt_entry
[3], loc
+ 8);
10772 bfd_put_32 (output_bfd
, plt_entry
[2] | got_address_low
,
10777 /* Now the compressed entry. They come after any standard ones. */
10778 if (h
->plt
.plist
->comp_offset
!= MINUS_ONE
)
10780 bfd_vma plt_offset
;
10782 plt_offset
= (htab
->plt_header_size
+ htab
->plt_mips_offset
10783 + h
->plt
.plist
->comp_offset
);
10785 BFD_ASSERT (plt_offset
<= htab
->root
.splt
->size
);
10787 /* Find out where the .plt entry should go. */
10788 loc
= htab
->root
.splt
->contents
+ plt_offset
;
10790 /* Fill in the PLT entry itself. */
10791 if (!MICROMIPS_P (output_bfd
))
10793 const bfd_vma
*plt_entry
= mips16_o32_exec_plt_entry
;
10795 bfd_put_16 (output_bfd
, plt_entry
[0], loc
);
10796 bfd_put_16 (output_bfd
, plt_entry
[1], loc
+ 2);
10797 bfd_put_16 (output_bfd
, plt_entry
[2], loc
+ 4);
10798 bfd_put_16 (output_bfd
, plt_entry
[3], loc
+ 6);
10799 bfd_put_16 (output_bfd
, plt_entry
[4], loc
+ 8);
10800 bfd_put_16 (output_bfd
, plt_entry
[5], loc
+ 10);
10801 bfd_put_32 (output_bfd
, got_address
, loc
+ 12);
10803 else if (htab
->insn32
)
10805 const bfd_vma
*plt_entry
= micromips_insn32_o32_exec_plt_entry
;
10807 bfd_put_16 (output_bfd
, plt_entry
[0], loc
);
10808 bfd_put_16 (output_bfd
, got_address_high
, loc
+ 2);
10809 bfd_put_16 (output_bfd
, plt_entry
[2], loc
+ 4);
10810 bfd_put_16 (output_bfd
, got_address_low
, loc
+ 6);
10811 bfd_put_16 (output_bfd
, plt_entry
[4], loc
+ 8);
10812 bfd_put_16 (output_bfd
, plt_entry
[5], loc
+ 10);
10813 bfd_put_16 (output_bfd
, plt_entry
[6], loc
+ 12);
10814 bfd_put_16 (output_bfd
, got_address_low
, loc
+ 14);
10818 const bfd_vma
*plt_entry
= micromips_o32_exec_plt_entry
;
10819 bfd_signed_vma gotpc_offset
;
10820 bfd_vma loc_address
;
10822 BFD_ASSERT (got_address
% 4 == 0);
10824 loc_address
= (htab
->root
.splt
->output_section
->vma
10825 + htab
->root
.splt
->output_offset
+ plt_offset
);
10826 gotpc_offset
= got_address
- ((loc_address
| 3) ^ 3);
10828 /* ADDIUPC has a span of +/-16MB, check we're in range. */
10829 if (gotpc_offset
+ 0x1000000 >= 0x2000000)
10832 /* xgettext:c-format */
10833 (_("%B: `%A' offset of %ld from `%A' "
10834 "beyond the range of ADDIUPC"),
10836 htab
->root
.sgotplt
->output_section
,
10837 htab
->root
.splt
->output_section
,
10838 (long) gotpc_offset
);
10839 bfd_set_error (bfd_error_no_error
);
10842 bfd_put_16 (output_bfd
,
10843 plt_entry
[0] | ((gotpc_offset
>> 18) & 0x7f), loc
);
10844 bfd_put_16 (output_bfd
, (gotpc_offset
>> 2) & 0xffff, loc
+ 2);
10845 bfd_put_16 (output_bfd
, plt_entry
[2], loc
+ 4);
10846 bfd_put_16 (output_bfd
, plt_entry
[3], loc
+ 6);
10847 bfd_put_16 (output_bfd
, plt_entry
[4], loc
+ 8);
10848 bfd_put_16 (output_bfd
, plt_entry
[5], loc
+ 10);
10852 /* Emit an R_MIPS_JUMP_SLOT relocation against the .got.plt entry. */
10853 mips_elf_output_dynamic_relocation (output_bfd
, htab
->root
.srelplt
,
10854 got_index
- 2, h
->dynindx
,
10855 R_MIPS_JUMP_SLOT
, got_address
);
10857 /* We distinguish between PLT entries and lazy-binding stubs by
10858 giving the former an st_other value of STO_MIPS_PLT. Set the
10859 flag and leave the value if there are any relocations in the
10860 binary where pointer equality matters. */
10861 sym
->st_shndx
= SHN_UNDEF
;
10862 if (h
->pointer_equality_needed
)
10863 sym
->st_other
= ELF_ST_SET_MIPS_PLT (sym
->st_other
);
10871 if (h
->plt
.plist
!= NULL
&& h
->plt
.plist
->stub_offset
!= MINUS_ONE
)
10873 /* We've decided to create a lazy-binding stub. */
10874 bfd_boolean micromips_p
= MICROMIPS_P (output_bfd
);
10875 unsigned int other
= micromips_p
? STO_MICROMIPS
: 0;
10876 bfd_vma stub_size
= htab
->function_stub_size
;
10877 bfd_byte stub
[MIPS_FUNCTION_STUB_BIG_SIZE
];
10878 bfd_vma isa_bit
= micromips_p
;
10879 bfd_vma stub_big_size
;
10882 stub_big_size
= MIPS_FUNCTION_STUB_BIG_SIZE
;
10883 else if (htab
->insn32
)
10884 stub_big_size
= MICROMIPS_INSN32_FUNCTION_STUB_BIG_SIZE
;
10886 stub_big_size
= MICROMIPS_FUNCTION_STUB_BIG_SIZE
;
10888 /* This symbol has a stub. Set it up. */
10890 BFD_ASSERT (h
->dynindx
!= -1);
10892 BFD_ASSERT (stub_size
== stub_big_size
|| h
->dynindx
<= 0xffff);
10894 /* Values up to 2^31 - 1 are allowed. Larger values would cause
10895 sign extension at runtime in the stub, resulting in a negative
10897 if (h
->dynindx
& ~0x7fffffff)
10900 /* Fill the stub. */
10904 bfd_put_micromips_32 (output_bfd
, STUB_LW_MICROMIPS (output_bfd
),
10909 bfd_put_micromips_32 (output_bfd
,
10910 STUB_MOVE32_MICROMIPS
, stub
+ idx
);
10915 bfd_put_16 (output_bfd
, STUB_MOVE_MICROMIPS
, stub
+ idx
);
10918 if (stub_size
== stub_big_size
)
10920 long dynindx_hi
= (h
->dynindx
>> 16) & 0x7fff;
10922 bfd_put_micromips_32 (output_bfd
,
10923 STUB_LUI_MICROMIPS (dynindx_hi
),
10929 bfd_put_micromips_32 (output_bfd
, STUB_JALR32_MICROMIPS
,
10935 bfd_put_16 (output_bfd
, STUB_JALR_MICROMIPS
, stub
+ idx
);
10939 /* If a large stub is not required and sign extension is not a
10940 problem, then use legacy code in the stub. */
10941 if (stub_size
== stub_big_size
)
10942 bfd_put_micromips_32 (output_bfd
,
10943 STUB_ORI_MICROMIPS (h
->dynindx
& 0xffff),
10945 else if (h
->dynindx
& ~0x7fff)
10946 bfd_put_micromips_32 (output_bfd
,
10947 STUB_LI16U_MICROMIPS (h
->dynindx
& 0xffff),
10950 bfd_put_micromips_32 (output_bfd
,
10951 STUB_LI16S_MICROMIPS (output_bfd
,
10958 bfd_put_32 (output_bfd
, STUB_LW (output_bfd
), stub
+ idx
);
10960 bfd_put_32 (output_bfd
, STUB_MOVE
, stub
+ idx
);
10962 if (stub_size
== stub_big_size
)
10964 bfd_put_32 (output_bfd
, STUB_LUI ((h
->dynindx
>> 16) & 0x7fff),
10968 bfd_put_32 (output_bfd
, STUB_JALR
, stub
+ idx
);
10971 /* If a large stub is not required and sign extension is not a
10972 problem, then use legacy code in the stub. */
10973 if (stub_size
== stub_big_size
)
10974 bfd_put_32 (output_bfd
, STUB_ORI (h
->dynindx
& 0xffff),
10976 else if (h
->dynindx
& ~0x7fff)
10977 bfd_put_32 (output_bfd
, STUB_LI16U (h
->dynindx
& 0xffff),
10980 bfd_put_32 (output_bfd
, STUB_LI16S (output_bfd
, h
->dynindx
),
10984 BFD_ASSERT (h
->plt
.plist
->stub_offset
<= htab
->sstubs
->size
);
10985 memcpy (htab
->sstubs
->contents
+ h
->plt
.plist
->stub_offset
,
10988 /* Mark the symbol as undefined. stub_offset != -1 occurs
10989 only for the referenced symbol. */
10990 sym
->st_shndx
= SHN_UNDEF
;
10992 /* The run-time linker uses the st_value field of the symbol
10993 to reset the global offset table entry for this external
10994 to its stub address when unlinking a shared object. */
10995 sym
->st_value
= (htab
->sstubs
->output_section
->vma
10996 + htab
->sstubs
->output_offset
10997 + h
->plt
.plist
->stub_offset
10999 sym
->st_other
= other
;
11002 /* If we have a MIPS16 function with a stub, the dynamic symbol must
11003 refer to the stub, since only the stub uses the standard calling
11005 if (h
->dynindx
!= -1 && hmips
->fn_stub
!= NULL
)
11007 BFD_ASSERT (hmips
->need_fn_stub
);
11008 sym
->st_value
= (hmips
->fn_stub
->output_section
->vma
11009 + hmips
->fn_stub
->output_offset
);
11010 sym
->st_size
= hmips
->fn_stub
->size
;
11011 sym
->st_other
= ELF_ST_VISIBILITY (sym
->st_other
);
11014 BFD_ASSERT (h
->dynindx
!= -1
11015 || h
->forced_local
);
11017 sgot
= htab
->root
.sgot
;
11018 g
= htab
->got_info
;
11019 BFD_ASSERT (g
!= NULL
);
11021 /* Run through the global symbol table, creating GOT entries for all
11022 the symbols that need them. */
11023 if (hmips
->global_got_area
!= GGA_NONE
)
11028 value
= sym
->st_value
;
11029 offset
= mips_elf_primary_global_got_index (output_bfd
, info
, h
);
11030 MIPS_ELF_PUT_WORD (output_bfd
, value
, sgot
->contents
+ offset
);
11033 if (hmips
->global_got_area
!= GGA_NONE
&& g
->next
)
11035 struct mips_got_entry e
, *p
;
11041 e
.abfd
= output_bfd
;
11044 e
.tls_type
= GOT_TLS_NONE
;
11046 for (g
= g
->next
; g
->next
!= gg
; g
= g
->next
)
11049 && (p
= (struct mips_got_entry
*) htab_find (g
->got_entries
,
11052 offset
= p
->gotidx
;
11053 BFD_ASSERT (offset
> 0 && offset
< htab
->root
.sgot
->size
);
11054 if (bfd_link_pic (info
)
11055 || (elf_hash_table (info
)->dynamic_sections_created
11057 && p
->d
.h
->root
.def_dynamic
11058 && !p
->d
.h
->root
.def_regular
))
11060 /* Create an R_MIPS_REL32 relocation for this entry. Due to
11061 the various compatibility problems, it's easier to mock
11062 up an R_MIPS_32 or R_MIPS_64 relocation and leave
11063 mips_elf_create_dynamic_relocation to calculate the
11064 appropriate addend. */
11065 Elf_Internal_Rela rel
[3];
11067 memset (rel
, 0, sizeof (rel
));
11068 if (ABI_64_P (output_bfd
))
11069 rel
[0].r_info
= ELF_R_INFO (output_bfd
, 0, R_MIPS_64
);
11071 rel
[0].r_info
= ELF_R_INFO (output_bfd
, 0, R_MIPS_32
);
11072 rel
[0].r_offset
= rel
[1].r_offset
= rel
[2].r_offset
= offset
;
11075 if (! (mips_elf_create_dynamic_relocation
11076 (output_bfd
, info
, rel
,
11077 e
.d
.h
, NULL
, sym
->st_value
, &entry
, sgot
)))
11081 entry
= sym
->st_value
;
11082 MIPS_ELF_PUT_WORD (output_bfd
, entry
, sgot
->contents
+ offset
);
11087 /* Mark _DYNAMIC and _GLOBAL_OFFSET_TABLE_ as absolute. */
11088 name
= h
->root
.root
.string
;
11089 if (h
== elf_hash_table (info
)->hdynamic
11090 || h
== elf_hash_table (info
)->hgot
)
11091 sym
->st_shndx
= SHN_ABS
;
11092 else if (strcmp (name
, "_DYNAMIC_LINK") == 0
11093 || strcmp (name
, "_DYNAMIC_LINKING") == 0)
11095 sym
->st_shndx
= SHN_ABS
;
11096 sym
->st_info
= ELF_ST_INFO (STB_GLOBAL
, STT_SECTION
);
11099 else if (strcmp (name
, "_gp_disp") == 0 && ! NEWABI_P (output_bfd
))
11101 sym
->st_shndx
= SHN_ABS
;
11102 sym
->st_info
= ELF_ST_INFO (STB_GLOBAL
, STT_SECTION
);
11103 sym
->st_value
= elf_gp (output_bfd
);
11105 else if (SGI_COMPAT (output_bfd
))
11107 if (strcmp (name
, mips_elf_dynsym_rtproc_names
[0]) == 0
11108 || strcmp (name
, mips_elf_dynsym_rtproc_names
[1]) == 0)
11110 sym
->st_info
= ELF_ST_INFO (STB_GLOBAL
, STT_SECTION
);
11111 sym
->st_other
= STO_PROTECTED
;
11113 sym
->st_shndx
= SHN_MIPS_DATA
;
11115 else if (strcmp (name
, mips_elf_dynsym_rtproc_names
[2]) == 0)
11117 sym
->st_info
= ELF_ST_INFO (STB_GLOBAL
, STT_SECTION
);
11118 sym
->st_other
= STO_PROTECTED
;
11119 sym
->st_value
= mips_elf_hash_table (info
)->procedure_count
;
11120 sym
->st_shndx
= SHN_ABS
;
11122 else if (sym
->st_shndx
!= SHN_UNDEF
&& sym
->st_shndx
!= SHN_ABS
)
11124 if (h
->type
== STT_FUNC
)
11125 sym
->st_shndx
= SHN_MIPS_TEXT
;
11126 else if (h
->type
== STT_OBJECT
)
11127 sym
->st_shndx
= SHN_MIPS_DATA
;
11131 /* Emit a copy reloc, if needed. */
11137 BFD_ASSERT (h
->dynindx
!= -1);
11138 BFD_ASSERT (htab
->use_plts_and_copy_relocs
);
11140 s
= mips_elf_rel_dyn_section (info
, FALSE
);
11141 symval
= (h
->root
.u
.def
.section
->output_section
->vma
11142 + h
->root
.u
.def
.section
->output_offset
11143 + h
->root
.u
.def
.value
);
11144 mips_elf_output_dynamic_relocation (output_bfd
, s
, s
->reloc_count
++,
11145 h
->dynindx
, R_MIPS_COPY
, symval
);
11148 /* Handle the IRIX6-specific symbols. */
11149 if (IRIX_COMPAT (output_bfd
) == ict_irix6
)
11150 mips_elf_irix6_finish_dynamic_symbol (output_bfd
, name
, sym
);
11152 /* Keep dynamic compressed symbols odd. This allows the dynamic linker
11153 to treat compressed symbols like any other. */
11154 if (ELF_ST_IS_MIPS16 (sym
->st_other
))
11156 BFD_ASSERT (sym
->st_value
& 1);
11157 sym
->st_other
-= STO_MIPS16
;
11159 else if (ELF_ST_IS_MICROMIPS (sym
->st_other
))
11161 BFD_ASSERT (sym
->st_value
& 1);
11162 sym
->st_other
-= STO_MICROMIPS
;
11168 /* Likewise, for VxWorks. */
11171 _bfd_mips_vxworks_finish_dynamic_symbol (bfd
*output_bfd
,
11172 struct bfd_link_info
*info
,
11173 struct elf_link_hash_entry
*h
,
11174 Elf_Internal_Sym
*sym
)
11178 struct mips_got_info
*g
;
11179 struct mips_elf_link_hash_table
*htab
;
11180 struct mips_elf_link_hash_entry
*hmips
;
11182 htab
= mips_elf_hash_table (info
);
11183 BFD_ASSERT (htab
!= NULL
);
11184 dynobj
= elf_hash_table (info
)->dynobj
;
11185 hmips
= (struct mips_elf_link_hash_entry
*) h
;
11187 if (h
->plt
.plist
!= NULL
&& h
->plt
.plist
->mips_offset
!= MINUS_ONE
)
11190 bfd_vma plt_address
, got_address
, got_offset
, branch_offset
;
11191 Elf_Internal_Rela rel
;
11192 static const bfd_vma
*plt_entry
;
11193 bfd_vma gotplt_index
;
11194 bfd_vma plt_offset
;
11196 plt_offset
= htab
->plt_header_size
+ h
->plt
.plist
->mips_offset
;
11197 gotplt_index
= h
->plt
.plist
->gotplt_index
;
11199 BFD_ASSERT (h
->dynindx
!= -1);
11200 BFD_ASSERT (htab
->root
.splt
!= NULL
);
11201 BFD_ASSERT (gotplt_index
!= MINUS_ONE
);
11202 BFD_ASSERT (plt_offset
<= htab
->root
.splt
->size
);
11204 /* Calculate the address of the .plt entry. */
11205 plt_address
= (htab
->root
.splt
->output_section
->vma
11206 + htab
->root
.splt
->output_offset
11209 /* Calculate the address of the .got.plt entry. */
11210 got_address
= (htab
->root
.sgotplt
->output_section
->vma
11211 + htab
->root
.sgotplt
->output_offset
11212 + gotplt_index
* MIPS_ELF_GOT_SIZE (output_bfd
));
11214 /* Calculate the offset of the .got.plt entry from
11215 _GLOBAL_OFFSET_TABLE_. */
11216 got_offset
= mips_elf_gotplt_index (info
, h
);
11218 /* Calculate the offset for the branch at the start of the PLT
11219 entry. The branch jumps to the beginning of .plt. */
11220 branch_offset
= -(plt_offset
/ 4 + 1) & 0xffff;
11222 /* Fill in the initial value of the .got.plt entry. */
11223 bfd_put_32 (output_bfd
, plt_address
,
11224 (htab
->root
.sgotplt
->contents
11225 + gotplt_index
* MIPS_ELF_GOT_SIZE (output_bfd
)));
11227 /* Find out where the .plt entry should go. */
11228 loc
= htab
->root
.splt
->contents
+ plt_offset
;
11230 if (bfd_link_pic (info
))
11232 plt_entry
= mips_vxworks_shared_plt_entry
;
11233 bfd_put_32 (output_bfd
, plt_entry
[0] | branch_offset
, loc
);
11234 bfd_put_32 (output_bfd
, plt_entry
[1] | gotplt_index
, loc
+ 4);
11238 bfd_vma got_address_high
, got_address_low
;
11240 plt_entry
= mips_vxworks_exec_plt_entry
;
11241 got_address_high
= ((got_address
+ 0x8000) >> 16) & 0xffff;
11242 got_address_low
= got_address
& 0xffff;
11244 bfd_put_32 (output_bfd
, plt_entry
[0] | branch_offset
, loc
);
11245 bfd_put_32 (output_bfd
, plt_entry
[1] | gotplt_index
, loc
+ 4);
11246 bfd_put_32 (output_bfd
, plt_entry
[2] | got_address_high
, loc
+ 8);
11247 bfd_put_32 (output_bfd
, plt_entry
[3] | got_address_low
, loc
+ 12);
11248 bfd_put_32 (output_bfd
, plt_entry
[4], loc
+ 16);
11249 bfd_put_32 (output_bfd
, plt_entry
[5], loc
+ 20);
11250 bfd_put_32 (output_bfd
, plt_entry
[6], loc
+ 24);
11251 bfd_put_32 (output_bfd
, plt_entry
[7], loc
+ 28);
11253 loc
= (htab
->srelplt2
->contents
11254 + (gotplt_index
* 3 + 2) * sizeof (Elf32_External_Rela
));
11256 /* Emit a relocation for the .got.plt entry. */
11257 rel
.r_offset
= got_address
;
11258 rel
.r_info
= ELF32_R_INFO (htab
->root
.hplt
->indx
, R_MIPS_32
);
11259 rel
.r_addend
= plt_offset
;
11260 bfd_elf32_swap_reloca_out (output_bfd
, &rel
, loc
);
11262 /* Emit a relocation for the lui of %hi(<.got.plt slot>). */
11263 loc
+= sizeof (Elf32_External_Rela
);
11264 rel
.r_offset
= plt_address
+ 8;
11265 rel
.r_info
= ELF32_R_INFO (htab
->root
.hgot
->indx
, R_MIPS_HI16
);
11266 rel
.r_addend
= got_offset
;
11267 bfd_elf32_swap_reloca_out (output_bfd
, &rel
, loc
);
11269 /* Emit a relocation for the addiu of %lo(<.got.plt slot>). */
11270 loc
+= sizeof (Elf32_External_Rela
);
11272 rel
.r_info
= ELF32_R_INFO (htab
->root
.hgot
->indx
, R_MIPS_LO16
);
11273 bfd_elf32_swap_reloca_out (output_bfd
, &rel
, loc
);
11276 /* Emit an R_MIPS_JUMP_SLOT relocation against the .got.plt entry. */
11277 loc
= (htab
->root
.srelplt
->contents
11278 + gotplt_index
* sizeof (Elf32_External_Rela
));
11279 rel
.r_offset
= got_address
;
11280 rel
.r_info
= ELF32_R_INFO (h
->dynindx
, R_MIPS_JUMP_SLOT
);
11282 bfd_elf32_swap_reloca_out (output_bfd
, &rel
, loc
);
11284 if (!h
->def_regular
)
11285 sym
->st_shndx
= SHN_UNDEF
;
11288 BFD_ASSERT (h
->dynindx
!= -1 || h
->forced_local
);
11290 sgot
= htab
->root
.sgot
;
11291 g
= htab
->got_info
;
11292 BFD_ASSERT (g
!= NULL
);
11294 /* See if this symbol has an entry in the GOT. */
11295 if (hmips
->global_got_area
!= GGA_NONE
)
11298 Elf_Internal_Rela outrel
;
11302 /* Install the symbol value in the GOT. */
11303 offset
= mips_elf_primary_global_got_index (output_bfd
, info
, h
);
11304 MIPS_ELF_PUT_WORD (output_bfd
, sym
->st_value
, sgot
->contents
+ offset
);
11306 /* Add a dynamic relocation for it. */
11307 s
= mips_elf_rel_dyn_section (info
, FALSE
);
11308 loc
= s
->contents
+ (s
->reloc_count
++ * sizeof (Elf32_External_Rela
));
11309 outrel
.r_offset
= (sgot
->output_section
->vma
11310 + sgot
->output_offset
11312 outrel
.r_info
= ELF32_R_INFO (h
->dynindx
, R_MIPS_32
);
11313 outrel
.r_addend
= 0;
11314 bfd_elf32_swap_reloca_out (dynobj
, &outrel
, loc
);
11317 /* Emit a copy reloc, if needed. */
11320 Elf_Internal_Rela rel
;
11324 BFD_ASSERT (h
->dynindx
!= -1);
11326 rel
.r_offset
= (h
->root
.u
.def
.section
->output_section
->vma
11327 + h
->root
.u
.def
.section
->output_offset
11328 + h
->root
.u
.def
.value
);
11329 rel
.r_info
= ELF32_R_INFO (h
->dynindx
, R_MIPS_COPY
);
11331 if ((h
->root
.u
.def
.section
->flags
& SEC_READONLY
) != 0)
11332 srel
= htab
->root
.sreldynrelro
;
11334 srel
= htab
->root
.srelbss
;
11335 loc
= srel
->contents
+ srel
->reloc_count
* sizeof (Elf32_External_Rela
);
11336 bfd_elf32_swap_reloca_out (output_bfd
, &rel
, loc
);
11337 ++srel
->reloc_count
;
11340 /* If this is a mips16/microMIPS symbol, force the value to be even. */
11341 if (ELF_ST_IS_COMPRESSED (sym
->st_other
))
11342 sym
->st_value
&= ~1;
11347 /* Write out a plt0 entry to the beginning of .plt. */
11350 mips_finish_exec_plt (bfd
*output_bfd
, struct bfd_link_info
*info
)
11353 bfd_vma gotplt_value
, gotplt_value_high
, gotplt_value_low
;
11354 static const bfd_vma
*plt_entry
;
11355 struct mips_elf_link_hash_table
*htab
;
11357 htab
= mips_elf_hash_table (info
);
11358 BFD_ASSERT (htab
!= NULL
);
11360 if (ABI_64_P (output_bfd
))
11361 plt_entry
= mips_n64_exec_plt0_entry
;
11362 else if (ABI_N32_P (output_bfd
))
11363 plt_entry
= mips_n32_exec_plt0_entry
;
11364 else if (!htab
->plt_header_is_comp
)
11365 plt_entry
= mips_o32_exec_plt0_entry
;
11366 else if (htab
->insn32
)
11367 plt_entry
= micromips_insn32_o32_exec_plt0_entry
;
11369 plt_entry
= micromips_o32_exec_plt0_entry
;
11371 /* Calculate the value of .got.plt. */
11372 gotplt_value
= (htab
->root
.sgotplt
->output_section
->vma
11373 + htab
->root
.sgotplt
->output_offset
);
11374 gotplt_value_high
= ((gotplt_value
+ 0x8000) >> 16) & 0xffff;
11375 gotplt_value_low
= gotplt_value
& 0xffff;
11377 /* The PLT sequence is not safe for N64 if .got.plt's address can
11378 not be loaded in two instructions. */
11379 BFD_ASSERT ((gotplt_value
& ~(bfd_vma
) 0x7fffffff) == 0
11380 || ~(gotplt_value
| 0x7fffffff) == 0);
11382 /* Install the PLT header. */
11383 loc
= htab
->root
.splt
->contents
;
11384 if (plt_entry
== micromips_o32_exec_plt0_entry
)
11386 bfd_vma gotpc_offset
;
11387 bfd_vma loc_address
;
11390 BFD_ASSERT (gotplt_value
% 4 == 0);
11392 loc_address
= (htab
->root
.splt
->output_section
->vma
11393 + htab
->root
.splt
->output_offset
);
11394 gotpc_offset
= gotplt_value
- ((loc_address
| 3) ^ 3);
11396 /* ADDIUPC has a span of +/-16MB, check we're in range. */
11397 if (gotpc_offset
+ 0x1000000 >= 0x2000000)
11400 /* xgettext:c-format */
11401 (_("%B: `%A' offset of %ld from `%A' beyond the range of ADDIUPC"),
11403 htab
->root
.sgotplt
->output_section
,
11404 htab
->root
.splt
->output_section
,
11405 (long) gotpc_offset
);
11406 bfd_set_error (bfd_error_no_error
);
11409 bfd_put_16 (output_bfd
,
11410 plt_entry
[0] | ((gotpc_offset
>> 18) & 0x7f), loc
);
11411 bfd_put_16 (output_bfd
, (gotpc_offset
>> 2) & 0xffff, loc
+ 2);
11412 for (i
= 2; i
< ARRAY_SIZE (micromips_o32_exec_plt0_entry
); i
++)
11413 bfd_put_16 (output_bfd
, plt_entry
[i
], loc
+ (i
* 2));
11415 else if (plt_entry
== micromips_insn32_o32_exec_plt0_entry
)
11419 bfd_put_16 (output_bfd
, plt_entry
[0], loc
);
11420 bfd_put_16 (output_bfd
, gotplt_value_high
, loc
+ 2);
11421 bfd_put_16 (output_bfd
, plt_entry
[2], loc
+ 4);
11422 bfd_put_16 (output_bfd
, gotplt_value_low
, loc
+ 6);
11423 bfd_put_16 (output_bfd
, plt_entry
[4], loc
+ 8);
11424 bfd_put_16 (output_bfd
, gotplt_value_low
, loc
+ 10);
11425 for (i
= 6; i
< ARRAY_SIZE (micromips_insn32_o32_exec_plt0_entry
); i
++)
11426 bfd_put_16 (output_bfd
, plt_entry
[i
], loc
+ (i
* 2));
11430 bfd_put_32 (output_bfd
, plt_entry
[0] | gotplt_value_high
, loc
);
11431 bfd_put_32 (output_bfd
, plt_entry
[1] | gotplt_value_low
, loc
+ 4);
11432 bfd_put_32 (output_bfd
, plt_entry
[2] | gotplt_value_low
, loc
+ 8);
11433 bfd_put_32 (output_bfd
, plt_entry
[3], loc
+ 12);
11434 bfd_put_32 (output_bfd
, plt_entry
[4], loc
+ 16);
11435 bfd_put_32 (output_bfd
, plt_entry
[5], loc
+ 20);
11436 bfd_put_32 (output_bfd
, plt_entry
[6], loc
+ 24);
11437 bfd_put_32 (output_bfd
, plt_entry
[7], loc
+ 28);
11443 /* Install the PLT header for a VxWorks executable and finalize the
11444 contents of .rela.plt.unloaded. */
11447 mips_vxworks_finish_exec_plt (bfd
*output_bfd
, struct bfd_link_info
*info
)
11449 Elf_Internal_Rela rela
;
11451 bfd_vma got_value
, got_value_high
, got_value_low
, plt_address
;
11452 static const bfd_vma
*plt_entry
;
11453 struct mips_elf_link_hash_table
*htab
;
11455 htab
= mips_elf_hash_table (info
);
11456 BFD_ASSERT (htab
!= NULL
);
11458 plt_entry
= mips_vxworks_exec_plt0_entry
;
11460 /* Calculate the value of _GLOBAL_OFFSET_TABLE_. */
11461 got_value
= (htab
->root
.hgot
->root
.u
.def
.section
->output_section
->vma
11462 + htab
->root
.hgot
->root
.u
.def
.section
->output_offset
11463 + htab
->root
.hgot
->root
.u
.def
.value
);
11465 got_value_high
= ((got_value
+ 0x8000) >> 16) & 0xffff;
11466 got_value_low
= got_value
& 0xffff;
11468 /* Calculate the address of the PLT header. */
11469 plt_address
= (htab
->root
.splt
->output_section
->vma
11470 + htab
->root
.splt
->output_offset
);
11472 /* Install the PLT header. */
11473 loc
= htab
->root
.splt
->contents
;
11474 bfd_put_32 (output_bfd
, plt_entry
[0] | got_value_high
, loc
);
11475 bfd_put_32 (output_bfd
, plt_entry
[1] | got_value_low
, loc
+ 4);
11476 bfd_put_32 (output_bfd
, plt_entry
[2], loc
+ 8);
11477 bfd_put_32 (output_bfd
, plt_entry
[3], loc
+ 12);
11478 bfd_put_32 (output_bfd
, plt_entry
[4], loc
+ 16);
11479 bfd_put_32 (output_bfd
, plt_entry
[5], loc
+ 20);
11481 /* Output the relocation for the lui of %hi(_GLOBAL_OFFSET_TABLE_). */
11482 loc
= htab
->srelplt2
->contents
;
11483 rela
.r_offset
= plt_address
;
11484 rela
.r_info
= ELF32_R_INFO (htab
->root
.hgot
->indx
, R_MIPS_HI16
);
11486 bfd_elf32_swap_reloca_out (output_bfd
, &rela
, loc
);
11487 loc
+= sizeof (Elf32_External_Rela
);
11489 /* Output the relocation for the following addiu of
11490 %lo(_GLOBAL_OFFSET_TABLE_). */
11491 rela
.r_offset
+= 4;
11492 rela
.r_info
= ELF32_R_INFO (htab
->root
.hgot
->indx
, R_MIPS_LO16
);
11493 bfd_elf32_swap_reloca_out (output_bfd
, &rela
, loc
);
11494 loc
+= sizeof (Elf32_External_Rela
);
11496 /* Fix up the remaining relocations. They may have the wrong
11497 symbol index for _G_O_T_ or _P_L_T_ depending on the order
11498 in which symbols were output. */
11499 while (loc
< htab
->srelplt2
->contents
+ htab
->srelplt2
->size
)
11501 Elf_Internal_Rela rel
;
11503 bfd_elf32_swap_reloca_in (output_bfd
, loc
, &rel
);
11504 rel
.r_info
= ELF32_R_INFO (htab
->root
.hplt
->indx
, R_MIPS_32
);
11505 bfd_elf32_swap_reloca_out (output_bfd
, &rel
, loc
);
11506 loc
+= sizeof (Elf32_External_Rela
);
11508 bfd_elf32_swap_reloca_in (output_bfd
, loc
, &rel
);
11509 rel
.r_info
= ELF32_R_INFO (htab
->root
.hgot
->indx
, R_MIPS_HI16
);
11510 bfd_elf32_swap_reloca_out (output_bfd
, &rel
, loc
);
11511 loc
+= sizeof (Elf32_External_Rela
);
11513 bfd_elf32_swap_reloca_in (output_bfd
, loc
, &rel
);
11514 rel
.r_info
= ELF32_R_INFO (htab
->root
.hgot
->indx
, R_MIPS_LO16
);
11515 bfd_elf32_swap_reloca_out (output_bfd
, &rel
, loc
);
11516 loc
+= sizeof (Elf32_External_Rela
);
11520 /* Install the PLT header for a VxWorks shared library. */
11523 mips_vxworks_finish_shared_plt (bfd
*output_bfd
, struct bfd_link_info
*info
)
11526 struct mips_elf_link_hash_table
*htab
;
11528 htab
= mips_elf_hash_table (info
);
11529 BFD_ASSERT (htab
!= NULL
);
11531 /* We just need to copy the entry byte-by-byte. */
11532 for (i
= 0; i
< ARRAY_SIZE (mips_vxworks_shared_plt0_entry
); i
++)
11533 bfd_put_32 (output_bfd
, mips_vxworks_shared_plt0_entry
[i
],
11534 htab
->root
.splt
->contents
+ i
* 4);
11537 /* Finish up the dynamic sections. */
11540 _bfd_mips_elf_finish_dynamic_sections (bfd
*output_bfd
,
11541 struct bfd_link_info
*info
)
11546 struct mips_got_info
*gg
, *g
;
11547 struct mips_elf_link_hash_table
*htab
;
11549 htab
= mips_elf_hash_table (info
);
11550 BFD_ASSERT (htab
!= NULL
);
11552 dynobj
= elf_hash_table (info
)->dynobj
;
11554 sdyn
= bfd_get_linker_section (dynobj
, ".dynamic");
11556 sgot
= htab
->root
.sgot
;
11557 gg
= htab
->got_info
;
11559 if (elf_hash_table (info
)->dynamic_sections_created
)
11562 int dyn_to_skip
= 0, dyn_skipped
= 0;
11564 BFD_ASSERT (sdyn
!= NULL
);
11565 BFD_ASSERT (gg
!= NULL
);
11567 g
= mips_elf_bfd_got (output_bfd
, FALSE
);
11568 BFD_ASSERT (g
!= NULL
);
11570 for (b
= sdyn
->contents
;
11571 b
< sdyn
->contents
+ sdyn
->size
;
11572 b
+= MIPS_ELF_DYN_SIZE (dynobj
))
11574 Elf_Internal_Dyn dyn
;
11578 bfd_boolean swap_out_p
;
11580 /* Read in the current dynamic entry. */
11581 (*get_elf_backend_data (dynobj
)->s
->swap_dyn_in
) (dynobj
, b
, &dyn
);
11583 /* Assume that we're going to modify it and write it out. */
11589 dyn
.d_un
.d_val
= MIPS_ELF_REL_SIZE (dynobj
);
11593 BFD_ASSERT (htab
->is_vxworks
);
11594 dyn
.d_un
.d_val
= MIPS_ELF_RELA_SIZE (dynobj
);
11598 /* Rewrite DT_STRSZ. */
11600 _bfd_elf_strtab_size (elf_hash_table (info
)->dynstr
);
11604 s
= htab
->root
.sgot
;
11605 dyn
.d_un
.d_ptr
= s
->output_section
->vma
+ s
->output_offset
;
11608 case DT_MIPS_PLTGOT
:
11609 s
= htab
->root
.sgotplt
;
11610 dyn
.d_un
.d_ptr
= s
->output_section
->vma
+ s
->output_offset
;
11613 case DT_MIPS_RLD_VERSION
:
11614 dyn
.d_un
.d_val
= 1; /* XXX */
11617 case DT_MIPS_FLAGS
:
11618 dyn
.d_un
.d_val
= RHF_NOTPOT
; /* XXX */
11621 case DT_MIPS_TIME_STAMP
:
11625 dyn
.d_un
.d_val
= t
;
11629 case DT_MIPS_ICHECKSUM
:
11631 swap_out_p
= FALSE
;
11634 case DT_MIPS_IVERSION
:
11636 swap_out_p
= FALSE
;
11639 case DT_MIPS_BASE_ADDRESS
:
11640 s
= output_bfd
->sections
;
11641 BFD_ASSERT (s
!= NULL
);
11642 dyn
.d_un
.d_ptr
= s
->vma
& ~(bfd_vma
) 0xffff;
11645 case DT_MIPS_LOCAL_GOTNO
:
11646 dyn
.d_un
.d_val
= g
->local_gotno
;
11649 case DT_MIPS_UNREFEXTNO
:
11650 /* The index into the dynamic symbol table which is the
11651 entry of the first external symbol that is not
11652 referenced within the same object. */
11653 dyn
.d_un
.d_val
= bfd_count_sections (output_bfd
) + 1;
11656 case DT_MIPS_GOTSYM
:
11657 if (htab
->global_gotsym
)
11659 dyn
.d_un
.d_val
= htab
->global_gotsym
->dynindx
;
11662 /* In case if we don't have global got symbols we default
11663 to setting DT_MIPS_GOTSYM to the same value as
11664 DT_MIPS_SYMTABNO. */
11665 /* Fall through. */
11667 case DT_MIPS_SYMTABNO
:
11669 elemsize
= MIPS_ELF_SYM_SIZE (output_bfd
);
11670 s
= bfd_get_linker_section (dynobj
, name
);
11673 dyn
.d_un
.d_val
= s
->size
/ elemsize
;
11675 dyn
.d_un
.d_val
= 0;
11678 case DT_MIPS_HIPAGENO
:
11679 dyn
.d_un
.d_val
= g
->local_gotno
- htab
->reserved_gotno
;
11682 case DT_MIPS_RLD_MAP
:
11684 struct elf_link_hash_entry
*h
;
11685 h
= mips_elf_hash_table (info
)->rld_symbol
;
11688 dyn_to_skip
= MIPS_ELF_DYN_SIZE (dynobj
);
11689 swap_out_p
= FALSE
;
11692 s
= h
->root
.u
.def
.section
;
11694 /* The MIPS_RLD_MAP tag stores the absolute address of the
11696 dyn
.d_un
.d_ptr
= (s
->output_section
->vma
+ s
->output_offset
11697 + h
->root
.u
.def
.value
);
11701 case DT_MIPS_RLD_MAP_REL
:
11703 struct elf_link_hash_entry
*h
;
11704 bfd_vma dt_addr
, rld_addr
;
11705 h
= mips_elf_hash_table (info
)->rld_symbol
;
11708 dyn_to_skip
= MIPS_ELF_DYN_SIZE (dynobj
);
11709 swap_out_p
= FALSE
;
11712 s
= h
->root
.u
.def
.section
;
11714 /* The MIPS_RLD_MAP_REL tag stores the offset to the debug
11715 pointer, relative to the address of the tag. */
11716 dt_addr
= (sdyn
->output_section
->vma
+ sdyn
->output_offset
11717 + (b
- sdyn
->contents
));
11718 rld_addr
= (s
->output_section
->vma
+ s
->output_offset
11719 + h
->root
.u
.def
.value
);
11720 dyn
.d_un
.d_ptr
= rld_addr
- dt_addr
;
11724 case DT_MIPS_OPTIONS
:
11725 s
= (bfd_get_section_by_name
11726 (output_bfd
, MIPS_ELF_OPTIONS_SECTION_NAME (output_bfd
)));
11727 dyn
.d_un
.d_ptr
= s
->vma
;
11731 BFD_ASSERT (htab
->use_plts_and_copy_relocs
);
11732 if (htab
->is_vxworks
)
11733 dyn
.d_un
.d_val
= DT_RELA
;
11735 dyn
.d_un
.d_val
= DT_REL
;
11739 BFD_ASSERT (htab
->use_plts_and_copy_relocs
);
11740 dyn
.d_un
.d_val
= htab
->root
.srelplt
->size
;
11744 BFD_ASSERT (htab
->use_plts_and_copy_relocs
);
11745 dyn
.d_un
.d_ptr
= (htab
->root
.srelplt
->output_section
->vma
11746 + htab
->root
.srelplt
->output_offset
);
11750 /* If we didn't need any text relocations after all, delete
11751 the dynamic tag. */
11752 if (!(info
->flags
& DF_TEXTREL
))
11754 dyn_to_skip
= MIPS_ELF_DYN_SIZE (dynobj
);
11755 swap_out_p
= FALSE
;
11760 /* If we didn't need any text relocations after all, clear
11761 DF_TEXTREL from DT_FLAGS. */
11762 if (!(info
->flags
& DF_TEXTREL
))
11763 dyn
.d_un
.d_val
&= ~DF_TEXTREL
;
11765 swap_out_p
= FALSE
;
11769 swap_out_p
= FALSE
;
11770 if (htab
->is_vxworks
11771 && elf_vxworks_finish_dynamic_entry (output_bfd
, &dyn
))
11776 if (swap_out_p
|| dyn_skipped
)
11777 (*get_elf_backend_data (dynobj
)->s
->swap_dyn_out
)
11778 (dynobj
, &dyn
, b
- dyn_skipped
);
11782 dyn_skipped
+= dyn_to_skip
;
11787 /* Wipe out any trailing entries if we shifted down a dynamic tag. */
11788 if (dyn_skipped
> 0)
11789 memset (b
- dyn_skipped
, 0, dyn_skipped
);
11792 if (sgot
!= NULL
&& sgot
->size
> 0
11793 && !bfd_is_abs_section (sgot
->output_section
))
11795 if (htab
->is_vxworks
)
11797 /* The first entry of the global offset table points to the
11798 ".dynamic" section. The second is initialized by the
11799 loader and contains the shared library identifier.
11800 The third is also initialized by the loader and points
11801 to the lazy resolution stub. */
11802 MIPS_ELF_PUT_WORD (output_bfd
,
11803 sdyn
->output_offset
+ sdyn
->output_section
->vma
,
11805 MIPS_ELF_PUT_WORD (output_bfd
, 0,
11806 sgot
->contents
+ MIPS_ELF_GOT_SIZE (output_bfd
));
11807 MIPS_ELF_PUT_WORD (output_bfd
, 0,
11809 + 2 * MIPS_ELF_GOT_SIZE (output_bfd
));
11813 /* The first entry of the global offset table will be filled at
11814 runtime. The second entry will be used by some runtime loaders.
11815 This isn't the case of IRIX rld. */
11816 MIPS_ELF_PUT_WORD (output_bfd
, (bfd_vma
) 0, sgot
->contents
);
11817 MIPS_ELF_PUT_WORD (output_bfd
, MIPS_ELF_GNU_GOT1_MASK (output_bfd
),
11818 sgot
->contents
+ MIPS_ELF_GOT_SIZE (output_bfd
));
11821 elf_section_data (sgot
->output_section
)->this_hdr
.sh_entsize
11822 = MIPS_ELF_GOT_SIZE (output_bfd
);
11825 /* Generate dynamic relocations for the non-primary gots. */
11826 if (gg
!= NULL
&& gg
->next
)
11828 Elf_Internal_Rela rel
[3];
11829 bfd_vma addend
= 0;
11831 memset (rel
, 0, sizeof (rel
));
11832 rel
[0].r_info
= ELF_R_INFO (output_bfd
, 0, R_MIPS_REL32
);
11834 for (g
= gg
->next
; g
->next
!= gg
; g
= g
->next
)
11836 bfd_vma got_index
= g
->next
->local_gotno
+ g
->next
->global_gotno
11837 + g
->next
->tls_gotno
;
11839 MIPS_ELF_PUT_WORD (output_bfd
, 0, sgot
->contents
11840 + got_index
++ * MIPS_ELF_GOT_SIZE (output_bfd
));
11841 MIPS_ELF_PUT_WORD (output_bfd
, MIPS_ELF_GNU_GOT1_MASK (output_bfd
),
11843 + got_index
++ * MIPS_ELF_GOT_SIZE (output_bfd
));
11845 if (! bfd_link_pic (info
))
11848 for (; got_index
< g
->local_gotno
; got_index
++)
11850 if (got_index
>= g
->assigned_low_gotno
11851 && got_index
<= g
->assigned_high_gotno
)
11854 rel
[0].r_offset
= rel
[1].r_offset
= rel
[2].r_offset
11855 = got_index
* MIPS_ELF_GOT_SIZE (output_bfd
);
11856 if (!(mips_elf_create_dynamic_relocation
11857 (output_bfd
, info
, rel
, NULL
,
11858 bfd_abs_section_ptr
,
11859 0, &addend
, sgot
)))
11861 BFD_ASSERT (addend
== 0);
11866 /* The generation of dynamic relocations for the non-primary gots
11867 adds more dynamic relocations. We cannot count them until
11870 if (elf_hash_table (info
)->dynamic_sections_created
)
11873 bfd_boolean swap_out_p
;
11875 BFD_ASSERT (sdyn
!= NULL
);
11877 for (b
= sdyn
->contents
;
11878 b
< sdyn
->contents
+ sdyn
->size
;
11879 b
+= MIPS_ELF_DYN_SIZE (dynobj
))
11881 Elf_Internal_Dyn dyn
;
11884 /* Read in the current dynamic entry. */
11885 (*get_elf_backend_data (dynobj
)->s
->swap_dyn_in
) (dynobj
, b
, &dyn
);
11887 /* Assume that we're going to modify it and write it out. */
11893 /* Reduce DT_RELSZ to account for any relocations we
11894 decided not to make. This is for the n64 irix rld,
11895 which doesn't seem to apply any relocations if there
11896 are trailing null entries. */
11897 s
= mips_elf_rel_dyn_section (info
, FALSE
);
11898 dyn
.d_un
.d_val
= (s
->reloc_count
11899 * (ABI_64_P (output_bfd
)
11900 ? sizeof (Elf64_Mips_External_Rel
)
11901 : sizeof (Elf32_External_Rel
)));
11902 /* Adjust the section size too. Tools like the prelinker
11903 can reasonably expect the values to the same. */
11904 elf_section_data (s
->output_section
)->this_hdr
.sh_size
11909 swap_out_p
= FALSE
;
11914 (*get_elf_backend_data (dynobj
)->s
->swap_dyn_out
)
11921 Elf32_compact_rel cpt
;
11923 if (SGI_COMPAT (output_bfd
))
11925 /* Write .compact_rel section out. */
11926 s
= bfd_get_linker_section (dynobj
, ".compact_rel");
11930 cpt
.num
= s
->reloc_count
;
11932 cpt
.offset
= (s
->output_section
->filepos
11933 + sizeof (Elf32_External_compact_rel
));
11936 bfd_elf32_swap_compact_rel_out (output_bfd
, &cpt
,
11937 ((Elf32_External_compact_rel
*)
11940 /* Clean up a dummy stub function entry in .text. */
11941 if (htab
->sstubs
!= NULL
)
11943 file_ptr dummy_offset
;
11945 BFD_ASSERT (htab
->sstubs
->size
>= htab
->function_stub_size
);
11946 dummy_offset
= htab
->sstubs
->size
- htab
->function_stub_size
;
11947 memset (htab
->sstubs
->contents
+ dummy_offset
, 0,
11948 htab
->function_stub_size
);
11953 /* The psABI says that the dynamic relocations must be sorted in
11954 increasing order of r_symndx. The VxWorks EABI doesn't require
11955 this, and because the code below handles REL rather than RELA
11956 relocations, using it for VxWorks would be outright harmful. */
11957 if (!htab
->is_vxworks
)
11959 s
= mips_elf_rel_dyn_section (info
, FALSE
);
11961 && s
->size
> (bfd_vma
)2 * MIPS_ELF_REL_SIZE (output_bfd
))
11963 reldyn_sorting_bfd
= output_bfd
;
11965 if (ABI_64_P (output_bfd
))
11966 qsort ((Elf64_External_Rel
*) s
->contents
+ 1,
11967 s
->reloc_count
- 1, sizeof (Elf64_Mips_External_Rel
),
11968 sort_dynamic_relocs_64
);
11970 qsort ((Elf32_External_Rel
*) s
->contents
+ 1,
11971 s
->reloc_count
- 1, sizeof (Elf32_External_Rel
),
11972 sort_dynamic_relocs
);
11977 if (htab
->root
.splt
&& htab
->root
.splt
->size
> 0)
11979 if (htab
->is_vxworks
)
11981 if (bfd_link_pic (info
))
11982 mips_vxworks_finish_shared_plt (output_bfd
, info
);
11984 mips_vxworks_finish_exec_plt (output_bfd
, info
);
11988 BFD_ASSERT (!bfd_link_pic (info
));
11989 if (!mips_finish_exec_plt (output_bfd
, info
))
11997 /* Set ABFD's EF_MIPS_ARCH and EF_MIPS_MACH flags. */
12000 mips_set_isa_flags (bfd
*abfd
)
12004 switch (bfd_get_mach (abfd
))
12007 case bfd_mach_mips3000
:
12008 val
= E_MIPS_ARCH_1
;
12011 case bfd_mach_mips3900
:
12012 val
= E_MIPS_ARCH_1
| E_MIPS_MACH_3900
;
12015 case bfd_mach_mips6000
:
12016 val
= E_MIPS_ARCH_2
;
12019 case bfd_mach_mips4000
:
12020 case bfd_mach_mips4300
:
12021 case bfd_mach_mips4400
:
12022 case bfd_mach_mips4600
:
12023 val
= E_MIPS_ARCH_3
;
12026 case bfd_mach_mips4010
:
12027 val
= E_MIPS_ARCH_3
| E_MIPS_MACH_4010
;
12030 case bfd_mach_mips4100
:
12031 val
= E_MIPS_ARCH_3
| E_MIPS_MACH_4100
;
12034 case bfd_mach_mips4111
:
12035 val
= E_MIPS_ARCH_3
| E_MIPS_MACH_4111
;
12038 case bfd_mach_mips4120
:
12039 val
= E_MIPS_ARCH_3
| E_MIPS_MACH_4120
;
12042 case bfd_mach_mips4650
:
12043 val
= E_MIPS_ARCH_3
| E_MIPS_MACH_4650
;
12046 case bfd_mach_mips5400
:
12047 val
= E_MIPS_ARCH_4
| E_MIPS_MACH_5400
;
12050 case bfd_mach_mips5500
:
12051 val
= E_MIPS_ARCH_4
| E_MIPS_MACH_5500
;
12054 case bfd_mach_mips5900
:
12055 val
= E_MIPS_ARCH_3
| E_MIPS_MACH_5900
;
12058 case bfd_mach_mips9000
:
12059 val
= E_MIPS_ARCH_4
| E_MIPS_MACH_9000
;
12062 case bfd_mach_mips5000
:
12063 case bfd_mach_mips7000
:
12064 case bfd_mach_mips8000
:
12065 case bfd_mach_mips10000
:
12066 case bfd_mach_mips12000
:
12067 case bfd_mach_mips14000
:
12068 case bfd_mach_mips16000
:
12069 val
= E_MIPS_ARCH_4
;
12072 case bfd_mach_mips5
:
12073 val
= E_MIPS_ARCH_5
;
12076 case bfd_mach_mips_loongson_2e
:
12077 val
= E_MIPS_ARCH_3
| E_MIPS_MACH_LS2E
;
12080 case bfd_mach_mips_loongson_2f
:
12081 val
= E_MIPS_ARCH_3
| E_MIPS_MACH_LS2F
;
12084 case bfd_mach_mips_sb1
:
12085 val
= E_MIPS_ARCH_64
| E_MIPS_MACH_SB1
;
12088 case bfd_mach_mips_loongson_3a
:
12089 val
= E_MIPS_ARCH_64R2
| E_MIPS_MACH_LS3A
;
12092 case bfd_mach_mips_octeon
:
12093 case bfd_mach_mips_octeonp
:
12094 val
= E_MIPS_ARCH_64R2
| E_MIPS_MACH_OCTEON
;
12097 case bfd_mach_mips_octeon3
:
12098 val
= E_MIPS_ARCH_64R2
| E_MIPS_MACH_OCTEON3
;
12101 case bfd_mach_mips_xlr
:
12102 val
= E_MIPS_ARCH_64
| E_MIPS_MACH_XLR
;
12105 case bfd_mach_mips_octeon2
:
12106 val
= E_MIPS_ARCH_64R2
| E_MIPS_MACH_OCTEON2
;
12109 case bfd_mach_mipsisa32
:
12110 val
= E_MIPS_ARCH_32
;
12113 case bfd_mach_mipsisa64
:
12114 val
= E_MIPS_ARCH_64
;
12117 case bfd_mach_mipsisa32r2
:
12118 case bfd_mach_mipsisa32r3
:
12119 case bfd_mach_mipsisa32r5
:
12120 val
= E_MIPS_ARCH_32R2
;
12123 case bfd_mach_mipsisa64r2
:
12124 case bfd_mach_mipsisa64r3
:
12125 case bfd_mach_mipsisa64r5
:
12126 val
= E_MIPS_ARCH_64R2
;
12129 case bfd_mach_mipsisa32r6
:
12130 val
= E_MIPS_ARCH_32R6
;
12133 case bfd_mach_mipsisa64r6
:
12134 val
= E_MIPS_ARCH_64R6
;
12137 elf_elfheader (abfd
)->e_flags
&= ~(EF_MIPS_ARCH
| EF_MIPS_MACH
);
12138 elf_elfheader (abfd
)->e_flags
|= val
;
12143 /* Whether to sort relocs output by ld -r or ld --emit-relocs, by r_offset.
12144 Don't do so for code sections. We want to keep ordering of HI16/LO16
12145 as is. On the other hand, elf-eh-frame.c processing requires .eh_frame
12146 relocs to be sorted. */
12149 _bfd_mips_elf_sort_relocs_p (asection
*sec
)
12151 return (sec
->flags
& SEC_CODE
) == 0;
12155 /* The final processing done just before writing out a MIPS ELF object
12156 file. This gets the MIPS architecture right based on the machine
12157 number. This is used by both the 32-bit and the 64-bit ABI. */
12160 _bfd_mips_elf_final_write_processing (bfd
*abfd
,
12161 bfd_boolean linker ATTRIBUTE_UNUSED
)
12164 Elf_Internal_Shdr
**hdrpp
;
12168 /* Keep the existing EF_MIPS_MACH and EF_MIPS_ARCH flags if the former
12169 is nonzero. This is for compatibility with old objects, which used
12170 a combination of a 32-bit EF_MIPS_ARCH and a 64-bit EF_MIPS_MACH. */
12171 if ((elf_elfheader (abfd
)->e_flags
& EF_MIPS_MACH
) == 0)
12172 mips_set_isa_flags (abfd
);
12174 /* Set the sh_info field for .gptab sections and other appropriate
12175 info for each special section. */
12176 for (i
= 1, hdrpp
= elf_elfsections (abfd
) + 1;
12177 i
< elf_numsections (abfd
);
12180 switch ((*hdrpp
)->sh_type
)
12182 case SHT_MIPS_MSYM
:
12183 case SHT_MIPS_LIBLIST
:
12184 sec
= bfd_get_section_by_name (abfd
, ".dynstr");
12186 (*hdrpp
)->sh_link
= elf_section_data (sec
)->this_idx
;
12189 case SHT_MIPS_GPTAB
:
12190 BFD_ASSERT ((*hdrpp
)->bfd_section
!= NULL
);
12191 name
= bfd_get_section_name (abfd
, (*hdrpp
)->bfd_section
);
12192 BFD_ASSERT (name
!= NULL
12193 && CONST_STRNEQ (name
, ".gptab."));
12194 sec
= bfd_get_section_by_name (abfd
, name
+ sizeof ".gptab" - 1);
12195 BFD_ASSERT (sec
!= NULL
);
12196 (*hdrpp
)->sh_info
= elf_section_data (sec
)->this_idx
;
12199 case SHT_MIPS_CONTENT
:
12200 BFD_ASSERT ((*hdrpp
)->bfd_section
!= NULL
);
12201 name
= bfd_get_section_name (abfd
, (*hdrpp
)->bfd_section
);
12202 BFD_ASSERT (name
!= NULL
12203 && CONST_STRNEQ (name
, ".MIPS.content"));
12204 sec
= bfd_get_section_by_name (abfd
,
12205 name
+ sizeof ".MIPS.content" - 1);
12206 BFD_ASSERT (sec
!= NULL
);
12207 (*hdrpp
)->sh_link
= elf_section_data (sec
)->this_idx
;
12210 case SHT_MIPS_SYMBOL_LIB
:
12211 sec
= bfd_get_section_by_name (abfd
, ".dynsym");
12213 (*hdrpp
)->sh_link
= elf_section_data (sec
)->this_idx
;
12214 sec
= bfd_get_section_by_name (abfd
, ".liblist");
12216 (*hdrpp
)->sh_info
= elf_section_data (sec
)->this_idx
;
12219 case SHT_MIPS_EVENTS
:
12220 BFD_ASSERT ((*hdrpp
)->bfd_section
!= NULL
);
12221 name
= bfd_get_section_name (abfd
, (*hdrpp
)->bfd_section
);
12222 BFD_ASSERT (name
!= NULL
);
12223 if (CONST_STRNEQ (name
, ".MIPS.events"))
12224 sec
= bfd_get_section_by_name (abfd
,
12225 name
+ sizeof ".MIPS.events" - 1);
12228 BFD_ASSERT (CONST_STRNEQ (name
, ".MIPS.post_rel"));
12229 sec
= bfd_get_section_by_name (abfd
,
12231 + sizeof ".MIPS.post_rel" - 1));
12233 BFD_ASSERT (sec
!= NULL
);
12234 (*hdrpp
)->sh_link
= elf_section_data (sec
)->this_idx
;
12241 /* When creating an IRIX5 executable, we need REGINFO and RTPROC
12245 _bfd_mips_elf_additional_program_headers (bfd
*abfd
,
12246 struct bfd_link_info
*info ATTRIBUTE_UNUSED
)
12251 /* See if we need a PT_MIPS_REGINFO segment. */
12252 s
= bfd_get_section_by_name (abfd
, ".reginfo");
12253 if (s
&& (s
->flags
& SEC_LOAD
))
12256 /* See if we need a PT_MIPS_ABIFLAGS segment. */
12257 if (bfd_get_section_by_name (abfd
, ".MIPS.abiflags"))
12260 /* See if we need a PT_MIPS_OPTIONS segment. */
12261 if (IRIX_COMPAT (abfd
) == ict_irix6
12262 && bfd_get_section_by_name (abfd
,
12263 MIPS_ELF_OPTIONS_SECTION_NAME (abfd
)))
12266 /* See if we need a PT_MIPS_RTPROC segment. */
12267 if (IRIX_COMPAT (abfd
) == ict_irix5
12268 && bfd_get_section_by_name (abfd
, ".dynamic")
12269 && bfd_get_section_by_name (abfd
, ".mdebug"))
12272 /* Allocate a PT_NULL header in dynamic objects. See
12273 _bfd_mips_elf_modify_segment_map for details. */
12274 if (!SGI_COMPAT (abfd
)
12275 && bfd_get_section_by_name (abfd
, ".dynamic"))
12281 /* Modify the segment map for an IRIX5 executable. */
12284 _bfd_mips_elf_modify_segment_map (bfd
*abfd
,
12285 struct bfd_link_info
*info
)
12288 struct elf_segment_map
*m
, **pm
;
12291 /* If there is a .reginfo section, we need a PT_MIPS_REGINFO
12293 s
= bfd_get_section_by_name (abfd
, ".reginfo");
12294 if (s
!= NULL
&& (s
->flags
& SEC_LOAD
) != 0)
12296 for (m
= elf_seg_map (abfd
); m
!= NULL
; m
= m
->next
)
12297 if (m
->p_type
== PT_MIPS_REGINFO
)
12302 m
= bfd_zalloc (abfd
, amt
);
12306 m
->p_type
= PT_MIPS_REGINFO
;
12308 m
->sections
[0] = s
;
12310 /* We want to put it after the PHDR and INTERP segments. */
12311 pm
= &elf_seg_map (abfd
);
12313 && ((*pm
)->p_type
== PT_PHDR
12314 || (*pm
)->p_type
== PT_INTERP
))
12322 /* If there is a .MIPS.abiflags section, we need a PT_MIPS_ABIFLAGS
12324 s
= bfd_get_section_by_name (abfd
, ".MIPS.abiflags");
12325 if (s
!= NULL
&& (s
->flags
& SEC_LOAD
) != 0)
12327 for (m
= elf_seg_map (abfd
); m
!= NULL
; m
= m
->next
)
12328 if (m
->p_type
== PT_MIPS_ABIFLAGS
)
12333 m
= bfd_zalloc (abfd
, amt
);
12337 m
->p_type
= PT_MIPS_ABIFLAGS
;
12339 m
->sections
[0] = s
;
12341 /* We want to put it after the PHDR and INTERP segments. */
12342 pm
= &elf_seg_map (abfd
);
12344 && ((*pm
)->p_type
== PT_PHDR
12345 || (*pm
)->p_type
== PT_INTERP
))
12353 /* For IRIX 6, we don't have .mdebug sections, nor does anything but
12354 .dynamic end up in PT_DYNAMIC. However, we do have to insert a
12355 PT_MIPS_OPTIONS segment immediately following the program header
12357 if (NEWABI_P (abfd
)
12358 /* On non-IRIX6 new abi, we'll have already created a segment
12359 for this section, so don't create another. I'm not sure this
12360 is not also the case for IRIX 6, but I can't test it right
12362 && IRIX_COMPAT (abfd
) == ict_irix6
)
12364 for (s
= abfd
->sections
; s
; s
= s
->next
)
12365 if (elf_section_data (s
)->this_hdr
.sh_type
== SHT_MIPS_OPTIONS
)
12370 struct elf_segment_map
*options_segment
;
12372 pm
= &elf_seg_map (abfd
);
12374 && ((*pm
)->p_type
== PT_PHDR
12375 || (*pm
)->p_type
== PT_INTERP
))
12378 if (*pm
== NULL
|| (*pm
)->p_type
!= PT_MIPS_OPTIONS
)
12380 amt
= sizeof (struct elf_segment_map
);
12381 options_segment
= bfd_zalloc (abfd
, amt
);
12382 options_segment
->next
= *pm
;
12383 options_segment
->p_type
= PT_MIPS_OPTIONS
;
12384 options_segment
->p_flags
= PF_R
;
12385 options_segment
->p_flags_valid
= TRUE
;
12386 options_segment
->count
= 1;
12387 options_segment
->sections
[0] = s
;
12388 *pm
= options_segment
;
12394 if (IRIX_COMPAT (abfd
) == ict_irix5
)
12396 /* If there are .dynamic and .mdebug sections, we make a room
12397 for the RTPROC header. FIXME: Rewrite without section names. */
12398 if (bfd_get_section_by_name (abfd
, ".interp") == NULL
12399 && bfd_get_section_by_name (abfd
, ".dynamic") != NULL
12400 && bfd_get_section_by_name (abfd
, ".mdebug") != NULL
)
12402 for (m
= elf_seg_map (abfd
); m
!= NULL
; m
= m
->next
)
12403 if (m
->p_type
== PT_MIPS_RTPROC
)
12408 m
= bfd_zalloc (abfd
, amt
);
12412 m
->p_type
= PT_MIPS_RTPROC
;
12414 s
= bfd_get_section_by_name (abfd
, ".rtproc");
12419 m
->p_flags_valid
= 1;
12424 m
->sections
[0] = s
;
12427 /* We want to put it after the DYNAMIC segment. */
12428 pm
= &elf_seg_map (abfd
);
12429 while (*pm
!= NULL
&& (*pm
)->p_type
!= PT_DYNAMIC
)
12439 /* On IRIX5, the PT_DYNAMIC segment includes the .dynamic,
12440 .dynstr, .dynsym, and .hash sections, and everything in
12442 for (pm
= &elf_seg_map (abfd
); *pm
!= NULL
;
12444 if ((*pm
)->p_type
== PT_DYNAMIC
)
12447 /* GNU/Linux binaries do not need the extended PT_DYNAMIC section.
12448 glibc's dynamic linker has traditionally derived the number of
12449 tags from the p_filesz field, and sometimes allocates stack
12450 arrays of that size. An overly-big PT_DYNAMIC segment can
12451 be actively harmful in such cases. Making PT_DYNAMIC contain
12452 other sections can also make life hard for the prelinker,
12453 which might move one of the other sections to a different
12454 PT_LOAD segment. */
12455 if (SGI_COMPAT (abfd
)
12458 && strcmp (m
->sections
[0]->name
, ".dynamic") == 0)
12460 static const char *sec_names
[] =
12462 ".dynamic", ".dynstr", ".dynsym", ".hash"
12466 struct elf_segment_map
*n
;
12468 low
= ~(bfd_vma
) 0;
12470 for (i
= 0; i
< sizeof sec_names
/ sizeof sec_names
[0]; i
++)
12472 s
= bfd_get_section_by_name (abfd
, sec_names
[i
]);
12473 if (s
!= NULL
&& (s
->flags
& SEC_LOAD
) != 0)
12480 if (high
< s
->vma
+ sz
)
12481 high
= s
->vma
+ sz
;
12486 for (s
= abfd
->sections
; s
!= NULL
; s
= s
->next
)
12487 if ((s
->flags
& SEC_LOAD
) != 0
12489 && s
->vma
+ s
->size
<= high
)
12492 amt
= sizeof *n
+ (bfd_size_type
) (c
- 1) * sizeof (asection
*);
12493 n
= bfd_zalloc (abfd
, amt
);
12500 for (s
= abfd
->sections
; s
!= NULL
; s
= s
->next
)
12502 if ((s
->flags
& SEC_LOAD
) != 0
12504 && s
->vma
+ s
->size
<= high
)
12506 n
->sections
[i
] = s
;
12515 /* Allocate a spare program header in dynamic objects so that tools
12516 like the prelinker can add an extra PT_LOAD entry.
12518 If the prelinker needs to make room for a new PT_LOAD entry, its
12519 standard procedure is to move the first (read-only) sections into
12520 the new (writable) segment. However, the MIPS ABI requires
12521 .dynamic to be in a read-only segment, and the section will often
12522 start within sizeof (ElfNN_Phdr) bytes of the last program header.
12524 Although the prelinker could in principle move .dynamic to a
12525 writable segment, it seems better to allocate a spare program
12526 header instead, and avoid the need to move any sections.
12527 There is a long tradition of allocating spare dynamic tags,
12528 so allocating a spare program header seems like a natural
12531 If INFO is NULL, we may be copying an already prelinked binary
12532 with objcopy or strip, so do not add this header. */
12534 && !SGI_COMPAT (abfd
)
12535 && bfd_get_section_by_name (abfd
, ".dynamic"))
12537 for (pm
= &elf_seg_map (abfd
); *pm
!= NULL
; pm
= &(*pm
)->next
)
12538 if ((*pm
)->p_type
== PT_NULL
)
12542 m
= bfd_zalloc (abfd
, sizeof (*m
));
12546 m
->p_type
= PT_NULL
;
12554 /* Return the section that should be marked against GC for a given
12558 _bfd_mips_elf_gc_mark_hook (asection
*sec
,
12559 struct bfd_link_info
*info
,
12560 Elf_Internal_Rela
*rel
,
12561 struct elf_link_hash_entry
*h
,
12562 Elf_Internal_Sym
*sym
)
12564 /* ??? Do mips16 stub sections need to be handled special? */
12567 switch (ELF_R_TYPE (sec
->owner
, rel
->r_info
))
12569 case R_MIPS_GNU_VTINHERIT
:
12570 case R_MIPS_GNU_VTENTRY
:
12574 return _bfd_elf_gc_mark_hook (sec
, info
, rel
, h
, sym
);
12577 /* Update the got entry reference counts for the section being removed. */
12580 _bfd_mips_elf_gc_sweep_hook (bfd
*abfd ATTRIBUTE_UNUSED
,
12581 struct bfd_link_info
*info ATTRIBUTE_UNUSED
,
12582 asection
*sec ATTRIBUTE_UNUSED
,
12583 const Elf_Internal_Rela
*relocs ATTRIBUTE_UNUSED
)
12586 Elf_Internal_Shdr
*symtab_hdr
;
12587 struct elf_link_hash_entry
**sym_hashes
;
12588 bfd_signed_vma
*local_got_refcounts
;
12589 const Elf_Internal_Rela
*rel
, *relend
;
12590 unsigned long r_symndx
;
12591 struct elf_link_hash_entry
*h
;
12593 if (bfd_link_relocatable (info
))
12596 symtab_hdr
= &elf_tdata (abfd
)->symtab_hdr
;
12597 sym_hashes
= elf_sym_hashes (abfd
);
12598 local_got_refcounts
= elf_local_got_refcounts (abfd
);
12600 relend
= relocs
+ sec
->reloc_count
;
12601 for (rel
= relocs
; rel
< relend
; rel
++)
12602 switch (ELF_R_TYPE (abfd
, rel
->r_info
))
12604 case R_MIPS16_GOT16
:
12605 case R_MIPS16_CALL16
:
12607 case R_MIPS_CALL16
:
12608 case R_MIPS_CALL_HI16
:
12609 case R_MIPS_CALL_LO16
:
12610 case R_MIPS_GOT_HI16
:
12611 case R_MIPS_GOT_LO16
:
12612 case R_MIPS_GOT_DISP
:
12613 case R_MIPS_GOT_PAGE
:
12614 case R_MIPS_GOT_OFST
:
12615 case R_MICROMIPS_GOT16
:
12616 case R_MICROMIPS_CALL16
:
12617 case R_MICROMIPS_CALL_HI16
:
12618 case R_MICROMIPS_CALL_LO16
:
12619 case R_MICROMIPS_GOT_HI16
:
12620 case R_MICROMIPS_GOT_LO16
:
12621 case R_MICROMIPS_GOT_DISP
:
12622 case R_MICROMIPS_GOT_PAGE
:
12623 case R_MICROMIPS_GOT_OFST
:
12624 /* ??? It would seem that the existing MIPS code does no sort
12625 of reference counting or whatnot on its GOT and PLT entries,
12626 so it is not possible to garbage collect them at this time. */
12637 /* Prevent .MIPS.abiflags from being discarded with --gc-sections. */
12640 _bfd_mips_elf_gc_mark_extra_sections (struct bfd_link_info
*info
,
12641 elf_gc_mark_hook_fn gc_mark_hook
)
12645 _bfd_elf_gc_mark_extra_sections (info
, gc_mark_hook
);
12647 for (sub
= info
->input_bfds
; sub
!= NULL
; sub
= sub
->link
.next
)
12651 if (! is_mips_elf (sub
))
12654 for (o
= sub
->sections
; o
!= NULL
; o
= o
->next
)
12656 && MIPS_ELF_ABIFLAGS_SECTION_NAME_P
12657 (bfd_get_section_name (sub
, o
)))
12659 if (!_bfd_elf_gc_mark (info
, o
, gc_mark_hook
))
12667 /* Copy data from a MIPS ELF indirect symbol to its direct symbol,
12668 hiding the old indirect symbol. Process additional relocation
12669 information. Also called for weakdefs, in which case we just let
12670 _bfd_elf_link_hash_copy_indirect copy the flags for us. */
12673 _bfd_mips_elf_copy_indirect_symbol (struct bfd_link_info
*info
,
12674 struct elf_link_hash_entry
*dir
,
12675 struct elf_link_hash_entry
*ind
)
12677 struct mips_elf_link_hash_entry
*dirmips
, *indmips
;
12679 _bfd_elf_link_hash_copy_indirect (info
, dir
, ind
);
12681 dirmips
= (struct mips_elf_link_hash_entry
*) dir
;
12682 indmips
= (struct mips_elf_link_hash_entry
*) ind
;
12683 /* Any absolute non-dynamic relocations against an indirect or weak
12684 definition will be against the target symbol. */
12685 if (indmips
->has_static_relocs
)
12686 dirmips
->has_static_relocs
= TRUE
;
12688 if (ind
->root
.type
!= bfd_link_hash_indirect
)
12691 dirmips
->possibly_dynamic_relocs
+= indmips
->possibly_dynamic_relocs
;
12692 if (indmips
->readonly_reloc
)
12693 dirmips
->readonly_reloc
= TRUE
;
12694 if (indmips
->no_fn_stub
)
12695 dirmips
->no_fn_stub
= TRUE
;
12696 if (indmips
->fn_stub
)
12698 dirmips
->fn_stub
= indmips
->fn_stub
;
12699 indmips
->fn_stub
= NULL
;
12701 if (indmips
->need_fn_stub
)
12703 dirmips
->need_fn_stub
= TRUE
;
12704 indmips
->need_fn_stub
= FALSE
;
12706 if (indmips
->call_stub
)
12708 dirmips
->call_stub
= indmips
->call_stub
;
12709 indmips
->call_stub
= NULL
;
12711 if (indmips
->call_fp_stub
)
12713 dirmips
->call_fp_stub
= indmips
->call_fp_stub
;
12714 indmips
->call_fp_stub
= NULL
;
12716 if (indmips
->global_got_area
< dirmips
->global_got_area
)
12717 dirmips
->global_got_area
= indmips
->global_got_area
;
12718 if (indmips
->global_got_area
< GGA_NONE
)
12719 indmips
->global_got_area
= GGA_NONE
;
12720 if (indmips
->has_nonpic_branches
)
12721 dirmips
->has_nonpic_branches
= TRUE
;
12724 #define PDR_SIZE 32
12727 _bfd_mips_elf_discard_info (bfd
*abfd
, struct elf_reloc_cookie
*cookie
,
12728 struct bfd_link_info
*info
)
12731 bfd_boolean ret
= FALSE
;
12732 unsigned char *tdata
;
12735 o
= bfd_get_section_by_name (abfd
, ".pdr");
12740 if (o
->size
% PDR_SIZE
!= 0)
12742 if (o
->output_section
!= NULL
12743 && bfd_is_abs_section (o
->output_section
))
12746 tdata
= bfd_zmalloc (o
->size
/ PDR_SIZE
);
12750 cookie
->rels
= _bfd_elf_link_read_relocs (abfd
, o
, NULL
, NULL
,
12751 info
->keep_memory
);
12758 cookie
->rel
= cookie
->rels
;
12759 cookie
->relend
= cookie
->rels
+ o
->reloc_count
;
12761 for (i
= 0, skip
= 0; i
< o
->size
/ PDR_SIZE
; i
++)
12763 if (bfd_elf_reloc_symbol_deleted_p (i
* PDR_SIZE
, cookie
))
12772 mips_elf_section_data (o
)->u
.tdata
= tdata
;
12773 if (o
->rawsize
== 0)
12774 o
->rawsize
= o
->size
;
12775 o
->size
-= skip
* PDR_SIZE
;
12781 if (! info
->keep_memory
)
12782 free (cookie
->rels
);
12788 _bfd_mips_elf_ignore_discarded_relocs (asection
*sec
)
12790 if (strcmp (sec
->name
, ".pdr") == 0)
12796 _bfd_mips_elf_write_section (bfd
*output_bfd
,
12797 struct bfd_link_info
*link_info ATTRIBUTE_UNUSED
,
12798 asection
*sec
, bfd_byte
*contents
)
12800 bfd_byte
*to
, *from
, *end
;
12803 if (strcmp (sec
->name
, ".pdr") != 0)
12806 if (mips_elf_section_data (sec
)->u
.tdata
== NULL
)
12810 end
= contents
+ sec
->size
;
12811 for (from
= contents
, i
= 0;
12813 from
+= PDR_SIZE
, i
++)
12815 if ((mips_elf_section_data (sec
)->u
.tdata
)[i
] == 1)
12818 memcpy (to
, from
, PDR_SIZE
);
12821 bfd_set_section_contents (output_bfd
, sec
->output_section
, contents
,
12822 sec
->output_offset
, sec
->size
);
12826 /* microMIPS code retains local labels for linker relaxation. Omit them
12827 from output by default for clarity. */
12830 _bfd_mips_elf_is_target_special_symbol (bfd
*abfd
, asymbol
*sym
)
12832 return _bfd_elf_is_local_label_name (abfd
, sym
->name
);
12835 /* MIPS ELF uses a special find_nearest_line routine in order the
12836 handle the ECOFF debugging information. */
12838 struct mips_elf_find_line
12840 struct ecoff_debug_info d
;
12841 struct ecoff_find_line i
;
12845 _bfd_mips_elf_find_nearest_line (bfd
*abfd
, asymbol
**symbols
,
12846 asection
*section
, bfd_vma offset
,
12847 const char **filename_ptr
,
12848 const char **functionname_ptr
,
12849 unsigned int *line_ptr
,
12850 unsigned int *discriminator_ptr
)
12854 if (_bfd_dwarf2_find_nearest_line (abfd
, symbols
, NULL
, section
, offset
,
12855 filename_ptr
, functionname_ptr
,
12856 line_ptr
, discriminator_ptr
,
12857 dwarf_debug_sections
,
12858 ABI_64_P (abfd
) ? 8 : 0,
12859 &elf_tdata (abfd
)->dwarf2_find_line_info
))
12862 if (_bfd_dwarf1_find_nearest_line (abfd
, symbols
, section
, offset
,
12863 filename_ptr
, functionname_ptr
,
12867 msec
= bfd_get_section_by_name (abfd
, ".mdebug");
12870 flagword origflags
;
12871 struct mips_elf_find_line
*fi
;
12872 const struct ecoff_debug_swap
* const swap
=
12873 get_elf_backend_data (abfd
)->elf_backend_ecoff_debug_swap
;
12875 /* If we are called during a link, mips_elf_final_link may have
12876 cleared the SEC_HAS_CONTENTS field. We force it back on here
12877 if appropriate (which it normally will be). */
12878 origflags
= msec
->flags
;
12879 if (elf_section_data (msec
)->this_hdr
.sh_type
!= SHT_NOBITS
)
12880 msec
->flags
|= SEC_HAS_CONTENTS
;
12882 fi
= mips_elf_tdata (abfd
)->find_line_info
;
12885 bfd_size_type external_fdr_size
;
12888 struct fdr
*fdr_ptr
;
12889 bfd_size_type amt
= sizeof (struct mips_elf_find_line
);
12891 fi
= bfd_zalloc (abfd
, amt
);
12894 msec
->flags
= origflags
;
12898 if (! _bfd_mips_elf_read_ecoff_info (abfd
, msec
, &fi
->d
))
12900 msec
->flags
= origflags
;
12904 /* Swap in the FDR information. */
12905 amt
= fi
->d
.symbolic_header
.ifdMax
* sizeof (struct fdr
);
12906 fi
->d
.fdr
= bfd_alloc (abfd
, amt
);
12907 if (fi
->d
.fdr
== NULL
)
12909 msec
->flags
= origflags
;
12912 external_fdr_size
= swap
->external_fdr_size
;
12913 fdr_ptr
= fi
->d
.fdr
;
12914 fraw_src
= (char *) fi
->d
.external_fdr
;
12915 fraw_end
= (fraw_src
12916 + fi
->d
.symbolic_header
.ifdMax
* external_fdr_size
);
12917 for (; fraw_src
< fraw_end
; fraw_src
+= external_fdr_size
, fdr_ptr
++)
12918 (*swap
->swap_fdr_in
) (abfd
, fraw_src
, fdr_ptr
);
12920 mips_elf_tdata (abfd
)->find_line_info
= fi
;
12922 /* Note that we don't bother to ever free this information.
12923 find_nearest_line is either called all the time, as in
12924 objdump -l, so the information should be saved, or it is
12925 rarely called, as in ld error messages, so the memory
12926 wasted is unimportant. Still, it would probably be a
12927 good idea for free_cached_info to throw it away. */
12930 if (_bfd_ecoff_locate_line (abfd
, section
, offset
, &fi
->d
, swap
,
12931 &fi
->i
, filename_ptr
, functionname_ptr
,
12934 msec
->flags
= origflags
;
12938 msec
->flags
= origflags
;
12941 /* Fall back on the generic ELF find_nearest_line routine. */
12943 return _bfd_elf_find_nearest_line (abfd
, symbols
, section
, offset
,
12944 filename_ptr
, functionname_ptr
,
12945 line_ptr
, discriminator_ptr
);
12949 _bfd_mips_elf_find_inliner_info (bfd
*abfd
,
12950 const char **filename_ptr
,
12951 const char **functionname_ptr
,
12952 unsigned int *line_ptr
)
12955 found
= _bfd_dwarf2_find_inliner_info (abfd
, filename_ptr
,
12956 functionname_ptr
, line_ptr
,
12957 & elf_tdata (abfd
)->dwarf2_find_line_info
);
12962 /* When are writing out the .options or .MIPS.options section,
12963 remember the bytes we are writing out, so that we can install the
12964 GP value in the section_processing routine. */
12967 _bfd_mips_elf_set_section_contents (bfd
*abfd
, sec_ptr section
,
12968 const void *location
,
12969 file_ptr offset
, bfd_size_type count
)
12971 if (MIPS_ELF_OPTIONS_SECTION_NAME_P (section
->name
))
12975 if (elf_section_data (section
) == NULL
)
12977 bfd_size_type amt
= sizeof (struct bfd_elf_section_data
);
12978 section
->used_by_bfd
= bfd_zalloc (abfd
, amt
);
12979 if (elf_section_data (section
) == NULL
)
12982 c
= mips_elf_section_data (section
)->u
.tdata
;
12985 c
= bfd_zalloc (abfd
, section
->size
);
12988 mips_elf_section_data (section
)->u
.tdata
= c
;
12991 memcpy (c
+ offset
, location
, count
);
12994 return _bfd_elf_set_section_contents (abfd
, section
, location
, offset
,
12998 /* This is almost identical to bfd_generic_get_... except that some
12999 MIPS relocations need to be handled specially. Sigh. */
13002 _bfd_elf_mips_get_relocated_section_contents
13004 struct bfd_link_info
*link_info
,
13005 struct bfd_link_order
*link_order
,
13007 bfd_boolean relocatable
,
13010 /* Get enough memory to hold the stuff */
13011 bfd
*input_bfd
= link_order
->u
.indirect
.section
->owner
;
13012 asection
*input_section
= link_order
->u
.indirect
.section
;
13015 long reloc_size
= bfd_get_reloc_upper_bound (input_bfd
, input_section
);
13016 arelent
**reloc_vector
= NULL
;
13019 if (reloc_size
< 0)
13022 reloc_vector
= bfd_malloc (reloc_size
);
13023 if (reloc_vector
== NULL
&& reloc_size
!= 0)
13026 /* read in the section */
13027 sz
= input_section
->rawsize
? input_section
->rawsize
: input_section
->size
;
13028 if (!bfd_get_section_contents (input_bfd
, input_section
, data
, 0, sz
))
13031 reloc_count
= bfd_canonicalize_reloc (input_bfd
,
13035 if (reloc_count
< 0)
13038 if (reloc_count
> 0)
13043 bfd_vma gp
= 0x12345678; /* initialize just to shut gcc up */
13046 struct bfd_hash_entry
*h
;
13047 struct bfd_link_hash_entry
*lh
;
13048 /* Skip all this stuff if we aren't mixing formats. */
13049 if (abfd
&& input_bfd
13050 && abfd
->xvec
== input_bfd
->xvec
)
13054 h
= bfd_hash_lookup (&link_info
->hash
->table
, "_gp", FALSE
, FALSE
);
13055 lh
= (struct bfd_link_hash_entry
*) h
;
13062 case bfd_link_hash_undefined
:
13063 case bfd_link_hash_undefweak
:
13064 case bfd_link_hash_common
:
13067 case bfd_link_hash_defined
:
13068 case bfd_link_hash_defweak
:
13070 gp
= lh
->u
.def
.value
;
13072 case bfd_link_hash_indirect
:
13073 case bfd_link_hash_warning
:
13075 /* @@FIXME ignoring warning for now */
13077 case bfd_link_hash_new
:
13086 for (parent
= reloc_vector
; *parent
!= NULL
; parent
++)
13088 char *error_message
= NULL
;
13089 bfd_reloc_status_type r
;
13091 /* Specific to MIPS: Deal with relocation types that require
13092 knowing the gp of the output bfd. */
13093 asymbol
*sym
= *(*parent
)->sym_ptr_ptr
;
13095 /* If we've managed to find the gp and have a special
13096 function for the relocation then go ahead, else default
13097 to the generic handling. */
13099 && (*parent
)->howto
->special_function
13100 == _bfd_mips_elf32_gprel16_reloc
)
13101 r
= _bfd_mips_elf_gprel16_with_gp (input_bfd
, sym
, *parent
,
13102 input_section
, relocatable
,
13105 r
= bfd_perform_relocation (input_bfd
, *parent
, data
,
13107 relocatable
? abfd
: NULL
,
13112 asection
*os
= input_section
->output_section
;
13114 /* A partial link, so keep the relocs */
13115 os
->orelocation
[os
->reloc_count
] = *parent
;
13119 if (r
!= bfd_reloc_ok
)
13123 case bfd_reloc_undefined
:
13124 (*link_info
->callbacks
->undefined_symbol
)
13125 (link_info
, bfd_asymbol_name (*(*parent
)->sym_ptr_ptr
),
13126 input_bfd
, input_section
, (*parent
)->address
, TRUE
);
13128 case bfd_reloc_dangerous
:
13129 BFD_ASSERT (error_message
!= NULL
);
13130 (*link_info
->callbacks
->reloc_dangerous
)
13131 (link_info
, error_message
,
13132 input_bfd
, input_section
, (*parent
)->address
);
13134 case bfd_reloc_overflow
:
13135 (*link_info
->callbacks
->reloc_overflow
)
13137 bfd_asymbol_name (*(*parent
)->sym_ptr_ptr
),
13138 (*parent
)->howto
->name
, (*parent
)->addend
,
13139 input_bfd
, input_section
, (*parent
)->address
);
13141 case bfd_reloc_outofrange
:
13150 if (reloc_vector
!= NULL
)
13151 free (reloc_vector
);
13155 if (reloc_vector
!= NULL
)
13156 free (reloc_vector
);
13161 mips_elf_relax_delete_bytes (bfd
*abfd
,
13162 asection
*sec
, bfd_vma addr
, int count
)
13164 Elf_Internal_Shdr
*symtab_hdr
;
13165 unsigned int sec_shndx
;
13166 bfd_byte
*contents
;
13167 Elf_Internal_Rela
*irel
, *irelend
;
13168 Elf_Internal_Sym
*isym
;
13169 Elf_Internal_Sym
*isymend
;
13170 struct elf_link_hash_entry
**sym_hashes
;
13171 struct elf_link_hash_entry
**end_hashes
;
13172 struct elf_link_hash_entry
**start_hashes
;
13173 unsigned int symcount
;
13175 sec_shndx
= _bfd_elf_section_from_bfd_section (abfd
, sec
);
13176 contents
= elf_section_data (sec
)->this_hdr
.contents
;
13178 irel
= elf_section_data (sec
)->relocs
;
13179 irelend
= irel
+ sec
->reloc_count
;
13181 /* Actually delete the bytes. */
13182 memmove (contents
+ addr
, contents
+ addr
+ count
,
13183 (size_t) (sec
->size
- addr
- count
));
13184 sec
->size
-= count
;
13186 /* Adjust all the relocs. */
13187 for (irel
= elf_section_data (sec
)->relocs
; irel
< irelend
; irel
++)
13189 /* Get the new reloc address. */
13190 if (irel
->r_offset
> addr
)
13191 irel
->r_offset
-= count
;
13194 BFD_ASSERT (addr
% 2 == 0);
13195 BFD_ASSERT (count
% 2 == 0);
13197 /* Adjust the local symbols defined in this section. */
13198 symtab_hdr
= &elf_tdata (abfd
)->symtab_hdr
;
13199 isym
= (Elf_Internal_Sym
*) symtab_hdr
->contents
;
13200 for (isymend
= isym
+ symtab_hdr
->sh_info
; isym
< isymend
; isym
++)
13201 if (isym
->st_shndx
== sec_shndx
&& isym
->st_value
> addr
)
13202 isym
->st_value
-= count
;
13204 /* Now adjust the global symbols defined in this section. */
13205 symcount
= (symtab_hdr
->sh_size
/ sizeof (Elf32_External_Sym
)
13206 - symtab_hdr
->sh_info
);
13207 sym_hashes
= start_hashes
= elf_sym_hashes (abfd
);
13208 end_hashes
= sym_hashes
+ symcount
;
13210 for (; sym_hashes
< end_hashes
; sym_hashes
++)
13212 struct elf_link_hash_entry
*sym_hash
= *sym_hashes
;
13214 if ((sym_hash
->root
.type
== bfd_link_hash_defined
13215 || sym_hash
->root
.type
== bfd_link_hash_defweak
)
13216 && sym_hash
->root
.u
.def
.section
== sec
)
13218 bfd_vma value
= sym_hash
->root
.u
.def
.value
;
13220 if (ELF_ST_IS_MICROMIPS (sym_hash
->other
))
13221 value
&= MINUS_TWO
;
13223 sym_hash
->root
.u
.def
.value
-= count
;
13231 /* Opcodes needed for microMIPS relaxation as found in
13232 opcodes/micromips-opc.c. */
13234 struct opcode_descriptor
{
13235 unsigned long match
;
13236 unsigned long mask
;
13239 /* The $ra register aka $31. */
13243 /* 32-bit instruction format register fields. */
13245 #define OP32_SREG(opcode) (((opcode) >> 16) & 0x1f)
13246 #define OP32_TREG(opcode) (((opcode) >> 21) & 0x1f)
13248 /* Check if a 5-bit register index can be abbreviated to 3 bits. */
13250 #define OP16_VALID_REG(r) \
13251 ((2 <= (r) && (r) <= 7) || (16 <= (r) && (r) <= 17))
13254 /* 32-bit and 16-bit branches. */
13256 static const struct opcode_descriptor b_insns_32
[] = {
13257 { /* "b", "p", */ 0x40400000, 0xffff0000 }, /* bgez 0 */
13258 { /* "b", "p", */ 0x94000000, 0xffff0000 }, /* beq 0, 0 */
13259 { 0, 0 } /* End marker for find_match(). */
13262 static const struct opcode_descriptor bc_insn_32
=
13263 { /* "bc(1|2)(ft)", "N,p", */ 0x42800000, 0xfec30000 };
13265 static const struct opcode_descriptor bz_insn_32
=
13266 { /* "b(g|l)(e|t)z", "s,p", */ 0x40000000, 0xff200000 };
13268 static const struct opcode_descriptor bzal_insn_32
=
13269 { /* "b(ge|lt)zal", "s,p", */ 0x40200000, 0xffa00000 };
13271 static const struct opcode_descriptor beq_insn_32
=
13272 { /* "b(eq|ne)", "s,t,p", */ 0x94000000, 0xdc000000 };
13274 static const struct opcode_descriptor b_insn_16
=
13275 { /* "b", "mD", */ 0xcc00, 0xfc00 };
13277 static const struct opcode_descriptor bz_insn_16
=
13278 { /* "b(eq|ne)z", "md,mE", */ 0x8c00, 0xdc00 };
13281 /* 32-bit and 16-bit branch EQ and NE zero. */
13283 /* NOTE: All opcode tables have BEQ/BNE in the same order: first the
13284 eq and second the ne. This convention is used when replacing a
13285 32-bit BEQ/BNE with the 16-bit version. */
13287 #define BZC32_REG_FIELD(r) (((r) & 0x1f) << 16)
13289 static const struct opcode_descriptor bz_rs_insns_32
[] = {
13290 { /* "beqz", "s,p", */ 0x94000000, 0xffe00000 },
13291 { /* "bnez", "s,p", */ 0xb4000000, 0xffe00000 },
13292 { 0, 0 } /* End marker for find_match(). */
13295 static const struct opcode_descriptor bz_rt_insns_32
[] = {
13296 { /* "beqz", "t,p", */ 0x94000000, 0xfc01f000 },
13297 { /* "bnez", "t,p", */ 0xb4000000, 0xfc01f000 },
13298 { 0, 0 } /* End marker for find_match(). */
13301 static const struct opcode_descriptor bzc_insns_32
[] = {
13302 { /* "beqzc", "s,p", */ 0x40e00000, 0xffe00000 },
13303 { /* "bnezc", "s,p", */ 0x40a00000, 0xffe00000 },
13304 { 0, 0 } /* End marker for find_match(). */
13307 static const struct opcode_descriptor bz_insns_16
[] = {
13308 { /* "beqz", "md,mE", */ 0x8c00, 0xfc00 },
13309 { /* "bnez", "md,mE", */ 0xac00, 0xfc00 },
13310 { 0, 0 } /* End marker for find_match(). */
13313 /* Switch between a 5-bit register index and its 3-bit shorthand. */
13315 #define BZ16_REG(opcode) ((((((opcode) >> 7) & 7) + 0x1e) & 0xf) + 2)
13316 #define BZ16_REG_FIELD(r) (((r) & 7) << 7)
13319 /* 32-bit instructions with a delay slot. */
13321 static const struct opcode_descriptor jal_insn_32_bd16
=
13322 { /* "jals", "a", */ 0x74000000, 0xfc000000 };
13324 static const struct opcode_descriptor jal_insn_32_bd32
=
13325 { /* "jal", "a", */ 0xf4000000, 0xfc000000 };
13327 static const struct opcode_descriptor jal_x_insn_32_bd32
=
13328 { /* "jal[x]", "a", */ 0xf0000000, 0xf8000000 };
13330 static const struct opcode_descriptor j_insn_32
=
13331 { /* "j", "a", */ 0xd4000000, 0xfc000000 };
13333 static const struct opcode_descriptor jalr_insn_32
=
13334 { /* "jalr[.hb]", "t,s", */ 0x00000f3c, 0xfc00efff };
13336 /* This table can be compacted, because no opcode replacement is made. */
13338 static const struct opcode_descriptor ds_insns_32_bd16
[] = {
13339 { /* "jals", "a", */ 0x74000000, 0xfc000000 },
13341 { /* "jalrs[.hb]", "t,s", */ 0x00004f3c, 0xfc00efff },
13342 { /* "b(ge|lt)zals", "s,p", */ 0x42200000, 0xffa00000 },
13344 { /* "b(g|l)(e|t)z", "s,p", */ 0x40000000, 0xff200000 },
13345 { /* "b(eq|ne)", "s,t,p", */ 0x94000000, 0xdc000000 },
13346 { /* "j", "a", */ 0xd4000000, 0xfc000000 },
13347 { 0, 0 } /* End marker for find_match(). */
13350 /* This table can be compacted, because no opcode replacement is made. */
13352 static const struct opcode_descriptor ds_insns_32_bd32
[] = {
13353 { /* "jal[x]", "a", */ 0xf0000000, 0xf8000000 },
13355 { /* "jalr[.hb]", "t,s", */ 0x00000f3c, 0xfc00efff },
13356 { /* "b(ge|lt)zal", "s,p", */ 0x40200000, 0xffa00000 },
13357 { 0, 0 } /* End marker for find_match(). */
13361 /* 16-bit instructions with a delay slot. */
13363 static const struct opcode_descriptor jalr_insn_16_bd16
=
13364 { /* "jalrs", "my,mj", */ 0x45e0, 0xffe0 };
13366 static const struct opcode_descriptor jalr_insn_16_bd32
=
13367 { /* "jalr", "my,mj", */ 0x45c0, 0xffe0 };
13369 static const struct opcode_descriptor jr_insn_16
=
13370 { /* "jr", "mj", */ 0x4580, 0xffe0 };
13372 #define JR16_REG(opcode) ((opcode) & 0x1f)
13374 /* This table can be compacted, because no opcode replacement is made. */
13376 static const struct opcode_descriptor ds_insns_16_bd16
[] = {
13377 { /* "jalrs", "my,mj", */ 0x45e0, 0xffe0 },
13379 { /* "b", "mD", */ 0xcc00, 0xfc00 },
13380 { /* "b(eq|ne)z", "md,mE", */ 0x8c00, 0xdc00 },
13381 { /* "jr", "mj", */ 0x4580, 0xffe0 },
13382 { 0, 0 } /* End marker for find_match(). */
13386 /* LUI instruction. */
13388 static const struct opcode_descriptor lui_insn
=
13389 { /* "lui", "s,u", */ 0x41a00000, 0xffe00000 };
13392 /* ADDIU instruction. */
13394 static const struct opcode_descriptor addiu_insn
=
13395 { /* "addiu", "t,r,j", */ 0x30000000, 0xfc000000 };
13397 static const struct opcode_descriptor addiupc_insn
=
13398 { /* "addiu", "mb,$pc,mQ", */ 0x78000000, 0xfc000000 };
13400 #define ADDIUPC_REG_FIELD(r) \
13401 (((2 <= (r) && (r) <= 7) ? (r) : ((r) - 16)) << 23)
13404 /* Relaxable instructions in a JAL delay slot: MOVE. */
13406 /* The 16-bit move has rd in 9:5 and rs in 4:0. The 32-bit moves
13407 (ADDU, OR) have rd in 15:11 and rs in 10:16. */
13408 #define MOVE32_RD(opcode) (((opcode) >> 11) & 0x1f)
13409 #define MOVE32_RS(opcode) (((opcode) >> 16) & 0x1f)
13411 #define MOVE16_RD_FIELD(r) (((r) & 0x1f) << 5)
13412 #define MOVE16_RS_FIELD(r) (((r) & 0x1f) )
13414 static const struct opcode_descriptor move_insns_32
[] = {
13415 { /* "move", "d,s", */ 0x00000290, 0xffe007ff }, /* or d,s,$0 */
13416 { /* "move", "d,s", */ 0x00000150, 0xffe007ff }, /* addu d,s,$0 */
13417 { 0, 0 } /* End marker for find_match(). */
13420 static const struct opcode_descriptor move_insn_16
=
13421 { /* "move", "mp,mj", */ 0x0c00, 0xfc00 };
13424 /* NOP instructions. */
13426 static const struct opcode_descriptor nop_insn_32
=
13427 { /* "nop", "", */ 0x00000000, 0xffffffff };
13429 static const struct opcode_descriptor nop_insn_16
=
13430 { /* "nop", "", */ 0x0c00, 0xffff };
13433 /* Instruction match support. */
13435 #define MATCH(opcode, insn) ((opcode & insn.mask) == insn.match)
13438 find_match (unsigned long opcode
, const struct opcode_descriptor insn
[])
13440 unsigned long indx
;
13442 for (indx
= 0; insn
[indx
].mask
!= 0; indx
++)
13443 if (MATCH (opcode
, insn
[indx
]))
13450 /* Branch and delay slot decoding support. */
13452 /* If PTR points to what *might* be a 16-bit branch or jump, then
13453 return the minimum length of its delay slot, otherwise return 0.
13454 Non-zero results are not definitive as we might be checking against
13455 the second half of another instruction. */
13458 check_br16_dslot (bfd
*abfd
, bfd_byte
*ptr
)
13460 unsigned long opcode
;
13463 opcode
= bfd_get_16 (abfd
, ptr
);
13464 if (MATCH (opcode
, jalr_insn_16_bd32
) != 0)
13465 /* 16-bit branch/jump with a 32-bit delay slot. */
13467 else if (MATCH (opcode
, jalr_insn_16_bd16
) != 0
13468 || find_match (opcode
, ds_insns_16_bd16
) >= 0)
13469 /* 16-bit branch/jump with a 16-bit delay slot. */
13472 /* No delay slot. */
13478 /* If PTR points to what *might* be a 32-bit branch or jump, then
13479 return the minimum length of its delay slot, otherwise return 0.
13480 Non-zero results are not definitive as we might be checking against
13481 the second half of another instruction. */
13484 check_br32_dslot (bfd
*abfd
, bfd_byte
*ptr
)
13486 unsigned long opcode
;
13489 opcode
= bfd_get_micromips_32 (abfd
, ptr
);
13490 if (find_match (opcode
, ds_insns_32_bd32
) >= 0)
13491 /* 32-bit branch/jump with a 32-bit delay slot. */
13493 else if (find_match (opcode
, ds_insns_32_bd16
) >= 0)
13494 /* 32-bit branch/jump with a 16-bit delay slot. */
13497 /* No delay slot. */
13503 /* If PTR points to a 16-bit branch or jump with a 32-bit delay slot
13504 that doesn't fiddle with REG, then return TRUE, otherwise FALSE. */
13507 check_br16 (bfd
*abfd
, bfd_byte
*ptr
, unsigned long reg
)
13509 unsigned long opcode
;
13511 opcode
= bfd_get_16 (abfd
, ptr
);
13512 if (MATCH (opcode
, b_insn_16
)
13514 || (MATCH (opcode
, jr_insn_16
) && reg
!= JR16_REG (opcode
))
13516 || (MATCH (opcode
, bz_insn_16
) && reg
!= BZ16_REG (opcode
))
13517 /* BEQZ16, BNEZ16 */
13518 || (MATCH (opcode
, jalr_insn_16_bd32
)
13520 && reg
!= JR16_REG (opcode
) && reg
!= RA
))
13526 /* If PTR points to a 32-bit branch or jump that doesn't fiddle with REG,
13527 then return TRUE, otherwise FALSE. */
13530 check_br32 (bfd
*abfd
, bfd_byte
*ptr
, unsigned long reg
)
13532 unsigned long opcode
;
13534 opcode
= bfd_get_micromips_32 (abfd
, ptr
);
13535 if (MATCH (opcode
, j_insn_32
)
13537 || MATCH (opcode
, bc_insn_32
)
13538 /* BC1F, BC1T, BC2F, BC2T */
13539 || (MATCH (opcode
, jal_x_insn_32_bd32
) && reg
!= RA
)
13541 || (MATCH (opcode
, bz_insn_32
) && reg
!= OP32_SREG (opcode
))
13542 /* BGEZ, BGTZ, BLEZ, BLTZ */
13543 || (MATCH (opcode
, bzal_insn_32
)
13544 /* BGEZAL, BLTZAL */
13545 && reg
!= OP32_SREG (opcode
) && reg
!= RA
)
13546 || ((MATCH (opcode
, jalr_insn_32
) || MATCH (opcode
, beq_insn_32
))
13547 /* JALR, JALR.HB, BEQ, BNE */
13548 && reg
!= OP32_SREG (opcode
) && reg
!= OP32_TREG (opcode
)))
13554 /* If the instruction encoding at PTR and relocations [INTERNAL_RELOCS,
13555 IRELEND) at OFFSET indicate that there must be a compact branch there,
13556 then return TRUE, otherwise FALSE. */
13559 check_relocated_bzc (bfd
*abfd
, const bfd_byte
*ptr
, bfd_vma offset
,
13560 const Elf_Internal_Rela
*internal_relocs
,
13561 const Elf_Internal_Rela
*irelend
)
13563 const Elf_Internal_Rela
*irel
;
13564 unsigned long opcode
;
13566 opcode
= bfd_get_micromips_32 (abfd
, ptr
);
13567 if (find_match (opcode
, bzc_insns_32
) < 0)
13570 for (irel
= internal_relocs
; irel
< irelend
; irel
++)
13571 if (irel
->r_offset
== offset
13572 && ELF32_R_TYPE (irel
->r_info
) == R_MICROMIPS_PC16_S1
)
13578 /* Bitsize checking. */
13579 #define IS_BITSIZE(val, N) \
13580 (((((val) & ((1ULL << (N)) - 1)) ^ (1ULL << ((N) - 1))) \
13581 - (1ULL << ((N) - 1))) == (val))
13585 _bfd_mips_elf_relax_section (bfd
*abfd
, asection
*sec
,
13586 struct bfd_link_info
*link_info
,
13587 bfd_boolean
*again
)
13589 bfd_boolean insn32
= mips_elf_hash_table (link_info
)->insn32
;
13590 Elf_Internal_Shdr
*symtab_hdr
;
13591 Elf_Internal_Rela
*internal_relocs
;
13592 Elf_Internal_Rela
*irel
, *irelend
;
13593 bfd_byte
*contents
= NULL
;
13594 Elf_Internal_Sym
*isymbuf
= NULL
;
13596 /* Assume nothing changes. */
13599 /* We don't have to do anything for a relocatable link, if
13600 this section does not have relocs, or if this is not a
13603 if (bfd_link_relocatable (link_info
)
13604 || (sec
->flags
& SEC_RELOC
) == 0
13605 || sec
->reloc_count
== 0
13606 || (sec
->flags
& SEC_CODE
) == 0)
13609 symtab_hdr
= &elf_tdata (abfd
)->symtab_hdr
;
13611 /* Get a copy of the native relocations. */
13612 internal_relocs
= (_bfd_elf_link_read_relocs
13613 (abfd
, sec
, NULL
, (Elf_Internal_Rela
*) NULL
,
13614 link_info
->keep_memory
));
13615 if (internal_relocs
== NULL
)
13618 /* Walk through them looking for relaxing opportunities. */
13619 irelend
= internal_relocs
+ sec
->reloc_count
;
13620 for (irel
= internal_relocs
; irel
< irelend
; irel
++)
13622 unsigned long r_symndx
= ELF32_R_SYM (irel
->r_info
);
13623 unsigned int r_type
= ELF32_R_TYPE (irel
->r_info
);
13624 bfd_boolean target_is_micromips_code_p
;
13625 unsigned long opcode
;
13631 /* The number of bytes to delete for relaxation and from where
13632 to delete these bytes starting at irel->r_offset. */
13636 /* If this isn't something that can be relaxed, then ignore
13638 if (r_type
!= R_MICROMIPS_HI16
13639 && r_type
!= R_MICROMIPS_PC16_S1
13640 && r_type
!= R_MICROMIPS_26_S1
)
13643 /* Get the section contents if we haven't done so already. */
13644 if (contents
== NULL
)
13646 /* Get cached copy if it exists. */
13647 if (elf_section_data (sec
)->this_hdr
.contents
!= NULL
)
13648 contents
= elf_section_data (sec
)->this_hdr
.contents
;
13649 /* Go get them off disk. */
13650 else if (!bfd_malloc_and_get_section (abfd
, sec
, &contents
))
13653 ptr
= contents
+ irel
->r_offset
;
13655 /* Read this BFD's local symbols if we haven't done so already. */
13656 if (isymbuf
== NULL
&& symtab_hdr
->sh_info
!= 0)
13658 isymbuf
= (Elf_Internal_Sym
*) symtab_hdr
->contents
;
13659 if (isymbuf
== NULL
)
13660 isymbuf
= bfd_elf_get_elf_syms (abfd
, symtab_hdr
,
13661 symtab_hdr
->sh_info
, 0,
13663 if (isymbuf
== NULL
)
13667 /* Get the value of the symbol referred to by the reloc. */
13668 if (r_symndx
< symtab_hdr
->sh_info
)
13670 /* A local symbol. */
13671 Elf_Internal_Sym
*isym
;
13674 isym
= isymbuf
+ r_symndx
;
13675 if (isym
->st_shndx
== SHN_UNDEF
)
13676 sym_sec
= bfd_und_section_ptr
;
13677 else if (isym
->st_shndx
== SHN_ABS
)
13678 sym_sec
= bfd_abs_section_ptr
;
13679 else if (isym
->st_shndx
== SHN_COMMON
)
13680 sym_sec
= bfd_com_section_ptr
;
13682 sym_sec
= bfd_section_from_elf_index (abfd
, isym
->st_shndx
);
13683 symval
= (isym
->st_value
13684 + sym_sec
->output_section
->vma
13685 + sym_sec
->output_offset
);
13686 target_is_micromips_code_p
= ELF_ST_IS_MICROMIPS (isym
->st_other
);
13690 unsigned long indx
;
13691 struct elf_link_hash_entry
*h
;
13693 /* An external symbol. */
13694 indx
= r_symndx
- symtab_hdr
->sh_info
;
13695 h
= elf_sym_hashes (abfd
)[indx
];
13696 BFD_ASSERT (h
!= NULL
);
13698 if (h
->root
.type
!= bfd_link_hash_defined
13699 && h
->root
.type
!= bfd_link_hash_defweak
)
13700 /* This appears to be a reference to an undefined
13701 symbol. Just ignore it -- it will be caught by the
13702 regular reloc processing. */
13705 symval
= (h
->root
.u
.def
.value
13706 + h
->root
.u
.def
.section
->output_section
->vma
13707 + h
->root
.u
.def
.section
->output_offset
);
13708 target_is_micromips_code_p
= (!h
->needs_plt
13709 && ELF_ST_IS_MICROMIPS (h
->other
));
13713 /* For simplicity of coding, we are going to modify the
13714 section contents, the section relocs, and the BFD symbol
13715 table. We must tell the rest of the code not to free up this
13716 information. It would be possible to instead create a table
13717 of changes which have to be made, as is done in coff-mips.c;
13718 that would be more work, but would require less memory when
13719 the linker is run. */
13721 /* Only 32-bit instructions relaxed. */
13722 if (irel
->r_offset
+ 4 > sec
->size
)
13725 opcode
= bfd_get_micromips_32 (abfd
, ptr
);
13727 /* This is the pc-relative distance from the instruction the
13728 relocation is applied to, to the symbol referred. */
13730 - (sec
->output_section
->vma
+ sec
->output_offset
)
13733 /* R_MICROMIPS_HI16 / LUI relaxation to nil, performing relaxation
13734 of corresponding R_MICROMIPS_LO16 to R_MICROMIPS_HI0_LO16 or
13735 R_MICROMIPS_PC23_S2. The R_MICROMIPS_PC23_S2 condition is
13737 (symval % 4 == 0 && IS_BITSIZE (pcrval, 25))
13739 where pcrval has first to be adjusted to apply against the LO16
13740 location (we make the adjustment later on, when we have figured
13741 out the offset). */
13742 if (r_type
== R_MICROMIPS_HI16
&& MATCH (opcode
, lui_insn
))
13744 bfd_boolean bzc
= FALSE
;
13745 unsigned long nextopc
;
13749 /* Give up if the previous reloc was a HI16 against this symbol
13751 if (irel
> internal_relocs
13752 && ELF32_R_TYPE (irel
[-1].r_info
) == R_MICROMIPS_HI16
13753 && ELF32_R_SYM (irel
[-1].r_info
) == r_symndx
)
13756 /* Or if the next reloc is not a LO16 against this symbol. */
13757 if (irel
+ 1 >= irelend
13758 || ELF32_R_TYPE (irel
[1].r_info
) != R_MICROMIPS_LO16
13759 || ELF32_R_SYM (irel
[1].r_info
) != r_symndx
)
13762 /* Or if the second next reloc is a LO16 against this symbol too. */
13763 if (irel
+ 2 >= irelend
13764 && ELF32_R_TYPE (irel
[2].r_info
) == R_MICROMIPS_LO16
13765 && ELF32_R_SYM (irel
[2].r_info
) == r_symndx
)
13768 /* See if the LUI instruction *might* be in a branch delay slot.
13769 We check whether what looks like a 16-bit branch or jump is
13770 actually an immediate argument to a compact branch, and let
13771 it through if so. */
13772 if (irel
->r_offset
>= 2
13773 && check_br16_dslot (abfd
, ptr
- 2)
13774 && !(irel
->r_offset
>= 4
13775 && (bzc
= check_relocated_bzc (abfd
,
13776 ptr
- 4, irel
->r_offset
- 4,
13777 internal_relocs
, irelend
))))
13779 if (irel
->r_offset
>= 4
13781 && check_br32_dslot (abfd
, ptr
- 4))
13784 reg
= OP32_SREG (opcode
);
13786 /* We only relax adjacent instructions or ones separated with
13787 a branch or jump that has a delay slot. The branch or jump
13788 must not fiddle with the register used to hold the address.
13789 Subtract 4 for the LUI itself. */
13790 offset
= irel
[1].r_offset
- irel
[0].r_offset
;
13791 switch (offset
- 4)
13796 if (check_br16 (abfd
, ptr
+ 4, reg
))
13800 if (check_br32 (abfd
, ptr
+ 4, reg
))
13807 nextopc
= bfd_get_micromips_32 (abfd
, contents
+ irel
[1].r_offset
);
13809 /* Give up unless the same register is used with both
13811 if (OP32_SREG (nextopc
) != reg
)
13814 /* Now adjust pcrval, subtracting the offset to the LO16 reloc
13815 and rounding up to take masking of the two LSBs into account. */
13816 pcrval
= ((pcrval
- offset
+ 3) | 3) ^ 3;
13818 /* R_MICROMIPS_LO16 relaxation to R_MICROMIPS_HI0_LO16. */
13819 if (IS_BITSIZE (symval
, 16))
13821 /* Fix the relocation's type. */
13822 irel
[1].r_info
= ELF32_R_INFO (r_symndx
, R_MICROMIPS_HI0_LO16
);
13824 /* Instructions using R_MICROMIPS_LO16 have the base or
13825 source register in bits 20:16. This register becomes $0
13826 (zero) as the result of the R_MICROMIPS_HI16 being 0. */
13827 nextopc
&= ~0x001f0000;
13828 bfd_put_16 (abfd
, (nextopc
>> 16) & 0xffff,
13829 contents
+ irel
[1].r_offset
);
13832 /* R_MICROMIPS_LO16 / ADDIU relaxation to R_MICROMIPS_PC23_S2.
13833 We add 4 to take LUI deletion into account while checking
13834 the PC-relative distance. */
13835 else if (symval
% 4 == 0
13836 && IS_BITSIZE (pcrval
+ 4, 25)
13837 && MATCH (nextopc
, addiu_insn
)
13838 && OP32_TREG (nextopc
) == OP32_SREG (nextopc
)
13839 && OP16_VALID_REG (OP32_TREG (nextopc
)))
13841 /* Fix the relocation's type. */
13842 irel
[1].r_info
= ELF32_R_INFO (r_symndx
, R_MICROMIPS_PC23_S2
);
13844 /* Replace ADDIU with the ADDIUPC version. */
13845 nextopc
= (addiupc_insn
.match
13846 | ADDIUPC_REG_FIELD (OP32_TREG (nextopc
)));
13848 bfd_put_micromips_32 (abfd
, nextopc
,
13849 contents
+ irel
[1].r_offset
);
13852 /* Can't do anything, give up, sigh... */
13856 /* Fix the relocation's type. */
13857 irel
->r_info
= ELF32_R_INFO (r_symndx
, R_MIPS_NONE
);
13859 /* Delete the LUI instruction: 4 bytes at irel->r_offset. */
13864 /* Compact branch relaxation -- due to the multitude of macros
13865 employed by the compiler/assembler, compact branches are not
13866 always generated. Obviously, this can/will be fixed elsewhere,
13867 but there is no drawback in double checking it here. */
13868 else if (r_type
== R_MICROMIPS_PC16_S1
13869 && irel
->r_offset
+ 5 < sec
->size
13870 && ((fndopc
= find_match (opcode
, bz_rs_insns_32
)) >= 0
13871 || (fndopc
= find_match (opcode
, bz_rt_insns_32
)) >= 0)
13873 && (delcnt
= MATCH (bfd_get_16 (abfd
, ptr
+ 4),
13874 nop_insn_16
) ? 2 : 0))
13875 || (irel
->r_offset
+ 7 < sec
->size
13876 && (delcnt
= MATCH (bfd_get_micromips_32 (abfd
,
13878 nop_insn_32
) ? 4 : 0))))
13882 reg
= OP32_SREG (opcode
) ? OP32_SREG (opcode
) : OP32_TREG (opcode
);
13884 /* Replace BEQZ/BNEZ with the compact version. */
13885 opcode
= (bzc_insns_32
[fndopc
].match
13886 | BZC32_REG_FIELD (reg
)
13887 | (opcode
& 0xffff)); /* Addend value. */
13889 bfd_put_micromips_32 (abfd
, opcode
, ptr
);
13891 /* Delete the delay slot NOP: two or four bytes from
13892 irel->offset + 4; delcnt has already been set above. */
13896 /* R_MICROMIPS_PC16_S1 relaxation to R_MICROMIPS_PC10_S1. We need
13897 to check the distance from the next instruction, so subtract 2. */
13899 && r_type
== R_MICROMIPS_PC16_S1
13900 && IS_BITSIZE (pcrval
- 2, 11)
13901 && find_match (opcode
, b_insns_32
) >= 0)
13903 /* Fix the relocation's type. */
13904 irel
->r_info
= ELF32_R_INFO (r_symndx
, R_MICROMIPS_PC10_S1
);
13906 /* Replace the 32-bit opcode with a 16-bit opcode. */
13909 | (opcode
& 0x3ff)), /* Addend value. */
13912 /* Delete 2 bytes from irel->r_offset + 2. */
13917 /* R_MICROMIPS_PC16_S1 relaxation to R_MICROMIPS_PC7_S1. We need
13918 to check the distance from the next instruction, so subtract 2. */
13920 && r_type
== R_MICROMIPS_PC16_S1
13921 && IS_BITSIZE (pcrval
- 2, 8)
13922 && (((fndopc
= find_match (opcode
, bz_rs_insns_32
)) >= 0
13923 && OP16_VALID_REG (OP32_SREG (opcode
)))
13924 || ((fndopc
= find_match (opcode
, bz_rt_insns_32
)) >= 0
13925 && OP16_VALID_REG (OP32_TREG (opcode
)))))
13929 reg
= OP32_SREG (opcode
) ? OP32_SREG (opcode
) : OP32_TREG (opcode
);
13931 /* Fix the relocation's type. */
13932 irel
->r_info
= ELF32_R_INFO (r_symndx
, R_MICROMIPS_PC7_S1
);
13934 /* Replace the 32-bit opcode with a 16-bit opcode. */
13936 (bz_insns_16
[fndopc
].match
13937 | BZ16_REG_FIELD (reg
)
13938 | (opcode
& 0x7f)), /* Addend value. */
13941 /* Delete 2 bytes from irel->r_offset + 2. */
13946 /* R_MICROMIPS_26_S1 -- JAL to JALS relaxation for microMIPS targets. */
13948 && r_type
== R_MICROMIPS_26_S1
13949 && target_is_micromips_code_p
13950 && irel
->r_offset
+ 7 < sec
->size
13951 && MATCH (opcode
, jal_insn_32_bd32
))
13953 unsigned long n32opc
;
13954 bfd_boolean relaxed
= FALSE
;
13956 n32opc
= bfd_get_micromips_32 (abfd
, ptr
+ 4);
13958 if (MATCH (n32opc
, nop_insn_32
))
13960 /* Replace delay slot 32-bit NOP with a 16-bit NOP. */
13961 bfd_put_16 (abfd
, nop_insn_16
.match
, ptr
+ 4);
13965 else if (find_match (n32opc
, move_insns_32
) >= 0)
13967 /* Replace delay slot 32-bit MOVE with 16-bit MOVE. */
13969 (move_insn_16
.match
13970 | MOVE16_RD_FIELD (MOVE32_RD (n32opc
))
13971 | MOVE16_RS_FIELD (MOVE32_RS (n32opc
))),
13976 /* Other 32-bit instructions relaxable to 16-bit
13977 instructions will be handled here later. */
13981 /* JAL with 32-bit delay slot that is changed to a JALS
13982 with 16-bit delay slot. */
13983 bfd_put_micromips_32 (abfd
, jal_insn_32_bd16
.match
, ptr
);
13985 /* Delete 2 bytes from irel->r_offset + 6. */
13993 /* Note that we've changed the relocs, section contents, etc. */
13994 elf_section_data (sec
)->relocs
= internal_relocs
;
13995 elf_section_data (sec
)->this_hdr
.contents
= contents
;
13996 symtab_hdr
->contents
= (unsigned char *) isymbuf
;
13998 /* Delete bytes depending on the delcnt and deloff. */
13999 if (!mips_elf_relax_delete_bytes (abfd
, sec
,
14000 irel
->r_offset
+ deloff
, delcnt
))
14003 /* That will change things, so we should relax again.
14004 Note that this is not required, and it may be slow. */
14009 if (isymbuf
!= NULL
14010 && symtab_hdr
->contents
!= (unsigned char *) isymbuf
)
14012 if (! link_info
->keep_memory
)
14016 /* Cache the symbols for elf_link_input_bfd. */
14017 symtab_hdr
->contents
= (unsigned char *) isymbuf
;
14021 if (contents
!= NULL
14022 && elf_section_data (sec
)->this_hdr
.contents
!= contents
)
14024 if (! link_info
->keep_memory
)
14028 /* Cache the section contents for elf_link_input_bfd. */
14029 elf_section_data (sec
)->this_hdr
.contents
= contents
;
14033 if (internal_relocs
!= NULL
14034 && elf_section_data (sec
)->relocs
!= internal_relocs
)
14035 free (internal_relocs
);
14040 if (isymbuf
!= NULL
14041 && symtab_hdr
->contents
!= (unsigned char *) isymbuf
)
14043 if (contents
!= NULL
14044 && elf_section_data (sec
)->this_hdr
.contents
!= contents
)
14046 if (internal_relocs
!= NULL
14047 && elf_section_data (sec
)->relocs
!= internal_relocs
)
14048 free (internal_relocs
);
14053 /* Create a MIPS ELF linker hash table. */
14055 struct bfd_link_hash_table
*
14056 _bfd_mips_elf_link_hash_table_create (bfd
*abfd
)
14058 struct mips_elf_link_hash_table
*ret
;
14059 bfd_size_type amt
= sizeof (struct mips_elf_link_hash_table
);
14061 ret
= bfd_zmalloc (amt
);
14065 if (!_bfd_elf_link_hash_table_init (&ret
->root
, abfd
,
14066 mips_elf_link_hash_newfunc
,
14067 sizeof (struct mips_elf_link_hash_entry
),
14073 ret
->root
.init_plt_refcount
.plist
= NULL
;
14074 ret
->root
.init_plt_offset
.plist
= NULL
;
14076 return &ret
->root
.root
;
14079 /* Likewise, but indicate that the target is VxWorks. */
14081 struct bfd_link_hash_table
*
14082 _bfd_mips_vxworks_link_hash_table_create (bfd
*abfd
)
14084 struct bfd_link_hash_table
*ret
;
14086 ret
= _bfd_mips_elf_link_hash_table_create (abfd
);
14089 struct mips_elf_link_hash_table
*htab
;
14091 htab
= (struct mips_elf_link_hash_table
*) ret
;
14092 htab
->use_plts_and_copy_relocs
= TRUE
;
14093 htab
->is_vxworks
= TRUE
;
14098 /* A function that the linker calls if we are allowed to use PLTs
14099 and copy relocs. */
14102 _bfd_mips_elf_use_plts_and_copy_relocs (struct bfd_link_info
*info
)
14104 mips_elf_hash_table (info
)->use_plts_and_copy_relocs
= TRUE
;
14107 /* A function that the linker calls to select between all or only
14108 32-bit microMIPS instructions, and between making or ignoring
14109 branch relocation checks for invalid transitions between ISA modes. */
14112 _bfd_mips_elf_linker_flags (struct bfd_link_info
*info
, bfd_boolean insn32
,
14113 bfd_boolean ignore_branch_isa
)
14115 mips_elf_hash_table (info
)->insn32
= insn32
;
14116 mips_elf_hash_table (info
)->ignore_branch_isa
= ignore_branch_isa
;
14119 /* Structure for saying that BFD machine EXTENSION extends BASE. */
14121 struct mips_mach_extension
14123 unsigned long extension
, base
;
14127 /* An array describing how BFD machines relate to one another. The entries
14128 are ordered topologically with MIPS I extensions listed last. */
14130 static const struct mips_mach_extension mips_mach_extensions
[] =
14132 /* MIPS64r2 extensions. */
14133 { bfd_mach_mips_octeon3
, bfd_mach_mips_octeon2
},
14134 { bfd_mach_mips_octeon2
, bfd_mach_mips_octeonp
},
14135 { bfd_mach_mips_octeonp
, bfd_mach_mips_octeon
},
14136 { bfd_mach_mips_octeon
, bfd_mach_mipsisa64r2
},
14137 { bfd_mach_mips_loongson_3a
, bfd_mach_mipsisa64r2
},
14139 /* MIPS64 extensions. */
14140 { bfd_mach_mipsisa64r2
, bfd_mach_mipsisa64
},
14141 { bfd_mach_mips_sb1
, bfd_mach_mipsisa64
},
14142 { bfd_mach_mips_xlr
, bfd_mach_mipsisa64
},
14144 /* MIPS V extensions. */
14145 { bfd_mach_mipsisa64
, bfd_mach_mips5
},
14147 /* R10000 extensions. */
14148 { bfd_mach_mips12000
, bfd_mach_mips10000
},
14149 { bfd_mach_mips14000
, bfd_mach_mips10000
},
14150 { bfd_mach_mips16000
, bfd_mach_mips10000
},
14152 /* R5000 extensions. Note: the vr5500 ISA is an extension of the core
14153 vr5400 ISA, but doesn't include the multimedia stuff. It seems
14154 better to allow vr5400 and vr5500 code to be merged anyway, since
14155 many libraries will just use the core ISA. Perhaps we could add
14156 some sort of ASE flag if this ever proves a problem. */
14157 { bfd_mach_mips5500
, bfd_mach_mips5400
},
14158 { bfd_mach_mips5400
, bfd_mach_mips5000
},
14160 /* MIPS IV extensions. */
14161 { bfd_mach_mips5
, bfd_mach_mips8000
},
14162 { bfd_mach_mips10000
, bfd_mach_mips8000
},
14163 { bfd_mach_mips5000
, bfd_mach_mips8000
},
14164 { bfd_mach_mips7000
, bfd_mach_mips8000
},
14165 { bfd_mach_mips9000
, bfd_mach_mips8000
},
14167 /* VR4100 extensions. */
14168 { bfd_mach_mips4120
, bfd_mach_mips4100
},
14169 { bfd_mach_mips4111
, bfd_mach_mips4100
},
14171 /* MIPS III extensions. */
14172 { bfd_mach_mips_loongson_2e
, bfd_mach_mips4000
},
14173 { bfd_mach_mips_loongson_2f
, bfd_mach_mips4000
},
14174 { bfd_mach_mips8000
, bfd_mach_mips4000
},
14175 { bfd_mach_mips4650
, bfd_mach_mips4000
},
14176 { bfd_mach_mips4600
, bfd_mach_mips4000
},
14177 { bfd_mach_mips4400
, bfd_mach_mips4000
},
14178 { bfd_mach_mips4300
, bfd_mach_mips4000
},
14179 { bfd_mach_mips4100
, bfd_mach_mips4000
},
14180 { bfd_mach_mips4010
, bfd_mach_mips4000
},
14181 { bfd_mach_mips5900
, bfd_mach_mips4000
},
14183 /* MIPS32 extensions. */
14184 { bfd_mach_mipsisa32r2
, bfd_mach_mipsisa32
},
14186 /* MIPS II extensions. */
14187 { bfd_mach_mips4000
, bfd_mach_mips6000
},
14188 { bfd_mach_mipsisa32
, bfd_mach_mips6000
},
14190 /* MIPS I extensions. */
14191 { bfd_mach_mips6000
, bfd_mach_mips3000
},
14192 { bfd_mach_mips3900
, bfd_mach_mips3000
}
14195 /* Return true if bfd machine EXTENSION is an extension of machine BASE. */
14198 mips_mach_extends_p (unsigned long base
, unsigned long extension
)
14202 if (extension
== base
)
14205 if (base
== bfd_mach_mipsisa32
14206 && mips_mach_extends_p (bfd_mach_mipsisa64
, extension
))
14209 if (base
== bfd_mach_mipsisa32r2
14210 && mips_mach_extends_p (bfd_mach_mipsisa64r2
, extension
))
14213 for (i
= 0; i
< ARRAY_SIZE (mips_mach_extensions
); i
++)
14214 if (extension
== mips_mach_extensions
[i
].extension
)
14216 extension
= mips_mach_extensions
[i
].base
;
14217 if (extension
== base
)
14224 /* Return the BFD mach for each .MIPS.abiflags ISA Extension. */
14226 static unsigned long
14227 bfd_mips_isa_ext_mach (unsigned int isa_ext
)
14231 case AFL_EXT_3900
: return bfd_mach_mips3900
;
14232 case AFL_EXT_4010
: return bfd_mach_mips4010
;
14233 case AFL_EXT_4100
: return bfd_mach_mips4100
;
14234 case AFL_EXT_4111
: return bfd_mach_mips4111
;
14235 case AFL_EXT_4120
: return bfd_mach_mips4120
;
14236 case AFL_EXT_4650
: return bfd_mach_mips4650
;
14237 case AFL_EXT_5400
: return bfd_mach_mips5400
;
14238 case AFL_EXT_5500
: return bfd_mach_mips5500
;
14239 case AFL_EXT_5900
: return bfd_mach_mips5900
;
14240 case AFL_EXT_10000
: return bfd_mach_mips10000
;
14241 case AFL_EXT_LOONGSON_2E
: return bfd_mach_mips_loongson_2e
;
14242 case AFL_EXT_LOONGSON_2F
: return bfd_mach_mips_loongson_2f
;
14243 case AFL_EXT_LOONGSON_3A
: return bfd_mach_mips_loongson_3a
;
14244 case AFL_EXT_SB1
: return bfd_mach_mips_sb1
;
14245 case AFL_EXT_OCTEON
: return bfd_mach_mips_octeon
;
14246 case AFL_EXT_OCTEONP
: return bfd_mach_mips_octeonp
;
14247 case AFL_EXT_OCTEON2
: return bfd_mach_mips_octeon2
;
14248 case AFL_EXT_XLR
: return bfd_mach_mips_xlr
;
14249 default: return bfd_mach_mips3000
;
14253 /* Return the .MIPS.abiflags value representing each ISA Extension. */
14256 bfd_mips_isa_ext (bfd
*abfd
)
14258 switch (bfd_get_mach (abfd
))
14260 case bfd_mach_mips3900
: return AFL_EXT_3900
;
14261 case bfd_mach_mips4010
: return AFL_EXT_4010
;
14262 case bfd_mach_mips4100
: return AFL_EXT_4100
;
14263 case bfd_mach_mips4111
: return AFL_EXT_4111
;
14264 case bfd_mach_mips4120
: return AFL_EXT_4120
;
14265 case bfd_mach_mips4650
: return AFL_EXT_4650
;
14266 case bfd_mach_mips5400
: return AFL_EXT_5400
;
14267 case bfd_mach_mips5500
: return AFL_EXT_5500
;
14268 case bfd_mach_mips5900
: return AFL_EXT_5900
;
14269 case bfd_mach_mips10000
: return AFL_EXT_10000
;
14270 case bfd_mach_mips_loongson_2e
: return AFL_EXT_LOONGSON_2E
;
14271 case bfd_mach_mips_loongson_2f
: return AFL_EXT_LOONGSON_2F
;
14272 case bfd_mach_mips_loongson_3a
: return AFL_EXT_LOONGSON_3A
;
14273 case bfd_mach_mips_sb1
: return AFL_EXT_SB1
;
14274 case bfd_mach_mips_octeon
: return AFL_EXT_OCTEON
;
14275 case bfd_mach_mips_octeonp
: return AFL_EXT_OCTEONP
;
14276 case bfd_mach_mips_octeon3
: return AFL_EXT_OCTEON3
;
14277 case bfd_mach_mips_octeon2
: return AFL_EXT_OCTEON2
;
14278 case bfd_mach_mips_xlr
: return AFL_EXT_XLR
;
14283 /* Encode ISA level and revision as a single value. */
14284 #define LEVEL_REV(LEV,REV) ((LEV) << 3 | (REV))
14286 /* Decode a single value into level and revision. */
14287 #define ISA_LEVEL(LEVREV) ((LEVREV) >> 3)
14288 #define ISA_REV(LEVREV) ((LEVREV) & 0x7)
14290 /* Update the isa_level, isa_rev, isa_ext fields of abiflags. */
14293 update_mips_abiflags_isa (bfd
*abfd
, Elf_Internal_ABIFlags_v0
*abiflags
)
14296 switch (elf_elfheader (abfd
)->e_flags
& EF_MIPS_ARCH
)
14298 case E_MIPS_ARCH_1
: new_isa
= LEVEL_REV (1, 0); break;
14299 case E_MIPS_ARCH_2
: new_isa
= LEVEL_REV (2, 0); break;
14300 case E_MIPS_ARCH_3
: new_isa
= LEVEL_REV (3, 0); break;
14301 case E_MIPS_ARCH_4
: new_isa
= LEVEL_REV (4, 0); break;
14302 case E_MIPS_ARCH_5
: new_isa
= LEVEL_REV (5, 0); break;
14303 case E_MIPS_ARCH_32
: new_isa
= LEVEL_REV (32, 1); break;
14304 case E_MIPS_ARCH_32R2
: new_isa
= LEVEL_REV (32, 2); break;
14305 case E_MIPS_ARCH_32R6
: new_isa
= LEVEL_REV (32, 6); break;
14306 case E_MIPS_ARCH_64
: new_isa
= LEVEL_REV (64, 1); break;
14307 case E_MIPS_ARCH_64R2
: new_isa
= LEVEL_REV (64, 2); break;
14308 case E_MIPS_ARCH_64R6
: new_isa
= LEVEL_REV (64, 6); break;
14311 /* xgettext:c-format */
14312 (_("%B: Unknown architecture %s"),
14313 abfd
, bfd_printable_name (abfd
));
14316 if (new_isa
> LEVEL_REV (abiflags
->isa_level
, abiflags
->isa_rev
))
14318 abiflags
->isa_level
= ISA_LEVEL (new_isa
);
14319 abiflags
->isa_rev
= ISA_REV (new_isa
);
14322 /* Update the isa_ext if ABFD describes a further extension. */
14323 if (mips_mach_extends_p (bfd_mips_isa_ext_mach (abiflags
->isa_ext
),
14324 bfd_get_mach (abfd
)))
14325 abiflags
->isa_ext
= bfd_mips_isa_ext (abfd
);
14328 /* Return true if the given ELF header flags describe a 32-bit binary. */
14331 mips_32bit_flags_p (flagword flags
)
14333 return ((flags
& EF_MIPS_32BITMODE
) != 0
14334 || (flags
& EF_MIPS_ABI
) == E_MIPS_ABI_O32
14335 || (flags
& EF_MIPS_ABI
) == E_MIPS_ABI_EABI32
14336 || (flags
& EF_MIPS_ARCH
) == E_MIPS_ARCH_1
14337 || (flags
& EF_MIPS_ARCH
) == E_MIPS_ARCH_2
14338 || (flags
& EF_MIPS_ARCH
) == E_MIPS_ARCH_32
14339 || (flags
& EF_MIPS_ARCH
) == E_MIPS_ARCH_32R2
14340 || (flags
& EF_MIPS_ARCH
) == E_MIPS_ARCH_32R6
);
14343 /* Infer the content of the ABI flags based on the elf header. */
14346 infer_mips_abiflags (bfd
*abfd
, Elf_Internal_ABIFlags_v0
* abiflags
)
14348 obj_attribute
*in_attr
;
14350 memset (abiflags
, 0, sizeof (Elf_Internal_ABIFlags_v0
));
14351 update_mips_abiflags_isa (abfd
, abiflags
);
14353 if (mips_32bit_flags_p (elf_elfheader (abfd
)->e_flags
))
14354 abiflags
->gpr_size
= AFL_REG_32
;
14356 abiflags
->gpr_size
= AFL_REG_64
;
14358 abiflags
->cpr1_size
= AFL_REG_NONE
;
14360 in_attr
= elf_known_obj_attributes (abfd
)[OBJ_ATTR_GNU
];
14361 abiflags
->fp_abi
= in_attr
[Tag_GNU_MIPS_ABI_FP
].i
;
14363 if (abiflags
->fp_abi
== Val_GNU_MIPS_ABI_FP_SINGLE
14364 || abiflags
->fp_abi
== Val_GNU_MIPS_ABI_FP_XX
14365 || (abiflags
->fp_abi
== Val_GNU_MIPS_ABI_FP_DOUBLE
14366 && abiflags
->gpr_size
== AFL_REG_32
))
14367 abiflags
->cpr1_size
= AFL_REG_32
;
14368 else if (abiflags
->fp_abi
== Val_GNU_MIPS_ABI_FP_DOUBLE
14369 || abiflags
->fp_abi
== Val_GNU_MIPS_ABI_FP_64
14370 || abiflags
->fp_abi
== Val_GNU_MIPS_ABI_FP_64A
)
14371 abiflags
->cpr1_size
= AFL_REG_64
;
14373 abiflags
->cpr2_size
= AFL_REG_NONE
;
14375 if (elf_elfheader (abfd
)->e_flags
& EF_MIPS_ARCH_ASE_MDMX
)
14376 abiflags
->ases
|= AFL_ASE_MDMX
;
14377 if (elf_elfheader (abfd
)->e_flags
& EF_MIPS_ARCH_ASE_M16
)
14378 abiflags
->ases
|= AFL_ASE_MIPS16
;
14379 if (elf_elfheader (abfd
)->e_flags
& EF_MIPS_ARCH_ASE_MICROMIPS
)
14380 abiflags
->ases
|= AFL_ASE_MICROMIPS
;
14382 if (abiflags
->fp_abi
!= Val_GNU_MIPS_ABI_FP_ANY
14383 && abiflags
->fp_abi
!= Val_GNU_MIPS_ABI_FP_SOFT
14384 && abiflags
->fp_abi
!= Val_GNU_MIPS_ABI_FP_64A
14385 && abiflags
->isa_level
>= 32
14386 && abiflags
->isa_ext
!= AFL_EXT_LOONGSON_3A
)
14387 abiflags
->flags1
|= AFL_FLAGS1_ODDSPREG
;
14390 /* We need to use a special link routine to handle the .reginfo and
14391 the .mdebug sections. We need to merge all instances of these
14392 sections together, not write them all out sequentially. */
14395 _bfd_mips_elf_final_link (bfd
*abfd
, struct bfd_link_info
*info
)
14398 struct bfd_link_order
*p
;
14399 asection
*reginfo_sec
, *mdebug_sec
, *gptab_data_sec
, *gptab_bss_sec
;
14400 asection
*rtproc_sec
, *abiflags_sec
;
14401 Elf32_RegInfo reginfo
;
14402 struct ecoff_debug_info debug
;
14403 struct mips_htab_traverse_info hti
;
14404 const struct elf_backend_data
*bed
= get_elf_backend_data (abfd
);
14405 const struct ecoff_debug_swap
*swap
= bed
->elf_backend_ecoff_debug_swap
;
14406 HDRR
*symhdr
= &debug
.symbolic_header
;
14407 void *mdebug_handle
= NULL
;
14412 struct mips_elf_link_hash_table
*htab
;
14414 static const char * const secname
[] =
14416 ".text", ".init", ".fini", ".data",
14417 ".rodata", ".sdata", ".sbss", ".bss"
14419 static const int sc
[] =
14421 scText
, scInit
, scFini
, scData
,
14422 scRData
, scSData
, scSBss
, scBss
14425 /* Sort the dynamic symbols so that those with GOT entries come after
14427 htab
= mips_elf_hash_table (info
);
14428 BFD_ASSERT (htab
!= NULL
);
14430 if (!mips_elf_sort_hash_table (abfd
, info
))
14433 /* Create any scheduled LA25 stubs. */
14435 hti
.output_bfd
= abfd
;
14437 htab_traverse (htab
->la25_stubs
, mips_elf_create_la25_stub
, &hti
);
14441 /* Get a value for the GP register. */
14442 if (elf_gp (abfd
) == 0)
14444 struct bfd_link_hash_entry
*h
;
14446 h
= bfd_link_hash_lookup (info
->hash
, "_gp", FALSE
, FALSE
, TRUE
);
14447 if (h
!= NULL
&& h
->type
== bfd_link_hash_defined
)
14448 elf_gp (abfd
) = (h
->u
.def
.value
14449 + h
->u
.def
.section
->output_section
->vma
14450 + h
->u
.def
.section
->output_offset
);
14451 else if (htab
->is_vxworks
14452 && (h
= bfd_link_hash_lookup (info
->hash
,
14453 "_GLOBAL_OFFSET_TABLE_",
14454 FALSE
, FALSE
, TRUE
))
14455 && h
->type
== bfd_link_hash_defined
)
14456 elf_gp (abfd
) = (h
->u
.def
.section
->output_section
->vma
14457 + h
->u
.def
.section
->output_offset
14459 else if (bfd_link_relocatable (info
))
14461 bfd_vma lo
= MINUS_ONE
;
14463 /* Find the GP-relative section with the lowest offset. */
14464 for (o
= abfd
->sections
; o
!= NULL
; o
= o
->next
)
14466 && (elf_section_data (o
)->this_hdr
.sh_flags
& SHF_MIPS_GPREL
))
14469 /* And calculate GP relative to that. */
14470 elf_gp (abfd
) = lo
+ ELF_MIPS_GP_OFFSET (info
);
14474 /* If the relocate_section function needs to do a reloc
14475 involving the GP value, it should make a reloc_dangerous
14476 callback to warn that GP is not defined. */
14480 /* Go through the sections and collect the .reginfo and .mdebug
14482 abiflags_sec
= NULL
;
14483 reginfo_sec
= NULL
;
14485 gptab_data_sec
= NULL
;
14486 gptab_bss_sec
= NULL
;
14487 for (o
= abfd
->sections
; o
!= NULL
; o
= o
->next
)
14489 if (strcmp (o
->name
, ".MIPS.abiflags") == 0)
14491 /* We have found the .MIPS.abiflags section in the output file.
14492 Look through all the link_orders comprising it and remove them.
14493 The data is merged in _bfd_mips_elf_merge_private_bfd_data. */
14494 for (p
= o
->map_head
.link_order
; p
!= NULL
; p
= p
->next
)
14496 asection
*input_section
;
14498 if (p
->type
!= bfd_indirect_link_order
)
14500 if (p
->type
== bfd_data_link_order
)
14505 input_section
= p
->u
.indirect
.section
;
14507 /* Hack: reset the SEC_HAS_CONTENTS flag so that
14508 elf_link_input_bfd ignores this section. */
14509 input_section
->flags
&= ~SEC_HAS_CONTENTS
;
14512 /* Size has been set in _bfd_mips_elf_always_size_sections. */
14513 BFD_ASSERT(o
->size
== sizeof (Elf_External_ABIFlags_v0
));
14515 /* Skip this section later on (I don't think this currently
14516 matters, but someday it might). */
14517 o
->map_head
.link_order
= NULL
;
14522 if (strcmp (o
->name
, ".reginfo") == 0)
14524 memset (®info
, 0, sizeof reginfo
);
14526 /* We have found the .reginfo section in the output file.
14527 Look through all the link_orders comprising it and merge
14528 the information together. */
14529 for (p
= o
->map_head
.link_order
; p
!= NULL
; p
= p
->next
)
14531 asection
*input_section
;
14533 Elf32_External_RegInfo ext
;
14536 if (p
->type
!= bfd_indirect_link_order
)
14538 if (p
->type
== bfd_data_link_order
)
14543 input_section
= p
->u
.indirect
.section
;
14544 input_bfd
= input_section
->owner
;
14546 if (! bfd_get_section_contents (input_bfd
, input_section
,
14547 &ext
, 0, sizeof ext
))
14550 bfd_mips_elf32_swap_reginfo_in (input_bfd
, &ext
, &sub
);
14552 reginfo
.ri_gprmask
|= sub
.ri_gprmask
;
14553 reginfo
.ri_cprmask
[0] |= sub
.ri_cprmask
[0];
14554 reginfo
.ri_cprmask
[1] |= sub
.ri_cprmask
[1];
14555 reginfo
.ri_cprmask
[2] |= sub
.ri_cprmask
[2];
14556 reginfo
.ri_cprmask
[3] |= sub
.ri_cprmask
[3];
14558 /* ri_gp_value is set by the function
14559 mips_elf32_section_processing when the section is
14560 finally written out. */
14562 /* Hack: reset the SEC_HAS_CONTENTS flag so that
14563 elf_link_input_bfd ignores this section. */
14564 input_section
->flags
&= ~SEC_HAS_CONTENTS
;
14567 /* Size has been set in _bfd_mips_elf_always_size_sections. */
14568 BFD_ASSERT(o
->size
== sizeof (Elf32_External_RegInfo
));
14570 /* Skip this section later on (I don't think this currently
14571 matters, but someday it might). */
14572 o
->map_head
.link_order
= NULL
;
14577 if (strcmp (o
->name
, ".mdebug") == 0)
14579 struct extsym_info einfo
;
14582 /* We have found the .mdebug section in the output file.
14583 Look through all the link_orders comprising it and merge
14584 the information together. */
14585 symhdr
->magic
= swap
->sym_magic
;
14586 /* FIXME: What should the version stamp be? */
14587 symhdr
->vstamp
= 0;
14588 symhdr
->ilineMax
= 0;
14589 symhdr
->cbLine
= 0;
14590 symhdr
->idnMax
= 0;
14591 symhdr
->ipdMax
= 0;
14592 symhdr
->isymMax
= 0;
14593 symhdr
->ioptMax
= 0;
14594 symhdr
->iauxMax
= 0;
14595 symhdr
->issMax
= 0;
14596 symhdr
->issExtMax
= 0;
14597 symhdr
->ifdMax
= 0;
14599 symhdr
->iextMax
= 0;
14601 /* We accumulate the debugging information itself in the
14602 debug_info structure. */
14604 debug
.external_dnr
= NULL
;
14605 debug
.external_pdr
= NULL
;
14606 debug
.external_sym
= NULL
;
14607 debug
.external_opt
= NULL
;
14608 debug
.external_aux
= NULL
;
14610 debug
.ssext
= debug
.ssext_end
= NULL
;
14611 debug
.external_fdr
= NULL
;
14612 debug
.external_rfd
= NULL
;
14613 debug
.external_ext
= debug
.external_ext_end
= NULL
;
14615 mdebug_handle
= bfd_ecoff_debug_init (abfd
, &debug
, swap
, info
);
14616 if (mdebug_handle
== NULL
)
14620 esym
.cobol_main
= 0;
14624 esym
.asym
.iss
= issNil
;
14625 esym
.asym
.st
= stLocal
;
14626 esym
.asym
.reserved
= 0;
14627 esym
.asym
.index
= indexNil
;
14629 for (i
= 0; i
< sizeof (secname
) / sizeof (secname
[0]); i
++)
14631 esym
.asym
.sc
= sc
[i
];
14632 s
= bfd_get_section_by_name (abfd
, secname
[i
]);
14635 esym
.asym
.value
= s
->vma
;
14636 last
= s
->vma
+ s
->size
;
14639 esym
.asym
.value
= last
;
14640 if (!bfd_ecoff_debug_one_external (abfd
, &debug
, swap
,
14641 secname
[i
], &esym
))
14645 for (p
= o
->map_head
.link_order
; p
!= NULL
; p
= p
->next
)
14647 asection
*input_section
;
14649 const struct ecoff_debug_swap
*input_swap
;
14650 struct ecoff_debug_info input_debug
;
14654 if (p
->type
!= bfd_indirect_link_order
)
14656 if (p
->type
== bfd_data_link_order
)
14661 input_section
= p
->u
.indirect
.section
;
14662 input_bfd
= input_section
->owner
;
14664 if (!is_mips_elf (input_bfd
))
14666 /* I don't know what a non MIPS ELF bfd would be
14667 doing with a .mdebug section, but I don't really
14668 want to deal with it. */
14672 input_swap
= (get_elf_backend_data (input_bfd
)
14673 ->elf_backend_ecoff_debug_swap
);
14675 BFD_ASSERT (p
->size
== input_section
->size
);
14677 /* The ECOFF linking code expects that we have already
14678 read in the debugging information and set up an
14679 ecoff_debug_info structure, so we do that now. */
14680 if (! _bfd_mips_elf_read_ecoff_info (input_bfd
, input_section
,
14684 if (! (bfd_ecoff_debug_accumulate
14685 (mdebug_handle
, abfd
, &debug
, swap
, input_bfd
,
14686 &input_debug
, input_swap
, info
)))
14689 /* Loop through the external symbols. For each one with
14690 interesting information, try to find the symbol in
14691 the linker global hash table and save the information
14692 for the output external symbols. */
14693 eraw_src
= input_debug
.external_ext
;
14694 eraw_end
= (eraw_src
14695 + (input_debug
.symbolic_header
.iextMax
14696 * input_swap
->external_ext_size
));
14698 eraw_src
< eraw_end
;
14699 eraw_src
+= input_swap
->external_ext_size
)
14703 struct mips_elf_link_hash_entry
*h
;
14705 (*input_swap
->swap_ext_in
) (input_bfd
, eraw_src
, &ext
);
14706 if (ext
.asym
.sc
== scNil
14707 || ext
.asym
.sc
== scUndefined
14708 || ext
.asym
.sc
== scSUndefined
)
14711 name
= input_debug
.ssext
+ ext
.asym
.iss
;
14712 h
= mips_elf_link_hash_lookup (mips_elf_hash_table (info
),
14713 name
, FALSE
, FALSE
, TRUE
);
14714 if (h
== NULL
|| h
->esym
.ifd
!= -2)
14719 BFD_ASSERT (ext
.ifd
14720 < input_debug
.symbolic_header
.ifdMax
);
14721 ext
.ifd
= input_debug
.ifdmap
[ext
.ifd
];
14727 /* Free up the information we just read. */
14728 free (input_debug
.line
);
14729 free (input_debug
.external_dnr
);
14730 free (input_debug
.external_pdr
);
14731 free (input_debug
.external_sym
);
14732 free (input_debug
.external_opt
);
14733 free (input_debug
.external_aux
);
14734 free (input_debug
.ss
);
14735 free (input_debug
.ssext
);
14736 free (input_debug
.external_fdr
);
14737 free (input_debug
.external_rfd
);
14738 free (input_debug
.external_ext
);
14740 /* Hack: reset the SEC_HAS_CONTENTS flag so that
14741 elf_link_input_bfd ignores this section. */
14742 input_section
->flags
&= ~SEC_HAS_CONTENTS
;
14745 if (SGI_COMPAT (abfd
) && bfd_link_pic (info
))
14747 /* Create .rtproc section. */
14748 rtproc_sec
= bfd_get_linker_section (abfd
, ".rtproc");
14749 if (rtproc_sec
== NULL
)
14751 flagword flags
= (SEC_HAS_CONTENTS
| SEC_IN_MEMORY
14752 | SEC_LINKER_CREATED
| SEC_READONLY
);
14754 rtproc_sec
= bfd_make_section_anyway_with_flags (abfd
,
14757 if (rtproc_sec
== NULL
14758 || ! bfd_set_section_alignment (abfd
, rtproc_sec
, 4))
14762 if (! mips_elf_create_procedure_table (mdebug_handle
, abfd
,
14768 /* Build the external symbol information. */
14771 einfo
.debug
= &debug
;
14773 einfo
.failed
= FALSE
;
14774 mips_elf_link_hash_traverse (mips_elf_hash_table (info
),
14775 mips_elf_output_extsym
, &einfo
);
14779 /* Set the size of the .mdebug section. */
14780 o
->size
= bfd_ecoff_debug_size (abfd
, &debug
, swap
);
14782 /* Skip this section later on (I don't think this currently
14783 matters, but someday it might). */
14784 o
->map_head
.link_order
= NULL
;
14789 if (CONST_STRNEQ (o
->name
, ".gptab."))
14791 const char *subname
;
14794 Elf32_External_gptab
*ext_tab
;
14797 /* The .gptab.sdata and .gptab.sbss sections hold
14798 information describing how the small data area would
14799 change depending upon the -G switch. These sections
14800 not used in executables files. */
14801 if (! bfd_link_relocatable (info
))
14803 for (p
= o
->map_head
.link_order
; p
!= NULL
; p
= p
->next
)
14805 asection
*input_section
;
14807 if (p
->type
!= bfd_indirect_link_order
)
14809 if (p
->type
== bfd_data_link_order
)
14814 input_section
= p
->u
.indirect
.section
;
14816 /* Hack: reset the SEC_HAS_CONTENTS flag so that
14817 elf_link_input_bfd ignores this section. */
14818 input_section
->flags
&= ~SEC_HAS_CONTENTS
;
14821 /* Skip this section later on (I don't think this
14822 currently matters, but someday it might). */
14823 o
->map_head
.link_order
= NULL
;
14825 /* Really remove the section. */
14826 bfd_section_list_remove (abfd
, o
);
14827 --abfd
->section_count
;
14832 /* There is one gptab for initialized data, and one for
14833 uninitialized data. */
14834 if (strcmp (o
->name
, ".gptab.sdata") == 0)
14835 gptab_data_sec
= o
;
14836 else if (strcmp (o
->name
, ".gptab.sbss") == 0)
14841 /* xgettext:c-format */
14842 (_("%s: illegal section name `%s'"),
14843 bfd_get_filename (abfd
), o
->name
);
14844 bfd_set_error (bfd_error_nonrepresentable_section
);
14848 /* The linker script always combines .gptab.data and
14849 .gptab.sdata into .gptab.sdata, and likewise for
14850 .gptab.bss and .gptab.sbss. It is possible that there is
14851 no .sdata or .sbss section in the output file, in which
14852 case we must change the name of the output section. */
14853 subname
= o
->name
+ sizeof ".gptab" - 1;
14854 if (bfd_get_section_by_name (abfd
, subname
) == NULL
)
14856 if (o
== gptab_data_sec
)
14857 o
->name
= ".gptab.data";
14859 o
->name
= ".gptab.bss";
14860 subname
= o
->name
+ sizeof ".gptab" - 1;
14861 BFD_ASSERT (bfd_get_section_by_name (abfd
, subname
) != NULL
);
14864 /* Set up the first entry. */
14866 amt
= c
* sizeof (Elf32_gptab
);
14867 tab
= bfd_malloc (amt
);
14870 tab
[0].gt_header
.gt_current_g_value
= elf_gp_size (abfd
);
14871 tab
[0].gt_header
.gt_unused
= 0;
14873 /* Combine the input sections. */
14874 for (p
= o
->map_head
.link_order
; p
!= NULL
; p
= p
->next
)
14876 asection
*input_section
;
14878 bfd_size_type size
;
14879 unsigned long last
;
14880 bfd_size_type gpentry
;
14882 if (p
->type
!= bfd_indirect_link_order
)
14884 if (p
->type
== bfd_data_link_order
)
14889 input_section
= p
->u
.indirect
.section
;
14890 input_bfd
= input_section
->owner
;
14892 /* Combine the gptab entries for this input section one
14893 by one. We know that the input gptab entries are
14894 sorted by ascending -G value. */
14895 size
= input_section
->size
;
14897 for (gpentry
= sizeof (Elf32_External_gptab
);
14899 gpentry
+= sizeof (Elf32_External_gptab
))
14901 Elf32_External_gptab ext_gptab
;
14902 Elf32_gptab int_gptab
;
14908 if (! (bfd_get_section_contents
14909 (input_bfd
, input_section
, &ext_gptab
, gpentry
,
14910 sizeof (Elf32_External_gptab
))))
14916 bfd_mips_elf32_swap_gptab_in (input_bfd
, &ext_gptab
,
14918 val
= int_gptab
.gt_entry
.gt_g_value
;
14919 add
= int_gptab
.gt_entry
.gt_bytes
- last
;
14922 for (look
= 1; look
< c
; look
++)
14924 if (tab
[look
].gt_entry
.gt_g_value
>= val
)
14925 tab
[look
].gt_entry
.gt_bytes
+= add
;
14927 if (tab
[look
].gt_entry
.gt_g_value
== val
)
14933 Elf32_gptab
*new_tab
;
14936 /* We need a new table entry. */
14937 amt
= (bfd_size_type
) (c
+ 1) * sizeof (Elf32_gptab
);
14938 new_tab
= bfd_realloc (tab
, amt
);
14939 if (new_tab
== NULL
)
14945 tab
[c
].gt_entry
.gt_g_value
= val
;
14946 tab
[c
].gt_entry
.gt_bytes
= add
;
14948 /* Merge in the size for the next smallest -G
14949 value, since that will be implied by this new
14952 for (look
= 1; look
< c
; look
++)
14954 if (tab
[look
].gt_entry
.gt_g_value
< val
14956 || (tab
[look
].gt_entry
.gt_g_value
14957 > tab
[max
].gt_entry
.gt_g_value
)))
14961 tab
[c
].gt_entry
.gt_bytes
+=
14962 tab
[max
].gt_entry
.gt_bytes
;
14967 last
= int_gptab
.gt_entry
.gt_bytes
;
14970 /* Hack: reset the SEC_HAS_CONTENTS flag so that
14971 elf_link_input_bfd ignores this section. */
14972 input_section
->flags
&= ~SEC_HAS_CONTENTS
;
14975 /* The table must be sorted by -G value. */
14977 qsort (tab
+ 1, c
- 1, sizeof (tab
[0]), gptab_compare
);
14979 /* Swap out the table. */
14980 amt
= (bfd_size_type
) c
* sizeof (Elf32_External_gptab
);
14981 ext_tab
= bfd_alloc (abfd
, amt
);
14982 if (ext_tab
== NULL
)
14988 for (j
= 0; j
< c
; j
++)
14989 bfd_mips_elf32_swap_gptab_out (abfd
, tab
+ j
, ext_tab
+ j
);
14992 o
->size
= c
* sizeof (Elf32_External_gptab
);
14993 o
->contents
= (bfd_byte
*) ext_tab
;
14995 /* Skip this section later on (I don't think this currently
14996 matters, but someday it might). */
14997 o
->map_head
.link_order
= NULL
;
15001 /* Invoke the regular ELF backend linker to do all the work. */
15002 if (!bfd_elf_final_link (abfd
, info
))
15005 /* Now write out the computed sections. */
15007 if (abiflags_sec
!= NULL
)
15009 Elf_External_ABIFlags_v0 ext
;
15010 Elf_Internal_ABIFlags_v0
*abiflags
;
15012 abiflags
= &mips_elf_tdata (abfd
)->abiflags
;
15014 /* Set up the abiflags if no valid input sections were found. */
15015 if (!mips_elf_tdata (abfd
)->abiflags_valid
)
15017 infer_mips_abiflags (abfd
, abiflags
);
15018 mips_elf_tdata (abfd
)->abiflags_valid
= TRUE
;
15020 bfd_mips_elf_swap_abiflags_v0_out (abfd
, abiflags
, &ext
);
15021 if (! bfd_set_section_contents (abfd
, abiflags_sec
, &ext
, 0, sizeof ext
))
15025 if (reginfo_sec
!= NULL
)
15027 Elf32_External_RegInfo ext
;
15029 bfd_mips_elf32_swap_reginfo_out (abfd
, ®info
, &ext
);
15030 if (! bfd_set_section_contents (abfd
, reginfo_sec
, &ext
, 0, sizeof ext
))
15034 if (mdebug_sec
!= NULL
)
15036 BFD_ASSERT (abfd
->output_has_begun
);
15037 if (! bfd_ecoff_write_accumulated_debug (mdebug_handle
, abfd
, &debug
,
15039 mdebug_sec
->filepos
))
15042 bfd_ecoff_debug_free (mdebug_handle
, abfd
, &debug
, swap
, info
);
15045 if (gptab_data_sec
!= NULL
)
15047 if (! bfd_set_section_contents (abfd
, gptab_data_sec
,
15048 gptab_data_sec
->contents
,
15049 0, gptab_data_sec
->size
))
15053 if (gptab_bss_sec
!= NULL
)
15055 if (! bfd_set_section_contents (abfd
, gptab_bss_sec
,
15056 gptab_bss_sec
->contents
,
15057 0, gptab_bss_sec
->size
))
15061 if (SGI_COMPAT (abfd
))
15063 rtproc_sec
= bfd_get_section_by_name (abfd
, ".rtproc");
15064 if (rtproc_sec
!= NULL
)
15066 if (! bfd_set_section_contents (abfd
, rtproc_sec
,
15067 rtproc_sec
->contents
,
15068 0, rtproc_sec
->size
))
15076 /* Merge object file header flags from IBFD into OBFD. Raise an error
15077 if there are conflicting settings. */
15080 mips_elf_merge_obj_e_flags (bfd
*ibfd
, struct bfd_link_info
*info
)
15082 bfd
*obfd
= info
->output_bfd
;
15083 struct mips_elf_obj_tdata
*out_tdata
= mips_elf_tdata (obfd
);
15084 flagword old_flags
;
15085 flagword new_flags
;
15088 new_flags
= elf_elfheader (ibfd
)->e_flags
;
15089 elf_elfheader (obfd
)->e_flags
|= new_flags
& EF_MIPS_NOREORDER
;
15090 old_flags
= elf_elfheader (obfd
)->e_flags
;
15092 /* Check flag compatibility. */
15094 new_flags
&= ~EF_MIPS_NOREORDER
;
15095 old_flags
&= ~EF_MIPS_NOREORDER
;
15097 /* Some IRIX 6 BSD-compatibility objects have this bit set. It
15098 doesn't seem to matter. */
15099 new_flags
&= ~EF_MIPS_XGOT
;
15100 old_flags
&= ~EF_MIPS_XGOT
;
15102 /* MIPSpro generates ucode info in n64 objects. Again, we should
15103 just be able to ignore this. */
15104 new_flags
&= ~EF_MIPS_UCODE
;
15105 old_flags
&= ~EF_MIPS_UCODE
;
15107 /* DSOs should only be linked with CPIC code. */
15108 if ((ibfd
->flags
& DYNAMIC
) != 0)
15109 new_flags
|= EF_MIPS_PIC
| EF_MIPS_CPIC
;
15111 if (new_flags
== old_flags
)
15116 if (((new_flags
& (EF_MIPS_PIC
| EF_MIPS_CPIC
)) != 0)
15117 != ((old_flags
& (EF_MIPS_PIC
| EF_MIPS_CPIC
)) != 0))
15120 (_("%B: warning: linking abicalls files with non-abicalls files"),
15125 if (new_flags
& (EF_MIPS_PIC
| EF_MIPS_CPIC
))
15126 elf_elfheader (obfd
)->e_flags
|= EF_MIPS_CPIC
;
15127 if (! (new_flags
& EF_MIPS_PIC
))
15128 elf_elfheader (obfd
)->e_flags
&= ~EF_MIPS_PIC
;
15130 new_flags
&= ~ (EF_MIPS_PIC
| EF_MIPS_CPIC
);
15131 old_flags
&= ~ (EF_MIPS_PIC
| EF_MIPS_CPIC
);
15133 /* Compare the ISAs. */
15134 if (mips_32bit_flags_p (old_flags
) != mips_32bit_flags_p (new_flags
))
15137 (_("%B: linking 32-bit code with 64-bit code"),
15141 else if (!mips_mach_extends_p (bfd_get_mach (ibfd
), bfd_get_mach (obfd
)))
15143 /* OBFD's ISA isn't the same as, or an extension of, IBFD's. */
15144 if (mips_mach_extends_p (bfd_get_mach (obfd
), bfd_get_mach (ibfd
)))
15146 /* Copy the architecture info from IBFD to OBFD. Also copy
15147 the 32-bit flag (if set) so that we continue to recognise
15148 OBFD as a 32-bit binary. */
15149 bfd_set_arch_info (obfd
, bfd_get_arch_info (ibfd
));
15150 elf_elfheader (obfd
)->e_flags
&= ~(EF_MIPS_ARCH
| EF_MIPS_MACH
);
15151 elf_elfheader (obfd
)->e_flags
15152 |= new_flags
& (EF_MIPS_ARCH
| EF_MIPS_MACH
| EF_MIPS_32BITMODE
);
15154 /* Update the ABI flags isa_level, isa_rev, isa_ext fields. */
15155 update_mips_abiflags_isa (obfd
, &out_tdata
->abiflags
);
15157 /* Copy across the ABI flags if OBFD doesn't use them
15158 and if that was what caused us to treat IBFD as 32-bit. */
15159 if ((old_flags
& EF_MIPS_ABI
) == 0
15160 && mips_32bit_flags_p (new_flags
)
15161 && !mips_32bit_flags_p (new_flags
& ~EF_MIPS_ABI
))
15162 elf_elfheader (obfd
)->e_flags
|= new_flags
& EF_MIPS_ABI
;
15166 /* The ISAs aren't compatible. */
15168 /* xgettext:c-format */
15169 (_("%B: linking %s module with previous %s modules"),
15171 bfd_printable_name (ibfd
),
15172 bfd_printable_name (obfd
));
15177 new_flags
&= ~(EF_MIPS_ARCH
| EF_MIPS_MACH
| EF_MIPS_32BITMODE
);
15178 old_flags
&= ~(EF_MIPS_ARCH
| EF_MIPS_MACH
| EF_MIPS_32BITMODE
);
15180 /* Compare ABIs. The 64-bit ABI does not use EF_MIPS_ABI. But, it
15181 does set EI_CLASS differently from any 32-bit ABI. */
15182 if ((new_flags
& EF_MIPS_ABI
) != (old_flags
& EF_MIPS_ABI
)
15183 || (elf_elfheader (ibfd
)->e_ident
[EI_CLASS
]
15184 != elf_elfheader (obfd
)->e_ident
[EI_CLASS
]))
15186 /* Only error if both are set (to different values). */
15187 if (((new_flags
& EF_MIPS_ABI
) && (old_flags
& EF_MIPS_ABI
))
15188 || (elf_elfheader (ibfd
)->e_ident
[EI_CLASS
]
15189 != elf_elfheader (obfd
)->e_ident
[EI_CLASS
]))
15192 /* xgettext:c-format */
15193 (_("%B: ABI mismatch: linking %s module with previous %s modules"),
15195 elf_mips_abi_name (ibfd
),
15196 elf_mips_abi_name (obfd
));
15199 new_flags
&= ~EF_MIPS_ABI
;
15200 old_flags
&= ~EF_MIPS_ABI
;
15203 /* Compare ASEs. Forbid linking MIPS16 and microMIPS ASE modules together
15204 and allow arbitrary mixing of the remaining ASEs (retain the union). */
15205 if ((new_flags
& EF_MIPS_ARCH_ASE
) != (old_flags
& EF_MIPS_ARCH_ASE
))
15207 int old_micro
= old_flags
& EF_MIPS_ARCH_ASE_MICROMIPS
;
15208 int new_micro
= new_flags
& EF_MIPS_ARCH_ASE_MICROMIPS
;
15209 int old_m16
= old_flags
& EF_MIPS_ARCH_ASE_M16
;
15210 int new_m16
= new_flags
& EF_MIPS_ARCH_ASE_M16
;
15211 int micro_mis
= old_m16
&& new_micro
;
15212 int m16_mis
= old_micro
&& new_m16
;
15214 if (m16_mis
|| micro_mis
)
15217 /* xgettext:c-format */
15218 (_("%B: ASE mismatch: linking %s module with previous %s modules"),
15220 m16_mis
? "MIPS16" : "microMIPS",
15221 m16_mis
? "microMIPS" : "MIPS16");
15225 elf_elfheader (obfd
)->e_flags
|= new_flags
& EF_MIPS_ARCH_ASE
;
15227 new_flags
&= ~ EF_MIPS_ARCH_ASE
;
15228 old_flags
&= ~ EF_MIPS_ARCH_ASE
;
15231 /* Compare NaN encodings. */
15232 if ((new_flags
& EF_MIPS_NAN2008
) != (old_flags
& EF_MIPS_NAN2008
))
15234 /* xgettext:c-format */
15235 _bfd_error_handler (_("%B: linking %s module with previous %s modules"),
15237 (new_flags
& EF_MIPS_NAN2008
15238 ? "-mnan=2008" : "-mnan=legacy"),
15239 (old_flags
& EF_MIPS_NAN2008
15240 ? "-mnan=2008" : "-mnan=legacy"));
15242 new_flags
&= ~EF_MIPS_NAN2008
;
15243 old_flags
&= ~EF_MIPS_NAN2008
;
15246 /* Compare FP64 state. */
15247 if ((new_flags
& EF_MIPS_FP64
) != (old_flags
& EF_MIPS_FP64
))
15249 /* xgettext:c-format */
15250 _bfd_error_handler (_("%B: linking %s module with previous %s modules"),
15252 (new_flags
& EF_MIPS_FP64
15253 ? "-mfp64" : "-mfp32"),
15254 (old_flags
& EF_MIPS_FP64
15255 ? "-mfp64" : "-mfp32"));
15257 new_flags
&= ~EF_MIPS_FP64
;
15258 old_flags
&= ~EF_MIPS_FP64
;
15261 /* Warn about any other mismatches */
15262 if (new_flags
!= old_flags
)
15264 /* xgettext:c-format */
15266 (_("%B: uses different e_flags (0x%lx) fields than previous modules "
15268 ibfd
, (unsigned long) new_flags
,
15269 (unsigned long) old_flags
);
15276 /* Merge object attributes from IBFD into OBFD. Raise an error if
15277 there are conflicting attributes. */
15279 mips_elf_merge_obj_attributes (bfd
*ibfd
, struct bfd_link_info
*info
)
15281 bfd
*obfd
= info
->output_bfd
;
15282 obj_attribute
*in_attr
;
15283 obj_attribute
*out_attr
;
15287 abi_fp_bfd
= mips_elf_tdata (obfd
)->abi_fp_bfd
;
15288 in_attr
= elf_known_obj_attributes (ibfd
)[OBJ_ATTR_GNU
];
15289 if (!abi_fp_bfd
&& in_attr
[Tag_GNU_MIPS_ABI_FP
].i
!= Val_GNU_MIPS_ABI_FP_ANY
)
15290 mips_elf_tdata (obfd
)->abi_fp_bfd
= ibfd
;
15292 abi_msa_bfd
= mips_elf_tdata (obfd
)->abi_msa_bfd
;
15294 && in_attr
[Tag_GNU_MIPS_ABI_MSA
].i
!= Val_GNU_MIPS_ABI_MSA_ANY
)
15295 mips_elf_tdata (obfd
)->abi_msa_bfd
= ibfd
;
15297 if (!elf_known_obj_attributes_proc (obfd
)[0].i
)
15299 /* This is the first object. Copy the attributes. */
15300 _bfd_elf_copy_obj_attributes (ibfd
, obfd
);
15302 /* Use the Tag_null value to indicate the attributes have been
15304 elf_known_obj_attributes_proc (obfd
)[0].i
= 1;
15309 /* Check for conflicting Tag_GNU_MIPS_ABI_FP attributes and merge
15310 non-conflicting ones. */
15311 out_attr
= elf_known_obj_attributes (obfd
)[OBJ_ATTR_GNU
];
15312 if (in_attr
[Tag_GNU_MIPS_ABI_FP
].i
!= out_attr
[Tag_GNU_MIPS_ABI_FP
].i
)
15316 out_fp
= out_attr
[Tag_GNU_MIPS_ABI_FP
].i
;
15317 in_fp
= in_attr
[Tag_GNU_MIPS_ABI_FP
].i
;
15318 out_attr
[Tag_GNU_MIPS_ABI_FP
].type
= 1;
15319 if (out_fp
== Val_GNU_MIPS_ABI_FP_ANY
)
15320 out_attr
[Tag_GNU_MIPS_ABI_FP
].i
= in_fp
;
15321 else if (out_fp
== Val_GNU_MIPS_ABI_FP_XX
15322 && (in_fp
== Val_GNU_MIPS_ABI_FP_DOUBLE
15323 || in_fp
== Val_GNU_MIPS_ABI_FP_64
15324 || in_fp
== Val_GNU_MIPS_ABI_FP_64A
))
15326 mips_elf_tdata (obfd
)->abi_fp_bfd
= ibfd
;
15327 out_attr
[Tag_GNU_MIPS_ABI_FP
].i
= in_attr
[Tag_GNU_MIPS_ABI_FP
].i
;
15329 else if (in_fp
== Val_GNU_MIPS_ABI_FP_XX
15330 && (out_fp
== Val_GNU_MIPS_ABI_FP_DOUBLE
15331 || out_fp
== Val_GNU_MIPS_ABI_FP_64
15332 || out_fp
== Val_GNU_MIPS_ABI_FP_64A
))
15333 /* Keep the current setting. */;
15334 else if (out_fp
== Val_GNU_MIPS_ABI_FP_64A
15335 && in_fp
== Val_GNU_MIPS_ABI_FP_64
)
15337 mips_elf_tdata (obfd
)->abi_fp_bfd
= ibfd
;
15338 out_attr
[Tag_GNU_MIPS_ABI_FP
].i
= in_attr
[Tag_GNU_MIPS_ABI_FP
].i
;
15340 else if (in_fp
== Val_GNU_MIPS_ABI_FP_64A
15341 && out_fp
== Val_GNU_MIPS_ABI_FP_64
)
15342 /* Keep the current setting. */;
15343 else if (in_fp
!= Val_GNU_MIPS_ABI_FP_ANY
)
15345 const char *out_string
, *in_string
;
15347 out_string
= _bfd_mips_fp_abi_string (out_fp
);
15348 in_string
= _bfd_mips_fp_abi_string (in_fp
);
15349 /* First warn about cases involving unrecognised ABIs. */
15350 if (!out_string
&& !in_string
)
15351 /* xgettext:c-format */
15353 (_("Warning: %B uses unknown floating point ABI %d "
15354 "(set by %B), %B uses unknown floating point ABI %d"),
15355 obfd
, abi_fp_bfd
, ibfd
, out_fp
, in_fp
);
15356 else if (!out_string
)
15358 /* xgettext:c-format */
15359 (_("Warning: %B uses unknown floating point ABI %d "
15360 "(set by %B), %B uses %s"),
15361 obfd
, abi_fp_bfd
, ibfd
, out_fp
, in_string
);
15362 else if (!in_string
)
15364 /* xgettext:c-format */
15365 (_("Warning: %B uses %s (set by %B), "
15366 "%B uses unknown floating point ABI %d"),
15367 obfd
, abi_fp_bfd
, ibfd
, out_string
, in_fp
);
15370 /* If one of the bfds is soft-float, the other must be
15371 hard-float. The exact choice of hard-float ABI isn't
15372 really relevant to the error message. */
15373 if (in_fp
== Val_GNU_MIPS_ABI_FP_SOFT
)
15374 out_string
= "-mhard-float";
15375 else if (out_fp
== Val_GNU_MIPS_ABI_FP_SOFT
)
15376 in_string
= "-mhard-float";
15378 /* xgettext:c-format */
15379 (_("Warning: %B uses %s (set by %B), %B uses %s"),
15380 obfd
, abi_fp_bfd
, ibfd
, out_string
, in_string
);
15385 /* Check for conflicting Tag_GNU_MIPS_ABI_MSA attributes and merge
15386 non-conflicting ones. */
15387 if (in_attr
[Tag_GNU_MIPS_ABI_MSA
].i
!= out_attr
[Tag_GNU_MIPS_ABI_MSA
].i
)
15389 out_attr
[Tag_GNU_MIPS_ABI_MSA
].type
= 1;
15390 if (out_attr
[Tag_GNU_MIPS_ABI_MSA
].i
== Val_GNU_MIPS_ABI_MSA_ANY
)
15391 out_attr
[Tag_GNU_MIPS_ABI_MSA
].i
= in_attr
[Tag_GNU_MIPS_ABI_MSA
].i
;
15392 else if (in_attr
[Tag_GNU_MIPS_ABI_MSA
].i
!= Val_GNU_MIPS_ABI_MSA_ANY
)
15393 switch (out_attr
[Tag_GNU_MIPS_ABI_MSA
].i
)
15395 case Val_GNU_MIPS_ABI_MSA_128
:
15397 /* xgettext:c-format */
15398 (_("Warning: %B uses %s (set by %B), "
15399 "%B uses unknown MSA ABI %d"),
15400 obfd
, abi_msa_bfd
, ibfd
,
15401 "-mmsa", in_attr
[Tag_GNU_MIPS_ABI_MSA
].i
);
15405 switch (in_attr
[Tag_GNU_MIPS_ABI_MSA
].i
)
15407 case Val_GNU_MIPS_ABI_MSA_128
:
15409 /* xgettext:c-format */
15410 (_("Warning: %B uses unknown MSA ABI %d "
15411 "(set by %B), %B uses %s"),
15412 obfd
, abi_msa_bfd
, ibfd
,
15413 out_attr
[Tag_GNU_MIPS_ABI_MSA
].i
, "-mmsa");
15418 /* xgettext:c-format */
15419 (_("Warning: %B uses unknown MSA ABI %d "
15420 "(set by %B), %B uses unknown MSA ABI %d"),
15421 obfd
, abi_msa_bfd
, ibfd
,
15422 out_attr
[Tag_GNU_MIPS_ABI_MSA
].i
,
15423 in_attr
[Tag_GNU_MIPS_ABI_MSA
].i
);
15429 /* Merge Tag_compatibility attributes and any common GNU ones. */
15430 return _bfd_elf_merge_object_attributes (ibfd
, info
);
15433 /* Merge object ABI flags from IBFD into OBFD. Raise an error if
15434 there are conflicting settings. */
15437 mips_elf_merge_obj_abiflags (bfd
*ibfd
, bfd
*obfd
)
15439 obj_attribute
*out_attr
= elf_known_obj_attributes (obfd
)[OBJ_ATTR_GNU
];
15440 struct mips_elf_obj_tdata
*out_tdata
= mips_elf_tdata (obfd
);
15441 struct mips_elf_obj_tdata
*in_tdata
= mips_elf_tdata (ibfd
);
15443 /* Update the output abiflags fp_abi using the computed fp_abi. */
15444 out_tdata
->abiflags
.fp_abi
= out_attr
[Tag_GNU_MIPS_ABI_FP
].i
;
15446 #define max(a, b) ((a) > (b) ? (a) : (b))
15447 /* Merge abiflags. */
15448 out_tdata
->abiflags
.isa_level
= max (out_tdata
->abiflags
.isa_level
,
15449 in_tdata
->abiflags
.isa_level
);
15450 out_tdata
->abiflags
.isa_rev
= max (out_tdata
->abiflags
.isa_rev
,
15451 in_tdata
->abiflags
.isa_rev
);
15452 out_tdata
->abiflags
.gpr_size
= max (out_tdata
->abiflags
.gpr_size
,
15453 in_tdata
->abiflags
.gpr_size
);
15454 out_tdata
->abiflags
.cpr1_size
= max (out_tdata
->abiflags
.cpr1_size
,
15455 in_tdata
->abiflags
.cpr1_size
);
15456 out_tdata
->abiflags
.cpr2_size
= max (out_tdata
->abiflags
.cpr2_size
,
15457 in_tdata
->abiflags
.cpr2_size
);
15459 out_tdata
->abiflags
.ases
|= in_tdata
->abiflags
.ases
;
15460 out_tdata
->abiflags
.flags1
|= in_tdata
->abiflags
.flags1
;
15465 /* Merge backend specific data from an object file to the output
15466 object file when linking. */
15469 _bfd_mips_elf_merge_private_bfd_data (bfd
*ibfd
, struct bfd_link_info
*info
)
15471 bfd
*obfd
= info
->output_bfd
;
15472 struct mips_elf_obj_tdata
*out_tdata
;
15473 struct mips_elf_obj_tdata
*in_tdata
;
15474 bfd_boolean null_input_bfd
= TRUE
;
15478 /* Check if we have the same endianness. */
15479 if (! _bfd_generic_verify_endian_match (ibfd
, info
))
15482 (_("%B: endianness incompatible with that of the selected emulation"),
15487 if (!is_mips_elf (ibfd
) || !is_mips_elf (obfd
))
15490 in_tdata
= mips_elf_tdata (ibfd
);
15491 out_tdata
= mips_elf_tdata (obfd
);
15493 if (strcmp (bfd_get_target (ibfd
), bfd_get_target (obfd
)) != 0)
15496 (_("%B: ABI is incompatible with that of the selected emulation"),
15501 /* Check to see if the input BFD actually contains any sections. If not,
15502 then it has no attributes, and its flags may not have been initialized
15503 either, but it cannot actually cause any incompatibility. */
15504 for (sec
= ibfd
->sections
; sec
!= NULL
; sec
= sec
->next
)
15506 /* Ignore synthetic sections and empty .text, .data and .bss sections
15507 which are automatically generated by gas. Also ignore fake
15508 (s)common sections, since merely defining a common symbol does
15509 not affect compatibility. */
15510 if ((sec
->flags
& SEC_IS_COMMON
) == 0
15511 && strcmp (sec
->name
, ".reginfo")
15512 && strcmp (sec
->name
, ".mdebug")
15514 || (strcmp (sec
->name
, ".text")
15515 && strcmp (sec
->name
, ".data")
15516 && strcmp (sec
->name
, ".bss"))))
15518 null_input_bfd
= FALSE
;
15522 if (null_input_bfd
)
15525 /* Populate abiflags using existing information. */
15526 if (in_tdata
->abiflags_valid
)
15528 obj_attribute
*in_attr
= elf_known_obj_attributes (ibfd
)[OBJ_ATTR_GNU
];
15529 Elf_Internal_ABIFlags_v0 in_abiflags
;
15530 Elf_Internal_ABIFlags_v0 abiflags
;
15532 /* Set up the FP ABI attribute from the abiflags if it is not already
15534 if (in_attr
[Tag_GNU_MIPS_ABI_FP
].i
== Val_GNU_MIPS_ABI_FP_ANY
)
15535 in_attr
[Tag_GNU_MIPS_ABI_FP
].i
= in_tdata
->abiflags
.fp_abi
;
15537 infer_mips_abiflags (ibfd
, &abiflags
);
15538 in_abiflags
= in_tdata
->abiflags
;
15540 /* It is not possible to infer the correct ISA revision
15541 for R3 or R5 so drop down to R2 for the checks. */
15542 if (in_abiflags
.isa_rev
== 3 || in_abiflags
.isa_rev
== 5)
15543 in_abiflags
.isa_rev
= 2;
15545 if (LEVEL_REV (in_abiflags
.isa_level
, in_abiflags
.isa_rev
)
15546 < LEVEL_REV (abiflags
.isa_level
, abiflags
.isa_rev
))
15548 (_("%B: warning: Inconsistent ISA between e_flags and "
15549 ".MIPS.abiflags"), ibfd
);
15550 if (abiflags
.fp_abi
!= Val_GNU_MIPS_ABI_FP_ANY
15551 && in_abiflags
.fp_abi
!= abiflags
.fp_abi
)
15553 (_("%B: warning: Inconsistent FP ABI between .gnu.attributes and "
15554 ".MIPS.abiflags"), ibfd
);
15555 if ((in_abiflags
.ases
& abiflags
.ases
) != abiflags
.ases
)
15557 (_("%B: warning: Inconsistent ASEs between e_flags and "
15558 ".MIPS.abiflags"), ibfd
);
15559 /* The isa_ext is allowed to be an extension of what can be inferred
15561 if (!mips_mach_extends_p (bfd_mips_isa_ext_mach (abiflags
.isa_ext
),
15562 bfd_mips_isa_ext_mach (in_abiflags
.isa_ext
)))
15564 (_("%B: warning: Inconsistent ISA extensions between e_flags and "
15565 ".MIPS.abiflags"), ibfd
);
15566 if (in_abiflags
.flags2
!= 0)
15568 (_("%B: warning: Unexpected flag in the flags2 field of "
15569 ".MIPS.abiflags (0x%lx)"), ibfd
,
15570 (unsigned long) in_abiflags
.flags2
);
15574 infer_mips_abiflags (ibfd
, &in_tdata
->abiflags
);
15575 in_tdata
->abiflags_valid
= TRUE
;
15578 if (!out_tdata
->abiflags_valid
)
15580 /* Copy input abiflags if output abiflags are not already valid. */
15581 out_tdata
->abiflags
= in_tdata
->abiflags
;
15582 out_tdata
->abiflags_valid
= TRUE
;
15585 if (! elf_flags_init (obfd
))
15587 elf_flags_init (obfd
) = TRUE
;
15588 elf_elfheader (obfd
)->e_flags
= elf_elfheader (ibfd
)->e_flags
;
15589 elf_elfheader (obfd
)->e_ident
[EI_CLASS
]
15590 = elf_elfheader (ibfd
)->e_ident
[EI_CLASS
];
15592 if (bfd_get_arch (obfd
) == bfd_get_arch (ibfd
)
15593 && (bfd_get_arch_info (obfd
)->the_default
15594 || mips_mach_extends_p (bfd_get_mach (obfd
),
15595 bfd_get_mach (ibfd
))))
15597 if (! bfd_set_arch_mach (obfd
, bfd_get_arch (ibfd
),
15598 bfd_get_mach (ibfd
)))
15601 /* Update the ABI flags isa_level, isa_rev and isa_ext fields. */
15602 update_mips_abiflags_isa (obfd
, &out_tdata
->abiflags
);
15608 ok
= mips_elf_merge_obj_e_flags (ibfd
, info
);
15610 ok
= mips_elf_merge_obj_attributes (ibfd
, info
) && ok
;
15612 ok
= mips_elf_merge_obj_abiflags (ibfd
, obfd
) && ok
;
15616 bfd_set_error (bfd_error_bad_value
);
15623 /* Function to keep MIPS specific file flags like as EF_MIPS_PIC. */
15626 _bfd_mips_elf_set_private_flags (bfd
*abfd
, flagword flags
)
15628 BFD_ASSERT (!elf_flags_init (abfd
)
15629 || elf_elfheader (abfd
)->e_flags
== flags
);
15631 elf_elfheader (abfd
)->e_flags
= flags
;
15632 elf_flags_init (abfd
) = TRUE
;
15637 _bfd_mips_elf_get_target_dtag (bfd_vma dtag
)
15641 default: return "";
15642 case DT_MIPS_RLD_VERSION
:
15643 return "MIPS_RLD_VERSION";
15644 case DT_MIPS_TIME_STAMP
:
15645 return "MIPS_TIME_STAMP";
15646 case DT_MIPS_ICHECKSUM
:
15647 return "MIPS_ICHECKSUM";
15648 case DT_MIPS_IVERSION
:
15649 return "MIPS_IVERSION";
15650 case DT_MIPS_FLAGS
:
15651 return "MIPS_FLAGS";
15652 case DT_MIPS_BASE_ADDRESS
:
15653 return "MIPS_BASE_ADDRESS";
15655 return "MIPS_MSYM";
15656 case DT_MIPS_CONFLICT
:
15657 return "MIPS_CONFLICT";
15658 case DT_MIPS_LIBLIST
:
15659 return "MIPS_LIBLIST";
15660 case DT_MIPS_LOCAL_GOTNO
:
15661 return "MIPS_LOCAL_GOTNO";
15662 case DT_MIPS_CONFLICTNO
:
15663 return "MIPS_CONFLICTNO";
15664 case DT_MIPS_LIBLISTNO
:
15665 return "MIPS_LIBLISTNO";
15666 case DT_MIPS_SYMTABNO
:
15667 return "MIPS_SYMTABNO";
15668 case DT_MIPS_UNREFEXTNO
:
15669 return "MIPS_UNREFEXTNO";
15670 case DT_MIPS_GOTSYM
:
15671 return "MIPS_GOTSYM";
15672 case DT_MIPS_HIPAGENO
:
15673 return "MIPS_HIPAGENO";
15674 case DT_MIPS_RLD_MAP
:
15675 return "MIPS_RLD_MAP";
15676 case DT_MIPS_RLD_MAP_REL
:
15677 return "MIPS_RLD_MAP_REL";
15678 case DT_MIPS_DELTA_CLASS
:
15679 return "MIPS_DELTA_CLASS";
15680 case DT_MIPS_DELTA_CLASS_NO
:
15681 return "MIPS_DELTA_CLASS_NO";
15682 case DT_MIPS_DELTA_INSTANCE
:
15683 return "MIPS_DELTA_INSTANCE";
15684 case DT_MIPS_DELTA_INSTANCE_NO
:
15685 return "MIPS_DELTA_INSTANCE_NO";
15686 case DT_MIPS_DELTA_RELOC
:
15687 return "MIPS_DELTA_RELOC";
15688 case DT_MIPS_DELTA_RELOC_NO
:
15689 return "MIPS_DELTA_RELOC_NO";
15690 case DT_MIPS_DELTA_SYM
:
15691 return "MIPS_DELTA_SYM";
15692 case DT_MIPS_DELTA_SYM_NO
:
15693 return "MIPS_DELTA_SYM_NO";
15694 case DT_MIPS_DELTA_CLASSSYM
:
15695 return "MIPS_DELTA_CLASSSYM";
15696 case DT_MIPS_DELTA_CLASSSYM_NO
:
15697 return "MIPS_DELTA_CLASSSYM_NO";
15698 case DT_MIPS_CXX_FLAGS
:
15699 return "MIPS_CXX_FLAGS";
15700 case DT_MIPS_PIXIE_INIT
:
15701 return "MIPS_PIXIE_INIT";
15702 case DT_MIPS_SYMBOL_LIB
:
15703 return "MIPS_SYMBOL_LIB";
15704 case DT_MIPS_LOCALPAGE_GOTIDX
:
15705 return "MIPS_LOCALPAGE_GOTIDX";
15706 case DT_MIPS_LOCAL_GOTIDX
:
15707 return "MIPS_LOCAL_GOTIDX";
15708 case DT_MIPS_HIDDEN_GOTIDX
:
15709 return "MIPS_HIDDEN_GOTIDX";
15710 case DT_MIPS_PROTECTED_GOTIDX
:
15711 return "MIPS_PROTECTED_GOT_IDX";
15712 case DT_MIPS_OPTIONS
:
15713 return "MIPS_OPTIONS";
15714 case DT_MIPS_INTERFACE
:
15715 return "MIPS_INTERFACE";
15716 case DT_MIPS_DYNSTR_ALIGN
:
15717 return "DT_MIPS_DYNSTR_ALIGN";
15718 case DT_MIPS_INTERFACE_SIZE
:
15719 return "DT_MIPS_INTERFACE_SIZE";
15720 case DT_MIPS_RLD_TEXT_RESOLVE_ADDR
:
15721 return "DT_MIPS_RLD_TEXT_RESOLVE_ADDR";
15722 case DT_MIPS_PERF_SUFFIX
:
15723 return "DT_MIPS_PERF_SUFFIX";
15724 case DT_MIPS_COMPACT_SIZE
:
15725 return "DT_MIPS_COMPACT_SIZE";
15726 case DT_MIPS_GP_VALUE
:
15727 return "DT_MIPS_GP_VALUE";
15728 case DT_MIPS_AUX_DYNAMIC
:
15729 return "DT_MIPS_AUX_DYNAMIC";
15730 case DT_MIPS_PLTGOT
:
15731 return "DT_MIPS_PLTGOT";
15732 case DT_MIPS_RWPLT
:
15733 return "DT_MIPS_RWPLT";
15737 /* Return the meaning of Tag_GNU_MIPS_ABI_FP value FP, or null if
15741 _bfd_mips_fp_abi_string (int fp
)
15745 /* These strings aren't translated because they're simply
15747 case Val_GNU_MIPS_ABI_FP_DOUBLE
:
15748 return "-mdouble-float";
15750 case Val_GNU_MIPS_ABI_FP_SINGLE
:
15751 return "-msingle-float";
15753 case Val_GNU_MIPS_ABI_FP_SOFT
:
15754 return "-msoft-float";
15756 case Val_GNU_MIPS_ABI_FP_OLD_64
:
15757 return _("-mips32r2 -mfp64 (12 callee-saved)");
15759 case Val_GNU_MIPS_ABI_FP_XX
:
15762 case Val_GNU_MIPS_ABI_FP_64
:
15763 return "-mgp32 -mfp64";
15765 case Val_GNU_MIPS_ABI_FP_64A
:
15766 return "-mgp32 -mfp64 -mno-odd-spreg";
15774 print_mips_ases (FILE *file
, unsigned int mask
)
15776 if (mask
& AFL_ASE_DSP
)
15777 fputs ("\n\tDSP ASE", file
);
15778 if (mask
& AFL_ASE_DSPR2
)
15779 fputs ("\n\tDSP R2 ASE", file
);
15780 if (mask
& AFL_ASE_DSPR3
)
15781 fputs ("\n\tDSP R3 ASE", file
);
15782 if (mask
& AFL_ASE_EVA
)
15783 fputs ("\n\tEnhanced VA Scheme", file
);
15784 if (mask
& AFL_ASE_MCU
)
15785 fputs ("\n\tMCU (MicroController) ASE", file
);
15786 if (mask
& AFL_ASE_MDMX
)
15787 fputs ("\n\tMDMX ASE", file
);
15788 if (mask
& AFL_ASE_MIPS3D
)
15789 fputs ("\n\tMIPS-3D ASE", file
);
15790 if (mask
& AFL_ASE_MT
)
15791 fputs ("\n\tMT ASE", file
);
15792 if (mask
& AFL_ASE_SMARTMIPS
)
15793 fputs ("\n\tSmartMIPS ASE", file
);
15794 if (mask
& AFL_ASE_VIRT
)
15795 fputs ("\n\tVZ ASE", file
);
15796 if (mask
& AFL_ASE_MSA
)
15797 fputs ("\n\tMSA ASE", file
);
15798 if (mask
& AFL_ASE_MIPS16
)
15799 fputs ("\n\tMIPS16 ASE", file
);
15800 if (mask
& AFL_ASE_MICROMIPS
)
15801 fputs ("\n\tMICROMIPS ASE", file
);
15802 if (mask
& AFL_ASE_XPA
)
15803 fputs ("\n\tXPA ASE", file
);
15805 fprintf (file
, "\n\t%s", _("None"));
15806 else if ((mask
& ~AFL_ASE_MASK
) != 0)
15807 fprintf (stdout
, "\n\t%s (%x)", _("Unknown"), mask
& ~AFL_ASE_MASK
);
15811 print_mips_isa_ext (FILE *file
, unsigned int isa_ext
)
15816 fputs (_("None"), file
);
15819 fputs ("RMI XLR", file
);
15821 case AFL_EXT_OCTEON3
:
15822 fputs ("Cavium Networks Octeon3", file
);
15824 case AFL_EXT_OCTEON2
:
15825 fputs ("Cavium Networks Octeon2", file
);
15827 case AFL_EXT_OCTEONP
:
15828 fputs ("Cavium Networks OcteonP", file
);
15830 case AFL_EXT_LOONGSON_3A
:
15831 fputs ("Loongson 3A", file
);
15833 case AFL_EXT_OCTEON
:
15834 fputs ("Cavium Networks Octeon", file
);
15837 fputs ("Toshiba R5900", file
);
15840 fputs ("MIPS R4650", file
);
15843 fputs ("LSI R4010", file
);
15846 fputs ("NEC VR4100", file
);
15849 fputs ("Toshiba R3900", file
);
15851 case AFL_EXT_10000
:
15852 fputs ("MIPS R10000", file
);
15855 fputs ("Broadcom SB-1", file
);
15858 fputs ("NEC VR4111/VR4181", file
);
15861 fputs ("NEC VR4120", file
);
15864 fputs ("NEC VR5400", file
);
15867 fputs ("NEC VR5500", file
);
15869 case AFL_EXT_LOONGSON_2E
:
15870 fputs ("ST Microelectronics Loongson 2E", file
);
15872 case AFL_EXT_LOONGSON_2F
:
15873 fputs ("ST Microelectronics Loongson 2F", file
);
15876 fprintf (file
, "%s (%d)", _("Unknown"), isa_ext
);
15882 print_mips_fp_abi_value (FILE *file
, int val
)
15886 case Val_GNU_MIPS_ABI_FP_ANY
:
15887 fprintf (file
, _("Hard or soft float\n"));
15889 case Val_GNU_MIPS_ABI_FP_DOUBLE
:
15890 fprintf (file
, _("Hard float (double precision)\n"));
15892 case Val_GNU_MIPS_ABI_FP_SINGLE
:
15893 fprintf (file
, _("Hard float (single precision)\n"));
15895 case Val_GNU_MIPS_ABI_FP_SOFT
:
15896 fprintf (file
, _("Soft float\n"));
15898 case Val_GNU_MIPS_ABI_FP_OLD_64
:
15899 fprintf (file
, _("Hard float (MIPS32r2 64-bit FPU 12 callee-saved)\n"));
15901 case Val_GNU_MIPS_ABI_FP_XX
:
15902 fprintf (file
, _("Hard float (32-bit CPU, Any FPU)\n"));
15904 case Val_GNU_MIPS_ABI_FP_64
:
15905 fprintf (file
, _("Hard float (32-bit CPU, 64-bit FPU)\n"));
15907 case Val_GNU_MIPS_ABI_FP_64A
:
15908 fprintf (file
, _("Hard float compat (32-bit CPU, 64-bit FPU)\n"));
15911 fprintf (file
, "??? (%d)\n", val
);
15917 get_mips_reg_size (int reg_size
)
15919 return (reg_size
== AFL_REG_NONE
) ? 0
15920 : (reg_size
== AFL_REG_32
) ? 32
15921 : (reg_size
== AFL_REG_64
) ? 64
15922 : (reg_size
== AFL_REG_128
) ? 128
15927 _bfd_mips_elf_print_private_bfd_data (bfd
*abfd
, void *ptr
)
15931 BFD_ASSERT (abfd
!= NULL
&& ptr
!= NULL
);
15933 /* Print normal ELF private data. */
15934 _bfd_elf_print_private_bfd_data (abfd
, ptr
);
15936 /* xgettext:c-format */
15937 fprintf (file
, _("private flags = %lx:"), elf_elfheader (abfd
)->e_flags
);
15939 if ((elf_elfheader (abfd
)->e_flags
& EF_MIPS_ABI
) == E_MIPS_ABI_O32
)
15940 fprintf (file
, _(" [abi=O32]"));
15941 else if ((elf_elfheader (abfd
)->e_flags
& EF_MIPS_ABI
) == E_MIPS_ABI_O64
)
15942 fprintf (file
, _(" [abi=O64]"));
15943 else if ((elf_elfheader (abfd
)->e_flags
& EF_MIPS_ABI
) == E_MIPS_ABI_EABI32
)
15944 fprintf (file
, _(" [abi=EABI32]"));
15945 else if ((elf_elfheader (abfd
)->e_flags
& EF_MIPS_ABI
) == E_MIPS_ABI_EABI64
)
15946 fprintf (file
, _(" [abi=EABI64]"));
15947 else if ((elf_elfheader (abfd
)->e_flags
& EF_MIPS_ABI
))
15948 fprintf (file
, _(" [abi unknown]"));
15949 else if (ABI_N32_P (abfd
))
15950 fprintf (file
, _(" [abi=N32]"));
15951 else if (ABI_64_P (abfd
))
15952 fprintf (file
, _(" [abi=64]"));
15954 fprintf (file
, _(" [no abi set]"));
15956 if ((elf_elfheader (abfd
)->e_flags
& EF_MIPS_ARCH
) == E_MIPS_ARCH_1
)
15957 fprintf (file
, " [mips1]");
15958 else if ((elf_elfheader (abfd
)->e_flags
& EF_MIPS_ARCH
) == E_MIPS_ARCH_2
)
15959 fprintf (file
, " [mips2]");
15960 else if ((elf_elfheader (abfd
)->e_flags
& EF_MIPS_ARCH
) == E_MIPS_ARCH_3
)
15961 fprintf (file
, " [mips3]");
15962 else if ((elf_elfheader (abfd
)->e_flags
& EF_MIPS_ARCH
) == E_MIPS_ARCH_4
)
15963 fprintf (file
, " [mips4]");
15964 else if ((elf_elfheader (abfd
)->e_flags
& EF_MIPS_ARCH
) == E_MIPS_ARCH_5
)
15965 fprintf (file
, " [mips5]");
15966 else if ((elf_elfheader (abfd
)->e_flags
& EF_MIPS_ARCH
) == E_MIPS_ARCH_32
)
15967 fprintf (file
, " [mips32]");
15968 else if ((elf_elfheader (abfd
)->e_flags
& EF_MIPS_ARCH
) == E_MIPS_ARCH_64
)
15969 fprintf (file
, " [mips64]");
15970 else if ((elf_elfheader (abfd
)->e_flags
& EF_MIPS_ARCH
) == E_MIPS_ARCH_32R2
)
15971 fprintf (file
, " [mips32r2]");
15972 else if ((elf_elfheader (abfd
)->e_flags
& EF_MIPS_ARCH
) == E_MIPS_ARCH_64R2
)
15973 fprintf (file
, " [mips64r2]");
15974 else if ((elf_elfheader (abfd
)->e_flags
& EF_MIPS_ARCH
) == E_MIPS_ARCH_32R6
)
15975 fprintf (file
, " [mips32r6]");
15976 else if ((elf_elfheader (abfd
)->e_flags
& EF_MIPS_ARCH
) == E_MIPS_ARCH_64R6
)
15977 fprintf (file
, " [mips64r6]");
15979 fprintf (file
, _(" [unknown ISA]"));
15981 if (elf_elfheader (abfd
)->e_flags
& EF_MIPS_ARCH_ASE_MDMX
)
15982 fprintf (file
, " [mdmx]");
15984 if (elf_elfheader (abfd
)->e_flags
& EF_MIPS_ARCH_ASE_M16
)
15985 fprintf (file
, " [mips16]");
15987 if (elf_elfheader (abfd
)->e_flags
& EF_MIPS_ARCH_ASE_MICROMIPS
)
15988 fprintf (file
, " [micromips]");
15990 if (elf_elfheader (abfd
)->e_flags
& EF_MIPS_NAN2008
)
15991 fprintf (file
, " [nan2008]");
15993 if (elf_elfheader (abfd
)->e_flags
& EF_MIPS_FP64
)
15994 fprintf (file
, " [old fp64]");
15996 if (elf_elfheader (abfd
)->e_flags
& EF_MIPS_32BITMODE
)
15997 fprintf (file
, " [32bitmode]");
15999 fprintf (file
, _(" [not 32bitmode]"));
16001 if (elf_elfheader (abfd
)->e_flags
& EF_MIPS_NOREORDER
)
16002 fprintf (file
, " [noreorder]");
16004 if (elf_elfheader (abfd
)->e_flags
& EF_MIPS_PIC
)
16005 fprintf (file
, " [PIC]");
16007 if (elf_elfheader (abfd
)->e_flags
& EF_MIPS_CPIC
)
16008 fprintf (file
, " [CPIC]");
16010 if (elf_elfheader (abfd
)->e_flags
& EF_MIPS_XGOT
)
16011 fprintf (file
, " [XGOT]");
16013 if (elf_elfheader (abfd
)->e_flags
& EF_MIPS_UCODE
)
16014 fprintf (file
, " [UCODE]");
16016 fputc ('\n', file
);
16018 if (mips_elf_tdata (abfd
)->abiflags_valid
)
16020 Elf_Internal_ABIFlags_v0
*abiflags
= &mips_elf_tdata (abfd
)->abiflags
;
16021 fprintf (file
, "\nMIPS ABI Flags Version: %d\n", abiflags
->version
);
16022 fprintf (file
, "\nISA: MIPS%d", abiflags
->isa_level
);
16023 if (abiflags
->isa_rev
> 1)
16024 fprintf (file
, "r%d", abiflags
->isa_rev
);
16025 fprintf (file
, "\nGPR size: %d",
16026 get_mips_reg_size (abiflags
->gpr_size
));
16027 fprintf (file
, "\nCPR1 size: %d",
16028 get_mips_reg_size (abiflags
->cpr1_size
));
16029 fprintf (file
, "\nCPR2 size: %d",
16030 get_mips_reg_size (abiflags
->cpr2_size
));
16031 fputs ("\nFP ABI: ", file
);
16032 print_mips_fp_abi_value (file
, abiflags
->fp_abi
);
16033 fputs ("ISA Extension: ", file
);
16034 print_mips_isa_ext (file
, abiflags
->isa_ext
);
16035 fputs ("\nASEs:", file
);
16036 print_mips_ases (file
, abiflags
->ases
);
16037 fprintf (file
, "\nFLAGS 1: %8.8lx", abiflags
->flags1
);
16038 fprintf (file
, "\nFLAGS 2: %8.8lx", abiflags
->flags2
);
16039 fputc ('\n', file
);
16045 const struct bfd_elf_special_section _bfd_mips_elf_special_sections
[] =
16047 { STRING_COMMA_LEN (".lit4"), 0, SHT_PROGBITS
, SHF_ALLOC
+ SHF_WRITE
+ SHF_MIPS_GPREL
},
16048 { STRING_COMMA_LEN (".lit8"), 0, SHT_PROGBITS
, SHF_ALLOC
+ SHF_WRITE
+ SHF_MIPS_GPREL
},
16049 { STRING_COMMA_LEN (".mdebug"), 0, SHT_MIPS_DEBUG
, 0 },
16050 { STRING_COMMA_LEN (".sbss"), -2, SHT_NOBITS
, SHF_ALLOC
+ SHF_WRITE
+ SHF_MIPS_GPREL
},
16051 { STRING_COMMA_LEN (".sdata"), -2, SHT_PROGBITS
, SHF_ALLOC
+ SHF_WRITE
+ SHF_MIPS_GPREL
},
16052 { STRING_COMMA_LEN (".ucode"), 0, SHT_MIPS_UCODE
, 0 },
16053 { NULL
, 0, 0, 0, 0 }
16056 /* Merge non visibility st_other attributes. Ensure that the
16057 STO_OPTIONAL flag is copied into h->other, even if this is not a
16058 definiton of the symbol. */
16060 _bfd_mips_elf_merge_symbol_attribute (struct elf_link_hash_entry
*h
,
16061 const Elf_Internal_Sym
*isym
,
16062 bfd_boolean definition
,
16063 bfd_boolean dynamic ATTRIBUTE_UNUSED
)
16065 if ((isym
->st_other
& ~ELF_ST_VISIBILITY (-1)) != 0)
16067 unsigned char other
;
16069 other
= (definition
? isym
->st_other
: h
->other
);
16070 other
&= ~ELF_ST_VISIBILITY (-1);
16071 h
->other
= other
| ELF_ST_VISIBILITY (h
->other
);
16075 && ELF_MIPS_IS_OPTIONAL (isym
->st_other
))
16076 h
->other
|= STO_OPTIONAL
;
16079 /* Decide whether an undefined symbol is special and can be ignored.
16080 This is the case for OPTIONAL symbols on IRIX. */
16082 _bfd_mips_elf_ignore_undef_symbol (struct elf_link_hash_entry
*h
)
16084 return ELF_MIPS_IS_OPTIONAL (h
->other
) ? TRUE
: FALSE
;
16088 _bfd_mips_elf_common_definition (Elf_Internal_Sym
*sym
)
16090 return (sym
->st_shndx
== SHN_COMMON
16091 || sym
->st_shndx
== SHN_MIPS_ACOMMON
16092 || sym
->st_shndx
== SHN_MIPS_SCOMMON
);
16095 /* Return address for Ith PLT stub in section PLT, for relocation REL
16096 or (bfd_vma) -1 if it should not be included. */
16099 _bfd_mips_elf_plt_sym_val (bfd_vma i
, const asection
*plt
,
16100 const arelent
*rel ATTRIBUTE_UNUSED
)
16103 + 4 * ARRAY_SIZE (mips_o32_exec_plt0_entry
)
16104 + i
* 4 * ARRAY_SIZE (mips_exec_plt_entry
));
16107 /* Build a table of synthetic symbols to represent the PLT. As with MIPS16
16108 and microMIPS PLT slots we may have a many-to-one mapping between .plt
16109 and .got.plt and also the slots may be of a different size each we walk
16110 the PLT manually fetching instructions and matching them against known
16111 patterns. To make things easier standard MIPS slots, if any, always come
16112 first. As we don't create proper ELF symbols we use the UDATA.I member
16113 of ASYMBOL to carry ISA annotation. The encoding used is the same as
16114 with the ST_OTHER member of the ELF symbol. */
16117 _bfd_mips_elf_get_synthetic_symtab (bfd
*abfd
,
16118 long symcount ATTRIBUTE_UNUSED
,
16119 asymbol
**syms ATTRIBUTE_UNUSED
,
16120 long dynsymcount
, asymbol
**dynsyms
,
16123 static const char pltname
[] = "_PROCEDURE_LINKAGE_TABLE_";
16124 static const char microsuffix
[] = "@micromipsplt";
16125 static const char m16suffix
[] = "@mips16plt";
16126 static const char mipssuffix
[] = "@plt";
16128 bfd_boolean (*slurp_relocs
) (bfd
*, asection
*, asymbol
**, bfd_boolean
);
16129 const struct elf_backend_data
*bed
= get_elf_backend_data (abfd
);
16130 bfd_boolean micromips_p
= MICROMIPS_P (abfd
);
16131 Elf_Internal_Shdr
*hdr
;
16132 bfd_byte
*plt_data
;
16133 bfd_vma plt_offset
;
16134 unsigned int other
;
16135 bfd_vma entry_size
;
16154 if ((abfd
->flags
& (DYNAMIC
| EXEC_P
)) == 0 || dynsymcount
<= 0)
16157 relplt
= bfd_get_section_by_name (abfd
, ".rel.plt");
16158 if (relplt
== NULL
)
16161 hdr
= &elf_section_data (relplt
)->this_hdr
;
16162 if (hdr
->sh_link
!= elf_dynsymtab (abfd
) || hdr
->sh_type
!= SHT_REL
)
16165 plt
= bfd_get_section_by_name (abfd
, ".plt");
16169 slurp_relocs
= get_elf_backend_data (abfd
)->s
->slurp_reloc_table
;
16170 if (!(*slurp_relocs
) (abfd
, relplt
, dynsyms
, TRUE
))
16172 p
= relplt
->relocation
;
16174 /* Calculating the exact amount of space required for symbols would
16175 require two passes over the PLT, so just pessimise assuming two
16176 PLT slots per relocation. */
16177 count
= relplt
->size
/ hdr
->sh_entsize
;
16178 counti
= count
* bed
->s
->int_rels_per_ext_rel
;
16179 size
= 2 * count
* sizeof (asymbol
);
16180 size
+= count
* (sizeof (mipssuffix
) +
16181 (micromips_p
? sizeof (microsuffix
) : sizeof (m16suffix
)));
16182 for (pi
= 0; pi
< counti
; pi
+= bed
->s
->int_rels_per_ext_rel
)
16183 size
+= 2 * strlen ((*p
[pi
].sym_ptr_ptr
)->name
);
16185 /* Add the size of "_PROCEDURE_LINKAGE_TABLE_" too. */
16186 size
+= sizeof (asymbol
) + sizeof (pltname
);
16188 if (!bfd_malloc_and_get_section (abfd
, plt
, &plt_data
))
16191 if (plt
->size
< 16)
16194 s
= *ret
= bfd_malloc (size
);
16197 send
= s
+ 2 * count
+ 1;
16199 names
= (char *) send
;
16200 nend
= (char *) s
+ size
;
16203 opcode
= bfd_get_micromips_32 (abfd
, plt_data
+ 12);
16204 if (opcode
== 0x3302fffe)
16208 plt0_size
= 2 * ARRAY_SIZE (micromips_o32_exec_plt0_entry
);
16209 other
= STO_MICROMIPS
;
16211 else if (opcode
== 0x0398c1d0)
16215 plt0_size
= 2 * ARRAY_SIZE (micromips_insn32_o32_exec_plt0_entry
);
16216 other
= STO_MICROMIPS
;
16220 plt0_size
= 4 * ARRAY_SIZE (mips_o32_exec_plt0_entry
);
16225 s
->flags
= BSF_SYNTHETIC
| BSF_FUNCTION
| BSF_LOCAL
;
16229 s
->udata
.i
= other
;
16230 memcpy (names
, pltname
, sizeof (pltname
));
16231 names
+= sizeof (pltname
);
16235 for (plt_offset
= plt0_size
;
16236 plt_offset
+ 8 <= plt
->size
&& s
< send
;
16237 plt_offset
+= entry_size
)
16239 bfd_vma gotplt_addr
;
16240 const char *suffix
;
16245 opcode
= bfd_get_micromips_32 (abfd
, plt_data
+ plt_offset
+ 4);
16247 /* Check if the second word matches the expected MIPS16 instruction. */
16248 if (opcode
== 0x651aeb00)
16252 /* Truncated table??? */
16253 if (plt_offset
+ 16 > plt
->size
)
16255 gotplt_addr
= bfd_get_32 (abfd
, plt_data
+ plt_offset
+ 12);
16256 entry_size
= 2 * ARRAY_SIZE (mips16_o32_exec_plt_entry
);
16257 suffixlen
= sizeof (m16suffix
);
16258 suffix
= m16suffix
;
16259 other
= STO_MIPS16
;
16261 /* Likewise the expected microMIPS instruction (no insn32 mode). */
16262 else if (opcode
== 0xff220000)
16266 gotplt_hi
= bfd_get_16 (abfd
, plt_data
+ plt_offset
) & 0x7f;
16267 gotplt_lo
= bfd_get_16 (abfd
, plt_data
+ plt_offset
+ 2) & 0xffff;
16268 gotplt_hi
= ((gotplt_hi
^ 0x40) - 0x40) << 18;
16270 gotplt_addr
= gotplt_hi
+ gotplt_lo
;
16271 gotplt_addr
+= ((plt
->vma
+ plt_offset
) | 3) ^ 3;
16272 entry_size
= 2 * ARRAY_SIZE (micromips_o32_exec_plt_entry
);
16273 suffixlen
= sizeof (microsuffix
);
16274 suffix
= microsuffix
;
16275 other
= STO_MICROMIPS
;
16277 /* Likewise the expected microMIPS instruction (insn32 mode). */
16278 else if ((opcode
& 0xffff0000) == 0xff2f0000)
16280 gotplt_hi
= bfd_get_16 (abfd
, plt_data
+ plt_offset
+ 2) & 0xffff;
16281 gotplt_lo
= bfd_get_16 (abfd
, plt_data
+ plt_offset
+ 6) & 0xffff;
16282 gotplt_hi
= ((gotplt_hi
^ 0x8000) - 0x8000) << 16;
16283 gotplt_lo
= (gotplt_lo
^ 0x8000) - 0x8000;
16284 gotplt_addr
= gotplt_hi
+ gotplt_lo
;
16285 entry_size
= 2 * ARRAY_SIZE (micromips_insn32_o32_exec_plt_entry
);
16286 suffixlen
= sizeof (microsuffix
);
16287 suffix
= microsuffix
;
16288 other
= STO_MICROMIPS
;
16290 /* Otherwise assume standard MIPS code. */
16293 gotplt_hi
= bfd_get_32 (abfd
, plt_data
+ plt_offset
) & 0xffff;
16294 gotplt_lo
= bfd_get_32 (abfd
, plt_data
+ plt_offset
+ 4) & 0xffff;
16295 gotplt_hi
= ((gotplt_hi
^ 0x8000) - 0x8000) << 16;
16296 gotplt_lo
= (gotplt_lo
^ 0x8000) - 0x8000;
16297 gotplt_addr
= gotplt_hi
+ gotplt_lo
;
16298 entry_size
= 4 * ARRAY_SIZE (mips_exec_plt_entry
);
16299 suffixlen
= sizeof (mipssuffix
);
16300 suffix
= mipssuffix
;
16303 /* Truncated table??? */
16304 if (plt_offset
+ entry_size
> plt
->size
)
16308 i
< count
&& p
[pi
].address
!= gotplt_addr
;
16309 i
++, pi
= (pi
+ bed
->s
->int_rels_per_ext_rel
) % counti
);
16316 *s
= **p
[pi
].sym_ptr_ptr
;
16317 /* Undefined syms won't have BSF_LOCAL or BSF_GLOBAL set. Since
16318 we are defining a symbol, ensure one of them is set. */
16319 if ((s
->flags
& BSF_LOCAL
) == 0)
16320 s
->flags
|= BSF_GLOBAL
;
16321 s
->flags
|= BSF_SYNTHETIC
;
16323 s
->value
= plt_offset
;
16325 s
->udata
.i
= other
;
16327 len
= strlen ((*p
[pi
].sym_ptr_ptr
)->name
);
16328 namelen
= len
+ suffixlen
;
16329 if (names
+ namelen
> nend
)
16332 memcpy (names
, (*p
[pi
].sym_ptr_ptr
)->name
, len
);
16334 memcpy (names
, suffix
, suffixlen
);
16335 names
+= suffixlen
;
16338 pi
= (pi
+ bed
->s
->int_rels_per_ext_rel
) % counti
;
16347 /* Return the ABI flags associated with ABFD if available. */
16349 Elf_Internal_ABIFlags_v0
*
16350 bfd_mips_elf_get_abiflags (bfd
*abfd
)
16352 struct mips_elf_obj_tdata
*tdata
= mips_elf_tdata (abfd
);
16354 return tdata
->abiflags_valid
? &tdata
->abiflags
: NULL
;
16358 _bfd_mips_post_process_headers (bfd
*abfd
, struct bfd_link_info
*link_info
)
16360 struct mips_elf_link_hash_table
*htab
;
16361 Elf_Internal_Ehdr
*i_ehdrp
;
16363 i_ehdrp
= elf_elfheader (abfd
);
16366 htab
= mips_elf_hash_table (link_info
);
16367 BFD_ASSERT (htab
!= NULL
);
16369 if (htab
->use_plts_and_copy_relocs
&& !htab
->is_vxworks
)
16370 i_ehdrp
->e_ident
[EI_ABIVERSION
] = 1;
16373 _bfd_elf_post_process_headers (abfd
, link_info
);
16375 if (mips_elf_tdata (abfd
)->abiflags
.fp_abi
== Val_GNU_MIPS_ABI_FP_64
16376 || mips_elf_tdata (abfd
)->abiflags
.fp_abi
== Val_GNU_MIPS_ABI_FP_64A
)
16377 i_ehdrp
->e_ident
[EI_ABIVERSION
] = 3;
16381 _bfd_mips_elf_compact_eh_encoding (struct bfd_link_info
*link_info ATTRIBUTE_UNUSED
)
16383 return DW_EH_PE_pcrel
| DW_EH_PE_sdata4
;
16386 /* Return the opcode for can't unwind. */
16389 _bfd_mips_elf_cant_unwind_opcode (struct bfd_link_info
*link_info ATTRIBUTE_UNUSED
)
16391 return COMPACT_EH_CANT_UNWIND_OPCODE
;